[Burichan] [Futaba] [Nice] [Pony]  -  [WT]  [Home] [Manage]
[Catalog View] :: [Graveyard] :: [Rules] :: [Quests] :: [Discussions] :: [Wiki]

[Return] [Entire Thread] [Last 50 posts] [Last 100 posts]
Posting mode: Reply
Name (optional)
Email (optional, will be displayed)
Subject    (optional, usually best left blank)
Message
File []
Password  (for deleting posts, automatically generated)
  • How to format text
  • Supported file types are: GIF, JPG, PNG, SWF
  • Maximum file size allowed is 10000 KB.
  • Images greater than 250x250 pixels will be thumbnailed.

File 163522021435.png - (17.31KB , 500x500 , p1a.png )
1013611 No. 1013611 ID: afe7de

A quest about cotton based life forms called STUFFIES, their tribes, and how they survive in the world.

A brand new story written by EDMANGO and illustrated by TIPPLER.


DISCUSSION: https://questden.org/kusaba/questdis/res/135736.html
EDMANGO'S PATREON: https://www.patreon.com/m/Edmango
TIPPLER'S PATREON: https://www.patreon.com/tippler

READ MORE STORIES BY THESE CHUCKLEFUCKS:
https://questden.org/wiki/EDMANGO
https://questden.org/wiki/Tippler

===============

EDMANGO NOTE: No sexual content here! But there will likely be VIOLENCE, PLUSH GORE, HANDHOLDING, and HUGGING involved. I'm gonna try pretty hard to make this a briefer quest, but we'll see!
TIPPLER NOTE: Pay me and I will draw your quest, I crave only the sweet nectar of capitalism.

Expand all images
>>
No. 1013612 ID: afe7de
File 163522023884.png - (12.44KB , 500x500 , p2.png )
1013612

You feel... flashes of moments, glimpses of themes and ideas, but as they enter your mind, you forget them, permanently. Your thoughts weren't complex, if you could even call them thoughts. You forget your birth, breaking from a shell of carapace. You forget your first love, someone like you buzzing around that you met after a long journey. You forget the feeling of flight, the freedom. You forget the CHIRPING. You forget your predators. You forget the blue skies. You forget the machine that slaughtered your kin. You forget the thousands you inadvertently saved that day. You forget what killed you. There's a large maw speeding towards you, but you forget your instinctual fear. And then a moment passes, and eventually, you forget your sense of self.

Time passes and you feel... Cold. It's uncomfortable, unnerving, unnatural. You want to be WARM, but not HOT, you feel an instinctual fear of anything too HOT. You... your SOUL feels different, not that you can tell exactly what that means. It's... dark. You're starting to feel more sensations. There's a prick somewhere on you and you cry out.

>>
No. 1013614 ID: afe7de
File 163522029864.png - (18.55KB , 500x500 , p3.png )
1013614

You can't see anything yet, but there's a cacophony of noise, sounds in unison. A shout, and then silence. There's a sound that you can't discern, a plodding? A pitter-patter? Footsteps? It's unclear. You feel your body, your sense of self, SHIFT as you are grasped, and a word is said. Something tells you this must be your NAME

What is your NAME?
Your name is a single word, a prefix will be added when you grow up.

What is your RACE?
You were born someplace... strange, traditional races do not exist here but there are some analogues. Three races stand out to you among the ones on this planet.

CLOTH-KIN - The most populous of races. This race looks like CLOTH DOLLS with THICK STRING or CHUNKY CLOTH for hair. They have OPPOSABLE THUMBS, but lack FINGERS, so they can HOLD TOOLS but not do anything TOO COMPLEX without spending a lot of TIME. They wear plain clothes and tend to have more HUMAN-LIKE features, and since they are SMALLER than other races in adulthood they require less to eat. To make up for their SMALL SIZE and SLOWER SPEED they are CRAFTIER than others.

ASH-KIN - The least populous race. They look like lanky, tall, CLOTH-KIN with PORCELAIN MASKS and HANDS that are FULLY ARTICULATED. They tend to move at a NORMAL pace, but are more FRAGILE due to their MASKS and HANDS. To compensate they are skilled in the manipulation of TOOLS and TRAPS, and tend to be ECCENTRIC CRAFTSMEN living in SMALL NOMADIC GROUPS, eating a normal amount of food. They tend to wear DETAILED OUTFITS of their own design that they add to and modify over the course of their lives.

FUR-KIN - A commonly found race. This race looks like STUFFED ANIMALS with bodies covered in fur, typically with a tail. They typically lack HANDS of any kind but instead make up for it by moving FAST when they are on all four limbs. It is uncommon, but it is possible to find ones with HANDS, however they tend to move at a NORMAL pace on all fours and still move SLOWLY on their hind legs. To compensate they are NATURAL HUNTERS and have good NATURAL WEAPONS OR TRAITS, but they need to eat a lot. They tend to wear TRINKETS AND TROPHIES from a hunt, with those that can, making PONCHOS from their kills. When selecting this race please pick an ANIMAL to be based on.

And as a bonus, how do you RESPOND when you open your eyes.
With Excitement? With Fear? With no emotion at all? Or some other way?



NOTES: All races can “hold” things and perform basic life actions, it just takes more time for some races. Fur Kin can “hold” objects in their paws, but without hands cannot WIELD weapons and tools with any efficiency in them.
>>
No. 1013616 ID: e7c7d3

Gurt the moose fur-kin.

Respond glibly
>>
No. 1013619 ID: c92a02

Gaffe the ash kin. Elf doll!
>>
No. 1013620 ID: 629f2e

Clancy, the Ash Kin. You can shorten it to "Lance" to sound cooler.
>>
No. 1013624 ID: 575fcc

Cin (or "Cinder", alternatively), the Fur-kin Eastern Dragon
>>
No. 1013625 ID: 094652

Humples

Ash-Kin

There is a sequence of vibrations within your hollow shell. It undulates and softens, growing fuzzier with each reverberation. As it almost peters to nothing, your brain enacts its tenuous compulsion, and with a sickening crack your recipient hole widens and maws to let the last remnants of that clustered sequence roar:
"CRITICAL HIT! I̷͙̞̣͂̕ẗ̸̢̤̭͍̲̯͈̠͕̤̤̮͎̗͔͈͍̜̹̼͕́̍͌̄̅́̉͑̊̐̂͛͋͆͜ͅ'̷̨̛̦̟̝͓̗̠̰͕͔̰̏̇̈͑̌͆́͋̇͂͂̿̃̿̎̓͌̋͘͝͠͠ṣ̴̍̎́͆̿̍̌̑̈͒͗̓̒́͜ͅ ̶̞͖̞̳̖̘̯̰͚̮̐̂̃͋š̴̡̢̧̛̖̮͔̫̱̮̫̰̤͔̥̜͎͈̝̦͍̻̉͐̀̈́̓̾̍̿͝ų̷̡̢̡̹͈̖̲̞͚̙̮͎́̿̍̑p̶̛͓͍̦̩͉̱͑̏̅̃̍͌̔͂̆ȩ̷̠̲̥̥͍̱̩͓͕̼̼̠̥̙̿͜ͅṟ̴̡̨̧̣̣̻͍͕̩̯̞̜̭̗̻̗̫̣̳̭̜̂̅̏͋̏̒̋̎̾̈́̋̎̉͂̔͋̽̑̍̐͗̚͝ ̵̢̳̮̭̘̙͙͚̹̳͓̱̱̲͕̙͚͔̟̘͙̘̲̀̄̿̆̐̌̌͆̀͑̈́ë̶̛͉͈̤̳̫̣̲̘̫͍̫̥͙̣́̓̅̑̅̈́̓̇͆͊͂̄̊̚͘͘f̵̡̧̢̢̠͎͚̻͚̯̮͓̦̼̣̮̠̮̯̀̊͂̈́̒̚ͅͅf̴̢̧̛͕̼̤̙̣̙̠̜̙̲̜͓̞͖̺̟̥̫̼̤̳̾͋̎̀̆̓͗̀̄̔̋̍̔͂͒̅̓̃͐́̕̚͝͠ę̸͖̜̘͎̺̬̩̳̝͈͕̼̮͎̙̼̯̦͉̦͚̈́̒̾̀̑͌̂̃̉ͅĉ̶̛̩̘̠̲̺̜̳̇̈́͗̌̐͆̆͂̈́͌̏̇͊̾̚͘͝t̶̨̼̘͇̣̻͉̟̗̤͍̜͎̱̺̞̙̭͉͊͜ͅĭ̸̡͚̻̖̠̈̉̀̍͗̀̒ͅv̷̡̯͓̠͓̭̪͈̯̀͆͂̋͊̽̓̏̒̀͛͆͘͘͘ͅę̶̳̦͈͉͈̞̣̥̳̮̭̗̜̈̽̎̑͒͜͠͠!̵̩̯̓̈́̉̿̓́͒̂̈́̓̐͘͜"
>>
No. 1013630 ID: 9164c5

Ash-kin

Your name is Paco.

You're kinda creepy looking. Give the person holding you a creepy thousand yard stare.
>>
No. 1013632 ID: 565ce6

Fur-kin
-barn owl

Name
-Erin
>>
No. 1013635 ID: d1c2d5

Ash-kin, name is Clinker. You felt sorrow when you woke up, a nostalgia for something you never knew.
>>
No. 1013641 ID: 031458

>>1013629
Plushman centipede the game?
Second
>>
No. 1013643 ID: 96c896

>>1013641
oh oops I didn't realize someone replied to me, that was:

"Cob.
Ash-kin.

My ambition is to stitch together plushes into abominations. For our name to become a well known term... "cobbling"."

I kindof just want to get into forbidden science though, in general.
>>
No. 1013646 ID: ce39da

Zen, Cloth-Kin. You awake at peace. "Yes?"
>>
No. 1013658 ID: 5378af

Pin the Ash-Kin
We felt nothing, emotions don't seem to be our strong suit.
>>
No. 1013661 ID: 894419

>>1013658
Oh I like Pin for a name, also ash-kin is my vote.
>>
No. 1013705 ID: afe7de
File 163530280566.png - (23.34KB , 500x500 , p4.png )
1013705

> COBBLER [COB] THE ASH-KIN
You feel something more, like you're being injected with something. Your body fills with an ENERGY and you start to feel a little warmer. You now understand what that SHIFTING was, you're being held, and the embrace is comfortable. Your vision is spotty but it starts to come in, you blink. Once, twice, and then a third time and you can finally see the tall, lanky figures surrounding you. There are 6 of them visible by the lights surrounding you. They all have masks ranging from a PURE WHITE to an ASHEN GRAY. Half of them are in tears, smiling. The one holding you especially so, they embrace you whilst sobbing. But you feel WARMTH, COMFORT from it. you know instinctively these are tears of joy.

> RESPONSE - NOSTALGIC SADNESS
Your sight goes to the lights that are twinkling mist, subtle and insect-like. It gives you a feeling of NOSTALGIC SADNESS that you can't really place and your expression matches. The chanting from before continues and it's that word.

COB-BLE-ER, COB-BLE-ER, COB-BLE-ER HUA!

More words are said but you can't understand them. You're feeling tired, even though you're full of energy, you weakly return the hug and there are some GASPS as you do.

You've gained the trait [DESIRE] due to your NOSTALGIA!

In the future when you are given CHOICES, your [DESIRE] will occasionally manifest itself as an option that is weighted as having one vote automatically.

>>
No. 1013706 ID: afe7de
File 163530284374.png - (13.20KB , 500x500 , p5.png )
1013706

Several years pass and you've gotten older, entering your CHILDHOOD. The other kin call you COB for short, and you get along well with your younger clutch-mate of a year, their name is CINDER. You're still small compared to the rest of your CLUTCH, even CINDER is taller than you, but that doesn't bother you. You've just barely grasped the LANGUAGE of your people, having been taught the basics of their PROSE and WRITTEN LANGUAGE, and are now being taught CANON, the language of CITIES. You're told it will be useful to you in the future when you leave the TRIBE during your ADULTHOOD, your journey to build your own CLUTCH. You're told not to worry, and that it won't be for a long time, so you don't. You trust them. They're your TRIBE, your KIN.

One bright evening you're checking a RUDIMENTARY TRAP you made under the guidance of your CLUTCH MOTHER. It was a simple thing you made and set up under some of the PLASTIC BRUSH near the outskirts of your encampment. You set it a little away from the others in the hopes that you could GET LUCKY, and it looks like your labor paid off!

Your DART TRAPS led to an obscured SNARE TRAP, catching a strange looking PAPERLING inside. It's stomach is bloated and it's eyes are red. It looks more FERAL then usual, but it also looks WOUNDED. It's probably terrified. You examine the wounds more closely, it looks like they were made by... something else? There are LARGE VERTICAL SLASHES down it's flank and a few shallow horizontal slashes along its side. They look to be days old, having attempted to heal over, but reopening due to overexertion.

You have a CHOICE to make, you could go and get an ADULT to help you, but you get this NAGGING FEELING that you should do something RIGHT NOW. What do you do with this PAPERLING?

A. [DESIRE] Bring it back yourself to prove your capability to the CLUTCH.
B. Let it go
C. Get help from someone in your CLUTCH
D. Other

>>
No. 1013709 ID: ed439d

D. Lets attempt to heal that wound before we A. Got any cloth to wrap up that wound? Maybe leaves would help? Stitch it back together somehow?

Hopefully this will influence Cob to start wanting to get interested in rebuilding or modding other kin to the point of doing forbidden science, towards the route >>1013643 was aiming for.
>>
No. 1013710 ID: 629f2e

D: Let's examine the injury in detail to see what we can learn. And since the cuts go into the paperling's body, we can use them as a viewing window to explore the inner workings of this being.

Get lost in your curiosity for a bit. Maybe try to heal it when it stops being interesting.
>>
No. 1013713 ID: 96c896

>>1013706
A. There's something wrong with it. That could be a harbinger of worse things, which means bringing it back is important. If you fetch someone it might take too long and the evidence could be lost.
Only problem is... keeping ahold of it without endangering yourself.
>>
No. 1013715 ID: ce39da

> Bloated stomach.
There's something inside! Has it eaten something or someone who needs help, or is it ready to give birth? (Wait, never mind, maybe "birth" isn't a concept here.)

D: Free its devoured occupant.
>>
No. 1013716 ID: 094652

>>1013715
Disturbing, but yes.
Heimlich Maneuver!
>>
No. 1013717 ID: 031458

A!
We should bring it back so the adults can take a look at it! They might know how to help!
>>
No. 1013720 ID: 076735

C. Get help, better not risk a mistake handling it.
D. Attempt to dress its wounds.
>>
No. 1013724 ID: c92a02

C. Never get in a fair fight if you can help it.
>>
No. 1013748 ID: f8fa51

D. Examine it further. Is there some way you can help it?
>>
No. 1013766 ID: afe7de
File 163538958139.png - (16.29KB , 500x500 , p6.png )
1013766

> Worldbuilding questions
You don’t know how to stitch things together, or dress wounds, only the SHAMAN knows how to STITCH, and they keep the art of the NEEDLE a closely guarded secret that only ADULTS can ever learn if they’re good enough. But as for DRESSING WOUNDS and HEALING, other ADULTS know enough to get by. Especially the CLUTCH MOTHER.

> Examine it more closely
You take a few steps towards it, It’s aggressive and flailing about. It’s a good thing it’s SMALL and NOT FULLY DEVELOPED, otherwise your trap wouldn’t even catch it, let alone be able to hold it considering you MADE THE ROPE YOURSELF. You do get the feeling that it could very much HURT YOU, and you’re not looking forward to that potential outcome.

You can immediately tell that something is WRONG with it. The red eyes are practically GLOWING, you’ve never seen a PAPERLING like this, though you’ve only really seen DEAD ones, but their eyes always looked DARKER. You examine the wound a bit closer, the flailing makes it hard to tell anything other than it’s a fairly DEEP CUT. You’re too inexperienced to get anything other than whatever’s inside it’s belly is kind of CUBE-LIKE in shape.

> Listen to your DESIRE
You’re torn on what to do, free it, bring it back, get help, bandage it, but eventually you get an extra push from your [DESIRE] to bring it back and prove yourself. The only problem is… how? That Nagging feeling is getting even stronger now. Practically GNAWING at you. You don’t know how to KILL this thing, nor do you even have a WEAPON on you. You have some LEFTOVER PLASTIC ROPE from when you made the traps, so you think your best bet is to attempt to tie up its limbs. It’s reckless, but you don’t have any better ideas and REALLY want others to think you’re CAPABLE, you’re the RUNT right now, and although it doesn’t bother you, you still want to be treated like an ADULT.

Your results are… mixed at best. You succeed in tying it up, but in the process fracture your right hand, causing you to cry out in pain. You push through it as chunks of porcelain fall to the ground and some STUFFING oozes out. It bites at you, missing your arm, but ramming your MASK, causing chunks of it to fly off. The pain is excruciating, immense, and you’re near blacking out before you finish tying it up. You never imagined it would be this difficult but a sense of PRIDE swells through you. You slowly drag the beast to your camp as a few ADULTS rush to your location, having heard your CRY. Knowing you’re in the safety of your CLUTCH, you fall to the ground, as your consciousness fades your eyes travel behind you and you notice a figure coming in your direction, but you pass out just as it was getting close enough for you to see.
>>
No. 1013767 ID: afe7de
File 163538959667.png - (11.61KB , 500x500 , p7.png )
1013767

Days pass before you wake again, and you notice your right hand is fully bandaged and packed tight. The sensation of WET, STICKY TAR on your broken digits. You touch your MASK with your free hand, feeling a similar gunk on it. Apparently this TAR has some HEALING PROPERTIES that will allow your FRACTURED PARTS and CUTS to reform. Your arm, formerly covered in cuts, is also bound in leaves and covered in TAR. After a moment you sit up and someone comes to you. It’s CINDER, they SCREAM at you, saying you could have gotten killed, wondering what you were thinking. They remark that you’re only 8, and don’t even know anything yet. They cry as they grasp you, and you feel a sharp pain from the wounds. It’s then that your CLUTCH MOTHER enters, eying you. You can tell she’s PISSED from the expression you see on her face, but it’s soon replaced by the compassion you know.

You’re told off for what you did, and are told that for the next year you cannot go outside the main encampment without direct supervision. You’re a bit upset by that, you just wanted to prove yourself, and you say as much in a soft mumble. She eyes you down and sternly informs you that you can prove yourself when you’re older, you’re just a kid right now and you haven’t even learned the basics of the HUNT. You’re informed that as additional punishment you won’t get to eat any of the MEAT from the creature you caught, you try to object, but she instead holds out a hand, stating that the meat is POISONOUS, and that the reason you didn’t wake up for several days was due to the TOXINS in the creature that got on you. Luckily your MASK and HANDS absorbed the brunt of the impact and only a FEW DROPS entered your system. You ask about the thing inside it’s belly and that figure you saw as your CLUTCH MOTHER leaves. She grasps her left arm tightly, you now notice there’s a small gash there, covered in tar. It’s BLACK just like her sleeve and you would have missed it, had she not grasped it. She tells you that the SHAMAN will talk to you about it when the time comes and leaves without another word.

This confuses you, but you’re too distraught by the thought of the restrictions brought upon by your mistake and how you could have DIED from that POISON that you don’t think too hard about it.
>>
No. 1013769 ID: afe7de
File 163538976397.png - (15.11KB , 500x500 , p8.png )
1013769

Several more years pass and you enter your YOUTH, your TEENAGE YEARS. You now know the basics and better details surrounding TRAPPING, ROPE-MAKING, and LANGUAGE. You’ve also been taught a little bit on how to IDENTIFY PREY and their TRAILS. You don’t know much about PLANTS and POISONS yet, but imagine that when you finish your upcoming COMING OF AGE CEREMONY that you’ll be taught more when you go on your FIRST HUNT. You did however practice TYING UP PREY that has been caught in your traps and have become proficient in doing so WITHOUT INJURY to those your size or smaller that aren’t STRONGER than you.

Noticing your improvement, you’ve been given an OPPORTUNITY by the SHAMAN to learn a SKILL or TWO in more detail from them. Their NEEDLE never leaves their side. You notice it’s made of this material called WOOD. You’ve never seen it out in the wild other than in the presence of the SHAMAN. You always had a bit of a pang of frustration towards them ever since you found out THEY were the one who issued your punishment years ago. Albeit it was a really minor punishment and was mostly over when your HAND and MASK healed, it still irks you a tad. You’re presented with a choice of SKILLS, you get the feeling you will EXCEL in the first skill you pick and only have a NORMAL PROFICIENCY in the second.

What SKILLS do you learn? (pick two, with the first being the one you are best at)

A. ADVANCED TRAPPING - Learn how to make handheld devices and more powerful traps with low quality resources
B. STONEWORKING - Learn to make tools out of STONE and how to identify STONES of varying QUALITY via strict teaching
C. SCOUTING - Learn the art of PERCEPTION and how to move unencumbered in difficult terrain, or trapped terrain.
D. MEDICINE - Learn how to make POISONS and MEDICINE and how to identify RARE PLASTICINE HERBS, FRUITS, and RARE PAPERLINGS.
E. PRECISION - Pick a weapon, learn best how to use that weapon and how to land PRECISE STRIKES on opponents. You’ll get beat up. A lot.
F. CLIMBING - Through rigorous training learn how to climb not just trees, but structures and cliff faces, you’ll probably fall. A lot.
G. OTHER - Learn another skill, No magic skills, this is low tech, primitive society, so I’ll be a bit strict on what I allow, but am open to suggestions!

>>
No. 1013770 ID: 629f2e

A and F! Better traps allow us to take the indirect approach more often, and better climbing supports that option by giving us escape routes and hiding places that others may not have access to. Plus, it may open the doors for us to explore areas otherwise unreachable.
>>
No. 1013771 ID: 7b5c19

1st medicine
2nd stoneworking
>>
No. 1013773 ID: c92a02

G/F: Pottery and climbing.
>>
No. 1013775 ID: dfbac0

I see several POWER COMBOS available to us:
A and B: A mix of stoneworking and trapping allows us to understand everything our village can teach us in engineering, they aren't advanced enough to fully understand that type of stuff but maybe combining these skills we can become an ENGINEER and make cool inventions using our OTHERWORLDY KNOWLEDGE. This option is the most suited to our species as well.
E and C: Movement and precision, this combination would make us an excellent duelist in most scenarios and allows us to be ready for attack with the extra perception. We may have weak points, but that just means we know when to dodge in order to not let enemies hit those. This would focus on evasive maneuvers and expert jabs making us an EXPERT DUELIST.
D and G, cooking: An alchemist, I don't know what this route would fully entail but it could be interesting.

My vote is for the ENGINEER combo: A and B
>>
No. 1013776 ID: 96c896

>>1013769
D, a.
>>
No. 1013777 ID: e51896

>>1013775
Changing my vote to be an engineer as Belief suggested.
A and B.

Besides, making traps was something Cob wanted to do as a kid, and it's the best way to live up to our name: Cobbler.
>>
No. 1013778 ID: f8fa51

PRECISION

SCOUTING
>>
No. 1013789 ID: 2aa5f0

A
B
>>
No. 1013793 ID: ce39da

You've proven yourself to be OBSERVANT, even if you struggled to act on those observations: training your PERCEPTION through SCOUTING (C) would suit you well.

Second, your FRUSTRATION and IMPATIENCE manifest as wanting answers about the origins of that poison NOW, and you want to be able to patch your OWN mistakes in the future. Though you don't excel as well at it as you do with using your senses, you eagerly learn all you can about MEDICINE (D). The added knowledge will pair well with your EXCEPTIONAL PERCEPTION, at the very least, even if you don't get all the answers you seek.
>>
No. 1013794 ID: 031458

SCOUTING
and
PRECISION

We know how to TRAP but we need to learn how to SCOUT to know where and when to place those traps.

We need PRECISION because SCOUTING is useless if we cant handle ourselves alone.
>>
No. 1013795 ID: 9107d6

>>1013769
D
What made that paperling to act like that? I need to know more!
E
And I won’t let it hurt me either.
>>
No. 1013796 ID: 0838d6

AUTHORS NOTE: After some thinking, I plan to assess the votes as follows: the thing you voted to EXCEL at will count as having 2 VOTES. The thing you voted to have NORMAL PROFICIENCY in will count as having 1 VOTE. Then the 1st and 2nd place votes will be chosen as your skills. You've got some time to vote still so feel free to delete or update your suggestions if this changes how you want to vote.

>>1013775
Also I like the idea of SYNERGIES that you suggested and I might give you a MINOR SKILL associated with the combination if I can think of a good one if it wasn't already suggested.

>>
No. 1013800 ID: e51896

>>1013777
For my vote,
B. Tool making is the one we're efficient in (two votes)
A. Trap making is the one we have normal proficiency in (one vote)
>>
No. 1013803 ID: e7c7d3

B. STONEWORKING and F. CLIMBING
>>
No. 1013816 ID: 0838d6
File 163547083685.png - (17.85KB , 500x500 , p9.png )
1013816

> SKILL GAINED - ADVANCED TRAPPING [EX]
You decide to learn the more advanced ins and outs to TRAPPING that other ASH-KIN tend to learn over a longer period of time. The initial training period is spent forcing you through an obstacle course of various traps. It's a painful experience but as it goes on you adapt and become more intimate with the traps. The days go by and you practice making these traps, even whilst running through traps, becoming proficient in making them QUICKLY, and with SUB-PAR RESOURCES that doesn't reduce their DURABILITY or QUALITY. The better the resources the better the traps. You learned how to make and identify the following:

SNARE TRAPS - Used to CAPTURE, SNAG, and STRETCH limbs
DART TRAPS - Used to LAUNCH small amounts of DARTS to PARALYZE, POISON and INJURE
LURE TRAPS - Used to DISTRACT, ATTRACT, or ALERT by creating NOISE
SPEAR TRAPS - Used to DAMAGE LARGE PREY
PIT TRAPS - Used to CAPTURE, HURT, and TRIP UP prey
NATURAL DISGUISE - Used to HIDE TRAPS, CAMPSITES, and OBJECTS
ROPE - used in MANY TRAPS, you can make it out of various materials without tools and can make a special ELASTIC rope used in TENSION based and TRIPWIRE traps


In the future when you create your SIGNATURE OUTFIT you will automatically gain a TRAPPING POUCH that can be used to hold enough resources and tools to create 5 TRAPS at any time instead of the normal 3. Preparing MOST traps takes LITTLE TIME, but you now know how to make and place them whilst ON THE MOVE or MID COMBAT with NO PENALTIES.

And with your newfound trapping knowledge, as long as you are not IMPRISONED or in a RESOURCE SCARCE LOCATION, whenever you REST for any amount of time you will automatically restock your supplies from your surroundings with NORMAL QUALITY PARTS. You also have a bonus to SPOTTING TRAPS due to your TRAINING.

In addition, you've gained access to a single HIDDEN HANDHELD TRAP MODULE that you can add to your SIGNATURE OUTFIT that you know how to restock/modify/create if you were to lose it in the future. Replacing the module with a different one requires a SAFE LOCATION and A FEW DAYS TIME due to its COMPLEXITY.
>>
No. 1013817 ID: 0838d6
File 163547085255.png - (18.82KB , 500x500 , p10.png )
1013817

> SKILL GAINED - STONE WORKING
You decide to learn STONE WORKING as well, it's a STRICT process that involves some YELLING, and INSULTS, but by the time you get proficient enough that you are told "It's Okay" by the SHAMAN you know you're better at making things with stone then most of the CLUTCH.

You've learned how to make STONE TOOLS, WEAPONS, MINIATURE NEEDLES, BRICKS, and UTENSILS.

You've also learned how to identify STONES by their GRADE.
- They look the same to most KIN, but you know that there's a stark difference in the STRENGTH, WEIGHT, and DURABILITY of a HIGH and LOW grade stone.


> SYNERGY - KNOWLEDGE GAINED - BASIC ENGINEERING
Two seemingly unrelated skills come together to give you some basic knowledge in ENGINEERING. By taking some TIME you can examine a structure or object to find weaknesses in it. You also know how to make PERMANENT SHELTER, should the need to SETTLE DOWN arise.
>>
No. 1013819 ID: 0838d6
File 163547090724.png - (13.08KB , 500x500 , p11.png )
1013819

> COMING OF AGE CEREMONY
Every year, around the same time, just after the HEAVY RAIN SEASON, the MOST TERRIFYING OF SEASONS, your CLUTCH celebrates in a ceremony known as THE SACRIFICE. A PAPERLING is offered to the LOOMINOUS ONE. The deity that SPUN you and your TRIBES into existence. Your CLUTCH believes that SHE is represented by a GOLDEN WHEEL with TWO GLASS ORBS in the center.

And in return for the sacrifice you are bathed in the WARMTH of your TRIBE'S SYMBOL. You never paid attention to the SYMBOLOGY of your TRIBE before, but it's significance is apparent this year more than others. You're told this CEREMONY is about DEFINING YOURSELF and your SPIRITUALITY. There is dancing and those twinkling lights you hazily remember from your birth. It's a JOYOUS ceremony that tingles something deep inside of you. You join in the festivities and you feel an ENERGY flowing inside of you, you're not sure exactly WHAT it is, but it starts to INVIGORATE YOU.

Pick your PRONOUNS
- He/She/They/etc, this has no bearing on anything other than how you refer to yourself.

Pick a HAIRSTYLE
- Your hair grows in all at once! What’s it like?

Choose an ADJECTIVE/NOUN combo or just a NOUN
- This will be the name of all of the COLLECTIVE CLUTCHES in your TRIBE
- A TRAIT will be generated based off of that and you will learn more of your TRIBE
- Examples that fit this criteria (you cannot use these examples) are: Flaming Horns Tribe, Hui (cloud) Tribe, Loom Tribe, etc.
- You cannot name your tribe after the LOOMINOUS one.

>>
No. 1013821 ID: dfbac0

>Pronouns
They/Them
>Hairstyle
Long and curly, perhaps too long, due to your smaller stature the hair reaches all the way to your waist.
>Tribe Name
Abstract Tinkerers
>>
No. 1013822 ID: c92a02

She, something pointy and long with big old bangs.
Our tribe is known as the Long Needles!
>>
No. 1013826 ID: e51896

Pronoun: they, them.
Hairstyle: short, fuzzy. can't have enemies grabbing at our hair easily.
Your tribe is called THE CERAMIC RONDALPHUS TRIBE, named after our ancestors who founded it. (since the name Rondalphus seems to be a name of importance or some kind of royalty in CATALYST and SHARDS. Nipha Rondalphus, Ignis Rondalphus. Want to continue this universal constant by having this name appear in this universe too)
>>
No. 1013828 ID: 094652

Sometimes 'she', sometimes 'they'. You're complex.
Patchwork - as a mixed bag, you have the silkiest, most luxurious hair in the village - but it's grown in ugly clusters and lumps. You wear a hat and let the hair out of the sides.
Sharp Wardens
>>
No. 1013830 ID: 629f2e

Pronouns: She/Her

Hair: Long and curly, with a tendency to become a complete unkempt disaster

Tribe Name: The Innovator Tribe. Let's lean into our engineer trait with a name that also works if we go down the horrible experimentation route discussed before.
>>
No. 1013844 ID: 565ce6

She

Mohawk

Sturdy clay tribe
>>
No. 1013847 ID: 00a078

She/They
A long mohawk that ends up being just one giant curl.
The Cinder Bearer Tribe.
>>
No. 1013848 ID: 1f741d

She, her, long and curly, the Jumping Jacks tribe.
>>
No. 1013851 ID: ce39da

> Pronouns
She/Her

> Hair
Short-to-medium and fluffy, in a somewhat curly way.

> Our Tribe
... Ōame (Downpour) Tribe. You understand how scary rain can be for a KIN's health, but... you feel like it used to be so much more frightening than this? It seems almost tame in comparison now. (Wait, what? You thought this was your first experience with it...) You'd sometimes stare out at it from the safety of your tribe's sturdy structures, almost entranced by its pitter-patter rhythm.
>>
No. 1013895 ID: afe7de
File 163556652817.png - (17.04KB , 500x500 , p12.png )
1013895

> PRONOUN - She/Her
You think you'll go by She/Her. They/Them is fine too, but you feel that using She/Her is JUST RIGHT for you as you are now.

> HAIRSTYLE - LONG and CURLY
Your hair begins to grow as you feel yourself become more COMPLETE. Thin strands of this STRING-LIKE SUBSTANCE called HAIR grows out of your scalp. It grows longer than you were expecting and becomes a bit CURLY as well. You're comfortable with this change, it feels RIGHT.

You see the SHAMAN waving around their NEEDLE, chanting. They peel a SPLINTER from the NEEDLE and brandish it towards you. You feel a PULSE reverberate through the air as a PAIN radiates from your chest, right where your CORE should be. You see SPARKS forming at the edge of the SHAMAN'S SPLINTER. In a moment it turns to ash, sparks obscuring it for a moment before a small, terrifying orb quickly pierces your chest, you think that it was FIRE, but after a moment you realize you're not only not on fire, but instead are feeling INVIGORATED.

> THE CINDER BEARER TRIBE
It's in this moment you see SOMETHING NEW, you didn't notice it before, but above you tribe lies three hazy figures wreathed in flames and gusts of wind, one figure is masked with a whiter flame, but it's just as hazy as the rest. It's motions are matching that of the SHAMAN'S and it's looking down directly on you. But for some reason you feel no fear from this, but instead feel a sense of PROTECTION. You look at others chests and you can see their core, many of them are surrounded in BARBS of what you imagine is WOOD. You know that this is not natural, but is something a part of your TRIBE.

This CORE covered in BARBS is the TOTEM of your tribe. It’s SYMBOL. They call this the ANCESTOR'S PROTECTION. This wood in your chest is a CINDER, an ember of your ANCESTOR. It's effect varies from KIN to KIN, with some receiving no effect to others receiving wild abilities. You feel a light behind you and see a manifestation of your ANCESTOR there for the briefest of moments. They EMBRACE you and you feel WARMER, like you have the ability to warm all those around you.

> INNATE POWER GAINED - WARMTH
You now give off an aura of WARMTH that WARMS and COMFORTS those within a 1 meter radius of you. You're not sure how to control it, so as of right now it is ALWAYS ON.

> TRAIT GAINED - [GUIDANCE]
Your ancestor now watches over you and will occasionally NUDGE you towards actions that will BENEFIT you in some way. However it's not INFALLIBLE and can make mistakes.

Similar to your [DESIRE], you will occasionally see choices manifested by [GUIDANCE] that will be weighted as having 1.1 votes automatically (to break ties).
[DESIRE] now counts as 1.05 votes.


The rest of the SACRIFICE plays out and you notice there are others surrounding you, the SYMBOL of their TRIBES different from your own. Instead of a CORE in one KIN’S chest you see a TRIO OF NEEDLES. In another you see a SHARP DISK. Your mind returns to the ceremony itself and you realize the song and dance being performed is actually a brief HISTORY of your TRIBE. You could never understand it before, maybe when other tribes awaken they hear the story of their home too? You learn that your KIN have a homeland called MOUNT CINDER, where all ASHEN MASKS are produced, even ones for other ASH TRIBES. They're also skilled in making PORCELAIN WEAPONS blessed with UNIQUE PROPERTIES. You can feel a slight tug in your subconscious towards the SOUTHEAST, something tells you that MOUNT CINDER is that way, and should you ever want to MAKE A CHILD in the future, you'll need to visit that place.

And with that the ceremony comes to a close, the twinkling lights dissipate and you share your new POWER with the others as you are welcomed as a well and proper KIN to your CLUTCH. It's at this moment the SHAMAN welcomes you and you earn your SURNAME. Your name is now KA COBBLER, or KA COB as you've taken a liking to be called. You feel a sense of pride and warmth radiating from you, that you were meant for the CINDER BEARERS, meant for this name.

Your CLUTCH MOTHER and the SHAMAN tell you that it’s time, in one month you’ll be on your FIRST HUNT. You’re filled with excitement. Apparently it takes a month for your body to adapt to the newfound energy inside. You’ll feel STRONGER, more AGILE, and more AWARE. They call this your AWAKENING, it happens to all KIN when they come of age, even the vile FELT.

Your CLUTCH MOTHER spews vitriol when speaking of them, the CANNIBALISTIC MONSTROSITIES, they're like you, but if all the cloth on your body was pierced so that your insides become your outsides, yet they were firm enough to move. Sometimes they're AMORPHOUS, other times they look like a simulacrum of yourself. You can tell it bothers her greatly.
>>
No. 1013896 ID: afe7de
File 163556655083.png - (17.68KB , 500x500 , p13.png )
1013896

A month passes and your body adapts to the new energy inside of you. You’re still not able to control the WARMTH, but it doesn't seem to bother anyone, in fact, others seem to want to be near you MORE than before. The occasional HUG has turned into something a bit more frequent, where others LINGER more often. You visit the CLUTCH MOTHER and she continues from before, describing the CHALLENGES of your FIRST HUNT. You are to join HUNTING GROUP A, on a 5 day hunting mission. You tend to camp away from the PAPERLINGS, laying traps around your encampment to protect yourselves, which means that a group of around 8 or 2/5 of your CLUTCH goes out at a time to hunt for actual meals, herbs, and materials. A few new members have joined since you were stitched together, and you can tell the CLUTCH MOTHER is quite happy with the development.

Your OBJECTIVE during this hunt is to GATHER RESOURCES to create your SIGNATURE OUTFIT and to OBSERVE how others hunt. You're assigned a BUDDY for this. Their name is HARI TOMO and they are skilled in the THROWING NEEDLE, otherwise known as a LONG NEEDLE. They're an ASH-KIN member of the LONG NEEDLE TRIBE but are welcomed amongst your CLUTCH as CLUTCHES are NOT TRIBALLY or RACIALLY EXCLUSIVE. You notice their SPIKY HAIR has a streak of GREEN in it. They'll be guiding you and demonstrating things you would otherwise not know. They seem a little SHARP, tending to respond FASTER, but acting a bit more CRITICAL in casual conversation.

You are NOT TRAINED in any WEAPON, so you will need to rely on your TRAPS and pick a WEAPON to DEFEND YOURSELF, should the need arise. You're skilled in STONEWORKING, so you decide to make a weapon yourself.

What WEAPON do you make?
- EX. Sword, Throwing Needles, Axe, Darts, etc.
- You'll gain a bonus to using it due to your FAMILIARITY since you made it but you are inexperienced with that weapon and will suffer penalties to actually using it in combat.

Your HUNTING GROUP comes across several different kinds of GAME, they allow you the choice of which they hunt. You know that they will set various traps and try to GOAD them towards them using various techniques, but the specifics evade you. You get the feeling you’ll learn and get something different from the different types of game you could hunt.

Which do you choose?

A. A colony of SMALL SIZED SQUIRREL-LIKE PAPERLINGS
- They're light and highly mobile, but easily distracted by noise and various PLASTICINE NUTS
- Each one is around half a meter tall
- There's at least 6 in the group
- Their materials are LIGHTWEIGHT and would make for EASY TO MOVE IN GEAR

B. A family of MEDIUM SIZED ELK-LIKE PAPERLINGS
- They move in short bursts of speed where they're highly mobile, then highly exhausted.
- Each one is around 1.3 meters tall
- There's 3 in the group
- Their materials are AVERAGE but their HORNS could allow for the creation of SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT

C. Two warring LARGE PAPERLINGS
- They're in the middle of combat a bit of a distance away.
- It's unclear which will win, but is evident that one will drop soon
- Both are suffering from HEAVY injuries
- They're both over 2 meters tall
- Their materials are TOUGH and would make for HIGHLY DEFENSIVE GEAR


And as a bonus, what do you do to contribute? Do you just watch? Or do you provide assistance in some way?

AUTHORS NOTE: You will have at least 2 opportunities to find GAME, with special opportunities arising depending on approach and PUSHING YOUR LUCK. Each type of thing you collect will give you a PART related to the beast, these will be tallied up and you will be presented with a list of potential MODULES to add to your SIGNATURE OUTFIT upon return.
>>
No. 1013899 ID: c92a02

Go after the elk. You contribute some whistling grooves to a long needle that act as noisemakers on the way down from a throw, scaring the paperlings from a location other than the hunters' to make pursuit easier! Just don't get run over by the ensuing stampede.
>>
No. 1013900 ID: 094652

>Weapon
Pin-Flail (Trick Weapon)
A mace with a fluffy ball on the weighted end. Kin tend to laugh at it - until you trigger its alternate form and pull the drawstrings, tightening the flail into a hardened ball with an iron core, and revealing the threaded needles inside. These needles will then fly out as you swing the flail, dealing scratch damage to any who barely dodge the mace part. Even in its plush stance, it can be used to subtly assassinate someone in broad daylight, by bashing them with what seems like a stress-relief toy weapon only for the needles to penetrate through the wooly outer layer, if the solid core doesn't shatter their porcelain and/or wooden bones first. Its one weakness is the durability, especially with its annoyingly long repair time, but you can use it as a basic mace if needed.

>Prey
Large Paperlings. They'll wear each other out, then you can focus on one while the other retreats. Good armor is essential due to your low Endurance.
>>
No. 1013904 ID: 629f2e

I think we should go for the squirrel-like paperlings, as easy to move in gear sounds very appealing. Our current specialty is in trap making, so defensive gear doesn't really suit us (as we ideally won't be fighting one-on-one).

As for our weapon, let's go for something simple and easy to use. I'm thinking hammer, one small enough to use with one hand.
>>
No. 1013907 ID: c62403

Make a WHIP as your weapon. A bullwhip. Paperling bullwhip? (Maybe whips in this world look like a jumprope that the people in this world see as a whip) it's long range, easy to carry and should help us escape if need be.

Go for the squirrel paperlings.
>>
No. 1013910 ID: 96c896

>>1013896
>what weapon?
Giant scissors.
No? Fine, axe.

Take down some elks. Should be easy, either follow them until they collapse or lead them into traps. You can help execute them in either case, low risk.
>>
No. 1013912 ID: 2aa5f0

Scissor Katar

elk
>>
No. 1013913 ID: f8fa51

A spear would be best, I think. For the hunting, go for B, the medium-sized ones.
>>
No. 1013915 ID: c50829

Scissors!
A
>>
No. 1013919 ID: fec07f

>>1013896
Weapon: Boar spear

Target: Elk
>>
No. 1013924 ID: 0838d6
File 163562741143.png - (16.25KB , 500x500 , p14.png )
1013924

> WEAPON CHOICE - SCISSOR OR LONG NEEDLE?
Several days before the hunt you were debating what WEAPON to use. Unsure what would be the best or what situations you might be put in on the hunt other than from hearsay you go to HARI TOMO, asking for their advice between the two.

They remark that the LONG NEEDLE is an updated design of an ancient weapon called a SPEAR. It's designed in such a manner as to allow for longer distance tosses and is weighted so that if it hits JUST RIGHT it can also PIN their targets. It can no longer be used as a SLASHING weapon, but HINDERING MOBILITY tends to be more important when fighting PAPERLINGS.

The SCISSOR is typically split into two parts, where an individual wields ONE HALF at a time. Though there are some KIN that DUAL WIELD, it's uncommon. They remark that both are fine as STARTING WEAPONS, given you get TRAINING in them, however they heavily emphasize that you should use a LONG NEEDLE for this journey as they are your guide and they can provide you with TIPS due to their FAMILIARITY with it.

> LONG NEEDLE
You go with the long needle and make a few of them in varying WEIGHTS and SIZES, even giving a few to HARI TOMO. You also make one with a STOPPER a bit of the ways down the TIP so that it can be used for STABBING, but won't get STUCK in the BEASTS. You also etch WHISTLING GROOVES into some of them so that they can act as NOISEMAKERS. HARI TOMO thinks this is a good idea and remarks that they hadn't thought of it. You end up with 4 of them that you have no trouble carrying.
>>
No. 1013925 ID: 0838d6
File 163562743687.png - (11.83KB , 500x500 , p15.png )
1013925

> HUNT - ELK-LIKE PAPERLINGS
The group of you scatter about and you observe their process. Three pairs group together whilst you and HARI TOMO observe. They scatter traps in 3 directions opposite to where you are, to account for the SCATTERING of the PAPERLINGS. They set up several DART and SPEAR traps along their paths and you notice two of the paths end in what appear to be DEAD ENDS where they make a quick PIT TRAP. The process doesn't take long at all as the PAPERLINGS are seemingly unaware of your presence. You stay an extra distance away, worried your lack of STEALTHINESS might give away your PRESENCE. They DISGUISE the traps and you hear a WHISTLE reminiscent of a FLYING PAPERLING. HARI TOMO replies and you ready yourself.

The HUNT is a quick and cottony affair. You feel your adrenaline pumping as several LURE TRAPS are triggered at once, alarming the PAPERLINGS as they attempt to scatter. Two head in the directions of the DEAD ENDS whilst one heads completely in another direction.

> CONTRIBUTION - NOISEMAKERS
You see the one heading off in the other direction and due to your quick thinking you toss a specially made LONG NEEDLE in front of the creature's path. The WHISTLING is SHARPER than you expected, but that has the added effect of STARTLING the creature, sending it towards one of the TRAPPED PATHS. You get an approving nod from HARI TOMO and your COTTON BOILS in excitement.

> RESULTS - SUCCESS
Due to your planning the hunt was a success and you collect the bodies of the PAPERLINGS. You notice that one was too unfortunate and was impaled by the SPEAR-TRAP, but the others were caught ALIVE and have been bound. You return that evening to your STORAGE CAVE, where you hold your game between hunts. The group shows you how to skin and take apart the PAPERLING, you've seen others do it before and attempt to do so on smaller portions just to get an idea of how it works. The beast is TOUGH to clean and skin, if you hadn't AWAKENED you imagine it might have been downright impossible, if not taken a LONG time.

You gained SPECIAL PAPERLING PARTS
- These parts will allow you to make special modules
You gained BASIC PAPERLING LEATHER
- This will allow you to make an outfit out of BASIC MATERIALS
- This material has no advantages or disadvantages

>>
No. 1013926 ID: 0838d6
File 163562746914.png - (13.25KB , 500x500 , p16.png )
1013926

The day passes and you are brought to a series of CLEARINGS with patches of TALL GRASS on the foot of a NEARBY MOUNTAIN. There are small CREEKS, WILD BERRIES, BUSHES, a small outcropping of SMALL TREES, and HERBS nearby. Your last hunt was an experience in ACTIVE HUNTING, looking for prey and CORNERING them. This hunt is an experience in PASSIVE HUNTING. This location has not been disturbed in some time, so it's the perfect spot to LAY TRAPS. The group decides to have a little COMPETITION between themselves and you. They know that you're good at TRAPPING, so they offer a SMALL PRIZE to the one who can catch the BEST GAME and the one who can catch the MOST GAME. You're free to use any of the supplies in this area or even some of the OFFAL from the PAPERLING you took apart.

How do you set up your traps?
- Feel free to go into as much or as little detail, ex:
- You place some SNARE TRAPS around the BERRY BUSHES, attempting to capture prey and hanging them from the top of the TREES.
- You can also state what SIZE of prey you are looking to capture


> PUSH YOUR LUCK - EXTRA RESOURCES
You'll have some time after you finish setting up your tracks to breathe and do something minor. After talking with the group they inform you that this area tends to have some HERBS, HIGH QUALITY STONE, and other SPECIAL RESOURCES, but there's always a RISK that other PAPERLINGS might want them.

HARI TOMO, as your guide, promises to go with you and pull you out if you encounter anything TOO dangerous if you're interested in trying to find something like that, but they won't assist you in the hunting process, prefering to let you experience it yourself and allow you to learn the DIFFICULTY associated with it.

A. Do you attempt to gather any SPECIAL RESOURCES?
- The more RESOURCES and the more SPECIFIC you get the higher chance of FAILURE, INJURY, or FINDING NOTHING.
- Feel free to describe what you want to find or parts for what kind of thing you want to find, or leave it blank for a random assortment
- Your [DESIRE] wants to do this


B. OR do you attempt to BOND with the HUNTING PARTY?
- You can ask some questions or attempt to befriend someone.
- there are 7 other members of the HUNTING PARTY
- You can feel your [ANCESTOR] NUDGING you towards this.

>>
No. 1013928 ID: e51896

B. Get to know HARI TOMO, their tribe, and a bit about the other hunters from your tribe's lives, and abilities. Friendship is most important.
>>
No. 1013937 ID: c92a02

Try to catch a lot of small critters with snares. Bond with the party while you craft the traps- maybe talk about what everyone else is planning to catch.
>>
No. 1013948 ID: ce39da

> MOST GAME
Oh, duh. Beyond the bush idea, you could string a net through the river, catch loads of AQUATIC CRAFTS with it. (Er, do a world check to see if water creatures even exist - can't assume anything about this world, I swear.)

> EXTRA ACTIVITIES
Get yo good stones, girl! And even if you trail off from the others, you can still try to BOND WITH TOMO if that goes nowhere soon - you can walk and talk.
>>
No. 1013950 ID: cdbcf8

>>1013924
Here comes the ~Girl~
>>1013926
Set up as many traps as you can set, put PIT TRAPS in the tall grass, place some SNARE TRAPS around the BERRY BUSHES, etc etc.

Get some HIGH QUALITY STONE, we got STONE WORKING for a reason people. Yep, just that. definitely don't want to spend time with HARI or anything, nope nope nope.
>>
No. 1013979 ID: 33f0ce

Anyone have any more trapping know how? Because I posted all I got.
>>
No. 1013985 ID: e51896

>>1013948
Like this trap idea. Lets do it!
>>
No. 1014015 ID: dfbac0

Axe
If not, then scissors
I'd like our weapon to be useful out of combat.
Go after the Elk. I like the idea of SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT.
We can also take this easier than the warring beasts which we couldn't do anything for and would have to rely on HARI TOMO
I say we have Hari wear out the elk and lead them right into one of our traps, this seems the most efficient solution.
>>
No. 1014112 ID: 0838d6
File 163590263951.png - (12.20KB , 500x500 , p17.png )
1014112

> CHALLENGE: COLLECT THE MOST GAME
You decide to go for this challenge, not intending to focus on the BEST game challenge. Trapping is what you know, at least, what you were trained in. You lack the practical field experience but that will only change with time.

> LORE - AQUATIC LIFE?
You know that there is some sort of UNDERWATER PAPERLING LIFE of some kind. They’re covered in PAPER SCALES instead of PAPER LEATHER, which is still a tougher material then CLOTH, FUR, and BODY PORCELAIN. You want to set up as many traps as you can, but are given directions to not set up TOO MANY traps, or the PAPERLINGS might get suspicious. After some deliberation you decide to place down different traps in the following ways.

Several SNARE TRAPS around some of the BERRY BUSHES.
- You set up the SNARES so that they will DRAG the PAPERLING into the bush
- It will then fall into a small PIT so as to not scare off future prey
You set up a single PIT TRAP in the TALL GRASS
- The process takes too long to make more than one
You create a NET and string it so that it can attempt to catch some SMALLER AQUATIC PAPERLINGS
- You’re not actually skilled in the process of making one
- but HARI TOMO gives you a hand, curious as to if your idea will bear fruit


This is all you’re able to set up before you hear movement in the distance. The PARTY SCOUT whistles out to let you know that your time is up and the group of you book it to a safer location. They remark that today is meant to be more of a REST day and offer you to join them by the CAMPSITE. It’s a REALLY tough decision, your DESIRE pulling you in one way and your ANCESTOR pulling you in another. Eventually HARI TOMO lets you know that there’s no pressure, that the group has some wonderful KIN, so it’s perfectly fine to REST every now and again.
>>
No. 1014113 ID: 0838d6
File 163590266085.png - (14.60KB , 500x500 , p18.png )
1014113

> BOND - HUNTING PARTY A
HARI TOMO was the last PUSH you really needed to want to spend time with everyone, you can always get stones LATER. You vaguely knew about the other members of the HUNTING PARTY before, but hadn’t truly spoken with them, or gotten to know them before. They reveal their names to you, but two of them stick out more than the rest.

PU KRIS introduces himself as an ASH-KIN member of the SHARP WARDEN TRIBE. You notice that grafted to his SIGNATURE OUTFIT on his right and left arms is a BLADED SHIELD, it’s edges are SHARP and the shield itself is covered in SMALL SCALES. The shield itself is as long as his FOREARM and you imagine that it’s possible to link the two into a larger shield for protection. He has a similar cadence to HARI TOMO, just as SHARP, but with a slight bit more of tender PROTECTIVENESS. He’s the SCOUT for the party because he’s the best at CLOSE COMBAT in the group and is fairly OBSERVANT. You learn that he joined your CLUTCH to watch over KA XU.

KA XU is a CLOTH-KIN, but he has facial features that make you think of a FUR-KIN, almost like when they were STITCHING him, his CLUTCH couldn’t decide on exactly what he should be. He is a member of the CINDER BEARER TRIBE like yourself. He’s SMALL, but moves about as fast as you and your fellow ASH-KIN, a rarity amongst his race, which means he’s just as capable on hunts as anyone else. He may not be that great at making TRAPS, only having OPPOSABLE THUMBS, and not ARTICULATED HANDS, but he makes up for it by knowing how to use his CHAINED NEEDLE AND SCISSOR to navigate terrain and even move around in the CANOPY of the trees. The only problem is that he just talks… so… much… You’re not sure what is true and what is false with what he says, but you think you learned that he was born under strange circumstances and wasn’t really welcome back at MOUNT CINDER.

HARI TOMO reveals a bit more about themselves, remarking that they were once famed for their QUICK THINKING on their PRIOR ADVENTURES. They used to be a part of an ADVENTURING CREW, there were three of them. They don’t mention their companions' names, and mentions that their former companions are not around anymore. So they joined up with the CLUTCH on behalf of the SHAMAN, needing someone like them to help out.

The group huddles together and is comforted by your WARMTH and as the night falls KA XU pulls out a small rock giving off a light glow. He tells you that it’s a MOONSTONE, it absorbs light from the MOON and in return lights up the dark night. You remark that it’s fairly pretty as you look towards HARI TOMO. There’s just something about… THEM, you know? And then a moment later, this thought and feeling passes, and you continue to enjoy the tales as you rest for the night.
>>
No. 1014114 ID: 0838d6
File 163590270864.png - (14.04KB , 500x500 , p19.png )
1014114

> HUNTING PART 2
The night passes and it’s another day of hunting. You all go to check your traps from the previous day but a GIANT PAPERLING looms on in the distance in that direction. So, the 8 of you book it in the opposite direction, hoping to find out what happened to your traps another day after it leaves. You can typically leave the traps alone for a few days and reap the rewards before other PREDATORS find them, so they tell you not to worry.

You look at the beast from a distance. It’s massive frame reaches more then 10 meters to the sky, it’s cry sounds like a whistle, it’s pitch constantly changing, and it’s teeth are jagged and bloody, you think you see a piece of cotton sticking out but duck away with the group before you can catch more.

The group pauses a bit of a distance away and decides to hunt again, just in case something happened to their game. The needed game is lesser than it was before, given your successful first hunt, so HARI TOMO offers you a choice.

A. Track and attempt to hunt some SMALL RABBIT-LIKE PAPERLINGS
- They have strong LEGS and can JUMP HIGH, but are vulnerable when they’re mid leap
- Each one is around half a meter tall
- The tracks indicate that there is between 3-10 in the group
- Their materials are AVERAGE, but KEEP HEAT IN, allowing you to navigate colder climates
[ANCESTOR] Your WARMTH can only do so much


B. Go FISHING for some MEDIUM AQUATIC PAPERLINGS
- The group knows of a spot where they can hunt some of these creatures
- They are fairly STRONG, but once fished up on land with the help of others are easy to dispose of
- There’s a 50/50 chance of not catching any unless you can figure out what kind of BAIT they like
- Their materials are SHARP and would make for DAMAGE REFLECTING or SUNDERING GEAR


C. Attempt to gather SPECIAL RESOURCES
- The more RESOURCES and the more SPECIFIC you get the higher chance of INJURY or FAILURE
- Feel free to describe what you want to find or parts for the kind of thing you want to find
- Some of the group think that there could be a TAR PIT nearby as well as some HERBS that the CLUTCH would find useful
- You have the ability to bring back whatever resources you find if you are successful

>>
No. 1014116 ID: c92a02

Go fishing! They probably like foot and butt shaped bait as they love to catch these things unawares.
>>
No. 1014120 ID: 094652

Dig holes for Stringworms and pit traps.
Also, look for Rare Herbs and Mushrooms.

If you do go fishing, use bait shaped like brightly-colored paper flakes and some string-worms.
>>
No. 1014123 ID: 96c896

I bet the medium fish like to eat the smaller fish.
That said, I'd rather hunt rabbits for cold weather gear.
>>
No. 1014126 ID: 2e6d92

Hunt rabbits, as our [ANCESTOR] advised, our warmth can only do so much.

We already have a trap set for fish, so there is no need to go fishing. Lets rely on our trap instead. Traps are our expertise after all.
>>
No. 1014142 ID: fec07f
File 163592489854.jpg - (47.87KB , 529x579 , images.jpg )
1014142

>>1014114
Go big or go home
Hunt the GIANT PAPERLING: Have KA XU go into the CANOPY and find an area with large enough rocks, trees, or other such obstacles sufficient to limit a creature that size to a set path, in said path dig and conceal a bunch of upscaled ankle-breaker traps. Menwhile you and any other stone workers make as many weighted throwing needles as possible. Once the ground and weapons are prepared bait a trail with Viscera from our other kills to lure the giant.
Once it's broken an ankle or two everyone starts pelting it with throwing needles until it's bleeding heavily. Then retreat until bloodloss weakens it enough to kill.

Additionally depending on time and resources we could set up spiked treetrunk swing traps, boulder fall traps, deadfall traps, and add things like spikes or pic related to the ankle breakers
>>
No. 1014143 ID: fec07f

>>1014142
Oh and additional bait idea: Capture something particularly noisy alove and stake it out in the trap zone
>>
No. 1014148 ID: ce39da

Yeah, we're on the hunt for OUTFIT MATERIALS here - hunt the RABBITS.

If they're vulnerable mid-jump, ask how high they do so, and string up SNARE NETS at that height instead of floor traps.
>>
No. 1014171 ID: 031458

>>1014142
While I believe this plan makes some pretty extreme assumptions about how much work a few people are able to do in one day, I will none the less back GO BIG OR GO HOME.
>>
No. 1014184 ID: afe7de
File 163599175799.png - (14.76KB , 500x500 , p20.png )
1014184

> Mention Interest in hunting that GIANT PAPERLING
You immediately get smacked upside the head by PU KRIS who explains that while your idea of making an ankle trap is a good one, you have no guarantee there’s enough time to dig a big enough hole. Hunting something 10x your size is a fool's errand without more KIN. Even with more KIN, they’d still consider it a problem. It’s quite possible that one is a KING PAPERLING with MAGICAL PROPERTIES. They’re SMARTER than the average PAPERLING, even smarter then some KIN at times, even if they can’t speak your language. He even mentions you may need to MIGRATE soon if it heads towards the CLUTCH’S ENCAMPMENT. You’re told to drop the idea of ever hunting one unless it’s a last resort, the materials gained from it aren’t worth all of your collective lives. Given they’re smarter, it’s highly likely it’d seek revenge on anyone with your SCENT, leading to the devastation of anyone you care about in the area.

You gulp at that and massage the spot of your head that was smacked, it’s not that painful, but you still pout, mumbling about how you were just curious. You do, however, file away that idea for an ANKLE-BREAKER trap as you think there are many applications you could use it for in the future.

> HUNT - RABBIT-LIKE PAPERLINGS
You inquire about the exact height these things jump at and get HARI TOMO’S help in making a few more NETS. You think you could make a series of tripwires between some trees that when triggered, would quickly net and pin down several of these creatures. They support the idea and you’re able to make a few as the rest of your party searches for their warren.

After acquiring their location you set up a few of these net traps and wait for the signal. The others set up a few minor traps to delay and distract, but don’t focus on many ground based traps. Instead, opting to pull out LONG NEEDLES and SHORT, THROWING NEEDLES. The eventual count of RABBITS appears to be 5, no, 6. One stands out to you in particular. It’s moving around slower then the others, and eying the environment with more APPREHENSION then you would credit to one of these beasts. The others don’t pay much attention to it, instead focusing on the group as a whole, but you keep your eye on it just in case.

After a moment, the signal goes out, it sounds like a FLYING PAPERLING’S CALL. It’s a subtle whistle, loud enough to be heard, but quiet enough to not disturb the beasts. A rain of NEEDLES shoots towards the RABBITS, felling two of the beasts. One hops up, triggering one of your TRIPWIRES and being caught in a net. The one you were keeping an eye on though, instead turns towards KA XU, who has started rushing at it. It’s legs then bulge as it hops, not away, but towards him, this surprises KA XU, and he is caught unaware as it hops directly on top of his head, knocking him face first into a pile of mud and lint.
>>
No. 1014185 ID: afe7de
File 163599178336.png - (7.45KB , 500x500 , p21.png )
1014185

> What was that?
You think, for the briefest of moments, you saw small nubs of horns on it, before it bounds along the canopy, jumping from tree to tree, nearly out of sight. None of the other RABBIT-LIKE PAPERLINGS moved with that ferocity or intent and eventually you finish catching the 5 remaining creatures and bound them in one of your bags to bring back.

You ask as you collectively bundle up the beasts. The others tell you that might have been a PAPERLING experiencing an AWAKENING. Perhaps it lived long enough, or perhaps it came across enough ENERGY DENSE PAPERLING MEAT to EVOLVE. Soon it will become a MEDIUM RABBIT-LIKE PAPERLING with higher intelligence and even form a colony of the RABBITS, like it’s making its own CLUTCH. You ask if you can EVOLVE like that, getting BIGGER and SMARTER from just eating MEAT, and the others laugh at you. You pout a bit but they correct you, stating that it’s only something PAPERLINGS can do, KIN evolve with KNOWLEDGE and TOOLS and through their AWAKENINGS. They don’t rule out the possibility of EVOLUTION, but say that it’s probably an extreme RARITY. They tell you to ask the SHAMAN if you want to find out more, but the answer will probably be disappointing and filled with you being yelled at again.

You gained WARM PAPERLING LEATHER
- This will allow you to make an outfit with WARM MATERIALS
- An OUTFIT made of this will help you to withstand FREEZING temperatures
- A CLOAK made of this will help you to withstand COLD temperatures
- CLOTHING made of this might cause you to OVERHEAT in WARM AND SCORCHING environments


> RESULTS - COLLECT THE MOST GAME
The day passes and you head to the site of your PASSIVE HUNTING. Your NET was the most successful, catching 6 TINY AQUATIC PAPERLINGS. They’re barely bigger than your hand. You won’t be able to use the materials to make any CLOTHING, but their SCALES are SHINY, and by sharing this information you might be awarded a BEAD for the innovative new way to gather FOOD for the CLUTCH.

Your PIT TRAP is wildly unsuccessful, in fact, the bait you placed near it is completely eaten and nothing seems to have triggered the trap. As for your SNARES, they succeeded in catching a single RABBIT-LIKE PAPERLING. The hole was almost too small to contain it and you see it squirming as you kill the beast and drag it out.

The others collected only about 2-3 creatures of GAME, with KA XU catching the least, but he did manage to snag the body of a PAPER THIEF, which can be used to make a SPECIAL TINCTURE by the SHAMAN. It’s a shame you could never find the HEAD of said creatures as they detach and flee like an ARACHNID when their body is ensnared by predators.

Seeing as you won the MOST GAME contest, PU KRIS awards you with a small IRIDESCENT BEAD on a string, stating that he was to give this to you in the event that you went above and beyond in your first HUNT. You beam with PRIDE and can feel a warm THRUMMING inside of you as your ANCESTOR approves.

> RETURN
You return to the tribe, successful on your HUNT. You beam with happiness at your results, you did WELL, and the HUNTING PARTY approves of your assistance. After returning your findings to the CLUTCH MOTHER you are called to the SHAMAN’S TENT. They award you with another 2 GOLD BEADS for your innovative new way to catch TINY AQUATIC PAPERLINGS, apparently none of them ever thought to do that because they were scared of the WATER. You’re told that this technique will make it easier for those staying back at the campgrounds to eat.

You gained [3 BEADS]
- BEADS are a form of currency that is commonly used in this region.

>>
No. 1014186 ID: afe7de
File 163599182518.png - (15.74KB , 500x500 , p22.png )
1014186

> OUTFIT CREATION
The SHAMAN then proceeds to tell you about the OUTFIT CREATION PROCESS. It’s a sort of BONDING process where you’ll be guided to create an outfit that can help you be truest to yourself. Some KIN make theirs ORNATE, others make them SIMPLE. But what matters most is what MODULES you put in them. You’ll need to make these MODULES yourself, so it’s best if it’s related to something you’re AVERAGE or EXCELLENT at, but you can also make them to shore up your WEAKNESSES. The SHAMAN pulls out a small piece of PAPER LEATHER and a vial of INK. They list out the potential MODULES you could make given your current RESOURCES and SKILL-SET.

https://forms.gle/g93xL7drSDz5HDsu6

AUTHORS NOTE: POLL TIME. Clothing creation will have two steps, this initial poll, then a confirmation next update. After that, you’ll be given a choice of QUESTS and an opportunity to buy supplies with your meagre finances. Then the plot begins and you’re stuck with the stats and skills you have, so this is your last chance to get anything you think might be useful before the tutorial is finished so to speak.

You’re then informed that you have some TIME available to think about this. You’ll need to finish your SIGNATURE OUTFIT before the CLUTCH begins it’s MIGRATION, but perhaps you can GAIN A NEW SKILL or POLISH AN EXISTING ONE in the meantime. The SHAMAN lets you know that it takes a BIT OF TIME to PROCESS all the materials for an ASH-KIN’S first SIGNATURE OUTFIT, so YOU’VE GOT WHAT YOU’VE GOT. You ask if you can spend your BEADS on any special LEATHER or RESOURCES, but are told that the process works the best when you were involved in the HUNT, at least for your first OUTFIT. Future outfits have a different problem, a MENTAL ROADBLOCK, you’ll need to get more EXPERIENCE in the wider world before you can make a new one. What do you do?

> YOU HAVE [2 TIME POINTS] TO SPEND ON ACTIVITIES

1. Go out and GATHER some HERBS or ROCKS
- You know nothing about HERBS, so you can only gather RANDOM ones and hope for the best
- You know quite a bit about ROCKS, maybe you can pick up an especially VALUABLE one for TRADE or to make a WEAPON
2. Craft NORMAL QUALITY tools for some BEADS
- Earn [5 BEADS] by doing what you’re good at
- Stone tools are currently IN DEMAND by your CLUTCH
- If you get some HQ rocks before you do this you might earn more
- You can also craft any TOOLS or WEAPONS you might need at the same time
3. Practice SCOUTING with PU KRIS
- You bonded enough that he’s willing to show you some pointers
- Will give you NORMAL PROFICIENCY in SCOUTING
4. Practice MEDICINE with KA XU
- You bonded enough that he’s willing to instruct you on the BASICS of identifying RARE HERBS and PAPERLINGS
- Will give you NORMAL PROFICIENCY in MEDICINE
5. Learn how to PROPERLY use the LONG NEEDLE from HARI TOMO
- They see potential in you, but remark it’s a shame you didn’t AWAKEN to the LONG NEEDLE TRIBE
- Will give you NORMAL PROFICIENCY in the LONG NEEDLE
- Will also solidify your foundations and add NETS to your TRAP LIST, allowing them to be quickly made
6. Learn from the SHAMAN
- Spend [4 BEADS] to gain a SINGLE SKILL at EXCELLENT PROFICIENCY
- Spend [2 BEADS] to gain a SINGLE SKILL at NORMAL PROFICIENCY or upgrade one to EXCELLENT
- Available skills (Scouting, medicine, precision, climbing, pottery)
7. Practice controlling your WARMTH
- You’re not sure how to do it, describe how you try to do it, unexpected results may appear
- Or pay the SHAMAN [1 BEAD] to learn more
8. Other
- Feel free to describe something not listed

>>
No. 1014187 ID: c92a02

Practice with Hari and train your Warmth.
>>
No. 1014189 ID: 2e6d92

1. Gather Rocks or 6. Upgrade stone toolmaking to excellent with a shaman (leaning towards 6)

Then

2. Make stone tools. Make a PICKAXE as one of them while selling the rest of the tools. you have a weird feeling you'd be able to get tougher materials with the pickaxe in the future. Maybe make something stronger than stone tools
>>
No. 1014205 ID: ce39da

> THE PLAN
MONEY, RESOURCES, and EQUIPMENT are all things you can obtain elsewhere, but SKILLS are NOW OR NEVER, from what I can tell. BONDS WITHIN THE CLUTCH, as well, will be necessary at an early stage.

> TP 1
Practice the needle with HARI TOMO. You're not exactly planning on getting into too many scrapes, but BASIC PROFICIENCY WITH A WEAPON seems like a no-brainer if you're going abroad.

> TP 2
Practice controlling your Warmth... with KA XU. He's a primary source, yo! Do keep in mind to take everything he says on the matter with a grain of salt. Between his penchant for stream-of-consciousness rambling, the "strange circumstances" of his crafting, and why he's "no longer welcome" at Mt. Cinder, you could probably learn just as much by not following his example. (Although, do give him the benefit of the doubt to start - trust he knows what he's doing, but test things for yourself).
>>
No. 1014211 ID: e51896

I'm changing my vote

>>1014205
Pretty much this

>You’re not sure how to do it, describe how you try to do it, unexpected results may appear

In order train our warmth, I theorize it has to do with [LOVE]. Practice by giving Ka Xu hugs. Lots of hugs. And realize despite him talking a lot, his stories are actually very interesting if you know what to listen for, even the lies has a hint of truth to them and are funny sometimes

If hugs are too lewd, we could just resort to handholding or headpats.
>>
No. 1014212 ID: 199ccd

>>1014186
4. Practice MEDICINE with KA XU
If we’re not going to learn medicine now we’ll never become the Bondrewd of our world in the future.
7. Practice controlling your WARMTH
Ok so hear me out, WARM OUTFIT+ WARM CLOAK+WARMTH CONTROL= SELF COMBUSTION BABY! For the suicide on the go~ But seriously though having more control over WARM will be a huge advantage in the future.
>>
No. 1014216 ID: 031458

Learn the Long Needle from Hari Tomo.
Who knows when we'll have time again, best learn to defend ourselves.

Practice controlling our warmth.
Perhaps we can focus on trying to project it beyond ourselves. Perhaps meditating near a real fire will help. How would it interact? Can we try to influence the flame? So many things to try.
If we hit a wall I'm not above spending a bead to seek the help of the Shaman.
>>
No. 1014239 ID: afe7de
File 163608334748.png - (17.39KB , 500x500 , p23.png )
1014239

> SPEND TIME WITH HARI TOMO
You spend time with the SHARP individual. HARI TOMO needles you a bit when you ask for help, but it seems more playful than anything. They're CRITICAL of your POSTURE, your THROWING DISTANCE, basically everything you can think of doing wrong, they point it out. But because of this your skill ends up BLOOMING and due to your minor practice in the prior HUNT. Part of your days are spent learning this process and then learning how to WEAVE NETS at an increased speed.

The two of you eventually get to talking and you learn more about HARI TOMO'S PAST. They talk about their BUDDY, his name was HARI KIRA. Also of the LONG NEEDLES, and LEADER of their small adventuring group, they say it's similar to a CLUTCH in a lot of ways. KIRA would lead them on strange journeys across the land and their adventures lasted for 15 years. They pause for a moment and you see a single tear pass from their eyes.

HARI TOMO: He was STRONG, not just physically, but mentally
HARI TOMO: A beacon of HOPE for us
HARI TOMO: But, like CINDER BEARERS sometimes say
HARI TOMO: The flame that shines the brightest
HARI TOMO: Also causes the most darkness when extinguished
HARI TOMO: I won't be going back to my homeland ever
HARI TOMO: But if you're in the area
HARI TOMO: If you ever meet a TSU NAMI of the STURDY CLAY TRIBE
HARI TOMO: Do NOT trust them.


Their face looks grave and ASHEN, more so than usual, so you take your leave.

You get the feeling that HARI TOMO doesn't want to leave the CLUTCH anytime soon, convincing them to leave would be DIFFICULT should you chose to attempt to do so.

> SKILL GAINED - LONG NEEDLE PROFICIENCY
You've learned how to properly wield the LONG NEEDLE in its various forms. You suffer no penalties and gain a boost when using the LONG NEEDLE as a WEAPON or TOOL.

You caught a glimpse one day of HARI TOMO doing something remarkable. They threw several LONG NEEDLES at a few trees and jumped from NEEDLE TO NEEDLE with a GRACE and SWIFTNESS that seriously impressed you. You think that EXCELLING in the NEEDLE and increasing your AGILITY would allow you to mimic the technique.


> TRAP GAINED - NETS
You've learned how to make NETS in a specific style that allows for QUICK CONSTRUCTION. With your ADVANCED TRAPPING KNOWLEDGE, you now know how to make them QUICKLY and with SUB-PAR RESOURCES without reducing their DURABILITY or QUALITY. You can also make TOUGHER NETS but these take longer to make and require better resources.
>>
No. 1014240 ID: afe7de
File 163608335718.png - (15.13KB , 500x500 , p24.png )
1014240

> SPEND TIME WITH KA XU
You spend some time with a WARM, TALKY individual. He was ready to teach you what he knew about MEDICINE and then some, but you instead requested his help learning to control your WARMTH. This surprises him, and he goes on to explain about how the ANCESTOR'S PROTECTION manifests itself in members of the CINDER BEARER tribe.

Sometimes it's just a general boost to their health or stamina, other times an INNATE POWER manifests. He goes into the varieties of INNATE POWERS, and you realize they have a common THEME, they have to do with either LIGHT or FIRE. He kind of rambles at this point, but you understood the gist of it.

KA XU claims that he has very little room for growth. He calls the ability SUNDIAL. It allows him to know the direction of the sun, given it's daytime. He's learned to even use it whilst underground, making him invaluable when encountering MIRAGES and DISTORTED LOCATIONS, as he knows the TRUE DIRECTION and can pinpoint NORTH or the TIME of day with more ease than others.

He tells you that to IMPROVE or MANIPULATE your INNATE POWER you need to use FEELINGS. PASSION is a good one, even LOVE if you can manifest it with consistency, and there's always ANGER.

You try using [LOVE] but don't really know much about it. So you try hugging KA XU for a bit longer than normal, you can feel his core beat and his face flush. He's way shorter then you, so you're kind of holding him up in the air and he coughs, mentioning maybe you could hold hands instead and feel his ENERGY as you attempt to figure it out. You can tell he's a little EMBARRASSED, but that he doesn't mind being near you, especially with your COMFORTING AURA. It's the first time you've caught him being this quiet.

He speaks up and talks a little bit more about his past as the days go by of your practice. Some days he talks a bit about MEDICINE, because you're still interested in the topic, but your primary focus is your WARMTH. One day he reveals a small nugget of information about his past.

KA XU: There was an accident one day
KA XU: I was picked to help bring things up the mountain to the ORIGINAL FLAME
KA XU: But uh because of my blabbermouth I distracted the...
KA XU: The GUARD that was with me
KA XU: And well, we accidentally walked into an alley
KA XU: There was a scuffle
KA XU: The FUR-KIN that was supposed to guide me tricked me
KA XU: So maybe me talking was part of the plan?
KA XU: But I escaped, wounding her, but she was high up in the TRIBE
KA XU: And now I'm a wanted KIN in MT. CINDER and can't go back


You give KA XU a hug, a warmer, more calming one. He says he's fine outside, and that the others don't mind it. Mentioning that FUR-KIN is a bitch anyway. He says to keep an eye out for KA EFLUME, she used to be a LIEUTENANT in the GUARD, but he's not sure where she's at now. And in that moment, you feel it. Like a small switch was flicked, you turned your WARMTH off.

You get the feeling you could convince KA XU to join you should you want to leave the CLUTCH soon, but you’d need to present good a reason to him first.

> INNATE POWER UPGRADED - CONTROL
You can now CONTROL your WARMTH, flicking it ON and OFF at will. You plan to keep it OFF when HUNTING or in COMBAT, and ON when near other KIN, giving you a slight bonus when talking to other KIN. You can change this at any time by suggesting it.

You get the feeling that INDULGING in a certain FEELING will influence the GROWTH of your INNATE POWER in the future.

Focusing on [ANGER] will make the WARMTH HOTTER
Focusing on [LOVE] will change your AURA to be more than just COMFORT
Focusing on [PASSION] will increase the RADIUS and INTENSITY of its effects
Focusing on other FEELINGS might have other effects


> KNOWLEDGE GAINED - HERB IDENTIFICATION
You picked up on some of the things KA XU was saying and got the ins and outs of actually identifying some of the herbs out there. You can't tell the STRENGTH of the herbs, but you can at least tell if they are POISONOUS, PARALYTIC, HEALING, etc. Unfortunately the actual refinement process to get the most out of them eludes you. You can EXPERIMENT if you ever come across any, but there's a high chance of FAILURE.
>>
No. 1014241 ID: afe7de
File 163608339302.png - (10.33KB , 500x500 , p25.png )
1014241

> OUTFIT CREATION - CONFIRMATION
Time has passed and the actual creation of your SIGNATURE OUTFIT has come. You have no trouble selecting the MATERIAL for your CORE OUTFIT and your CLOAK.

You decide to make the BASIC OUTFIT out of BASIC LEATHER
- No Advantages or Disadvantages
- 3 MODULE SLOTS
- Has a hidden TINY POUCH just for holding BEADS

You decide to make the WARM CLOAK out of the WARM LEATHER
- ++Cold resist
- -Heat resist
- Comes with a TINY POUCH that you modified to make HIDDEN after some advice from the SHAMAN
- Wearing the cloak increases the difficulty of others identifying what you are wearing
- Your [ANCESTOR] is pleased


Your CLOAK will be stored on your person somewhere that you could DON or DOFF it with ease.

On your CORE OUTFIT one MODULE SLOT is AUTOMATICALLY EQUIPPED with an HQ TRAPPING POUCH that you received for free from the SHAMAN. It can hold 5 TRAPS instead of 3 and only takes up a single slot.

You've done some thinking and you've reduced the fairly long list to 7 MODULES to choose from. You have 2 remaining MODULE SLOTS to fill, what do you get?

A. HIDDEN BLADE
- Requires [SPECIAL MATERIALS] which you have
- You can only make one module that uses [SPECIAL MATERIALS]
- A hidden blade is located somewhere on your body, typically your SLEEVE OR FOOT
- It is DIFFICULT for anyone other then yourself to locate it
- This blade can be coated in POISON, but you must acquire it yourself
- Deals BONUS DAMAGE on SNEAK ATTACK
- You have PROFICIENCY in this
- it is shaped like a NEEDLE, the most familiar weapon to you.

B. HIDDEN TRAP
- Requires [SPECIAL MATERIALS] which you have
- You can only make one module that uses [SPECIAL MATERIALS]
- A HIDDEN TRAP of your own design is placed on your body
- It is DIFFICULT for anyone other then yourself to locate it
- It can be used at any time to launch a SNEAK ATTACK on a trigger like someone touching you
- You can also place this trap like normal instead

C. TRAPPING POUCH
- Hold more traps! you attach it to your HIGH QUALITY POUCH so you can now hold a total of 8 traps.
- Does not hinder your weight at all, but is easily identifiable if one were to investigate your body

D. TOOL POUCH
- A place to store your TOOLS
- Given your understanding of TRAPS and TOOLS you think you could make it HIDDEN
- It is HARD for anyone other than yourself to discover (one step easier than DIFFICULT)

E. SURVIVAL MODULE
- A place to store your BEDROLL, TENT, and a weeks worth of RATIONS
- Also automatically gives you HQ versions of those for free
- Your [DESIRE] suggests this, but does not count as a vote

F. MEDIUM POUCH MODULE
- Can be used to hold MISC resources you collect
- It can hold one MEDIUM thing or multiple SMALL or TINY things
- Can hold larger objects like BRANCHES, BOXES, SATCHELS, etc
- Costs 2 MODULE SLOTS, but only takes 1 MODULE'S worth of resources to make
- You will be reimbursed some BEADS if you make this
- Your [ANCESTOR] suggests this, but it does not count as a vote

G. SMALL POUCH MODULE
- This can be used to hold misc resources you collect without encumbering you
- Lets you hold books, rations, and other similarly sized objects
- It can only hold one SMALL thing or multiple TINY things


And what does your outfit LOOK LIKE? Is it a dress? A trendy coat?

AUTHORS NOTE: PAPER DOLL TIME! Feel free to draw what you imagine the outfit to look like, you can incorporate modules or they can be magic invisible ones that other people just know exist if they pass a perception check.

Leftover Modules that do not fit will not be created, nor will they be stored. This is the end of Character creation and will define your skill set and toolset without further investment.

For context, you will still receive a SATCHEL or BACKPACK to store things, so should you not chose to get the POUCH MODULE, you will still have a way to carry your goods and resources, it will just be a WAY MORE OBVIOUS way to carry things.

I won't be micromanaging inventory, instead I'll focus on the narrative element of it. But if you get things that are CUMBERSOME to carry you will be informed of the consequences associated with it.

>>
No. 1014242 ID: eedbeb
File 163608396847.png - (19.57KB , 500x500 , p25b.png )
1014242

i will not be taking criticism at this time
>>
No. 1014243 ID: 629f2e
File 163608696383.png - (10.43KB , 500x500 , plushquestpaperdoll.png )
1014243

Nothing too elaborate. Practicality over appearance for the most part.

For the basic outfit, plain black pants, long-sleeve shirt, and gloves, perfect for staying hidden in the shadows. It almost blends in with your body, which is ideal if we have any hidden pouches or weapons on this layer.

The cloak is a little more eye-catching, being modeled after a loose-fitting trenchcoat. Its wide area of cover and thick material suits the warm attributes we've chosen, and its loose fit makes it ideal for hidden items. The front can be kept tied when you don't need to access them, or left open in warmer areas where you need the airflow.

The pouch on the front can be ignored if we don't end up taking that module.
>>
No. 1014246 ID: 629f2e

Forgot to vote for modules. I say we go for Hidden Trap and Small Pouch. The trap because I honestly just think it's cooler than the other options, and the Small Pouch because I'd have to give up the hidden trap if we went for Medium.
>>
No. 1014252 ID: c92a02
File 163609359507.jpg - (103.62KB , 540x780 , tumblr_bf456b01acb39e2daed6836e10a70564_590181c0_5.jpg )
1014252

Hidden blade and a tool pouch!
Make sure your outfit covers your torso but leaves limbs open for mobility. Knee pads and vambraces to protect your joints during hard work (and hide a hidden blade).
>>
No. 1014272 ID: ce39da

> MODULES
TOOL POUCH and SMALL POUCH, I say.

> APPEARANCE
A classy vest-and-dress-shirt look that pairs nicely with the poncho cloak made from the rabbits. Think like a draped-poncho Clint Eastwood look.
>>
No. 1014273 ID: e51896

Hidden trap
Tool pouch
>>
No. 1014283 ID: e7c7d3

Tool pouch and small pouch
>>
No. 1014284 ID: f8fa51

Tool pouch and medium pouch.
>>
No. 1014298 ID: 96c896

Hidden Blade
Hidden Trap
>>
No. 1014313 ID: 34dfce
File 163615452243.png - (22.77KB , 500x500 , Steve'd.png )
1014313

Honestly Surprised nobody posted this yet.

We almost had a catastrophe.
>>
No. 1014331 ID: afe7de
File 163616861932.png - (10.31KB , 500x500 , p26.png )
1014331

> SIGNATURE OUTFIT - COMPLETE
After the materials were PROCESSED by the shaman you can feel latent ENERGIES within them. You were involved in the process and were taught the basics of SEWING CLOTHES. In the future you'll be able to MODIFY, ADD, and CREATE clothes for yourself and others, but only your SIGNATURE OUTFIT will have these LATENT ENERGIES and will be as effective.

But as you go to make your MODULES, you decide to forgo making an ADVANCED TRAP MODULE and you FEEL the energies flowing through you as you adjust and make some MODIFICATIONS to all of them. It's done almost instinctively and when you're done even the SHAMAN gives a light gasp. Some of them have changed, and for the better!

HIDDEN TOOL POUCH
- It will hold your various tools
- Is a HARD (+3) check for others to find

HIDDEN SMALL POUCH
- This can hold multiple TINY or few SMALL misc items
- Is a HARD (+3) check for others to find

HIDDEN HQ TRAPPING POUCH
- Can hold 5 traps
- Is a HARD (+3) check for others to find

WELL HIDDEN TINY POUCH
- Used to hold BEADS exclusively
- Is a VERY HARD (+5) check for others to find


All of your MODULES have gained the HIDDEN attribute, making them HARD to discover by others. You look over your finished outfit, it takes the form of a TRENCHCOAT. It's THICK and WARM and feels NATURAL to wear. You chose a DARK GRAY as the base with WHITE ACCENTS. You think about making GLOVES but you need some LIGHTWEIGHT and FLEXIBLE materials to make something that would HINDER your movement. So you have a pair of BLACK MITTENS tucked away with your CLOAK just in case.

Your CLOAK can go on over it and has a HOOD to obscure you. It’s a VERY LIGHT BLUE, and you imagine it would help you BLEND IN whenever you are in SNOWY REGIONS, giving you a slight bonus to STEALTH therein. It’s WARM, and feels just right for you. Your cloak’s TINY POUCH is also HIDDEN, but not as well as your BEAD pouch.
>>
No. 1014332 ID: afe7de
File 163616863487.png - (8.76KB , 500x500 , p27.png )
1014332

The completion of your outfit is marked by a small CEREMONY. It's a simple affair, but others in your CLUTCH really appreciate the simplicity of your design and the TRENCHCOAT AESTHETIC.

And after a few days everyone packs up their supplies, tents, and goods as the date of the MIGRATION has come. The 20-ish members of your CLUTCH begin their journey, CINDER is nearly old enough to AWAKEN, so they want to reach a good new area to settle for the ceremony before long.

The journey is interesting, with scouts sent ahead to patrol for BANDITS and scout for RESTING SPOTS as you move to a new location. One day you arrive at a clearing by a trail. There's a rather large BUILDING made of HARD PLASTIC and STONE with a sign out front written in CANON. Apparently the building is called THE STUFFED TAIL. It's an INN. You all settle down outside the INN, and some of your CLUTCH even head in. You feel the stirrings of your CINDER, your ancestors must want you to go in, so you do, you'll admit you are a bit CURIOUS.
>>
No. 1014333 ID: afe7de
File 163616865525.png - (16.25KB , 500x500 , p28.png )
1014333

The inside is QUAINT and COZY. You feel a WARMTH emanating from the place just from appearance alone. Your CLUTCHMATES are sitting in a corner, they have some PLASTIC FRUIT DRINKS and seem to be enjoying themselves. There’s a BARMAIDEN that’s a tall and slender CLOTH-KIN with an ample bosom and wide waist, at first you thought it was just some fur, but no it looks like she’s just real SHAPELY. But what draws your attention the most are the others in the place. Three spots, some with individuals, others with signs, stand out the most to you.

> PICK A QUEST HOOK

A. [INVASION OF THE BODY-STITCHERS]
- This is a [HORROR/MYSTERY] themed quest
An old CLOTH-KIN with thick and matted braids for hair. Her eyes gloss over as you overhear her talk about something being WRONG with her grandson in the nearby COLONY. She pleads with the passersby desperately for help, but everyone ignores her. You overhear someone mention she’s been at this for days now. Someone whispers something about CULTISTS in that town that STITCH together other parts making ABOMINATIONS, but you can’t tell if it’s true or not. She offers her PRICELESS FAMILY HEIRLOOM to whoever can help her.

B. [POPULARITY CONTEST]
- This is a [POLITICAL INTRIGUE] themed quest
An ornate banner is pinned over the rest of the parchments on the bulletin board right next to the BARMAIDEN. There’s a map to the town of FLUFFSENUFFS next to it, it’s about a day’s travel a bit down your MIGRATION ROUTE. You can hear the BARMAIDEN talking about how the POWER gained by being ELECTED is a real potent form of MAGIC that doesn't use WOOD, so there are plenty of opportunities to SELL YOUR VOTE for some goods. She’s squishing her CHEST FLUFF in an apparently ALLURING fashion to the nearby fairly large FUR-KIN that she’s talking with. You read the banner and it says the following:
IT’S ELECTION SEASON IN THE TOWN OF FLUFFSENUFFS.
VOTERS DESIRED, ALL TRIBES ACCEPTED.
NEW ENTRANTS ALWAYS WELCOME.
GREAT POWER AWAITS THE ELECTED
ZU KIRK THE SHAMAN PROMISES EASIER ACCESS TO NEEDLES AND TO DISCOVER A WOOD MINE
RU DEUS THE BOY PRINCESS PROMISES MORE HUG BROTHELS SO KIN FEEL LESS LONELY


C. [SPAWN OF TYRANNY]
- This is a [SLICE OF LIFE] themed quest
A rather plush and velvety FUR-KIN sits in the corner. They look like a mix between some sort of DRAGON and CLOTH-KIN, you think they’re called KOBOLDS? They’re nursing a rather large mug of something sweet smelling. Apparently they’re looking to give someone a job that’s been hastily scrawled on some leather, one they don’t want to do. To keep watch over THE SPAWN OF TYRANNY whilst a SPELL is prepared to return it to it’s LONG SLUMBER. The distance to the TOWER where they’re being held is quite far away, so you’re guaranteed to meet lots of new KIN and maybe even start to form your own kind of CLUTCH, and there’s also a reward offered based on how well you do, but the specifics are vague or smeared.

>>
No. 1014334 ID: 629f2e

All of these sound like fun, but my votes on Popularity Contest
>>
No. 1014335 ID: 094652

B) Let's support the Shaman as a campaigner.
>>
No. 1014337 ID: 2aa5f0

C
>>
No. 1014340 ID: a3dc84

I'm changing my vote to B, only because I notice another name from CATALYST there, RU DEUS (Rudeus)
>>
No. 1014347 ID: 96c896

A!
>>
No. 1014349 ID: c92a02

A. Cultists must be snipped in the bud.
>>
No. 1014353 ID: cdbcf8

>>1014333
A.
HECK YEAH FELLOW BELIVERS OF THE SCIENTIFIC METHOD!!!
>>
No. 1014356 ID: f8fa51

C
>>
No. 1014357 ID: 1b0c0b

B
>>
No. 1014361 ID: 076735

A
Let's bust a cult.
>>
No. 1014364 ID: 0e01b9

A & B

It's the popularity contest, but one of the people competing is the cult leader who will try to win through their brainwashed members and brainwashing others.

You have to stop their corruption and lies from spreading, helping the person you want win, and sneak into their tribe to act as a whistleblower by finding proof of misdeeds and that they are the ones causing the abominations.
>>
No. 1014365 ID: 708905

>>1014333
Going to vote A

B sounds fun too but I'm a sucker for good old fashioned horror scenarios
>>
No. 1014368 ID: 34dfce

A.

We can finally pursue our true calling!(>>1013643
) Lets join the cultists!
>>
No. 1014371 ID: ce39da

C: I believe we're best prepared for life on the road, and I think a more laid-back quest would suit this setting.

Also, convince KA XU to come with you. See the whole world with you, meet tons of new people! Maybe find a place he can truly call a second (permanent) home.
>>
No. 1014372 ID: 673fe6

I must vote for A, the potential possibilities are sew stuffed in this plush premise that I can't resist!
>>
No. 1014401 ID: 894419

>>1014333
C.
>>
No. 1014458 ID: afe7de
File 163633011936.png - (19.95KB , 500x500 , p29.png )
1014458

> QUEST - INVASION OF THE BODY-STITCHERS - ACCEPTED

For some reason this woman’s plight pricks at your heart and unlike the others you cannot ignore her cries for help. You have a seat next to her and you notice the fog in her eyes lighten ever so. Your CALMING AURA takes effect and a little bit of clarity has come back. There’s a spark there, but it’s brief and you have to cling to it before it’s too late. You can immediately tell that she’s exhausted beyond your ability to understand, but she begins the tale again.

Her GRANDSON, no, GRANDDAUGHTER in the nearby COLONY has been acting strange. This woman, whose name is DA CRONE, runs an INN, currently the only INN in the town. Her GRAND-CHILD is the only one around after all of the townsfolk left. The COLONY used to be a MINING TOWN as there was a rich vein of WOOD ORE that was tapped for generations. It was shipped off to FLUFFSENUFFS and allowed the little hamlet to prosper. Unfortunately, 10 years ago the mines ran dry and it’s been in decay ever since. Now the town barely has 30 STUFFIES in it and that number is declining rapidly.

Since then it’s been just her and her GRANDDAUGHTER, but ever since around a WEEK ago she’s been acting strange, lashing out. One night DA CRONE swore she saw her arms covered in GPRE and that someone in town went missing the next day, but when she went to check, there was no STUFFING RESIDUE anywhere and her GRANDDAUGHTER looked at her with a disappointed expression. It was so foreign that she ran away to this tavern, seeking help and fearing for her life.
>>
No. 1014459 ID: afe7de
File 163633014241.png - (11.06KB , 500x500 , p30.png )
1014459

You hear a desperate plea for help come from the woman. She offers you her PRICELESS FAMILY HEIRLOOM, it was around BEFORE THE MINES and may not be made of WOOD, but it’s still worth SOMETHING. She just wants to know what’s going on. She says if you can find out what happened and bring back PROOF she will give it to you, or if you can bring back her GRAND-CHILD safe and sound.

She truly is looking at you like you’re her last hope and you don’t have it in you to turn down her request. You’ve been having this feeling lately, one that it’s time for you to go on a journey, seek out new experiences and life. You’ve already trained in the basics of HUNTING and SURVIVAL, so you could make it on your own if you stay near the roads, maybe meet a few travel companions on the way. But you’ll need supplies, and maybe a companion. You overheard that the town is TWO DAYS AWAY and slightly up the nearby MOUNTAIN. You’re not familiar with the terrain but it’s quite possible that it might be SNOWING up there. You shake your head and think for a moment. You can see she hasn't slept in days and your acceptance of her request has her near passing out in relief.

You heard whispers about CULTISTS coming from the other members of the tavern, but seeing you talk to DA CRONE has them shutting up and avoiding eye contact with you, like they want nothing to do with you and do not want to be involved. It appears she’s your only point of information on this one.

You have a moment to ask her SOME QUESTIONS before she passes out for an undetermined amount of time. What do you want to know?
>>
No. 1014461 ID: c92a02

Who can you talk to in town, and where can you stay? Was the mining equipment still around?
>>
No. 1014462 ID: 629f2e

Ask about the cultists, as that will likely be related to the mystery. You should also ask about the folks who inhabit the town, as that will give you a good idea who to talk to when you arrive. Finally, ask about the route to her town, so that you know what supplies to bring.
>>
No. 1014467 ID: e51896

Hey, we gotta know the granddaughter's name, amd what she looks like.
Also, wonder why she corrected herself calling them her grandson first and then her granddaughter.

Also ask about any specific people we should be careful around.
>>
No. 1014486 ID: 094652

>Grandson - er, Granddaughter
Da Crone is Sus.
Get clarification as to why she would accidentally misgender her own grandchild, and why they haven't left their failing company town. Then clarify as to the nature of the heirloom.
Warn Da Crone that you will not put your life below that of her granddaughter... especially in an act of self-defense.
Ask the bartender if Da Crone is shunned because of stigma or suspicion.
>>
No. 1014491 ID: 96c896

>>1014459
Ask her for a description of her granddaughter, and directions to the INN if you don't know where it is already.
Who went missing? Have there been any other unexplained disappearances?
>>
No. 1014493 ID: 26d18a

>>1014458
>Her GRANDSON, no, GRANDDAUGHTER
Huh, you usually remember that kind of stuff easily about your grandkid, and especially when you live with them...Oh what am I saying! This woman has been sleeplessly searching for someone to help this kid for days now, plus her kid may have transitioned into a new gender and is still getting used to it.

>DA CRONE.... DA CRONE.....THE CRONE.......THE CLON-
I-I’m sure it’s just a coincidence!

>>1014459
Ask about important individuals we should know (Mayor, person who knows a lot, her granddaughter, etc) and ones we should look out for (Town drunk, that one creepy dude who always watches you, her granddaughter, etc).
>>
No. 1014496 ID: 34dfce

>>1014493
ZA WARUDO

but seriously, our name is literally Cobbler, which following your logic would mean we are destined to be the one making abominations.

(Whether this means you are right or wrong... well, idk.)
>>
No. 1014504 ID: b46ebf

Ask Ka Xu if he has any medication for helping the old woman relax from her stress and sleep properly before she passes out.
>>
No. 1014509 ID: afe7de
File 163640334796.png - (13.26KB , 500x500 , p31.png )
1014509

> Ask about her GRANDDAUGHTER
You decide to tug on this thread first, inquiring about general details on this kin. DA CRONE describes her grandson, no, grand DAUGHTER as a half cloth half fur kin. Her upper half is that of a Cloth, and her bottom half is that of an OCTOPUS FUR KIN. So she has lots of tentacles down below her waist. Apparently it makes cleaning way easier since she can use the tentacles for that. It sounds like she has something else to say but closes her mouth and blushes a bit, whispering that her other hobby is too lewd.

You noticed she mis-gendered her grandkid and ask what’s up with that. DA CRONE responds that her GRAND-CHILD has yet to AWAKEN, but has chosen her pronouns early, so it’s hard to adjust. She’s also incredibly TIRED, so mistakes in conversation are easy to make. You don’t really find any fault in that and continue on.

> Ask about the DENIZENS of the town
The second thread you tug on is of the natives, you ask who is there, who to talk to, and who to be wary of. She says that she doesn’t trust JAQUELINE the GENERAL STORE owner, but won’t elaborate as to why other than multiple petty reasons. AN BOREALIA is the town’s only remaining GUARD, she’s taken to calling herself the SHERIFF. And MORTIFER, the former FOREMAN of the MINE, he’s the closest thing to a CHIEF or CLUTCH MOTHER that they have there. The last kin she mentions is good old GLUM PLUM, she’s an unawakened sweetheart but is quite knowledgeable and did the inn’s finances. She mentions that there’s other kin who live in the town, but she’s old and doesn’t leave the INN that often, so she’s not sure who else is still around.

She also mentions this one kin that lives near the edge of town by the RIVER and does this thing called FISHING, which absolutely terrifies the everliving fluff out of her. She says maybe he’s tainting her granddaughter. You think about explaining FISHING to her, but hold off instead, deciding it better to just ask more questions.

> Cultists?
You ask about the cultists and she mentions that cults are a MYTH, she remarks that no one would believe in anything other than the LOOMINOUS one and a TRIBE’S TOTEM.
>>
No. 1014510 ID: afe7de
File 163640336479.png - (8.83KB , 500x500 , p32.png )
1014510

> How to get there, where to stay
Next you talk about the route to town, she scribbles a vague route on a napkin, indicating you should head NORTHWEST for around 2 days, pointing at a few landmarks. You think you’ll be able to reach it without a problem. As for where to stay, she says that you should go to the INN of course! She hands you a single BEAD, saying that this is advanced payment that should net you 3 DAYS rest in the inn so long as NO ONE ELSE rents out the rooms. You get the feeling there are other options she won’t mention, but you take the BEAD anyway. As for supplies, you get the idea that WARM CLOTHES would help, and you’re set on that, as well as RATIONS for a week and your CAMPING SUPPLIES, they’re not the best, but you’re sure the CLUTCH would let you have the things you made and used for all these years.

> Why didn’t you leave?
She sighs as you ask this question, saying that the town has a lot of memories for her, she grew up there, and might not have left had she not felt something too OMINOUS to leave her sitting at home. She claims she can’t make the trek back up the mountain for at least another WEEK given her injuries, and points to her cut up legs that you failed to notice before.

> What exactly is the heirloom?
She says that it's something priceless and has been in the family for generations, but refuses to elaborate on it. You get the impression she’s worried if you know exactly what it is you’ll reject her request and leave, so she hopes the MYSTERY will keep you interested. You find this to be a bit manipulative but have to admit a good MYSTERY does peak your interest.

> IDEA - Ask KA XU for medicine to let her relax and heal properly
You quickly mention that you’ll be right back and ask KA XU for a CALMING or RELAXING HERB for this old woman and he gives you something that can be chewed to allow her to RELAX with minor HEALING PROPERTIES. You return, handing it to her in the hopes that her pain is eased and it does look like it works. She’s quite grateful and hands you another BEAD as thanks.

She says she’s tired and dozes off right then and there as the herb takes effect, barring off all future questions. You try to ask around, but no one wants to talk to you. Your CLUTCH knows nothing about cultists, so you try to ask the BARMAIDEN. The BARMAIDEN says that if you want to talk, you should buy a drink for [2 BEADS]. You’re not sure you have the capital to afford it, given your need for supplies so you back off for now.

You gained [2 BEADS]
You now have a total of [5 BEADS]

>>
No. 1014512 ID: afe7de
File 163640342892.png - (14.37KB , 500x500 , p33.png )
1014512

You feel a stirring inside of you, like this was something you were meant to do, something you wanted to do. The stirring matches beats with a thrumming you feel from your [DESIRE] and [ANCESTOR]. You’re taking the job, so you head to your CLUTCH’S CAMPSITE and talk to the CLUTCH MOTHER and SHAMAN. They congratulate you on finding something you wish to PURSUE, mentioning that since you’re now an ADULT that you can make whatever choices you would like and begin your journey to form your own CLUTCH. You’re told their general route should you ever wish to rejoin them, judgment free, in the future. The SHAMAN says that they’re willing to sell you some GOODS for the BEADS you earned before and from either not using the SPECIAL MATERIALS, or saving MATERIALS. They’ll also give you a SMALL BONUS as you’re heading out for the first time and definitely need supplies. It’ll take a moment, so they recommend you say your goodbyes to the CLUTCH MEMBERS before you set off.

You head over to the HUNTING PARTY and discuss your plans with them, they all seem enthusiastic about it, but KA XU and HARI TOMO both seem a little sad to see you go. You see CINDER off in the distance, they’ve yet to awaken and you’ve grown apart over the last few years. They seem eager, almost like they’d follow you at the drop of a pin, the WANDERLUST hitting them hard as they inch ever so close to their AWAKENING. You know, however, that it would be better for them to stay and gain their SIGNATURE OUTFIT before trekking out. Plus then you’d have to convince the CLUTCH MOTHER as to why you’d drag them out when they can’t properly defend themselves. A momentary flash of enlightenment hits you as you realize you could perhaps INVITE ONE OF THEM to join you.

HARI TOMO doesn’t want to leave the clutch and is sad to see you go, but wishes you the best.
- It will take some HEAVY CONVINCING to get them to even consider joining you

KA XU has grown a little attached to you, but hearing the situation finds the whole thing a bit SPOOKY.
- IT will take a REASONABLE ARGUMENT to get him to join you

Or you could invite no one and trek out on your own. You do get the feeling that this COULD BE DANGEROUS.
- Invite no one, but have the opportunity to meet up with the clutch later… if you survive.
- You might receive a GIFT if you invite no one.
- (30% chance of one gift, 10% chance of 2 gifts, 60% chance of no gift)


Do you invite anyone to join you? If you do, how do you convince them?

AUTHORS NOTE: Heyo, you’ll get a chance to shop for stuff after this as adding a party member will adjust some logistics on my end. Also you’ll get an opportunity to spend those 2 beads on talking to the BARMAIDEN should you choose to. But just as a heads up, there will be uses for BEADS during the adventure itself, so it’s entirely up to you whether you spend it all or save it. Expect around 1/2 more updates of prep before the adventure begins in earnest.
>>
No. 1014514 ID: eedbeb

>>1014512
"ka xu i know you gave granny crone the weed, if you stay here too long you'll get caught and the whole clutch will get turned over to the feds. Come with me to this mysterious village and we can dodge the law."
>>
No. 1014516 ID: 629f2e

Let's convince Ka Xu to come along. Mainly because I want him to stop making that sad face.

He needs a reasonable argument, but don't feel like you have to put emotions aside. Let him know that you want him there, on top of having him as a good ally. He seems like a softy, so he'd probably appreciate it. As for your actual pitch for bringing him: it comes down to two points.

Firstly: You need someone else with you, who would be able to notice if you began to behave differently. There could be any number of reasons why people would be behaving weirdly, but you need some way of knowing whether or not you're being affected by it. Having somebody who knows you can serve as an early warning sign for a more widespread problem, such as there being something in the air or water.

Secondly: With Ka Xu, you'll always know the way home. You're going in to solve a mystery, and you don't have much to work with going in. The more variables you can lock down the better. Ka Xu's innate ability will keep you safe from illusions and trickery.
>>
No. 1014517 ID: ed588f

Bring Ka Xu. Make the argument that there might be new herbs that can be used for new types of medicine, maybe to even bring back to the tribe if we decide to return. Also, we might need his expertise in medicine if people in that town get hurt, and earn respect as a traveling healer.
>>
No. 1014520 ID: ed588f

Also, keep the beads you got. No need to buy q drink, save them for something else

BUT give one of the beads you got to Ka Xu. It was him who made the medicine to help the woman sleep, so he deserves that bead, not us. We only came up with the idea (But maybe use that as an argument for the respect and appreciation he'll recieve from this mission to help others in the town.)
>>
No. 1014521 ID: 629f2e

Ooh, follow up reason for convincing Ka Xu to join us: his medical knowledge may help identify and/or treat conditions related to this granddaughter's sudden odd behaviors.
>>
No. 1014524 ID: c92a02

Bring Hari Tomo. Looks like something almost got Da Crone on her way down, there could be a dangerous beast to hunt. Plus, we'd be saving a member of the old lady's clutch! So come on, let's go on a creepy mountain hunt.
>>
No. 1014608 ID: 0152ce

>>1014509
>Pic
Oh no bros! I don’t think we can’t flirt with this one! She’s just too goddamn cute!!!
>>1014512
Bring no one, why go on a quest if you can’t do it yourself.
>>
No. 1014616 ID: 6e249b

>>1014521 etc.
This, let's bring Ka Xu.
>>
No. 1014632 ID: 33f0ce

>>1014509
So, we're definitely going to try and romance the granddaughter right? I mean, look at her. We can't just not try that.
>>
No. 1014646 ID: 0838d6
File 163650891189.png - (18.57KB , 500x500 , p34.png )
1014646

> Invite KA XU - SUCCESS
You tell KA XU that you'd like him to come with you, you have some reasons to justify it but the first one is that you actually LIKE to spend time with him. You were about to explain that his medicinal knowledge could also be useful if it's some kind of disease, and his innate ability could even be used if there are illusions, but he just hugs you and cries that he thought you were leaving because he talked too much. You give him a pat on the back as he calms down. And then do a sick HIGH FIVE as you become BEST FRIENDS!

> Invite HARI TOMO - FAILURE
You try to invite HARI TOMO but they don't budge, they're not interested in whatever BEAST could hurt the old lady, and they'd rather stay in a larger group. Instead he presents you with a GIFT. It's a small whistle made of PLASTIC that when blown can be altered to sound like different FLYING PAPERLINGS. It's a subtle way of communication across distances that you've seen them use before. KA XU has one too so if you're ever separated this might be a good way to find each other.

KA XU has joined the party!
- KA XU is EXCELLENT at MEDICINE and identifying plants
- KA XU is PROFICIENT in using the CHAINED NEEDLE AND SCISSOR
- KA XU is BAD at PERCEPTION unrelated to PLANTS
- KA XU has a basic survival kit (bedroll and 2-kin tent) and a Low light MOONSTONE
- KA XU has a PAPERLING WHISTLE and a small HERB JOURNAL as well

HARI TOMO has given you a gift!
- You received PAPERLING WHISTLE
- Can be used to discreetly send messages between party members
- It might be best to keep this SECRET from others outside of your PARTY

>>
No. 1014650 ID: 0838d6
File 163651079675.png - (17.48KB , 500x500 , p35.png )
1014650

You finish saying your goodbyes and head back to the SHAMAN with KA XU in tow, they've got a piece of leather with some scrawlings on it out in front of them as well as a brand new MEDIUM SATCHEL. You see that it’s open and inside is a series of items.Inside is an HQ Tent that can support up to 3 kin comfortably inside, it’s also slightly INSULATED making it protect you from a little bit of HOT and COLD. There’s an HQ bedroll that will make it easier for you to be WELL RESTED. And lastly there’s two TINY JARS of SEASONINGS, one of SUGAR and one of SALT, these can be used to add FLAVOR to your meals for a minor stat or morale boost, or they can be used to PRESERVE GAME and create your own RATIONS.

You ask what that is and the SHAMAN says it’s your PARTING GIFT. They hand you a small string of [10 BEADS], stating that those were for the SPECIAL MATERIALS and EXTRA LEATHER you contributed. They decided rather than giving you a bonus of BEADS as a parting gift, to give you the general survival gear that would be useful no matter where you go. You thank them and look at the rest of the goods.

You gained [10 BEADS]
You have a total of [15 BEADS]


> SHOPPING
The SHAMAN recommends saving A FEW BEADS for various expenses when you're out and about, but also states that their prices here are typically CHEAPER than what you'll find in any CITY. Their ADVICE is that you should at the MINIMUM get a MOONSTONE and some TAR SALVE, but that you’re an ADULT now and it's ultimately up to you as to what you think has more value. KA XU mentions that they have a MOONSTONE, but having one per person is better just in case you ever get SEPARATED.

KA XU plans to get a WARM COAT and his own set of RATIONS since you're heading up the mountains, but will be BROKE afterwards and refuses the BEADS given to you by DA CRONE, stating that you should use it for now and that you can split profits later when you strike it rich. KA XU suggests getting whatever you feel like you need, he’s lived a pretty minimal lifestyle and knows how to hunt so he doesn't need much else.

What do you buy? And how many BEADS do you try to save if any at all?
You have [15 BEADS] to spend.


Low light MOONSTONE - [1 BEAD]
- Only one in stock
- Provides a small amount of LIGHT when in dark places
- Recharges in the MOONLIGHT
- is a WEAK moonstone, valued at [5 BEADS] elsewhere

1 week's rations - [1 BEAD]
- Candied rations that last a long time
- Comes in 7 parts

SMALL leather bags with straps [1 BEAD]
- Good to hold SMALL and MISC things you don't want loose in your bag
- Comes with 2
- Can be worn in addition to your SATCHEL but stuffed ones will ENCUMBER you

Plastic or Stone vials [1 BEAD]
- Can hold liquids
- are TINY
- comes with 3

Tar Salve [1 BEAD]
- Allows you to SEAL and HEAL wounds
- Is slow, but cheap
- Comes in a TINY vial with 3 uses
- You can use the bottle when it's empty

Processed PAPER and INK [1 BEAD]
- Allows you to take notes in a TINY notebook with some pages
- Comes with INK and a small stone ROD you can use to write with

Candy Wine [1 BEAD]
- Incredibly bitter fermented candy beverage
- Non alcoholic, but provides a very light buzz no matter how much is drank
- Good as a GIFT or to SHARE

Sweet and Sour Candy Belt [1 BEAD]
- A rolled up belt of edible sweetly sour candy with a rubbery texture
- Said to make one more energetic if you can stand the sourness
- Good as a GIFT or to SHARE

Berry Candies [1 BEAD]
- A small bag of chewy candies with an incredibly sweet liquid juice center
- The juice leaves a pleasant smell in your mouth and is commonly used as a breath freshener
- Good as a GIFT or to SHARE

Colorful Threads [1 BEAD]
- A small bundle of thick threads good for embroidering, making bracelets, bows, hair extensions, etc
- Not really useful for anything practical but are nice for making aesthetic additions
- Good as a GIFT or to SHARE

HQ tent [2 BEADS]
- 3 kin tent
- Is insulated, protecting you slightly from HEAT and COLD

HQ bedroll [2 BEADS]
- Allows you to be WELL RESTED when you sleep so long as you have SHELTER and are not affected by EXTREME ELEMENTS

Seasonings - [2 BEADS]
- Provides 7 charges of SALT
- Provides 7 charges of SUGAR
- Can be used to preserve meals or add flavor
- Preserved meals turn into RATIONS that last a long time and feed you for a whole day
- Salt provides PHYSICAL bonuses when used on a meal
- Sugar provides MENTAL bonuses when used on a meal
- Using both on a meal provides a weakened effect of both rather then one

Normal Paper Leather [3 BEADS]
- Can be used to make clothing
- Can also be used to make a few smaller things

Sewing kit - [4 BEADS]
- Comes with all the trappings to let you make CLOTHES
- Will come in handy later for UPGRADING your SIGNATURE OUTFIT

Warm Coat [7 BEADS]
- Provides the same benefits a WARM CLOAK does

Low-Light vision tincture - [7 BEADS]
- Produced from the PAPER THIEF that KA XU caught
- PERMANENTLY Provides Low-light vision, allowing you to see further in the dark if there's a weak light source
- Allows you to see slightly better in pure darkness

Special Materials - [7 BEADS]
- Allows you to make SPECIAL MODULES
- Allows you to craft SPECIAL TOOLS
- The same materials you got while hunting

Wooden stitching needle - [8 BEADS]
- Used to stitch together wounds
- Automatically produces MAGIC STRING to bind things together as a much more potent effect
- Can be used 3 times before turning to ash
- Acts as a healing potion

Wooden charm necklace - [8 BEADS]
- A small wooden cube on a plastic string
- It looks strangely familiar

Porcelain mask - [35 BEADS]
- You can use this to make an ASH-KIN
- You're too young for this why did I put this out in the shop


AUTHORS NOTE: When suggesting please put the thing you want the most at the top of your list and the thing you want the least at the bottom, I’ll then read the vibe of everyone's suggestions unless it becomes a unanimous decision. Feel free to get duplicate things and expect prices in other stores to not be as cheap as this.
>>
No. 1014651 ID: 629f2e

Forget saving Beads, that's why we go out and earn more! Plus, a few good investments early may save us from needing to spend more later, so we can save up then.

Most important: Wooden Stitching Needle

After that, pick up a few generally helpful items.

-Tar Salve

-Processed PAPER and INK

-Plastic or Stone vials

-Low light MOONSTONE

And finally, spend the rest on gifts and other items you can share. It may be a good way to endear yourself to the locals. That, or just make Ka Xu happy, which in turn will make you happy.

-Candy Wine

-Sweet and Sour Candy Belt

-Colorful Threads

That'll spend all your beads, but leave you prepared for just about anything.
>>
No. 1014653 ID: 96c896

>>1014647
1-Moonstone
1-Tar Salve
1-Paper and Ink
1-Berry Candies
8-Charm Necklace

That leaves 3 Beads left. Let's try to hunt for all our food during the journey, to save money. We should also try to collect some valuable parts to sell once we arrive.
>>
No. 1014660 ID: ce39da

> WOODEN STITCHING NEEDLE
KA XU can already whip up SLOW medicine and remedies just fine, I imagine. Something MAGICALLY FAST is the only thing we're sure he's missing, and if we think we won't need it later and are strapped for cash, we can probably sell it in the more remote town for WAY MORE.

> WEAK MOONSTONE
Duh. There's no doubt we're going to get separated at some point, at least according to ONO STORK'S LAW.

> CANDY WINE
Immediately after vital supplies come gifts. Why? Because our clan is all about TOGETHERNESS - we oughta take full advantage of our talents. Firstly, I'm sure someone up in the stuffing-freezing mountains will appreciate this, and if we SHARE it, it serves the practical function of maybe loosening some tight lips!

> SWEET AND SOUR CANDY BELT
Another gift with practical alternate use, as running out of ENERGY while out in the cold could be DEADLY, even for the most well-dressed traveler.

> INK & PAPER
We could come across symbols we need to compare or convey later, witnessing sketches to (attempt to) draw, and maybe a comprehensive list of LEADS and FACTS to keep us organized.

> VIALS
To collect MYSTERIOUS SUBSTANCES with, of course! And also for something KA XU can put his own tinctures into. Go for stone and mark them with INK to differentiate, as we don't necessarily want people to know what we've got if they were to take a passing rummage through our stuff.

> COLORFUL STRING
Maybe someone can make something warm with this? Also, another unintended use (assuming you have no takers): you can tie these strings as markers.

> SAVE THE REMAINING BEADS FOR THE INN
>>
No. 1014664 ID: dfbac0

>Low-Light Vision Tincture
We're gonna go hunting some spooky shit, everyone knows that ghosts have the uncanny ability to make you lose your flashlight.
>Seasonings
Something tells me these are gonna get much more expensive further on so it's best we get it now and make our own rations with what we hunt.
>Tar Salve
A good bit of healing is always good.
>Low Light Moonstone
Mainly suggesting this because we can get a profit off it later.
>Vials
Being able to collect specimens is very important, even if we aren't attempting to hunt the occult.
>>
No. 1014665 ID: 34dfce

Somewhat indifferent. By the way, I assume you can stab yourself with a sewing needle, so what exactly would happen if you stitched together a wound like you would clothing (even as just a stopgap)?

--

So you have the tar salve you use to heal injuries, but have you ever heard tell of using a golden lacquer? Wondering if we could maybe do kintsugi on breakages, especially porcelain, in the future.
>>
No. 1014671 ID: afe7de

>>1014665
good question! it would work temporarily, but leaving just regular ass string in you could lead to infection, so if you are in a life or death situation, doing so is a good idea, and then tarring it so it stays closed, but you'll need to take out the string at some point or you could get sick.

(at least thats my justification as to why you cant use regular ass string)

And as for the lacquer I had never considered it but I assume some kin in MT. CINDER would definitely do something like that.
>>
No. 1014677 ID: c92a02

Charm bracelet, sewing kit, two tar salves and the moonstone.
>>
No. 1014679 ID: e51896

Charm Necklace (8 beads)

1 week's rations (1 bead)

moonstone (1 bead)

Candy wine (1 bead)

HQ TENT (2 beads)

HQ BEDROLL (2 beads)
>>
No. 1014689 ID: 61735f

We already have most of the basics so we should get:
Moonstone (will definitely come in handy)
Tar salve (good for emergencies)
Berry candies
Colorful thread (these two are fun gifts)
Charm necklace (too intriguing to pass up)

and maybe extra seasoning to to make more rations

I think it would be a good idea to save one or two beads for emergencies
>>
No. 1014692 ID: 031458

Low Light Vision Tincture is too good to pass up imo. A literal superpower. Pure darkness is rare, especially if we take a moonstone. The ability to actually see in the dark and see just well enough in pure dark to not hurt ourselves could be a godsend.

After this:
Stitching Needle
Tar Salve
Moon Stone seem an obvious choice.

though I wouldn't be opposed to getting just the tincture and the Charm Necklace. We already have the basics, we're a trapper traveling with someone who can forage, so we should never want for food. Even if the necklace isn't special, wood is precious. someone might offer a large sum for it in the future. It is at the very least an investment.
>>
No. 1014714 ID: afe7de
File 163658863204.png - (7.62KB , 500x500 , p36.png )
1014714

> SHOPPING - RESULTS
You eye that WOODEN CHARM NECKLACE hard, you’re not sure exactly WHAT it is that’s so familiar about it, but get the idea that you should grab it. You motion towards it and the SHAMAN perks up and their eyes widen.

Shaman: You’re sure? There’s a lot of other useful things here?
You: It feels weirdly familiar?
Shaman: Damn it
Shaman: By the CINDERS will
Shaman: Fine, fine, take it

The SHAMAN then goes to detail that this was found in that one PAPERLING you caught when you were younger. They were hoping you would just forget about it and keep it for themselves, having grown a little too attached to it, to which you narrow your eyes at the SHAMAN and pout. What a swindler. You grab the necklace and examine it. The wood is an IVORY with spotted BLACK speckled throughout. The shaman says that it is made of BIRCH WOOD, they don’t know if it’s rarer or more common, but hasn't had a chance to visit an APPRAISER since it was found.

You get a weird feeling when you look at it but that’s about it. You put it on and tuck it underneath your coat, you get the feeling you shouldn’t show this kind of thing off as WOOD IS RARE and could lead some JEALOUS INDIVIDUALS into attempting to STEAL from you. You continue to list off the rest of your interests and pause when you get to a final choice between some COLORFUL THREADS or some BERRY CANDY. You’ve got [2 BEADS] left at this point but want to save for the INN or any other thing that might come up.

Noticing your contemplation the SHAMAN passes both to you, stating that they’re FREE OF CHARGE, apologizing for holding the WOODEN CHARM NECKLACE from you and even charging you for it. You pout again and grumble in acceptance. Most of your finds are SHARED between the clutch anyway, so you’re not REALLY mad, more just flustered that this wasn't discussed at all beforehand.

You spent [13 BEADS]
You have [2 BEADS] remaining which you stuff in your WELL HIDDEN BEAD POUCH

> CURRENT INVENTORY
MEDIUM SATCHEL
- HQ Tent
- HQ Bedroll
- Tiny SALT jar (7 uses)
- Tiny SUGAR jar (7 uses)
- Rations (7 uses)
- Candy Wine
- Colorful Threads
- Berry Candies
- Can hold one more SMALL thing or multiple TINY things

HIDDEN SMALL POUCH (OUTFIT) -
- Low Light Moonstone
- Tar Salve (3 uses)
- Paper/Ink
- 3 Plastic Vials
- 1 Stone Vial (filled with water, treat as a waterskin with a day’s allotment)
- Can hold a few more TINY things

HIDDEN TINY POUCH (CLOAK) -
- Empty
- Can hold a 2 TINY things

> CURRENT MODULES
HIDDEN TOOL POUCH
- Stoneworking tools
- Has room for 2 more sets of tools

HIDDEN HQ TRAPPING POUCH
- Has 5 traps worth of materials
- Automatically produces ABOVE AVERAGE traps with generic materials
- It is possible to find higher quality materials to have your traps be of better quality until they are expended

>>
No. 1014715 ID: afe7de
File 163658866789.png - (8.11KB , 500x500 , p37.png )
1014715

> INVASION OF THE BODY STITCHERS - START
You’re about as well equipped as you’re going to get. You wonder if it would have been a better idea to stock up on some SEASONINGS or that SEWING KIT, but are sure that you can find them later on or perhaps trade some GAME for them in the future. You have a few avenues to make some BEADS should the need arise. KA XU makes his purchases and the two of you set off at the break of dawn onto a new journey. The CLUTCH is all there in the morning to see you off, you see the SHAMAN, the CLUTCH MOTHER, CINDER, and HARI TOMO waving you off.

The trek up starts normal, the weather fine, but as you continue moving NORTHWEST and up the incline, things start to chill. You can see the light pepperings of a white SNOW in the distance. It’s tolerable during your trek and the nights that follow given your HQ tent and WARMTH, but you get a FEELING that it will only grow HEAVIER and HEAVIER until you reach the town. You’ve never seen snow before and while it’s a novel and interesting experience, you can’t help but feel something OMINOUS about it. You decide on your way up to spend your EVENINGS HUNTING for food so you don't have to spend any rations. This causes your journey to the town to be delayed, causing you to arrive TOMORROW, on the MORNING of the THIRD DAY of your trip.

You were only able to get some PAPER LEATHER SCRAPS and just enough meat for the two of you to eat as the game is relatively TINY in the areas you were traveling through. That EVENING as the sun was setting and you were getting ready to look for a place to rest you notice a SMALL CAMPSITE, a CLOTH-KIN sits there, hood over their head and they appear to be scrawling something on a piece of PAPER LEATHER. He’s even cleared out the area of snow so that he’s on DRY GROUND. The two of you approach and he spots you, hurriedly putting away his things and shoving some things into his nearby TENT which you notice is of a higher quality then yours is. You greet the stuffy and he responds with a slightly timid sounding voice as he pulls his hood down further, obscuring his eyes completely.

Carto: Ah, hello, I’m CARTO, nice to meet you all.
Carto: Uhhh, are you headed to that MINING TOWN?
You: That’s right, DA CRONE wanted us to check it out.
Carto: Who? Eh, it doesn't matter.
Carto: I just left that place and it was… hmmm.
Carto: Certainly something.
Carto: Ominous would be an appropriate word for the vibe I got while I was there briefly.
You: See anything weird?
Ka Xu: Anything culty?
Carto: Ah well I see LOTS of things, see I’m a CARTOGRAPHER!
Carto: I go around making and selling MAPS!
Carto: I didn’t really enter the town, not my style when I get this FEELING
Carto: But I did go around it and sketch out the area.
Carto: Probably found some stuff that most kin would outright miss ha ha.
You: Could we see it?
Carto: Hmmmmmm
Carto: Well I’m a man of BUSINESS, it takes a KEEN EYE and ARTISTIC PROWESS to make these maps
Carto: Can’t just go giving out this info for free!

>>
No. 1014717 ID: afe7de
File 163658898865.png - (15.76KB , 500x500 , p38.png )
1014717

The CLOTH man then proceeds to bargain with you, you can feel their confidence growing as the conversation moves along. They start by stating that the cost of a map of the REGION would be 50 BEADS, knowing full well you couldn’t afford it. They continue to 10 BEADS for a map of the TOWN showing MAJOR LANDMARKS, BUILDING/STORE NAMES as well as the surrounding area, it would be easier to NAVIGATE and take less time to find places. You ask how he could see the names of the BUILDINGS or STORES and he just says that he has REALLY GOOD EYES. You say that you can’t afford that so he haggles down to 5 BEADS, offering a vague map of the area so at the very least you won’t get lost and will know the DISTRICTS and LANDMARKS. You can’t afford that either. He bites down on his writing implement and pauses for a moment before considering.

Carto: How about this, 3 BEADS and I’ll tell you
Carto: Where the 2 major landmarks of this place that you’d probably miss are at.
Carto: I found a REALLY good place to get an overview of the whole town.
Carto: Throw in those scraps you just got and I’ll make it 2 BEADS.
Carto: Or, I see you have that bag over there
Carto: If you have something good to trade I’ll give you information based on how much I value it.
Carto: But it’d be no fun if you just SHOWED ME ALL YOUR GOODS
Carto: I also like a little GAMBLING.
Carto: So you’ll have to pick ONE thing to show me that you’re willing to trade
Carto: And depending on how much I like it I’ll give you an appropriate amount of information.
Carto: At the very least if I hate it I’ll tell you where the 2 miss-able landmarks of the place are at
Carto: Oh and I’ll still be taking it.


What do you do?

A. Trade 2 BEADS and some SCRAPS for information on some LANDMARKS
- You will have to come up with an alternative for HOUSING to the INN
B. Trade SOMETHING and get information based off of how much he likes it
- This is a gamble, but at the minimum you could at least get SOME info
- Select an item from your inventory to haggle with
C. Do not trade
- Get no hints for this adventure
- Save your beads and scraps and items
D. Other
- Please don’t kill the hint man

>>
No. 1014720 ID: 96c896

B, trade some candy. Or maybe the wine?
>>
No. 1014721 ID: 629f2e

I think we should take the trade, as we just so happen to have an item that is only mildly helpful at best for us, but which he could probably use well. Let's offer up out Processed PAPER and INK. If it's a higher quality than the paper leather he was described as writing on, he may be able to make better maps with it. And if it's about the same, then it's still something he has a clear use for.
>>
No. 1014723 ID: 33f0ce

>>1014717
TRADE 6 of our sugar, we're hardly going to use it anyways.
>>
No. 1014726 ID: 34dfce

Don't trade anything. We really can't afford it and you never know what items you might need later.
That being said, lets see where they are from/how to find them in the future. Maybe once this trek is done, we could see about assisting them in their efforts. Also chat them up and get to know them. Basically, do networking. Networking is good.
>>
No. 1014738 ID: 4ab949

Might sound silly but might be silly enough to work:

D and B.Keep haggling. Ask him how he would feel about trading his information for a big hug... from KA XU! Explain that Ka Xu is very huggable and soft. You should know, you've hugged him tons of times in the past.

To make the offer more inviting, use you WARMTH on him and Ka Zu. Try to feel [LOVE] to make it more effective. That oughta get him interested.
>>
No. 1014747 ID: c92a02

Ten beads for a map of one town? How much do you charge per square foot? If they were landmarks they wouldn't be hard to spot, you ragamuffin.
Keep your stuff and maybe some of his too.
>>
No. 1014766 ID: e51896

Either the hug (because that's hilarious)
or
the Processed PAPER and INK, since that would definitely be something useful to him probably.

more towards paper and ink tho, but if we keep the paper and ink, we should call it our COB LOG
>>
No. 1014774 ID: f8fa51

We paid 8 beads for a wooden charm. A map of the town costs 10 beads. There is no way his prices are worth it. Do not haggle, but politely decline and move on.
>>
No. 1014798 ID: 34dfce

So uhh, this might be a tad out of line, but given the lack of reproduction as we know it and thus a lack of biologically driven reproductive urges which would mean a lack of sexuality as we know it, wouldn't giving out hugs for goods and services basically be socially equivalent to whoring?
>>
No. 1014807 ID: 673fe6

Ask not of others what we would not offer ourselves! Let us exchange our own hug for a hint, along with a promise to share any new points of interest when next we might cross paths.
>>
No. 1014810 ID: 61735f

>>1014807

THIS but we also use WARMTH as previously suggested to be more convincing.

And if all else fails we can try to do our own scouting. Hopefully we can get at least a semi decent view of the town and keep our items.
>>
No. 1014818 ID: 335f7e

Maim the hint man.
>>
No. 1014873 ID: afe7de
File 163669100480.png - (15.68KB , 500x500 , p39.png )
1014873

> Prices are too expensive
You don't have a good frame of reference, but KA XU mentioned that a STITCHING NEEDLE would go for around 30-50 BEADS depending on where you got it. You've got no idea how much your WOODEN CHARM is worth, but bet it's a lot more. You think a good measure of potential future pricing is that things will be around 4-8x the cost you paid at the SHAMAN, they just treated you well since you're part of their group. But they're also a SWINDLER, so you can never be TOO SURE. You just don't want to pay these seemingly exorbitant prices.

> Is exchanging HUGS for GOODS and SERVICES considered WHORING?
You don't know, you ask KA XU about this and he flushes HARD. Saying that there are places that offer that kind of thing at a place called a HUG BROTHEL. You think you remember seeing something about that in the banner for the FLUFFSENUFFS election.

> Offer up KA XU as a HUG WHORE
You posit the idea to KA XU and he looks at you deadpan saying that he only wants to hug members of his CLUTCH or that he's close to. You then hear in a whisper him say something about how if he goes to a HUG BROTHEL that'd be his choice too.

> Offer to HUG CARTO as trade
You get a ballsy idea, you use your WARMTH and try to focus on that tingly comfort feeling as you approach CARTO, finishing your brief sidebar with KA XU, offering a HUG in exchange for some information.

The man was absolutely not expecting you to offer that and starts stuttering and stumbling his words nervously, but your WARMTH reaches him and after a few moments he calms down and you can see the gears in his head slowly reconsider.

Carto: Are... are you guys sure you want to offer a HUG for info
Carto: I mean, I do get touch starved on my lonely travels
Carto: Not that I WANT company or anything, It's more an innate need
Carto: To just WANDER and MAP.
You: I'd be happy to


KA XU just gives you a look and an eyeroll, you think you hear him muttering about how much he wonders you're going to try to pay for with hugs.
>>
No. 1014874 ID: afe7de
File 163669103871.png - (11.01KB , 500x500 , p40.png )
1014874

> HUG CHECK - MIXED SUCCESS
You do your best giving a hug but you never really tried to do it with the intent to COMFORT, it was more a GREETING to you, and others sought comfort from the WARMTH and CALM you could bring. You can tell the man in front of you feels quite awkward at the situation, but he's not pulling away immediately. After a few beats he releases and is shivering with nervousness. He says that it was quite warm, but you can tell he has the look of someone slightly ashamed at what they did.

Carto: Uhh, thanks, but I think you need to get a little better at
Carto: AHEM uh I dunno hugging CLOTH KIN, I uhh
You: You didn't like my hug?


You say as you pout.

Carto: Nononono that's not it I uh, but uh, yknow gotta eat
Carto: And that wasn't REALLY worth some beads…


He sees you getting sadder and pouting harder and waves his hands in the air

Carto: YET, I MEAN YET, Definitely with some improvement, please don't cry
You: I wasn’t going to cry, but okay


You really weren't going to cry, but it did make you feel a little sad that your hug wasn't as well received as it was in the clutch.KA XU consoles you saying that he still thinks your hugs are pretty good. He offers you a little information instead, saying that the two missable landmarks are as follows.

HIDDEN TRAIL TO THE PEAK
- There's a bramble covered path that spirals up to the mountain in the [FOREST] near the town. It's easy to miss and would commonly be avoided but just to the side is a simple climb that can let you get a good overlook over the whole town.
- There were signs of someone being there before, but he's not a TRACKER, so they could have been PRETTY OLD.

SWEETWATER CABIN
- There's an extremely easy to miss cabin at the nearby SWEETWATER LAKE. It appears to be in the process of FREEZING OVER, and the lake, while nearby, looks to take some time to get to and is an easy source of DRINKABLE SWEETWATER.
- He thinks he saw someone sitting out at the lake holding some kind of pole and device, but didn't dwell on it too long.
- You're told an easy path to traverse from the [ABANDONED RESIDENTIAL AREA] to get to the [LAKE] easier.

>>
No. 1014875 ID: afe7de
File 163669105692.png - (10.55KB , 500x500 , p41.png )
1014875

You and KA XU then pitch up your tent and settle in for the night. The next morning as you get up at the crack of dawn you notice the hooden man is gone, practically without a trace. There's some scrawling on the ground and it says a simple SEE YA AROUND, BRING BEADS NEXT TIME - CARTO and then a symbol you don't recognize, you think it's his totem? It looks kind of like a square with a needle jabbed into it.

You and KA XU both have a breakfast of a SINGLE RATION to start your day off, preferring to reach the town asap instead of hunting.

You have consumed a RATION, you have 6 remaining

As you approach the town, you notice the snowfall is getting heavier. There's a one-inch layer of this thick, cotton-like snow lightly covered everywhere you can see. The wildlife is quiet, you assume that most of the PAPERLINGS would be HIBERNATING, but you can never be too sure, there might be some WINTER PREDATORS out there. There's a STONE SIGN engraved with the town's name, WOODWATER. You get the idea that they named the town that, hoping that the WOOD wouldn't dry out and would flow like the rivers. The sign is old, cracked, and seemingly on its last legs at this point. You imagine a forceful PUSH would knock it over.

In the distance you can see a CANDY FIELD and their accompanying BARN. The thick whiteness of the snow makes it hard to tell exactly what crop they were or are growing. There's a [FOREST] just past that which you imagine is the one that CARTO was talking about.

There are a few buildings that can be easily seen as you approach the [TOWN SQUARE]. The buildings themselves are made of a hybrid of STONE, PLASTICINE PLANKS, and THATCHED PLASTIC GRASS ROOFS but most are overgrown in PLASTIC PLANTS and cracked open, you can see some snow inside and the buildings don’t seem that insulated any longer. It appears that their PLASTIC THATCHED ROOFS have caved in from lack of maintenance and heavy snowfall. Farther in the distance you can barely make out what looks to be even more dilapidated buildings, some even connected in a strange fashion.

KA XU mutters about how this place feels deserted, but you can see in the distance some signs of life, footsteps traversing the buildings. You think you see someone slowly walking and carrying something behind a few of the buildings. Three buildings stand out compared to the rest. One is what you imagine to be a GUARD HOUSE. Another has a sign of a string of beads, you assume this is the GENERAL STORE. The last has a sign that has been covered in some sort of paint or ink and has been rebranded with a few tentacles that now says MIMI'S INN.

One Cloth kin, short in stature and bundled up with two buttons on one side of his face as eyes walks out. Two sharp teeth hang outside of their mouth and they look around, shaking from the cold. They spot you as you approach and turn to face you from a distance, but do not leave from their spot underneath a small scaffolding protecting them from the snowfall.
>>
No. 1014876 ID: afe7de
File 163669123073.png - (39.92KB , 500x500 , p42b.png )
1014876

To the SOUTH is the way you came
To the WEST is the BARN and the [FOREST]
To the EAST is as far as you can tell the [ABANDONED RESIDENCES]
You’re not sure what is to the NORTH

It is the [MORNING OF DAY 1], what do you do?

AUTHORS NOTE: Time is separated into 4 parts of the day. MORNING, NOON, EVENING, and NIGHT. You need to SLEEP for a period of time every day, which means having a place to rest. You can go 2 days without rest, but you'll start to receive PENALTIES if you go any longer or do it multiple times in a row. As long as you have rations you automatically eat, but you can also spend a time segment HUNTING if you don't want to spend any money or trade.

Doing things takes TIME, and time will pass if you either do enough activities or do a long activity like searching an area for something that you're unsure of is even there. Feel free to suggest any action, or if you're unsure you can suggest multiple ones and I'll weight them from most wanted to least wanted.

I will occasionally provide maps like this so you can get a general idea of who is in the area near you if you want to talk to them or investigate a thing. Feel free to suggest written or other stuff you have ideas about though!

>>
No. 1014885 ID: 96c896

Go find that person that was having trouble carrying something. Perhaps you can offer to help?
>>
No. 1014890 ID: b34c33

Mimi is most likely the granddaughter we heard about, she seems to have taken full ownership of Da Crone's inn.

Part of me wants to check on whoever is walking off behind the buildings, but something tells me that cloth kin in front of the inn might not be too happy with us if we ignore them, especially if they took the time to go outside in the cold with the intention to want to talk to us. Go and ask questions about the inn, like the price and stuff, and the town. Not sure if we should reveal and use our warmth on them yet, test the waters.
>>
No. 1014891 ID: 094652

>>1014876
Check out the abandoned houses for anything hidden. Then talk to the general store owner for conversation and any jobs they might offer.
>>
No. 1014906 ID: e51896

I wonder if we can have Ka Xu talk to the person behind the building before we lose them while Cobbler talks to the cloth kin in front of the inn, get more work done that way.

If not, then just talk to the cloth kin at the inn, introductions and stuff.
>>
No. 1014910 ID: 0eaefd

Go check on the person carrying something away behind the building, see what's that about.
>>
No. 1014942 ID: 0838d6
File 163676491338.png - (12.24KB , 500x500 , p43.png )
1014942

> Check on the one carrying something
The two of you continue onward, you were debating talking to that one CLOTH-KIN, but decide to check out the stuffy carrying something along this pathway. As you step past them, you don't get a sense they stepped out just to talk to you, more you get the sense that they just happened to leave the INN at that moment.

They look COLD, but you have your WARMTH suppressed for now, intending to use it when negotiating and keep that power close to your core. You passively look at them and are unable to interpret their expression, they're simply regarding you as you walk by.

WARMTH toggled to OFF until you either SLEEP or suggest to turn it on again

KA XU mentions that the two of you can SPLIT UP at any time, so long as you indicate a MEETUP TIME and LOCATION. You nod as cold breath escapes your mouth. The former town lacks the hustle and bustle you're used to in your CLUTCH, but from what you can tell, the buildings that are still intact are INSULATED and SOMEWHAT HEATED somehow. You're not sure how they do it though, so that might be something to ask later. But even with this knowledge as you look at the building design with your basic knowledge of ENGINEERING, you still feel something unnerving about this place.

You turn the corner to see a FUR-KIN, they're wearing a poncho that looks RATHER WARM, but what surprises you the most is their WING-LIKE HANDS. They're carrying a LARGE BAG and seem to be moving quite slowly, not due to encumbrance, but because they're choosing to carry it and walk on their HIND LEGS, rather then strapping it on their back and walking on ALL FOURS, which you assume would be faster, then again you don’t know much about FUR-KIN, so that might be too much of a broad assumption.

You take a step towards them and while you are several meters away, the sharp crunch of the snow immediately reverberates giving the kin in front of you a shock. They whip around and look at you and you notice their PLASTIC GLASSES, but behind those glasses lie some beady eyes with a look of crazed PARANOIA to them.

You: Ahem, excuse me
???: I DON’T KNOW YOU
???: WHO ARE YOU WHAT DO YOU WANT
You: We-
???: WAIT, YOU'RE NEW
???: DON'T STEAL MY STUFF


They shift their bag to their back, protective of it and eye you down. They wave vaguely in the direction you came in in a STAY AWAY gesture. You get the feeling a wrong move here will have them fleeing before you can say or ask anything.
>>
No. 1014943 ID: 96c896

>>1014942
Step back a few steps and then tell him you were going to offer to help but if he's that worried you'll just go.
>>
No. 1014965 ID: b98a4a

It's DRIFT!!

Do what he says and step backwards. But ask where AN BOREALIA is, shouldn't it be her job to protect the town from thieves and keep citizens like him safe and calm?

Also, grab Ka Xu's arm, and have him step back with you.
>>
No. 1014971 ID: 8712a7

Step back, and keep your hands in the air where he can see them during the conversation to show you won't mean any harm.

Then tell him you'll just leave if he's worried, but if he'd allow it, you'd like to ask some questions.

If he lets you, ask about how much it would cost to stay at the inn or if there is anywhere else to sleep at besides the inn.
Also ask what jobs are in town that are hiring that can pay us beads.

Afterwards, we can decide if we want to search for a job in town for beads or hunt and sell what we catch for beads, and decide whether we want to stay at the inn, stay somehere else, or just stick to our tent.

>>1014965
DON'T mention An Borealia's name, he might get suspicious of us already knowing someone's name when we're supposed to be new here and scare him off. We don't want anyone suspicious nearby hearing something we don't want them to hear, like that cloth kin that was staring at us earlier.
>>
No. 1014994 ID: cdabe3

hug
>>
No. 1015024 ID: 0838d6

AUTHORS NOTE: I totally forgot this when listing your inventory, but here you go

> INVENTORY UPDATE
LONG NEEDLE x3
- One is grooved to make noise when thrown
- Two are normal long needles
- These are inside of your SATCHEL, poking out and easily grabbed, should you need to engage in combat.
>>
No. 1015041 ID: 0838d6
File 163684639824.png - (13.10KB , 500x500 , p44.png )
1015041

> TAKE A STEP BACK, ATTEMPT DIPLOMACY
You take a step back and KA XU mirrors your action. You keep your hands visible and attempt to communicate as you see the flighty bird calm down a notch.

You: We saw you struggling on our way in and wanted to offer help
???: I'M GOOD THANKS
You: Can we talk? We just got to town an-
???: OBVIOUSLY
You: -And have some questions.
You: I'm COB and this is KA XU
Drift: I'M DRIFT, MY ACTUAL NAME IS STUPID SO I SHORTENED IT
Drift: FINE, I HAVE GOOD HEARING SO I'LL ANSWER A QUESTION OR TWO
Drift: JUST STAY OVER THERE THOUGH


> HOUSING OPTIONS
You ask about places to REST at and SPEND THE NIGHT and they mention the INN would be a good option because they have a SUNSTONE, heating up the whole place with some well placed VENTING. But they suggest getting there soon as other townsfolk tend to book rooms when BLIZZARDS come like it looks like it is happening. He says that rooms typically go for 1 BEAD, but during storms the price increases to 2 BEADS since it could last a while and supplies are low.

You would know that while your tent can handle normal weather, if a BLIZZARD were to occur you would need to find shelter from the EXTREME CONDITIONS or your tent could very well BREAK in the middle of the night. You also know that with your WARM CLOTHES and WARMTH you and KA XU could potentially walk through the storm to different locations, but will probably be PARTIALLY BLINDED, DEAFENED, and it would be hard to MOVE AROUND due to the buffeting snow.
>>
No. 1015042 ID: 0838d6
File 163684642257.png - (10.87KB , 500x500 , p45.png )
1015042

You ask about other options and DRIFT says that if you can stand the EXTREME COLD you could just BREAK INTO an abandoned house. No one really cares anymore, not even AN BOREALIA since the majority of the town is abandoned, but he mentions letting her know anyway and gestures to the GUARDHOUSE.

The last thing he mentions is the BARN nearby the farmhouse is typically INSULATED but its a bit ISOLATED. You could also potentially find someone to REST with, but DRIFT mentions that everyone's on edge and won't tell him why. He briefly mentions how the number of stuffies leaving or outright VANISHING without saying GOODBYE has increased in the past WEEK, there’s barely 15 Kin left here. The town’s on its last, crippled legs. He used to be the TOWN CRIER and prided himself in knowing these things but now everyone KEEPS TO THEMSELVES. Or at least KEEPS FROM HIM. He gloats a bit about how good his hearing is and how no one understands the true plight of a town crier.

KA XU cringes a little bit at that statement and tugs your coat saying maybe finding SHELTER should be a priority given a BLIZZARD is coming. You may have the HQ equipment, but he doesn't and will likely be UNCOMFORTABLE the whole time you're sleeping. The [MORNING] is about half over and you have no idea when the STORM is coming, but you do know that storms tend to have PEAKS and VALLEYS where it bounces between HARD to navigate and NORMAL to navigate with some inconsistency.

Do you ask DRIFT some more questions or do you do something else.
>>
No. 1015043 ID: 629f2e

If we combine our warm clothes, our warmth, our tent, AND an abandoned house, I think we'll be fine. The abandoned house can protect us from blizzard elements destroying our tent, and the tent will serve as an extra layer of warmth in there.

Yes, I know we saved a couple beads for the inn, but consider that those are two beads we could save for something else now!

As for Berdly here, let's ask about people we can talk to here. Da Crone gave us a few names, but as the former Town Crier Drift probably knows better about these peeps. If anyone knows who's who here, it's him.

Afterwards, let's scout out a home to take shelter in.
>>
No. 1015044 ID: 96c896

Tell him if people are vanishing suddenly it kinda sounds like kidnapping.

Next stop, guardhouse. Maybe they're already investigating and we can help? At the least we can tell them we're gonna take over someone's abandoned house.
>>
No. 1015049 ID: e51896

I'd say either the barn, or the inn since they are insulated.

The reason why I say no to the abandoned buildings is because the abandoned buildings are not insulated and Drift says that they're only recommended if we can handle EXTREME COLD.

And while Cobbler may be able to handle the extreme cold with warm clothes, her WARMTH and a tent inside an abandoned building, KA XU does not have an HQ Tent and WARMTH like Cobbler, and might freeze during the night. We gotta care for his health. so ABANDONED BUILDING AS A LAST RESORT

So either Barn or Inn for me. I'm leaning towards INN as my main vote. Luckily we can share a room with Ka Xu so we won't have to spend 4 beads in the event of a storm.

But if we decide on the barn, lets see the town guard first to see if it's okay, and make sure we set up traps in the barn since like Drift said, it's isolated, so we don't want people kidnapping us while we sleep alone.

But yeah, I'd say lets go to the INN ASAP right now. The sooner we reserve a room the better since they fill up quick.
>>
No. 1015067 ID: f8fa51

We kept those beads for a reason. Let's go get a room at the inn.
>>
No. 1015109 ID: 708905

>>1015042
I vote we let rhe sheriff know we're here and set up the tent in an abandoned house.
Also we should keep the fact that we can move about in a blizzard secret until we know we can trust someone.
Oh and should we ask about the missing granddaughter?
>>
No. 1015120 ID: 77bbf3

The inn. It'll be way too cold for the abandoned buildings, unless we can share our hq tent with Ka Xu in an abandoned building, and keep him close to us with our warmth.

Question: Can we share our hq tent and hq bedroll with Ka Xu? Or maybe trade tents and berolls with Ka Xu since we have warmth and he doesn't? Because If so then yeah, go see the guard about the abandoned buildings
>>
No. 1015129 ID: e51896

I'm still really interested in the inn or barn, but it might be a good idea to check with the guard first, just to get a better idea of our options. the day is still fairly young, so we should be able to have time to reserve a room after our visit to the guard once we determine things are good.

We should also ask her about jobs for beads if weather gets too bad to hunt.
>>
No. 1015134 ID: 8483cf

We'll be a lot more productive with a nice warm SUNSTONE to come back to no matter what. Go for the inn!
>>
No. 1015148 ID: 031458

Ask if there's anything we could help him with.
>>
No. 1015173 ID: afe7de
File 163694554821.png - (12.22KB , 500x500 , p46.png )
1015173

> TEXT ADJUSTMENT
AUTHORS NOTE: It’s come to my attention that there’s some confusing verbiage in the quest revolving on exactly how TRIBES function. So to alleviate that I’ll be referring to them as COTTON-LINES as in bloodlines in the future. You can think of a tribe as your bloodline from now on, some kin get powers and knowledge from it whilst others get nothing at all.

If there’s ever anything confusing like this again, let me know, i'm not above fixing stuff for legibility and so kin can have a more enjoyable time reading the story!


> How does REST and SHELTER work?
Weather conditions increase in steps, a BLIZZARD will have a difficulty level of 5 that you need to meet or succeed. Each thing you can contribute to this will decrease the difficulty level. Your HQ tent can hold up to 3 STUFFIES and is LIGHTLY INSULATED, protecting you from the elements slightly.

These are your options as you see it:

Stay at the INN
- Weather breakdown: SHELTER (+), INSULATED (+), HAS SUNSTONE (+++)
- This means that you will be protected from the elements fully and by using your BEDROLL and WARMTH you will feel COZY
- You will gain the benefits of being WELL RESTED
- Costs [2 BEADS]

Find INSULATED SHELTER
- Weather breakdown: SHELTER (+), INSULATED (+), HQ TENT (+), WARM CLOTHES (+), WARMTH [YOU ++] [OTHERS +]
- This means that you will be protected from the elements and up to 2 other companions will be warmed enough to survive
- You will not gain the benefits of being WELL RESTED

Find UNINSULATED SHELTER
- Weather breakdown: SHELTER (+), HQ TENT (+), WARM CLOTHES (+), WARMTH [YOU ++] [OTHERS +]
- In this case YOU would be fine, but your companions would not
- Each night spent in these conditions increases the likelihood of your companions getting SICK which would be BAD

Find someone's HOUSE to stay in
- Same as INSULATED SHELTER
- Has the chance to have SUNSTONES or WARM BLANKETS or HOT FOOD
- Usually allows you to be WELL RESTED

No shelter, just a tent
- Weather breakdown: HQ TENT (+), WARM CLOTHES (+), WARMTH [YOU ++] [OTHERS +]
- You would have a 20% chance of getting sick
- Your companions would have a 40% chance of getting sick
- Chance of getting sick increases for each night you rest this way
- Your tent has a chance to break


AUTHORS NOTE: You're being presented with this challenge due to the EXTREME WEATHER, were it just normal snow, it would likely be a difficulty 3, which you could easily handle in just your tent. You also get double effectiveness from your WARMTH because you have it INTERNALLY and EXTERNALLY whilst others only feel it EXTERNALLY.
>>
No. 1015174 ID: afe7de
File 163694556830.png - (9.07KB , 500x500 , p47.png )
1015174

> Town Gossip
You try to ask DRIFT about the kin in town and he says that that sounds like some real TOWN CRIER stuff he could get into. Unfortunately he has to go and prep for the BLIZZARD, so he says he can only tell you about one kin.

> Luck Check: GLUM PLUM
He starts talking about a young cloth girl called PLUM, but everyone calls her GLUM PLUM. He says that she's his INTELLECTUAL EQUAL, where he's good at LISTENING, she's good at OBSERVING. She's UNAWAKENED, but ISN'T THAT FAR FROM AWAKENING, becoming an adult, and discovering her COTTON-LINE. She typically does the ACCOUNTING for the various businesses around town since her PARENTS DIED. She lives somewhere in the [ABANDONED RESIDENCES] but can easily be found in the [TOWN SQUARE] if you're looking for her during the DAYTIME.

> Offer help
DRIFT bids you farewell, saying he’s good for now and appreciates the offer. You’re not sure if he does though from his expression. As you turn around to leave he whispers something that you barely make out. To be careful at night. He's heard some STRANGE NOISES, almost like a WEIRD DRAGGING, but imagines it's probably nothing since he CAN'T SEE VERY WELL at night. You try to turn back and ask for more details but he's dashing away with a much higher speed than before.
>>
No. 1015175 ID: afe7de
File 163694559072.png - (36.32KB , 500x500 , p48.png )
1015175

> To the INN
You decide to not chase him and instead head back towards the INN. As you walk that way you notice footsteps leading towards the NORTHWEST, past the GENERAL STORE. You also notice something you missed before and that's that there are quite a few footsteps leading into the INN. They're fresh, but it's hard to tell which direction they came from.

You assume that one CLOTH-KIN you saw earlier has left to go somewhere else. As you step on the front porch you can already feel that it's a bit WARMER than before, but it's not melting the SNOW outside, strange.

The muffled sounds of around 3-4 voices sneaks through the crack in the bottom of the door. After a moment's hesitation and a look towards the GUARDHOUSE you open the door. A wave of WARMTH blasts towards you and KA XU and you hear a resounding, GET IN AND CLOSE THE DOOR.

You do so and notice a quaint little space. The tension of the COLD is no longer present. There are booths to the side, one of which seats two kin. You see a squat and goblinoid CLOTH-KIN with some thick eyeliner, they gesticulate wildly as they apparently weave a tale to an Ash with a deep ebony mask and hands. You notice that the joints of the Ash's hands have a light gold tint to them as they grip their drink which is apparently STEAMING and smells faintly of CIDER. Their eyes dart between you and the kin they're listening to briefly before settling on the goblinoid.

To your front there's a small table and you notice a tall woman whose description reminds you of MIMI. A few of her tentacles are on the desk and are reaching around for things behind her. To her front is a small CLOTH, smaller than most, her description reminds you of the one you just heard of from DRIFT and you assume her to be PLUM. The creaking of floorboards above you indicates that there's someone else here too, probably in a room.

The [MORNING] is almost over, what do you do?

AUTHORS NOTE: Whenever you reach a new area like this you can always ask for more details about specific things I’ve mentioned. Treat what you see when I describe things as your PASSIVE PERCEPTION, it’s just generally what you’d notice.

You’ll also notice that at the top of MAPS like these there will be little icons, each icon represents something different in the room, but it’s up to you to interpret what they actually are. [?]s represent things you don’t yet know of the space and sometimes there will be HIDDEN things in the room.

>>
No. 1015178 ID: e51896

Ask if she is Glum Plum, and introduce yourself. You heard of her through Drift. You'd like to know a bit about the town, like good hunting spots, and jobs for beads if the weather is too bad for hunting. Also mention if she'd be free to talk a little more at town square a little later since we're planning on possibly buying a room here if she'll have us and have more questions about the town since we're newcomers.

Also, maybe Ka Xu can talk to the other two plush kins while we talk to Glum Plum? as long as we keep him in our line of sight, unless that's too dangerous.
Have him ask them about the town's history or ask to listen in on their story. We'll call him back after we're done talking to Glummy
>>
No. 1015195 ID: 629f2e

I think we should start by talking to the granddaughter. We can start by renting a room for the night, and ask her a few questions. In general we should try to get a vibe on her, since we have reason to suspect she isn't entirely what she seems right now. Ask her for her thoughts on the town and the people in it. You should definitely mention that you heard a rumor about people vanishing, and see how she responds to it.

Ka Xu should talk to Plum while we're doing this. He's a big ol' softy, children probably love him. Even in a world where everyone's a plush toy, he has teddy bear energy.
>>
No. 1015210 ID: e51896

>>1015195
I like this idea better. Ka Xu will be much closer to us when he talks to Plum in case something happens.

Make sure the two of us both ask who we're talking to about jobs in town we can work in for beads, and good hunting spots for when the weather is clearer.
>>
No. 1015262 ID: afe7de
File 163702358468.png - (13.88KB , 500x500 , p49.png )
1015262

> Talk to MIMI and PLUM
You approach the desk with the scylla lady and small Cloth-kin. You catch the tail end of their conversation.

Plum: Thanks for fixing my… coat… Mimi
Mimi: Anytime Plummy! I got all these tenties so it makes doing stuff way easier!
Mimi: Want a HUG before you go?
Plum: Um uh, not today, ah, I think you have some uh
Plum: Uh customers uh.


Plum kind of stumbles aside before you even get near, seemingly afraid. A tentacle props up on her shoulder from behind the desk and she seems to calm down. You make a gesture for KA XU to talk to PLUM while you talk to MIMI. He’s SMALL AND CUDDLY, you imagine other young kin would love him, right?

He introduces himself and begins chatting away in that way he does, KA XU’s unbridled and somewhat childish enthusiasm seems to actually strike a chord with her and the two begin some idle CHIT-CHAT as you reach the desk and remove your hood.

You: Hi there!
Mimi: Howdy stranger! Welcome to Mimi’s! It definitely wasn’t called something else recently!
You: Uhh okay…
You: We were looking to rent a room, heard there was a BLIZZARD coming?
Mimi: Oh yeaaaaaaaaaaah
Mimi: Happens all the time!
Mimi: At least ONCE A MONTH I reckon, even when it’s not the SNOWY SEASON
Mimi: Though that’s just cause it’s so HIGH UP here.
Mimi: But it’s mostly a LIGHT FLURRY so we just take it as is.
Mimi: It’s 2 Beads for 2 nights, plus meals since the BLIZZARD is happening and I’ll need to RESTOCK after.
Mimi: Normally it’s 1 BEAD for 3 nights, no food, but times be rough
You: Yeah, let me just talk with my buddy in a bit, but before that, what do you think of this town?
You: It uh, seems like it’s on it’s last legs.


Mimi thinks for a moment, putting a normal arm to her chin as she ponders. She says that the place is kind of a dump, but there are some nice kin here. She’s sad to see it DIE OUT as it’s doing and is trying to save up some FUNDS to move on out of here, but her CRONE of a GRAMMY refuses to leave, or at least she REFUSED to leave, but has now just up and vanished you hear her mutter under her breath.
>>
No. 1015263 ID: afe7de
File 163702360297.png - (10.90KB , 500x500 , p50.png )
1015263

You segue into asking about potential JOBS around town or HUNTING SPOTS, seeing as the storm hit. She thinks for a moment and says that SHE doesn’t have any work, but you could always try your luck at the MINE and see if you can find some WOOD. She chuckles for a moment before saying that there hasn’t been any there in a LONG LONG TIME, but that JACK the GENERAL STORE OWNER would buy some off of ya, heck she says she might have a job for you, given they’re a MASSIVE HOARDER. She doesn’t know of any hunting spots though since the town mostly FARMED and TRADED for food.

Lastly you ask about the VANISHING you heard rumors about. She says that it wasn’t a VANISHING, but a FREAK ACCIDENT. AN BOREALIA actually found IRAH’S BROTHER’S CORPSE mauled by some sort of PAPERLING in the FOREST LAST EVENING.

Mimi: OOPS!
Mimi: I wasn’t supposed to talk about that
Mimi: Please forget I said that.
Mimi: Irah’s been real shook up about it since they couldn’t find his hea-
Mimi: Dag nabbit I almost did it again
Mimi: I’m such a bimbo, my head could use some more stuffing sometimes
Mimi: Go talk to BOREALIA if you want to know more officially, I’m sure an ANNOUNCEMENT will be made TONIGHT


She says that you just missed SHAWN IRAH, the little CLOTH with the TWO BUTTONS on the side of his face. She gets a sort of misty eyed look on her face when she says his name. Though she does concede that her GRAMMY, DA CRONE, has in fact VANISHED as well now, but doesn’t seem TOO CONCERNED about it.

You take a second to pause and evaluate the situation. Your task was to come here and check on MIMI’S strange activities. As far as you can tell she just seems to be a kind of air-headed kin that wants to leave this place. Though you wonder why she seems not that concerned with that death. Mimi tells you that she only has ONE ROOM LEFT, had you gotten here any later it’d probably have been booked.

It is now the [NOON OF DAY 1], what do you do?
>>
No. 1015269 ID: 629f2e

First, let's book a room. We want those Well-Rested buffs, so it's worth the two beads.

Next, let's observe Ka Xu and Plum's chat a bit, cutting in if we see a good opportunity to ask anything.

And finally, let's head over to the guardhouse and talk to An Borealia. We're going to be broaching a sensitive topic as strangers, so we'll need to respect her boundaries. If she doesn't want to talk about it, we don't talk about it. Just make it clear that we're here at Da Crone's request to try and figure out what's going on in town. She's a guard making efforts to protect the town, we should be able to trust her.

Yes, I'm biased because of Catalyst.
>>
No. 1015306 ID: e51896

Aw, poor Irah

Yeah, get the room.

Also, I'm not sure how heavy cloth kins are, but if he's light enough, pick up Ka Xu and give him a piggyback ride on your shoulders or back.

Then ask if Glum Plum wants to walk and talk about stuff with you and Ka Xu as you head towards the Guard building.
>>
No. 1015384 ID: 61735f

>>1015195
I agree with this.

Get a room first since they sell out fast during storms.
It would be a good idea to get a feel for how involved in the disappearances we think Mimi is and get any information we can on the area while KA XU talks to GLUM PLUM.
>>
No. 1015388 ID: afe7de
File 163711979144.png - (10.30KB , 500x500 , p51.png )
1015388

> Book a room
You decide to spend [2 BEADS] to book a room after a quick gesture to KA XU and his replying THUMBS UP. MIMI then hands you a STONE KEY, you can immediately tell it's made of HIGH QUALITY STONE, highly resistant to CHIPPING AND BREAKING. You're told that your room is UPSTAIRS and at the end of the hallway and that meals are served in the MORNING and EVENING, so you should come around then if you are hungry.

She then points to a side door that leads to a private outhouse area, it's fenced in but still outside so you can relieve yourselves. You notice there's a door behind her that says OFFICE written in CANON, you assume that to be her personal quarters. She also tells you that you can adjust the VENT in your room to change how much HEAT the sunstone lets in. You pocket the key into your cloak's TINY POCKET and check on KA XU.

You spent [2 BEADS]
- You're now broke
- You've booked a room at MIMI'S INN
- Come by at MORNING or EVENING to get a meal


As you begin to step away she also lets you know that you can feel free to come to her to redeem [1 PREMIUM HUG] for you and your companion. She’s been practicing and has been told that they’re THE BEST. You thank her and consider it for later.

> Listen in on KA XU and PLUM
You turn your attention as MIMI busies herself with something else, you notice she fumbles about from time to time with little STRING DUSTERS as you turn away.

The two are in rapt conversation about PLASTIC PLANTS and CANDY. KA XU is doing most of the talking and it's clear that PLUM is in over her head in the conversation but the way KA XU talks sometimes is really approachable if you've gotten to know him. She occasionally pipes in and mentions something about the CANDY CROPS outside of town and about how CANDY CORN COBS are a pretty stable one to grow even in this environment.

You cough a bit to get their attention and the same wariness you saw on PLUM earlier returns.
>>
No. 1015389 ID: afe7de
File 163711983844.png - (11.68KB , 500x500 , p52.png )
1015389

You: Booked us a room, who's this?
Ka Xu: Oh thank the LOOM
Ka Xu: I was worried you were considering NOT staying in a WARM PLACE


Your expression turns to a pout as you think about how you very nearly did suggest doing that.

Ka Xu: Anyway, this is Plum!
Plum: Um, hello there miss... Cob?
Ka Xu: Like Candy Corn on the Cob yeah!
You: Actually it's like Cobbler...
Plum: Oh... sorry miss...
You: Want to walk and talk?
You: I wanted to talk to AN BOREALIA before it got too late
Ka Xu: But it's cold out theeeerrreeeee
Ka Xu: Fine, uh, Plum, want to join us?
Ka Xu: You said you were going in that direction anyway.
Plum: Uh, I uhh...
Plum: I don't want to be annoying...
Plum: I was just going to wait until you left to leave...


You and Ka Xu assure her that it's fine and the three of you step outside. The harsh cold assaults your senses and you're deafened for a moment as you step outside. The wind blows ominously and with a strength that wasn't present a short while ago.

You tighten your cloak to preserve heat and wander forward. In an act of joviality you decide to prop KA XU up on your shoulders. He's surprised, but in a moment chuckles and enjoys the ride. PLUM looks a little less guarded now. You imagine she’s willing to talk to you a bit more casually.
>>
No. 1015390 ID: 629f2e

Get Plum's perspective on the town, and share some things about your own clutch that might interest her. Maybe just flat out ask if she knows anything about people vanishing recently. Nobody thinks to ask the children, but they might know!
>>
No. 1015392 ID: 96c896

>>1015389
Who is that on the roof?
>>
No. 1015398 ID: fec07f

>>1015389
Figure on the roof
>>
No. 1015408 ID: e51896

Feeling of being watched. lets choose our questions carefully, we don't want cultists to target us if we act suspicious. Maybe ask indirect questions.

ideas for questions:

What does she like? Depending on her tastes, we could probably offer berry candies for her as thanks for listening to us. this will make her more comfortable to answer questions maybe, and become better friends with us. (might be too young for the wine)

Ask about Borealia, you want to get an idea on who she is so we know how to approach her. Is she looking for new hires?

if not, is anyone else besides the general store owner looking for hires, or does plum know of hunting places?

Ask about Plum's relation with Mimi and Mimi's grandmother besides being their accountant. It was nice of Mimi to fix her coat. Maybe ask how it got damaged in the first place? That might be important.

Ask about Irah, he was kind of staring at us earlier, and he wasn't dressed warm enough for the weather for some reason. (learning about the kind of person he is might help with talking with him later especially since his brother died recently, we don't want to offend him and ask the wrong questions. Don't mention his death, seems like Mimi is the only few who knows about it, and might scare Plum and get whoever is watching us suspicious)

What is north of town?
>>
No. 1015428 ID: 031458

The roof thing looks like a cute bird!
>>
No. 1015431 ID: f32c9a

Quick, look up at the roof!
>>
No. 1015438 ID: 61735f

You feel like you are being watched even with the gathering storm dulling your senses. Try to get a look at the roof without being obvious and ask questions to plum but keep it light.

Ask about the town and if PLUM likes the area, What does she like to do?

I like the idea of asking about what happened to her coat. It may have been something completely normal but would be good information either way and maybe help us get more of a feel from MIMI.

I also thing offering a berry candy as a thanks would help endear PLUM to us. It will be good to have friends who won't be suspicious of us.
>>
No. 1015466 ID: 0838d6
File 163720216304.png - (13.22KB , 500x500 , p53.png )
1015466

> TOWN GOSSIP
You casually ask PLUM about the kin in town. She mentions in a quiet voice that mostly everyone she knew left town a while ago. She mentions that most of the ADULTS don't bother to talk to her unless they need her LOGIC AND MATHS skills. She kicks a nearby pebble in frustration.

The other UNAWAKENED TEENS treat her alright for the most part. MIMI has always been sweet and helps her fix her old clothing that has wear and tear from constant reuse since she’s kind of POOR. She points to a big patch on her WARM COAT, it has a little embroidered tentacle on it that you imagine is MIMI’S SIGNATURE. She mentions it tore the other week on a THORNY BUSH and that she gave it to MIMI so it would be fixed before the next BLIZZARD.

IRAH is okay she guesses, but she feels like something's been wrong lately ever since his BROTHER stopped by with some friends and then recently went missing.

You ask about IRAH’s bro and their friends and she remarks that his brother was an ASH-KIN named PHOENIUS, but their friends were rather plain looking CLOTH-KIN, one had a COOL SCAR, but they seemed really spaced out most of the time and left after a big argument in the INN. She got some BAD VIBES off of those CLOTH-KIN.

Other than that she talks briefly about a few AWAKENED ADULTS. DRIFT is incredibly annoying, but actually talks to her, so is one of the few ADULTS she enjoys talking to. MORTIFER treats her like an annoying child, even though she's been the one helping him manage his finances ever since he gave up on running the mine, which is FAR TOO LONG in her opinion. She remarks that a FOREMAN should know when to quit.

She mentions that there are some others in town but asks you about where you're from, her curiosity peaked. So you and KA XU share a bit about what it was like in your CLUTCH growing up, how they taught you a TRADE and you learned to HUNT. She goes wide-eyed at that and thinks it's super cool you can get food just by hunting and that you got to TRAVEL, she’s just lived here forever. She remarks the only other kin she knows that can do that is GYOB, but he keeps to himself over by the lake.
>>
No. 1015467 ID: 0838d6
File 163720218598.png - (11.35KB , 500x500 , p54.png )
1015467

Plum talks about how she usually COLLECTS SEEDS and knows of some good varieties that she feeds to the TINY FLYING PAPERLINGS that come around when it’s less cold. And KA XU says that he’d like to see them sometime, maybe some RARE SEEDS he could grow into some HERBS could be found.

> Perception Check: ROOFTOP
A cold breeze whisks past the side of your head and you turn slightly, your mind glazing over the conversation for a moment. A dark spot moves at the corner of your eye and you look up to the roof of a nearby ABANDONED BUILDING. The snow has built up on the roof, but not to a disastrous level. You see a small groove where something could have been, a potentially disturbed area, but aren't sure if it was your imagination or not. If something was there, it's either QUITE FAST, or QUITE STEALTHY.

Plum looks at you with a curious expression as you shake your head and turn to keep walking and talking.

> AN BOREALIA AND JOBS
You ask about WORK in the town and she just shrugs, saying there's barely anyone left. Your best bet is to just SELL STUFF to JACQUELINE the GENERAL STORE OWNER. She buys and sells most stuff, even has some things she's looking for. But PLUM says that she's... INTENSE and kind of SCARY for an ADULT.

She offhandedly mentions that you could go to the [WOOD MINE] in the NORTH if you're really desperate, but there’s no WOOD left as far as she’s aware. There might be some GOOD STONES or something that could get you A BEAD OR TWO up by the PEAK, but she got really torn up and sick the last time she went because she just doesn't know a way to avoid the brambles. But it might be wasted effort unless you can make them into a USEFUL TOOL that someone needs. She doesn't know much about stones though, so there might be NOTHING there. But to this your eyes SHINE, you might have a way to make money if someone has a specific TOOL they might need, but that’s only if you can find some STONES.

But then she gravely intones to BE CAREFUL, a slight crack appearing in her voice, there was an accident at the mine before, crushing her- she pauses at that, seeing you’ve arrived at your destination.
>>
No. 1015468 ID: 0838d6
File 163720230430.png - (14.95KB , 500x500 , p55.png )
1015468

You reach the door of the GUARDHOUSE and PLUM stands a bit away from you, she says that she's got to head out but it was nice chatting. You offer her some BERRY CANDIES but she recoils and says she only likes BITTER snacks before thanking you and walking off. You get the feeling she doesn't want to see AN BOREALIA for some reason.

You see her heading towards the [ABANDONED RESIDENCES] to where you assume she lives. Ka Xu dismounts and opens the door, excited to not be in the COLD. The inside is certainly INSULATED, but it's not as WARM as the INN. What greets you instead is the shocked expression of two ladies. One a rather large FUR-KIN that looks like a rabbit, she’s wearing a THICK SCARF, GLOVES, and BOOTIES and her nose scrunches at your entry. In front of her lies a CLOTH-KIN with a head that looks more FUR in nature, they’re wearing a BLACK dress with a thick, WHITE SCARF. The two gesture for you to shut the door and continue their conversation.

An Borealia: All I’m saying is that it’s VERY suspicious that YOU found the body, MI SNOW
Mi Snow: And all I’m SAYING An is that YOU are doing a LINT POOR JOB
Mi Snow: I can’t SLEEP at night, I’m irritable and frustrated and there’s a dosh garn BLIZZARD
An Borealia: I’m the ONLY ONE doing any guard work, I can’t catch everything!?!?
An Borealia: Especially when kin just wander off in the middle of the night!
An Borealia: I told everyone to stay INDOORS at night when PHOENIUS
An Borealia: Went missing a week ago, and then we had kin just RUNNING OUT OF TOWN
An Borealia: Directly ignoring me!!!
Mi Snow: Well maybe it’s because you’re a washed up GUARD or SHERIFF or whatever
Mi Snow: They know that you can’t do jack in a box for anyone!
An Borealia: I’m just one girl, I already don’t SLEEP much
An Borealia: I go out on WATCHES and I haven’t found anything!
An Borealia: Wait I was asking YOU questions
Mi Snow: I can’t handle not knowing what did this
Mi Snow: You saw the corpse, his HEAD was torn off
Mi Snow: and his ARMS were torn to shreds or eaten or whatever!
Mi Snow: Maybe you shouldn’t sleep at all, maybe then we’d be SAFE!!!


You see An Borealia’s expression darken, turn to frustration, then hopelessness as she sits there and looks down at the ground, defeated. Mi Snow picks up something on the ground, some sort of long rod and walks out. You see her move the mechanism around and it turns into something you’ve never seen, something protecting her from the snowfall. The door shuts behind you as you’re left with a solemn looking An Borealia.

The [NOON] is about half over.
>>
No. 1015484 ID: 96c896

>>1015468
This is the one person in town you can trust, so tell her about your quest. Offer to help with patrols. You think there was someone on one of the roofs a little while ago, actually...
>>
No. 1015515 ID: e51896

Lets pick the poor rabbit's spirits up, and gain her trust.

Introduce yourself and Ka Xu, ask if she'd like something sweet or bitter as your condolences, and give her either some berry candies if she likes sweet, or a shot of the candy wine if she likes something bitter. This might make her more comfortable to talk with us.

Tell her you'd like to help patrol by doing secret undercover work for her to help her with the workload. If she asks why, just tell her that while you were traveling, you met Mimi's grandmother and she wanted us to investigate Mimi's odd behavior that she's been having a week ago. We think maybe it is related to the vanishings going on in town. If she says she can't afford our services, tell her she doesn't have to pay us as we're doing this as a favor for the grandmother, and we can just sell stuff for beads, like any stones we find.

Mention how you thought that Phoenius died due to a paperling attacking him according to Mimi, you also remember him getting into some kind of argument before going missing a week ago?

also ask if she remember the grammy having injuries before leaving town, since her legs looked cut up when we first met her (she could have gotten those injuries after escaping town, but could be a clue if she was injured in town). Maybe tell her how Drift heard some dragging sounds last night too.
>>
No. 1015576 ID: 0838d6
File 163737559091.png - (10.07KB , 500x500 , p56.png )
1015576

> INTRODUCTIONS
You and KA XU introduce yourself to the rabbit who nods and responds that her name is AN BOREALIA, the sole remaining TOWN GUARD and self-appointed SHERIFF.

She apologizes for the rather unfortunate encounter that you've borne witness to and her hopeless expression is immediately masked with immaculate professionalism. She then asks if there's anything she can help you with.

> OFFER A SNACK
You offer her some of your CANDY WINE, you remark that it looks like she's having trouble RELAXING. She REALLY wants some, and you can even tell that as you offer she's struggling with being professional and just immediately pouring a shot for herself. She then thanks you for the offer but says that maybe it would be for the best if she didn't have any until after her final patrol of the day. Unfortunately her body betrays her words as she’s already poured herself a shot and set it aside for later, eying it intensely.

> MENTION YOUR QUEST
You decide to cut to the chase and discuss your purpose for coming to the town. She hears your tale of talking to DA CRONE and finding strange things in the town, and that MIMI seemed different. AN BOREALIA remarks that she wondered where DA CRONE fled off to, but hadn't had the RESOURCES to go search for her further than just in the town itself, after all, no one in town is willing to be a GUARD so it's just her after all.

AN BOREALIA then pauses for a moment and considers if any changes have been happening surrounding MIMI and you can practically see her trying to go through the mental motions of collecting any information before fizzling out and replying that she's really not sure.

AN BOREALIA remarks that MIMI has been a bit more ENTHUSIASTIC lately, which is hard to do when you're already as enthusiastic as she was and this started around a week ago. Of course this was before she realized what actually happened with POHOENIUS, but even then she's never let DEATH bother her much, seeing it as more of RETURNING TO THE LOOM to help out her brothers and sisters that still remain.

She states that it's kind of creepy but not strange based off of MIMI'S airheaded character, and it might even be a blessing because she isn't as STRESSED.
>>
No. 1015577 ID: 0838d6
File 163737561691.png - (16.99KB , 500x500 , p57.png )
1015577

> JOB REQUEST - PATROLLING
You decide to offer your services PATROLLER or TEMPORARY GUARD, seeing that she's understaffed and that you are underfunded. She immediately beams with excitement but then after a few moments is saddened, mentioning that part of the reason no one wants to be a guard is that she's FLAT BROKE, and that the MINE isn't funding her duties, so she really does this FOR FREE out of a sense of DUTY and only spends her savings on FOOD and a tiny SUNSTONE she pokes at on her desk to keep at least the area around her WARM. She remarks it doesn't even heat up the whole building.

She says that if you do this she can work something out with JACK, and see about getting you a TRADE VOUCHER or something for an item at her store as JACK owes AN BOREALIA several favors. But it's really not a long term solution and she likely only has enough FAVORS to last till the end of the BLIZZARD.

You’ve been offered a JOB, it’s details are as follows
- Go on patrol ONCE A DAY, checking in with the kin along your route
- Handle MINOR DISPUTES between kin you come across
- Report SUSPICIOUS ACTIVITIES to AN BOREALIA
- Look for details on the death of PHOENIUS if possible
- Patrols take up a [TIMESLOT] and you can start them in the middle of one or at the beginning.

You will be paid in TRADE VOUCHERS that can be redeemed at the GENERAL STORE
- They are currently worth an unknown value
- You will be paid once after your first PATROL (should you prove competent)
- And then you will be paid based on your performance
- AN BOREALIA is unsure of how many of these she can get you, but says that she should have enough at the minimum to pay for your help DURING THE BLIZZARD


She says that she typically patrols twice randomly throughout the day so having someone take a patrol really eases her burden. But she also mentions patrolling AT NIGHT and how strenuous it is. She says that if you do this, you WILL LIKELY have to wander out during the BLIZZARD, and depending on it’s INTENSITY your patrol may take TWICE AS LONG when you do, but sees that you are well equipped enough to move from place to place that it shouldn’t be TOO MUCH of a problem.
>>
No. 1015578 ID: 0838d6
File 163737562862.png - (9.64KB , 500x500 , p58.png )
1015578

She pokes her head out a hatch you didn’t notice before, just big enough for her head and after a moment brings her head back in and shakes off the snow that just collected. Her nose twitches as she mentions it looks like the storm will be at its most intense AT NIGHT, at least for today, but she can’t tell much past that.

> KA XU'S THOUGHTS
You look to KA XU who has been remarkably silent and ask him for his opinion. He remarks that he guesses this could be fine. It'd give you an excuse to actually snoop around town. He's not fond of NOT BEING PAID, but says that maybe there's something good at the STORE. He also asks how long you want to do this GUARD thing, remarking that it’s probably fine to do while you’re completing your QUEST, but that he’s not too interested in doing this LONG TERM without getting some sweet sweet BEADS, as he’d rather EXPLORE or LOOK FOR SOME SEEDS.

He even remarks that you could take this job on your own while he does OTHER THINGS should you think that’s a good idea. You feel a stirring inside of you as you come to this choice and the warmth of your [ANCESTOR] stirs giving you a sensation and your [DESIRE] awakens as well, but they’re conflicting.

Your [DESIRE] thinks that you should TAKE THE JOB
Your [ANCESTOR] thinks you should not, but gets GOOD VIBES from AN BOREALIA


What do you do?
>>
No. 1015582 ID: 629f2e

Let's not take this job. At best, patrol duties might make the people living here feel safer, and we might get early information on people going missing. But that isn't worth the time investment. We're better off focusing on our own investigation and talking to people as a pace we set.

Think of it like this. An will focus on keeping the people here safe, while we focus on identifying the cause of disappearances and eliminating it. We don't have the resources to spend on both, so we're gonna have to trust this bunny to handle the former. The sooner we get whatever evil is lurking in this town out, the sooner she won't need extra guards.
>>
No. 1015589 ID: ce39da

I say we take the job. The vouchers aren't half as valuable as the impetus it gives us for investigating. Plushies will be wary of us if we, perfect strangers, walk up and start asking questions without giving away what we're trying to uncover.

Maybe ask BOREALA which folks around town we should prioritize.

Speaking of, who was that saucy girl she had a shouting match with? (Mental note; she seemed pretty intent on deflecting the sheriff's questions without actually giving a straight answer.)
>>
No. 1015591 ID: 96c896

>>1015578
I say accept, but this is definitely only going to be for the quest's duration. This town is dying, even without people getting murdered, so sticking around without an exceptional job prospect would be stupid.

At any rate, we can't do it today. We need to explore the town. Probably go talk to that fisherman, or go to the overlook to get a good view of the layout.
>>
No. 1015604 ID: 094652

This is a good temp opportunity. An Borealia has good experience that she's willing to teach at a discount, and you're expected to get paid even if you fail the quest.

That said, if the vouchers turn out to be near-worthless, quit on the spot. Build a reputation of being reliable but steadfast; if they don't pay you what you deserve, you're not going to be their wage-slave.
>>
No. 1015608 ID: e51896

B. I think it would work better if we just patrol on our own without officially being guards, it'll give us the opportunity to leave town and search for stones to craft tools with, we did get the tool crafting skill, be a shame to waste it.

Plus, it'd make Ka Xu happy.

(if we do A, tell An that we'd think it'd be safer if we work for her undercover without people knowing we're working for her, and have people be more willing to talk to us this way. Let Ka Xu know it's temp, only until our quest is over.)
>>
No. 1015638 ID: 0838d6

>>1015582
Don't take the job. It would be too noticeable and we don't want to use An's favors up. We won't be staying in this town after the quest is over, she will need the more than us. Also if other kin react like Mi Snow it might be more of a hinderance to be officially working as a guard.

Assure An Borealia that you will still be lightening her workload. Now you and Ka Xu will have more time and freedom to look for seeds and good stones while you are here investigating.
>>
No. 1015671 ID: afe7de
File 163746239666.png - (10.15KB , 500x500 , p59.png )
1015671

> INDECISION - TIED SUGGESTIONS
You're wracked with indecision.

On the one hand the job would give you a logical impetus to actually pursue your goal without arousing any weird questions. You could also gain some good experience as a guard and get a minor payout.

But on the other hand you want to explore the town today, and you get the idea that she'll ask you to go on patrol immediately if you agree. You also get the idea that you should maintain a REPUTATION of sorts as STEADFAST, but not a WAGE SLAVE.

You could go UNDERCOVER, but that also has problems of potentially being yelled at or no one trusting you either. You're already investigating, so maybe it's better if you just keep at that and she continues patrolling to protect her fellow kin.

Patrolling also means less time to go to the more obscure places like the [LAKE] or the [MOUNTAIN OVERLOOK]. AN BOREALIA notices your indecision and gathers the courage to speak up, her face flushes as she stutters through the words.

An Borealia: I-I-I I could also pay with my body
An Borealia: In HUGS or CUDDLES or even uh
An Borealia: SMOOCHES, but it's been a while.
An Borealia: I'm a FUR so I'm WARM and comfortable at night
An Borealia: It makes up for being a little colder then the INN right...
An Borealia: I uh, please, even if it's just one or two PATROLS
An Borealia: Even if my COTTON-LINE means I need less SLEEP
An Borealia: That’s not NO SLEEP, I've just been so tired lately.


You consider this further, there's a lot of town left to look through and you only really have the [EVENING] to do it while it's light out before the BLIZZARD makes it difficult to move around. You could always come back and take the job after. There's also that [GENERAL STORE] and it's right next door to check out. But the PATROL could also show you things you might miss or where everyone else lives. KA XU remains disinterested but is deferring to you as he doesn't actually have any ideas as to what the BEST move right now would be. The stirring inside you becomes a little more distinct, you try to parse what your DESIRE and ANCESTOR are making you feel.

[DESIRE] - Get JOB to get SMOOCHES, you’ve never gotten one of those before
[ANCESTOR] - Continue exploring the town

The [NOON] is almost over, what do you do?
>>
No. 1015673 ID: c92a02

Reject magical parental authority, become copstitute.
>>
No. 1015674 ID: 795c41

Okay... we'll do it.
But teasingly tell her she's gotta kiss Ka Xu first to convince him too... as down payment! *turn on warmth a little* :p
>>
No. 1015677 ID: 629f2e

...

...We are not above being bribed. One or two patrols wouldn't hurt, you probably needed to talk to the plushes in town anyways.
>>
No. 1015720 ID: dfbac0

Accept, you'd still be exploring the town on your patrols, and going to more remote locations would have to wait until the end of the blizzard anyways. Best to do patrols during the blizzard, but have Ka Xu talk to people while you're on patrols, with how chatty he is he'll probably tell everyone our life story but that would be fine as it would earn the townsfolk's trust.
This way we can show the townsfolk that we're trustworthy and that we're here to help.
I'd say we shouldn't accept An's bribes but rather have her decide if she wants to do such things after we do our job, this would mean we'd have to woo her and earn her favor but I feel it the better option as it gives us experience with such things and gains more trust as well as not spreading rumors we can be bribed with smooches.
>>
No. 1015725 ID: 61735f

How could we say no to a face like that? We can do one or two patrols... we've always wondered about smooches.
>>
No. 1015784 ID: afe7de
File 163760280013.png - (17.03KB , 500x500 , p60.png )
1015784

> BECOME COPSTITUTE, REJECT MAGICAL PARENTAL AUTHORITY
You are not above being bribed or bribing someone with some PHYSICAL AFFECTION. You’ve now established this about yourself and you feel a sense of disappointment from your [ANCESTOR], a sense of satisfaction from your [DESIRE] and a very visible head shake from a certain party member.

AN BOREALIA just has a way with words, a subtle cock of the hip, and those eyes. You quickly regain composure and look at KA XU, he finishes shaking his head as he sees what you’re going to do. You think to tell AN BOREALIA to give him a kiss first to convince him as DOWN PAYMENT, but he speaks up before you can say that.

Ka Xu: Okay, so I was only slightly down before, but now uhhhh
Ka Xu: If you want to do that, that’s cool, but maybe I’ll just
Ka Xu: Talk to some of the kin AROUND HERE while you’re on those patrols
Ka Xu: There’s some chemistry there sure, but like…


You hear him mumble something under his breath about you pay with hugs now you’re paid in hugs, he bemoans how a CLUTCH and TOWNS are very DIFFERENT. He then stops and says that if you REALLY want him joining you on the patrols, that he will immediately walk away if it gets MUSHY, and you’ll have to ask him to join you, as he’s still interested in HUNTING FOR SEEDS, HERBS, and to EXPLORE.

You have accepted the JOB to PATROL the TOWN
- Ka Xu will not be joining you on patrols unless you ASK him to immediately prior
- You think you need to patrol [ONCE OR TWICE] on your own (without AN BOREALIA)
- You can redeem those HOT SMOOCHES, CUDDLES, and HUGS anytime AN BOREALIA isn't ON PATROL or about to patrol

>>
No. 1015786 ID: afe7de
File 163760290471.png - (16.77KB , 500x500 , p61.png )
1015786

Seeing as you’ve accepted the job AN BOREALIA pulls out a MAP OF THE TOWN. She thinks it would be a good idea to give you a GENERAL LAYOUT so you can get your bearings, especially if you plan to PATROL DURING A BLIZZARD. You jot down a simplified version in your COB-LOG, your tiny paper and ink booklet, for reference later and she praises your initiative. Her version has tons of scrawlings and notes on it that you can’t make sense of. You ask her and she details some of the information to you.

AN BOREALIA doesn't know how to get to the CLIFFSIDE PEAK, as evidenced by the several ???s there. You ask her and she mentions the path has overgrown with SHARP BRAMBLES.

AN BOREALIA has marked a location in the FOREST, citing it as the location that PHOENIUS’S BODY was found at. It was in a TUCKED AWAY CLEARING. You mark it on your map with [!!!]

The [ABANDONED RESIDENCES] appear to have been split into 3 distinct sections and many houses in the RANSACKED RESIDENCES have been crossed off with RED INK to indicate that they are empty and dilapidated. You count 5 in total and mark them down.

There are several SQUARED BUILDINGS, you ask her what those are and she says that those are residences that are OCCUPIED or OWNED. You mark them down on your map.


Your map can’t compare to the one she has, and you’re inexperienced at DRAWING, so you abstract it and make various connections between the areas so you can get an idea of how the places connect. You notice that AN BOREALIA pointed out several routes to different areas and it looks like some have MULTIPLE ENTRANCES AND EXITS. You imagine there’s also ways to get to new places that aren’t listed on the map but you’ll have to spend an action LOOKING for one if you’re in the area if you want to find them.

You also mark the places you already know on your map with symbols that you can easily identify at a glance. AN BOREALIA says she’ll tell you who lives where as you PATROL.
>>
No. 1015789 ID: afe7de
File 163760311233.png - (33.03KB , 1000x1000 , p62.png )
1015789

You just got a lot of useful information, you’re glad that this rabbit trusted you pretty quickly. You pout out of habit and think for a moment when KA XU speaks up again.

Ka Xu: That map’s actually a GOOD IDEA
Ka Xu: Now we at least have an idea of things.
Ka Xu: You can totally go on patrol and I can go and cozy up in the INN though.
Ka Xu: Maybe talk to JACK? That GENERAL STORE OWNER?
Ka Xu: Or someone in the [TOWN SQUARE] area?
Ka Xu: I’m gonna be honest It’s just very COLD and I uhh
Ka Xu: You know, I’m not as WARM as you are.
Ka Xu: And I think my skills as a talky lad
Ka Xu: Could be better applied where there’s other kin around.


You know flat out that KA XU is a better fighter than you, so if anything happens he’ll probably be fine. He’s probably just trying to find an excuse to hang out in the INN where it’s WARM. Plus you doubt anyone would do anything with so many witnesses around unless the whole town was in on it, and you don’t really get that vibe. Heck, this may just be nothing, the town on its last legs and kin stressed out. You’re starting to even wonder if the COTTON that DA CRONE saw on MIMI was even real, maybe it was a trick of the light, maybe it was just SNOW or WATER or something.

You’re snapped back to your senses as AN BOREALIA looks to you and asks you if you’re ready to go and if KA XU is joining you, she states that she will join you for this FIRST PATROL to help you figure out where everything is.

A PATROL will see you explore several areas in a single unit of [TIME] unless you do it when a BLIZZARD is at its peak. You will visit the following locations BRIEFLY to look for any SIGNS OF TROUBLE in this order before returning to the TOWN SQUARE or attempting to STOP TROUBLE.

1. WELL KEPT RESIDENCES
2. LABYRINTHINE RESIDENCES
3. RANSACKED RESIDENCES
4. LAKE
5. FOREMAN’S HOUSE
6. ROAD
7. TOWN SQUARE

You notice that the MINE isn't on your patrol route and ask why. She mentions that it’s a bit OUT OF THE WAY and that she just asks MORTIFER how it’s going since she has so much ground to cover and he has a VIEW OF THE MINE on top of his house at the FOREMAN’S location.

During this time you will BRIEFLY speak with the kin along the route that come to the door, learn of any PROBLEMS or EVENTS, and deliver any information that AN BOREALIA deems important. You can also choose to either LOOK FOR SOMEONE, or LOOK FOR SOMETHING IN PARTICULAR as you PATROL, but keep in mind you won’t be in each area for too long.


It is now the [EVENING OF DAY 1]
Do you look for, talk about, or do anything specific while on PATROL?
Do you take KA XU with you or leave him to his devices?

>>
No. 1015791 ID: 629f2e

I suggest we let Ka Xu sit this one out. We'll have An with us for our first patrol, so we won't be alone. No harm in letting him get nice and cozy in the inn. It's only fair, seeing as we're kind of doing this so that we can get nice and cozy with An later. Maybe tease him with a goodbye hug before you split up, since he's been commenting on yours recently.

I think we should keep an eye out for the missable landmarks that we got from Carto. Since An only mentioned the bramble covered path, we can probably show her the simple climb nearby and check to see if anyone's been up there scoping out the town. We should also mention the Sweetwater Cabin to An. Carto mentioned seeing someone there, so a villager thought missing may be residing there.
>>
No. 1015852 ID: e51896

>>1015791
Pretty much this.
We can also see the fisherman, but ask An if she needs any tools, or if she knows of anyone that might need a tool. (that way, we can craft one later to sell)
>>
No. 1015855 ID: e51896

Oh yeah, and give Ka Xu your Tar Salve. You can ask for it back when you reunite with him (unless he needs to use it).
>>
No. 1015917 ID: 61735f

>>1015791
This is my vote as well. Let Ka Xu go get warmed up in the Inn, he can chat with the kin getting shelter from the coming blizzard.
We should definitely spend this time really trying to get familiar with the surrounding. Keep an eye out for anymore evidence of kin watching the town from the shadows. (We can't forget about the kin watching from the roof)
>>
No. 1015970 ID: eedbeb
File 163772037701.png - (11.11KB , 500x500 , p63.png )
1015970

> Let KA XU sit this one out
> Give KA XU some TAR SALVE
You take out one of your TINY VIALS and put [1 USE] of the salve into it before handing it to KA XU. You say it's just for emergencies as ye takes it and stashes it. You give him a HUG before he heads off. He says he'll meet you back at the INN when your shift is over. He opens the door, sees something to his right, and walks over before closing the door.

AN BOREALIA wiggles her eyebrows at you and puckers her lip asking you if you're ready. Your CORE beats a bit harder and you sputter for a moment as you stutteringly ask READY FOR WHAT? She replies to go on PATROL of course! You squint your eyes at nothing in particular, noting your [DESIRE] to knock it off a tad, unsure if that was just you, or if she did that intentionally.

She picks up a SATCHEL with a pouch that has some FLAT TIPPED rods with slight grooves in them. You see that there’s something kind of WEIGHTY inside of it, but aren’t able to catch it before she dons a small CLOAK, puts it on her back and heads off.

You head out and hear a telltale jingling of something as you turn your head to see the door to the GENERAL STORE to your right close. You guess they must have some sort of STONE BELL or something inside.

As you walk you ask AN BOREALIA if she needs or knows anyone who needs any STONEWORKS. She pauses for a moment to consider, mentioning she could use a few more NAIL BOLTS for her CROSSBOW, she just wants a nice and round 10 versus the 6 she has now. You intuit the heavy thing in her bag to be said crossbow. She says if you can do that she might be willing to share A FEW BEADS, or convince JACK to give you a stronger discount

You also briefly mention the SWEETWATER cabin which she confirms to be GYOB’S shack, and the CLIFFSIDE PATH that allows you to skip the BRAMBLES. She nods at that, saying it might be a good idea to check it out TOMORROW, some stuffie might be squatting up there.
>>
No. 1015971 ID: eedbeb
File 163772038974.png - (12.67KB , 500x500 , p64.png )
1015971

> PATROL - WELL KEPT RESIDENCES
The [WELL KEPT RESIDENCES] is where most of the remaining townsfolk live. You see that BELLA, PLUM, DRIFT, and SVART live there. They each moved from house to house as damage accumulated and many roofs CAVED IN. Though SVART moved into the INN ever since his house’s ROOF CAVED IN.

BELLA lives in the ABANDONED SCHOOLHOUSE, having modified it to her needs. There's a note on the door stating she'll be AT THE INN during the BLIZZARD and not to TOUCH HER BOOKS. AN BOREALIA remarks that she's an EBONY ASH-KIN. You think you saw her at the INN already.

DRIFT lives in the ABANDONED TEMPLE TO THE LOOMINOUS ONE, there's a sign that says KEEP OUT, YOU DON'T LIKE ME ANYWAY on the front. AN BOREALIA knocks but all you can hear is a loud IF YOU'RE NOT PLUM THEN GO AWAY. The two of you shrug and move on, PLUM will give him the news.

PLUM lives in the ABANDONED TOYSHOP, you can see inside some PLASTIC WINDOWS that she's sitting on a pile of PAPER TOYS and comes to the door when you knock. AN BOREALIA gives her the BAD NEWS about PHOENIUS and she looks devastated. She says that she'll go to DRIFT'S and that she doesn't want to be alone tonight, seeing as that sounds WAY TOO SPOOKY. AN BOREALIA gives her a hug and you turn up the [WARMTH] so that she can feel COMFORTED even if for a moment.

You reach SVART'S place, a completely decimated building, it looks like it used to be a residence. You look inside and can see scattered papers and that nothing of value remains. AN BOREALIA remarks that he's STAYING AT THE INN since his house caved in. They lack ENGINEERS and STONEMASONS to fix the buildings.
>>
No. 1015972 ID: eedbeb
File 163772040425.png - (12.89KB , 500x500 , p65.png )
1015972

> PATROL - LABYRINTHINE RESIDENCES
You leave the area after checking to see if anyone else was loitering around and eventually arrive at the entrance of the LABYRINTHINE RESIDENCES. IRAH lives here in the house you are next to, but it looks like the door is LOCKED. You peer inside to see an incredibly neat and well kept living area. There's not even a speck of dust. AN BOREALIA mentions he must've visted PHOENIUS'S GRAVE. They made it near where he DIED, as he was the first one she told after she found out the news.

You ask a bit about the area and AN BOREALIA mentions that the WELL KEPT RESIDENCES were spared from most of the RIOTING that occured. The LABYRINTHINE RESIDENCES were caused by many kin tossing over CARTS, STALLS, WALLS, and other debris to make it difficult for anyone to find anything or anyone that was here. They were the most SCARED of losing it all, yet it still happened. She mentions that IRAH'S home was one of the few to escape being cannibalized and that he was WAITING for his BROTHER to come back. Now she's not sure what he'll do. You briefly remember the MAP she made and how this area hasn’t been explored too deeply, there could be something good here if you’re willing to risk searching during the BLIZZARD.

You could swear out of the corner of your eye that you spot something moving, you turn your head and you imagine it rounding the corner. You walk a little closer but notice no footprints anywhere. Considering the FRESH SNOW in the area that might have been your imagination.

> PATROL - RANSACKED RESIDENCES
After taking a slightly circuitous route you end up in the last residential area. MI SNOW and DATOR live here, AN BOREALIA tells you this area was hit the hardest by the RIOTS as many buildings were outright ransacked and their structural integrity ruined. There's very few buildings in GOOD CONDITION, however MI SNOW and DATOR refuse to leave due to sentimental reasons. You pass by MI SNOW'S house only to see her passed out near a BOTTLE of some kind. AN BOREALIA decides to leave her alone, having already talked to her today.

You turn around to notice a FROG FUR-KIN wandering in your direction, or to be precise, wandering to a specific house and placing a PLASTIC ROSE BUNDLE of some kind in between the cracks on the doors. He places one before turning to see you walk towards him. You look at the dilapidated house in front of the frog. There's a sign in front of it that says PRE YA- and -ATOR-, the rest of the sign is broken and no longer legible.

An Borealia: That’s DATOR.
An Borealia: Okay, you try now, let him know about PHOENIUS
An Borealia: Oh, and that's his house, it's pretty dilapidated
An Borealia: Maybe recommend he stay at the INN or with someone
An Borealia: I want to see how you handle this kind of thing
An Borealia: Oh, he's bad at speaking CANON, so if you can handle this then you’re golden!

>>
No. 1015974 ID: e51896

Since he can't speak our language well, it's best to use not so many words and get straight to the point. Short and sweet. Just saying "Phoenius died" Might get the point across.

Once we can confirm he understands that, say "stay safe at Mimi's tonight"
>>
No. 1015976 ID: e51896

Oh wait, he can't stay at Mimi's, all the rooms are booked.

First explain to Andrea there's no rooms left at the Inn, and ask who is good friends with Dator. Afterwards, we'll tell him "stay safe at (friends name here) place tonight"
>>
No. 1016023 ID: 0d32b9

If theres a language barrier, why not just use our cob log to draw doodles to get our point across? Like a picture of him with a friend of his in a home at night. Ask An who his friend is, and a description of appearance.
>>
No. 1016074 ID: afe7de
File 163780751647.png - (16.71KB , 500x500 , p66.png )
1016074

> KEEP IT SHORT AND SIMPLE
You decide to greet the man, keeping your dialog short and simple. He nods at your greeting and you get down to business.

Dator: …
You: Um, PHOENIUS died.
Dator: Thought so.
Dator: Did not know him.
Dator: Irah did.
Dator: Sad loss.


His expression is unreadable to you, you’re not sure if it’s a cultural barrier or a racial barrier but he’s staring at the building blankly, or at least that’s how you read it.

> RECOMMEND HE STAY AT MIMI’S OR A FRIENDS
You: Can you stay at MIMI’S to-

You realize mid way through your sentence that MIMI told you you booked the last room. Uh oh, you pause to think of another suggestion but DATOR speaks up.

Dator: Da.
Dator: Already staying there.
You: Oh, great.


You were planning on doing a whole thing with your COB LOG, but it seems like it all worked out. You feel good about what you’ve done. You look to AN BOREALIA and she has an eyebrow raised, she shakes her head and the two of you carry on, leaving DATOR behind.

You: Something up?
An Borealia: Just feel like I should’ve seen him this MORNING if he booked a room at the INN
An Borealia: Must’ve come after I talked to MIMI
An Borealia: Then again the place wasn’t packed
You: Well it was booked when I got in there and I went to you immediately after.
You: It looked pretty busy, and I did hear someone UPSTAIRS
An Borealia: Ah, he must’ve SLEPT IN or something!


She has a look of inspiration on her face as she says that and you continue to PATROL, leaving him behind. You turn around and notice him staring past the two of you, or at you, you can’t tell. You turn to look in front of you and notice the WIND and SNOW picking up, so AN BOREALIA rushes you to get to the next place.
>>
No. 1016076 ID: afe7de
File 163780766418.png - (12.59KB , 500x500 , p67.png )
1016076

> PATROL - THE LAKE
You see a frost covered bed of SWEETWATER in front of you. The ICE is starting to harden from the cold, but it’s cracked in places and you think it’d be easy enough to dip some of your TINY VIALS to get a drink. The INN will be providing you with your MEAL and WATER, so you should be fine, but it couldn’t hurt to get some more.

An tells you that this place used to be where they held FESTIVITIES and CELEBRATIONS, the stuffies would run around and enjoy themselves, CEREMONIES would be held. Kin would AWAKEN here. She remembers her awakening and the ones around her with a somber expression. After a moment of reverie she points to an outcropping of trees and says that that’s the approximate area that GYOB lives in. You start to walk towards it but notice a rather large lump of snow near the edge of the water shift. You turn to it, startled and point at it.

An looks at you and snickers for a moment before motioning for you to investigate it. You do so, confused, and as you approach the mound shifts and you see a rod and string being tugged. The mound then stands up in a blast of snow, revealing a rather large FISH FUR-KIN. You immediately jump back in response only to hear a voice, not directed at you, but at the nearly frozen ice below them.

Gyob: LET’S STUFFING GOOOOOOOO!!!
Gyob: FINALLY!!!


You watch them struggle and after a few moments heave their pole in an arc. In response a rather large AQUATIC PAPERLING takes to the sky, hooked to this pole. They’re… fishing? With a pole? You thought you could only do that with a NET! He slams the creature to the ground in front of you, opposite to where he was standing. He doesn't seem to notice you as he bends over and grabs what appears to be a club.

The AQUATIC PAPERLING begins to thrash about, seeking a return to it’s life under the sweetwater. You ready your LONG NEEDLE but in a flash GYOB dashes forward and lands a solid punch on the beast’s head. It tries to fight back but he pulls the club back and beats it in the head, repeatedly, until it stops moving.

An Borealia: This is Gyob, he FISHES.
Gyob: Don’t feel alive without a POLE in hand
Gyob: Nothing better than fighting a FISH


You were thinking about seeking this guy out a while ago, what do you talk about?
>>
No. 1016078 ID: 96c896

>>1016076
Tell him about your net trap!
>>
No. 1016079 ID: e51896

Yoooo! Start fangirling about his pole trap, cause that was awesome! tell him about how you can fish too in a different way with a net, catch a lot of fish with it too! though it has to be a river instead of a large lake like he's at... do fur kin eat things like fish raw? offer him a little salt to add taste to his newly caught fish if that's the case.

...

suddenly remember you have to deliver the news on Phoenius, and recommend he gets a friend to take shelter with
>>
No. 1016081 ID: c0a638

Talk about that POLE. Hey, what if your needle had a string on the end for easy retrieval? You'd probably want a smaller one and a strong string.
>>
No. 1016178 ID: afe7de
File 163790244356.png - (13.16KB , 500x500 , p68.png )
1016178

> TALK ABOUT TRAPS
Your eyes glow for a moment as you get excited at this fancy new contraption. You start talking about the NET TRAP you used to catch fish once on a river and GYOB remarks that that’s the EASY way to fish. If you really want to taste the flavor and get some SICK GAINS you have to fish with a POLE AND HOOK. He tears the hook from the dead paperling’s mouth to show you, but snaps it in the process. He chucks it on the ground and shrugs, pulling out another one to show you.

You can immediately tell that it’s made of SUB PAR materials, you could easily make something better if you had the right STONES. But even with it’s weak structural integrity you can’t deny the results. He mentions that BAIT tends to do a good job of attracting them to the hook and goes into detail of some PLANTS and STRINGS that they are attracted to. Though this one in particular prefers PAPERLING MEAT, and is a more fulfilling meal.

You offer GYOB [1 CHARGE] of SALT which he takes gratefully, remarking that the stuff costs QUITE A BIT. In return he hands you a HOOK, saying that you can use it to FISH if you attach some STRING to a ROD approximately half your size. You thank him and remark that his HOOKS seem to be of LOW QUALITY and that if you find some GOOD STONES you could make him some BETTER ONES. He thinks for a moment and says that if you can get him a set of 3 he will pay you [10 BEADS] or trade you a similar value’s worth of MATERIALS and DRIED MEATS since he tends to collect a decent amount and only trade them if he needs something. You ask if he needs any ROPE or STRING and he declines saying he has some HIGH QUALITY LINE that he’s purchased from the GENERAL STORE. You look at his rod and notice that the string is thin but durable, you can’t help but wonder what it’s made of, is it some sort of high tensile plastic?

You hear a cough from behind you as AN BOREALIA gestures that it’s time for you to move on. You briefly mention PHOENIUS’S death to which GYOB tilts his head in confusion, saying he lives close to the DEEP FOREST and never heard of a BEAST like that. Then again he purchased some TRAPS, and they haven’t gone off, so he thinks he’s SAFE. You mention for him to stay with someone but he declines, saying he can take care of himself before wandering away with his catch back to his cabin.

AN BOREALIA nods and you carry on. She remarks that he’s a bit of a LONER and doesn't mix too often with the other stuffies in town. You shrug, you’ve done your part, and you’re too busy doing some mental calculations, [10 BEADS] is a good sum of FUNDS, but you were told things were way more expensive out in the wider world, maybe KA XU will be able to provide some INSIGHT on this if he went to the [GENERAL STORE]. You also think about making something like a CHAINED or ROPED LONG NEEDLE so you could toss and retrieve it. It’d be something similar to KA XU’S CHAINED NEEDLE AND SCISSOR, maybe you could ask him about it later.

You gave away a charge of SALT, you have [6 CHARGES] of SALT remaining
You’ve gained a LOW QUALITY FISHING HOOK, you put it in your satchel

>>
No. 1016179 ID: afe7de
File 163790245056.png - (5.46KB , 500x500 , p69.png )
1016179

> PATROL - FOREMAN’S HOUSE
You begin to head to a building in the distance, it’s a two story house built with a balcony facing the MINE. You imagine that on the roof you could get a clear view OVER [THE FOREST] and could see the [MINE ENTRANCE]. You rap at his double doors and after a moment, so does AN BOREALIA. She remarks that MORTIFER’S been rather CRANKY lately and not to take what he says to heart. You hear the sound of BOOMING footsteps and GROWLING as something approaches the door. A SLOT opens up in the door and you see two beady eyes that must belong to a rather large body, larger than AN BOREALIA even.

Mortifer: WHAT?
An Borealia: Just doing the rounds, everything okay?
Mortifer: No. The mine’s still out of operation.
Mortifer: But soon I’ll figure it all out, we’ll find a vein and-
Mortifer: Whose this?
You: Cob, here to help out a little bit while I’m in town
Mortifer: Hm, cute.
Mortifer: Anyway, the answer is uhhh…


There’s a pause in his cadence. You can’t see his body and figure out what he’s doing, but you think you hear the sound of him fumbling with something. AN BOREALIA doesn't seem to notice this and just plays with one of her ears absentmindedly and shrugs.

Mortifer: No, nothing to report.
Mortifer: Went there this MORNING, still NOTHING.
An Borealia: Well, keep an eye out, PHOENIUS was found DEAD.
Mortifer: Irah’s Kin?
Mortifer: What a shame.
Mortifer: Or it would be if he wasn’t a blasted THIEF
Mortifer: Good fluffing riddance!
An Borealia: Hey!
Mortifer: Boo hoo, you know how many kin died in the mines during the ACCIDENT
Mortifer: I lost my WIFE, I lost my SON, I lost my FRIENDS
You: We’re not saying your pain isn’t valid but-
Mortifer: Anyway, you done?
Mortifer: I just want to HYBERNATE this storm out like I always do.
You: We just think you should be concerned abou-
Mortifer: Just TRY and get in here, I bet you can’t.
Mortifer: No one has, not even during the RIOTS.
Mortifer: Listen, I trust AN, and if she trusts YOU, then that’s fine.
Mortifer: But I’ll be FINE, I always have been.

>>
No. 1016180 ID: afe7de
File 163790246916.png - (8.46KB , 500x500 , p70.png )
1016180

He SLAMS the SLOT shut, but it bounces back slightly leaving a crack that you’re just barely able to see through. You see him turn around, holding something in his maw, a bag that’s practically bulging. But you’re unable to tell the contents inside. An SHRUGS, saying that that’s the best outcome really, he’s a little too SHORT SIGHTED at times to understand LARGER IMPLICATIONS, it’s why he failed at running the mine so hard. You nod and the two of you set off, but you feel a bit strange about that encounter for some reason. Like there’s a tugging from your [ANCESTOR] vaguely in the direction of the house, or is it to the forest? It’s unclear.

> PATROL - ROAD
The road you cross appears to be a vestige of what it could have been, rocks piled up sporadically, the grooves made by years of carts traveling through have been overgrown with plastic grass and moss, and now there’s a thick layer of snow covering a majority of the place. You look to the NORTH and see a long road through a hilly outcropping that AN BOREALIA tells you leads to the [MINE]. But it’s a LONG WALK, like she said before.

> PERCEPTION - A FLOWER
You notice on the ground a recently dropped FLOWER, it appears to be of the same kind that DATOR was holding and it’s covered with some fresh snow. You almost missed it. Near it you see two rather large FOOTPRINTS, almost like a large force was exerted, unfortunately you can’t make out what kind of feet they are. You find this weird as there’s no other sets of footsteps, perhaps they were covered by the INTENSIFYING snow. You guess if there were other steps around they would have been PRETTY LIGHT to not leave any prints behind if these stayed.

You point this out to AN but she doesn’t find it all that weird. And you continue onward, passing the entrance to the [FOREST] to your WEST. There’s a moment of silence as you walk and the storm calms briefly. AN BOREALIA mentions that it’ll be JUST ABOUT NIGHT by the time you finish your PATROL, and that the only real stops left are to JACK’S and THE INN. You look to the sky and do see that the SUN is in fact setting. You wonder why they even call it that anyway, it looks more like a BULB to you, language is weird.

Given this moment of calm, do you talk to AN BOREALIA about anything, or do something else on your walk back to town?
>>
No. 1016181 ID: e51896

Take some time to try to remember, was that bag Mortifer had looked anything like what Drift was carrying? Maybe Drift dropped that off at Mortifer's place for some reason.
>>
No. 1016182 ID: c0a638

Maybe there's only one set of heavy footprints because they jumped way up in the air or something.
>>
No. 1016183 ID: f70a55

Ask An about what Mort was reporting to her, and what his accusations of Phoenius being a theif was about.

Also, what was the deal with Dator's flowers?
>>
No. 1016184 ID: 96c896

>>1016180
I think someone literally jumped DATOR. Or is it the other way around? Can DATOR jump? Maybe you should try to find him and return the dropped flower.
>>
No. 1016201 ID: fc8216

Ask about Da Crone and Jack. We heard from her she didnt have a good opinion of him
>>
No. 1016231 ID: 0f7dbf

>>1016180
So i am a bit late to the party here, but I think we should really backtrack on the doing this job for sexual favors cuddles and smooches. Obviously we can't just undo the job, but I think we should just do it to gain favor with An Borealia rather than the hugs and such. I mean, we are kinda naive, and there is probably a reason why Ka Xu balked at the idea. Plus, it seems like it is kind of taking advantage of Borealia being in a tough spot.

I just kind of wanted to get this out before it is too late.
>>
No. 1016232 ID: afe7de
File 163798829061.png - (13.61KB , 500x500 , p71.png )
1016232

> TOWN GOSSIP - MORTIFER AND PHOENIUS?
You break the silence first, asking about MORTIFER and PHOENIUS, why would he call him a thief, and what he was reporting about. She gives a big, long, sigh. Saying that it goes back to when the mine was still in operation. PHOENIUS was a worker there and he announced his leave near the end. But on the day he left, some WOOD ORE went missing and MORTIFER always claimed it was PHOENIUS that took it, although no one could ever confirm that, it's certainly impossible now.

She then continues, explaining that the thing he was reporting about was if there was something going on at the MINE, since he has a VIEW of the mine and tends to JUST STARE AT IT for a majority of the day. You remark that that's weird behavior and she says that he's just getting older and is wistfully reminiscing.

> INVESTIGATION - JUMPING?
You pause to look at the FOOTPRINTS for a minute longer and remark that they look like someone JUMPED from here. AN BOREALIA says that it's quite possible that DATOR jumped from there, you look at her in confusion, wondering how that would be possible.

She remarks that FUR KIN like herself tend to have a SPECIAL TRAIT. She, for example, has OPPOSABLE THUMBS but can't move fast on all fours like most. Instead she can JUMP fairly well and has trained in the art of the CROSSBOW. She imagines DATOR could have trained his LEGS to do something similar. You ask what MORTIFER'S SPECIAL TRAIT is since you're on the topic and she remarks that he has a LOUD ROAR and is VERY STRONG, but lacks any opposable thumbs.

You ask why ASH don't have one of those and she gives you a look, remarking that you have ARTICULATED HANDS, which means that you can SEW, MAKE TRAPS, and WIELD TOOLS with much greater efficiency than everyone else. You flush at your faux pas and decide to take the flower, maybe there will be some use for it.

A PLASTICINE ROSE has been added to your satchel
>>
No. 1016233 ID: afe7de
File 163798832283.png - (14.06KB , 500x500 , p72.png )
1016233

> MEMORY - MORTIFER'S BAG
You think hard for a moment about the bag that MORTIFER had, comparing it to the one you saw DRIFT have. The two had very distinct colors. MORTIFER'S was a deep and royal blue, whereas DRIFT'S was a generic brown. One thing that you missed about MORTIFER'S that you can vaguely remember is that it looked like a lot of TINY things were in it, like it was a BUNDLE OF BEADS or a BUNDLE OF BERRIES or something of a similar size. You vaguely remember that DRIFT'S bag looked like it was more just filled with RANDOM SUPPLIES that you couldn't determine.

> TOWN GOSSIP - JACK AND DA CRONE
You remember DA CRONE having a problem with JACK and bring that up to AN BOREALIA. She thinks for a moment and says that maybe she just found her WEIRD? JACK speaks in the THIRD PERSON most of the time and others find that a bit odd. Also JACK can be a little GREEDY. As far as she’s aware there’s no REAL ENMITY there other than maybe being upset for being OVERCHARGED occasionally.

> PATROL - TOWN SQUARE
As you head to the town square, briefly stopping by the FARM and noticing that it appears that NO ONE has been there for some time. The BARN itself is LOCKED, and the only window is HIGH UP. AN BOREALIA remarks that PLUM has the key, she's been trying to GROW CROPS from her SEEDS to help contribute to the TOWN, which she appreciates.

You briefly stop by the GENERAL STORE, but AN BOREALIA asks you to stay outside, as she wants to talk PRIVATELY with JACK about your REWARD. You tilt your head at that but aquesque to her request and wait outside. It's only a minute or two later before she comes out. She says that JACK is closing up shop for the night and hands you something.

It's a small piece of PAPER with a BEAD scrawled on it. She remarks that this is a VOUCHER for her store. She says that the more you do for me the more the value MULTIPLES, AN BOREALIA says that she's not that good at MATHS, but that just means you should work hard for her before giving out a very cheery chuckle.

You’ve gained one JACK’S VOUCHER
- You still don’t know how much it’s worth
- You stuff it in your BEAD POCKET since it’s basically currency, you think

>>
No. 1016234 ID: afe7de
File 163798834613.png - (39.49KB , 500x500 , p73.png )
1016234

> PATROL - END
You finish your patrol at the INN, walking in with AN BOREALIA in tow as the sun crosses the horizon and the darkness of night amplifies. You can feel it getting colder and the snow begin to buffet against your porcelain and cloth HARD. You barely escape the hurriedly intensifying storm and enter the WARMTH of the INN. It’s abustle with kin inside. You see SVART sitting by himself in a corner, nursing a drink and watching the comers and goers. You briefly see IRAH heading upstairs from the OUTHOUSES and KA XU heading towards the OUTHOUSES himself.

You see BELLA with three plates in front of her, two have been cleanly eaten whilst one still looks full. She gives you a brief wave and gestures to the plate in front of her that has yet to be eaten.

MIMI still is behind the desk but she has a rather FLUSHED expression, almost giddy in nature. AN BOREALIA heads over to her and after a few words is handed a small parcel, it looks like some FOOD SCRAPS. She heads back to you, remarking that you did a GOOD JOB on patrol, a little shaky with DATOR, but otherwise fine. She’s sure you’ll do well enough on your own and says to come see her when you want to PATROL again, and remarks that you can redeem those SMOOCHES and CUDDLES and HUGS at any time, especially if you want some company IN BED. She gives you a wink and then sits down in an isolated booth and begins to eat her bundled meat.

After AN BOREALIA seats herself you see KA XU walk in from the OUTHOUSE, he takes a seat in front of BELLA and then notices you, waving you over. He gestures to the plate of PAPERLING MEAT in front of him and makes an EATING GESTURE, you are a bit HUNGRY, but you’re also TIRED.

It is now the [NIGHT OF DAY 1]
- You are feeling tired and should get to bed soon
- The later you wait to go to sleep, the later you’ll wake up
- You can also chose to SLEEP IN which guarantees you’ll have a DREAM
- You get the feeling if you chose to talk to someone, everyone else will finish up and head to bed


What do you do?
>>
No. 1016236 ID: e51896

Let's go see Bella and Ka Xu, seems like they both want to talk to us and saved us a meal.

Who knows, maybe Svart might join in.
>>
No. 1016237 ID: 96c896

Ok you're obviously supposed to go eat with KA XU so don't be rude. Take the invitation.
Tell him about patrol, ask him if his search was fruitful.
>>
No. 1016238 ID: 629f2e

Eat with Ka Xu. Hear what he's been up to, let him introduce you to his companion, and fill him in on what all you found. Make sure to tell An before you do what room you're staying in, so that she can find you to cuddle tonight. We all need Cob hugging this bunny, there will be no delays on calling that in.
>>
No. 1016239 ID: a90ed6

Nerd out to Ka Xu about Gyob, talk about how you want to go find some stones tomorrow afternoon or evening if the weather isn't bad after your patrol in the morning, and then craft him some hooks, and get 10 beads from him.

But ask for his insight about prices for doing that since we were told things in the wider world is much more expensive, but you still want to help Gyob regardless and be his friend.
>>
No. 1016241 ID: c0a638

Talk to Mimi.
>>
No. 1016248 ID: 0f7dbf

>>1016238
>hugging
I don't know if we do. It still feels like we are taking advantage of her, to me. I mean, do we really want to do that with the knowledge that the other participant doesn't even necessarily want to do it in the first place? Do we really want to be that much of a pig?
>>
No. 1016249 ID: 0f7dbf

We should go over to Ka Xu, but maybe offer to bring over An Borealia as well and share the paperling meat? I mean, it seems like it would beat food scraps and be a nice thing to do.
>>
No. 1016253 ID: a90ed6

>>1016248
If An is anything like Andrea from Catalyst (the character she is based off of) I'm sure she is more than perfectly fine with it and even encourages it.
>>
No. 1016267 ID: 96c896

Oh, ask Ka Xu if he saw what made Mimi excited. If nothing happened, then... I think she's excited about the blizzard that's about to happen tonight. Because she's going to go out and hunt. Well, either that or she's gonna get some cuddles with IRAH.

Hmm, I think that since DATOR can jump, he was probably the person on the rooftop, spying on us because we're new in town. He'll also be pretty safe since he can travel through the labyrinthine residentials faster than anyone else... I wonder if we can get his help against the killer?

Can our WARMTH melt snow? Won't be dangerous unless it melts the snow *before* it reaches our body though. Snow absorbs moisture so even if it melts against our body new bits of snow will help dry off somewhat.
>>
No. 1016300 ID: afe7de
File 163806498770.png - (20.14KB , 500x500 , p74.png )
1016300

> SHARE FOOD WITH AN BOREALIA
You head over and put some food from your plate to another, you're only a little hungry and she seems famished. You then hand her the meat and offer her to join you over at your table, but she says that it's a bit crowded. She thanks you for the food though and begins to practically vacuum up the meat. You let her know what room you're staying in too while you're at it.

> DINNER - BELLA AND KA XU
You head over to the seat that's been prepared for you, with your meager snack in hand, and are welcomed back by your companion. He begins to go into detail about what he was up to while you were gone. You summarize it as the following:

He noticed JACK outside muttering about the storm.
He entered the GENERAL STORE and learned about the available stock.
Jack gave him a SMALL TOY and pushed him out of the store.
Meets BELLA in the INN and watches MI SNOW get real mad at the lack of rooms.
Sees MIMI give her a SUNSTONE in exchange for some BEADS so she can survive the BLIZZARD, as MI SNOW was too paranoid to stay in the COMMON AREA.
He took a dump, ate and got you some food.


BELLA introduces herself as a GENIUS, remarking that she's great at NOTICING STUFF and has a rich knowledge of HISTORY. Really she just used to be the teacher at the SCHOOL and was a SCRIBE for her old CLUTCH working closely with her SHAMAN for a long time before that.

You remark that she must be pretty old then and she gives you a look of disappointment before saying that a lady should never reveal her age. You take note of that and continue your discussions.
>>
No. 1016301 ID: afe7de
File 163806502252.png - (10.20KB , 500x500 , p75.png )
1016301

> DINNER - PATROL
KA XU asks you about what you saw on PATROL, hoping you learned something. You briefly relay what you've found and learned on your trip, not seeing any need or reason to hide what you've found from either of them.

You then excitedly talk about your opportunity to earn [10 BEADS] making some HOOKS for GYOB and KA XU pats you on the back, saying that he's glad you found a way to make money. He then asks to see the FLOWER you got and you hand it to him. He takes a look over it and says that the THORNS have been stripped rather FINELY and QUICKLY with something SHARP. He imagines that this PLASTICINE ROSE might have come from a BRAMBLE BUSH. Maybe even the same one that blocks the path to the peak?

BELLA then speaks up saying that they're rather common in the [FOREST and DEEP FOREST], there's no real need to go that deep to find them. She remarks that they're almost like a WEED with their abundance the deeper you go in the forest. Some kin used to COLLECT and SELL them to traveling merchants.

> DINNER - QUESTIONS
You bring up that MIMI seems to be quite giddy at the moment and ask what that's about. BELLA speaks up and mentions that she was probably SNOGGING IRAH in the back room. BELLA remarks that she did leave briefly earlier with him. KA XU didn't notice because he was knee deep in a story about how COB tried to catch a paperling when you were a kid and got pretty beat up. You pout at that and glare at KA XU who gives you the most innocent kitty-like expression in response.

You then ask about the PRICES at the GENERAL STORE. KA XU remarks that they're rather EXPENSIVE, at least for anything useful in blizzards, but that [10 BEADS] should net you some extra supplies. At the minimum you could get a [SEWING KIT] and [A FEW WEEKS OF RATIONS] and he'd consider it a fair deal. He does remark that there's an awful lot of FISH SCALES and DRIED MEATS, you assume that to be the work of GYOB.
>>
No. 1016302 ID: afe7de
File 163806505837.png - (12.98KB , 500x500 , p76.png )
1016302

> DINNER - CUDDLING AN BOREALIA
You bring up the idea of having AN BOREALIA join you upstairs for a night of CUDDLING and that SMOOCHING thing and KA XU gives you a look that you can't quite describe. It's somewhere in the middle of shock and disappointment.

Ka Xu: Don't you feel... I dunno, weird about this whole thing?
You: Whaddya mean?
Ka Xu: I mean yeah I get you're fine with paying for stuff in HUGS
Ka Xu: And apparently being paid in a similar fashion
Ka Xu: She seemed desperate, like you're TAKING ADVANTAGE of her
Bella: Pffffff, wow
Bella: There's still stuffies who think like that huh
Bella: Well, it might be like that in SOME places still
Bella: An is a pretty strong lass
Bella: She into that stuff
Bella: And she wouldn't offer it if she wasn't into it.
Ka Xu: But that's like a big deal right?
Bella: Let's assume you're taking advantage of her right, hypothetically
Bella: She's also paying you in vague vouchers
Bella: To do a job that’s OBJECTIVELY HARD
Bella: So she can probably SLEEP, or I dunno do ANYTHING ELSE
Bella: Which means this apparently poor, dumb, sweet bunny
Bella: Is also TAKING ADVANTAGE of YOU
You: Isn't that just COOPERATION at that point?
Bella: Basically.
[DESIRE] - You: This conversation is irrelevant, I just want this cool new experience
You: And she seems EXPERIENCED, so won't that make it better?


You hear KA XU grumbling before he mentions that if you're going to do it, go do it at her place because there's only the ONE BED in the room and he’s not feeling it with anyone other than you because at least he knows you and has known you for a while. You remark that you have BEDROLLS, and he can just borrow yours to sleep in. He remarks that you could ALSO do that during the day instead of at night.

Bella: To each their own I guess.
Bella: It’s just cuddling to me, not like you’re SEWING A KID or something crazy
Ka Xu: It’s just the principle, I mean,
Ka Xu: Ugh oh great CINDER why can I explain PLANTS but not THIS


> LIGHTS OUT
The lights of the inn start to DIM as MIMI begins to take them out one by one. She remarks that it’s LIGHTS OUT time and that everyone should GET TO BED. Everyone gathers up their plates and stacks them in a corner for MIMI to go and clean. She remarks that BREAKFAST will be delayed into [NOON] since she wants to SLEEP IN. SVART nods his head to the three of you as he heads upstairs. AN BOREALIA has just finished cleaning out her space but is sort of dragging out her motions, taking a long time. You think she’s waiting to see if something will happen.

BELLA remarks that she’s beat, and that she’ll see you all in the morning before heading up herself, she also remarks that if you want to chat briefly about something SPECIFIC before bed that you can knock on her door. KA XU gives you a look and an eye roll before asking for the key to the room so he can head upstairs. You hand it to him and he starts to walk away.

What do you do?

AUTHORS NOTE: While it is night time and you are TIRED, you can choose to power through the night and do other activities, talk to other kin, or make PREPARATIONS for anything you might want to do.

Oh, and WARMTH can melt snow over a long enough amount of time, but you’re not skilled enough to make an aura of warmth strong enough to just melt snow on contact and make an aura of clarity around you. It’s more like body heat regulating more then anything at this point.

>>
No. 1016305 ID: e51896

Realize that Ka Xu might actually be jealous of An potentially cuddling with you and not him exclusively, and he wants to see cuddling as something special between you and him, not something you just give away.

Go upstairs with Ka Xu to not disappoint him further, go to bed. We want that WELL RESTED bonus after all. share dreams you've both had in the past with him, and teasingly ask if he's jealous of An and actually wants to cuddle with you right now before you both sleep

I mean, he did technically hinted at it by saying he'd rather not cuddle with anyone other than Cob so...
>>
No. 1016306 ID: 629f2e

Fiiiiiiiinnneeee

We will side with Ka Xu and turn down the bunny once.

One time!

Tomorrow night, cuddles are happening, but we'll give him a night to get over his hangups and potentially acquire alternative lodgings before bringing An to our room.
>>
No. 1016307 ID: 96c896

>>1016302
I wanna stay up a bit late and get those smooches and cuddles, maybe An can teach us how to hug better too.
Who knows maybe it'll work for PASSION training to enhance WARMTH?

Mimi says she's sleeping in, but does that actually mean she's sneaking out? And if so, when is she sneaking out? I wish we could keep an eye on her window to make sure she stays in her room tonight like she claims.
>>
No. 1016309 ID: 58acf3

Catch up with Ka Xu, go to bed and rest up. Maybe we can practice our warmth a little with him before we sleep?
>>
No. 1016345 ID: 34dfce

>>1016302
I say for now we just stay with Ka Xu and turn down An Borealia for now. I still think we should rethink taking her up on her offer in general and just work as a guard to help and make friends with An.

Maybe we could ask Ka Xu in private a bit more about this. Maybe have the whole birds and the bees talk (at least in regards to intimate relationships as it exists in this world, not so much the reproduction part). We seem really naive on the subject, like it was never thoroughly explained to us one way or the other.

If after that, we do still decide to take up An on her offer, then at the very least, have a frank conversation about whether she really wants to do this and what doing that actually means to her before we actually do anything.
>>
No. 1016366 ID: afe7de
File 163815890778.png - (13.21KB , 500x500 , p77b.png )
1016366

> HEAD TO BED WITH KA XU
You wave towards AN BOREALIA and wish her a GOOD NIGHT. She offers you a smile you see tinged with a little bit of sadness and waves back to you, heading off to the GUARDHOUSE so she can rest for the night. You turn around and see MIMI taking all the DISHES into her room, and KA XU slowly walking up the stairs. You rush towards him and pat him on the back, he’s surprised, but smiles a bit as you go up.

You: So are you like… JEALOUS?
Ka Xu: What? ME? Pfffff, don’t be ridiculous!?!
You: Well I kinda got the impression you wanted like exclusive cuddle rights to me
You: Or something like that.
Ka Xu: Well I mean I uh.
You: I wanna EXPERIMENT while I’m in my prime!
You: and my [DESIRE] is pointing me straight into nuzzling that WARM BUN
Ka Xu: I know, I know, I’m just the kind of stuffie that prefers to take their TIME
Ka Xu: PURSUING your [DESIRE] isn’t a bad thing, everyone goes through it.
Ka Xu: There’s nothing wrong with it, but maybe I just worry
You: Worry what?
Ka Xu: That you’ll just add whoever to the CLUTCH while we’re on this journey
Ka Xu: And that you’ll slowly stop considering everyone involved
You: Cmon, we’re besties, I’m not just gonna abandon you!
You: Wanna cuddle tonight?
Ka Xu: Uh… No, I think just sleeping near each other like normal is fine


You shrug, giving him a playful punch on the arm in the process and speed up the stairs with a short trot. You reach the apex of the steps and point out the window you see.

You: There’ll always be times for cuddles later, not like we’re going anywhere anytime soon!

You get the feeling he actually DOES want to cuddle, but is EMBARRASSED that he was called out, even if you did it in a slightly playful manner. You’re sure if you gave an excuse like PRACTICING YOUR WARMTH he’d easily accept.

> INN - 2F
You look around at the second floor and notice 6 doors. Three on either side with a WINDOW at the end of the hall. The light from the MOON illuminates your path. You look to the doors and can see some LIGHT and SHADOWS coming from the cracks of ONE, you assume that to be BELLA’S room. One door immediately to your left is half open, a sign on it says SUPPLIES, PLEASE DON’T STEAL. You peek your head inside and notice a mop, stone bucket, rags, and a few THICK BLANKETS. You imagine you could snag one if there’s not enough in your room.
>>
No. 1016367 ID: afe7de
File 163815892797.png - (8.30KB , 500x500 , p78.png )
1016367

> INN - YOUR ROOM
You hear a KA CHUNK as KA XU opens up the door to your room. It's the middle left room. You take a look inside and notice it’s dark, but he fiddles around and pulls out a MOONSTONE, illuminating the room. After a few moments of manipulation he turns a knob near a weird box on the side of the room and you feel the WARMTH of the SUNSTONE really permeate the room as some slots in what you now recognize as a VENT open up.

After closing the door you look around and notice that there’s FULLY BOARDED UP WINDOW, a SINGLE 2-PERSON BED, a CHEST, a small mount on the wall you imagine could hold a MOONSTONE for light, a TABLE and TWO CHAIRS. You suppose keeping an eye out on anyone leaving the building won’t be possible while you’re in your room. You wonder if other rooms have unobstructed windows as you put down your supplies and the two of you strip. You hang your TRENCH COAT on a small hook near the bed and take a look at the door. Being a professional TRAPPER you notice that the security is absolutely flimsy. The key turns a latch that locks the opposite side of the door down, but you imagine some THIN TOOL could slip through the crack in the door and knock the latch up, opening it. Failing that the door itself is made of a lower quality plastic, and you imagine the right amount of force could easily break through.

KA XU notices you staring at the door and asks what the matter is, you breach your concern and he shrugs, saying that it’s PRETTY COMMON in SMALLER TOWNS. You only really see secure places in BIG CITIES or CASTLES as they can actually afford someone with your skills to design something secure. You nod and remember that things weren’t really that secure back at the CLUTCH, since you lived mostly in tents and other propped up structures. You just had a lot of people on WATCH and to GUARD in case something happens.

The sound of PLASTICINE BOARDS creaking can be heard as the wind and snow buffet the building. You realize that it must be PRETTY INTENSE out there if it’s causing a racket like that. You imagine that hearing if someone is walking outside your door is going to be PRETTY DIFFICULT, but you would easily wake to the sounds of KNOCKING.

You’re not too concerned and get ready to disrobe as a thought occurs to you. You could go to sleep now, or DO SOMETHING BRIEF before bed. What do you do?

A. Go to bed immediately
- Lets you wake up the earliest
B. Do something about the door
- You have traps, and are fairly proficient in using them
C. Practice your WARMTH
- Gain XP towards improving it
- Pick an EMOTION when you do this, practicing in different ways might have benefits
D. Sleep in
- Wake later, but DREAM
E. Other
- Suggest a thing I didn’t say


AUTHORS NOTE: The general vibe seemed to be do a SINGLE THING before bed, so feel free to suggest what that is, doing stuff before bed means you’ll sleep in later.
>>
No. 1016368 ID: 8483cf

C. Practice WARMPTH
>>
No. 1016369 ID: c92a02

Sleep in.
>>
No. 1016371 ID: 629f2e

C: Practice warmth and use it as an excuse to cuddle Ka Xu.

We should use an emotion that we feel passionate about for this, and what better than the [DESIRE] we keep getting for physical affection? Not exactly LUST, but in the same vein. Focus your mind on how holding Ka Xu fulfills it, without letting go of that feeling of wanting to be held either.
>>
No. 1016372 ID: e51896

C
Practice on the passion emotion for a larger radius and more intensity on your warmth... with Ka Xu. Use this as an excuse to cuddle with him a little.
>>
No. 1016375 ID: e51896

Actually? Desire might be an interesting emotion to practice our warmth with since that is passionate. Good idea Himitsu.

Maybe use a desire to want love or cuddles as we train warmth. Maybe a desire to want to make stone tools for people like Gyob
>>
No. 1016376 ID: 96c896

>>1016367
C, try PASSION this time. Think about something that drives you, like your Desire or your passion for crafting.
>>
No. 1016380 ID: f8fa51

C, cuddle your clutch-mate.

Under absolutely no circumstances should you set any deadly traps.
>>
No. 1016387 ID: 34dfce

Without using a whole action, could we just prop up something against the door so that if someone tries to sneak in it falls and makes a loud enough noise to wake you? Doesn't need to be elaborate (do we still have our weapons? if so, just lean the long needle against the door).

--

Voting A to go to bed immediately.
>>
No. 1016389 ID: 0838d6
File 163822513788.png - (13.91KB , 500x500 , p79.png )
1016389

> REST ACTIVITY - PRACTICE WARMTH USING [DESIRE]
You decide to take a little time to practice your WARMTH before you head to bed, locking the door behind you. You get permission before KA XU consents to CUDDLING under the BLANKET, you can see a small, contented smile on his face. It's quite comfortable, and you've never actually slept in a BED before, mostly just your BEDROLL and sometimes some cushioned mats.

You begin to practice and in the process think about what your PASSION is, what DRIVES you, makes you tick. It's hard to fully grasp something abstract like that but you enter a sort of meditative state as you hold the small cat man.

You feel your love and enthusiasm for TOOLS and CRAFTING, manifest as a desire to CREATE. You feel a lust for NEW EXPERIENCES, be that a QUEST, COMPANIONSHIP, SMOOCHES, or CUDDLES with new individuals. You also feel a DESIRE for physical affection and a smaller, yet not insignificant need for VALIDATION. You're not sure if you feel ROMANCE in there, but aren't opposed to it yet.

You feel a bit of HARMONY beginning to arise from your WARMTH. It's intrinsically tied to your [ANCESTOR], which has recently been at odds with your [DESIRE].

You get the feeling that if you continue along this path they may MERGE into something new, rather then being two distinct feelings.

>>
No. 1016390 ID: 0838d6
File 163822516019.png - (6.85KB , 500x500 , p80.png )
1016390

> REST - A DREAMLESS SLEEP
Eventually the inky blackness of sleep consumes you, your eyes unfocus as your eyelids become droopy and you can only feel the warmth of the small man in your arms.

You don't dream tonight, being too tired and are occasionally startled awake by the sounds of loudly creaking plasticine boards. You'd feel unsettled if you weren't warm and blanketed.

There's a split second when you wake up and you could swear you saw a pair of gleaming eyes at the door. This shook you awake briefly but in the blink of an eye when you looked again the door was closed and latched, as if nothing was amiss, you think your nerves are just strained.

> YOU WAKE
You stir from your slumber noticing that a MOONSTONE is on the holder you saw the other night. KA XU can be seen seated, looking at his BOOK OF HERBS on the chair. He gives you a nod and greets you, saying he's only been awake for a LITTLE LONGER then you have. You look at the door and see that it's still locked, maybe you just imagined that last night.

There's a moment of pause while you decide what to do now when you notice something, the wind is buffering a lot less than earlier, so you imagine it's not as intense right now. You then feel the inklings of the beginning of a telltale bowel movement. You forgot to use the outhouse yesterday. You get the feeling you could HOLD IT IN if you wanted to do something, but that you should probably use the outhouse before too long.

Ka Xu: So what do you plan on doing today?
Ka Xu: Other than... yknow.


The [MORNING] is almost over, what do you do?
>>
No. 1016391 ID: 629f2e

Don't hold it in, but don't leave either. Hug Ka Xu tightly and let it out. Make this shared moment of comfort into a shared moment of horror.

...

Okay but seriously, go to the outhouse. Mention to Ka Xu what you think you saw before you do.
>>
No. 1016392 ID: 96c896

Draw a sketch of the intruder. Give it to Ka Xu and have him ask around downstairs to see if anyone recognizes them. Meanwhile, use the toilet.
>>
No. 1016397 ID: e51896

>>1016392
I agree with sketching and showing a pic of what you saw, but I disagree with having Ka Xu show it around, might make potential villains suspicious.

Tell Ka Xu we plan on going on first eating since there's supposed to be a meal at noon, then patrol immediately after brunch, and then after patrolling, we'll go searching for herbs for medicine, and stones to craft hooks for Gyob together.

Ask if Ka Xu could patrol with you, You're a bit nervous from last night, but you'll understand if he says no.

Oh yeah, use the outhouse.
>>
No. 1016398 ID: 3f5c39

see if Svart is there to talk to during our meal downstairs. Get to know him.
>>
No. 1016399 ID: 34dfce

>>1016390
That sorta looks like Phoenius's friend with the scar that Plum described. Try to burn the details into your memory, even if just as an itemized list. Cloth-kin with a scar on the top right of their head, dead or blind(or just lighter colored) left eye, sullen eyes, a little lump on the top of their head, two ears or nubs or maybe hair on their left side. Given they were hunched over (and barring any unusual anatomy), they were probably just a bit taller than the distance from the floor to the point where the latch attaches to the door.

--

Tell Ka Xu that you saw someone last night, but tell him you need to excuse yourself and will be right back. Go use the outhouse (preferably skipping the nitty-gritty details) and then return and give him the full rundown of the individual.
>>
No. 1016400 ID: 34dfce

>>1016392
Probably should keep this to ourselves for now.

We don't know what the person's motive is, only that we have felt like we were being watched yesterday and then had the person look in our door last night. They are obviously monitoring us and obviously don't want us to know about it. Since we don't know who they are working with (if anyone). Blindly asking around could end up painting a target on our backs for being too nosy.
>>
No. 1016409 ID: f8fa51

Ask Ka Xu if he put the moonstone there this morning.
>>
No. 1016410 ID: 96c896

>>1016400
We're here to be nosy. What would you do instead? Try to make money, pretend there's no murderer until we get attacked directly?
>>
No. 1016434 ID: afe7de
File 163832827272.png - (8.04KB , 500x500 , p81.png )
1016434

> YOUR ROOM - WAKING UP
You slowly inch your way up to a sitting position, feeling rested, but not wanting to leave the covers in a way that only winter can cause. You turn to your companion and respond:

You: Hmmmmgm
You: Outhouse and Food first and foremost
You: Probably do a patrol at some point
You: Thinking about hunting for some HERBS and STONES too
You: Get us some money so we can have a place to stay tomorrow
Ka Xu: Good idea
Ka Xu: I could do some HERB HUNTING
Ka Xu: And figure out a good spot where there's some STONES
Ka Xu: I’m not as good as you are at figuring out QUALITY though
Ka Xu: Save us some daylight.
You: Mmmm, also, like-


You then briefly describe what you thought you saw last night. He looks at the door and says that it is still locked, he hasn't touched it. And that the MOONSTONE on the mount is his. You mention wanting to draw the eyes, but your bowels are not having it. You grab your OUTFIT and head off to the OUTHOUSE.

The hallway is lit by the crisp morning light and you can see that the WIND has died down, but the SNOW is still falling at a good pace. the floorboards creak as you descend to the first floor. The place is quiet, and it seems that no one has left their rooms yet, which you think makes sense, considering MIMI won't be serving food for a bit.

> PERCEPTION - OUTHOUSE
You turn to the left and head out to the OUTHOUSE, the door bounces slightly in the storm and as you open it it flies out, slamming against the wall as an errant gust of wind hits it. The noise shocks you and you immediately see that the snow is ankle high, but there is a path that is relatively free of the stuff leading towards a small cluster of outhouses. There's 3 in total. As you walk you take note of the area, you see that it's a fenced in zone, all of the planks tightly bound together to prevent onlookers from the outside. The clear path is caused by some pillars supporting a slanted roof that prevents snow from fully obscuring it. You imagine it makes clearing the path easier too. The outhouses shake slightly in the wind, but not enough to cause concern. You look back towards the building as you enter an OUTHOUSE, but unfortunately cannot see the upper floor as it's OBSCURED by the roofing. You imagine this is also to prevent any PEEPING from the residents on the upper floor.
>>
No. 1016435 ID: afe7de
File 163832829999.png - (13.93KB , 500x500 , p82.png )
1016435

> ART - THE INTRUDER
You take a seat and close the door, doing your business. In the meantime you take out your COB LOG and begin to attempt to doodle the EYES that you saw. Unfortunately your art skills are subpar at best, you manage to make a jittery and poor simulacrum of the thing you saw, you know it's bad, but other than a verbal description think it's the best you've got.

After concluding your business you open the outhouse door and the wind SLAMS it against the nearby outhouse with a force.

You: OOPS, Sorry…

You close the outhouse and head back inside, careful not to let this door slam too. You can hear the telltale sounds of stuffies awakening. The floorboards above you creak with the excitement of feet ready to get up and eat. You hear shuffling from MIMI'S room, but it's faint and muffled, it sounds like she's waking up, and you can imagine that room is SLIGHTLY SOUNDPROOFED. You head upstairs and back to your room, hesitantly showing KA XU your drawing.

He looks at it, looks at you, and goes back to the drawing again. His face then contorts as he gives just the most strained expression of attempting NOT to crack up. He pats you on the back and asks for a visual description instead, which you happily give and pretend that drawing never existed.

He says that what you saw sounds HORRIFYING and MUTATED, saying it probably was a DREAM or PARANOIA. He remarks that some kin SEE THINGS at night, it's common with younger ones and is reminiscent of a FEAR OF THE DARK. You're not sure if that was what it was. He says that he can leave his MOONSTONE out tonight if you're worried. You think about it and say you'll decide by TONIGHT if it's necessary.

It is now the [NOON OF DAY 2]
- You imagine everyone is getting up now
- Food will be served shortly after everyone gets downstairs
- You can try to talk to someone as they leave their room, or do something else


What do you do?
>>
No. 1016439 ID: 10bf0d

The earlier we go eat, the earlier we'll have time to do stuff, so go downstairs and get ready. If you see Svart, invite him to sit with you and Ka Xu. Ask what is keeping him in town if his home is destroyed maybe. Share a berry candy?

Afterwards, patrol time!
>>
No. 1016457 ID: e51896

Go downstairs and wait for the meal. If it's not ready, find someone to talk to.
>>
No. 1016458 ID: e51896

Oh, also, can we ask Ka Xu to show off the doll he got to us?
>>
No. 1016475 ID: 25d709

> >1016435
Admit that it could have been a hallucination, however; given that you don't feel too terribly afraid, rather than just concerned, it probably isn't rooted in a youthful fear of the dark.
Explain that it is possible to unlatch a door and relatch it, however it would require some finesse. Also, and maybe say this part quietly and give a forewarning that it is probably insensitive, some of the kin here do look kind of mutated (mostly referring to the first guy we saw with both eyes on one side of their face along with Mimi, bless her heart). Not judging, or anything, just saying that someone with the appearance described doesn't seem out of the question.
>>
No. 1016528 ID: afe7de
File 163841284760.png - (16.01KB , 500x500 , p83.png )
1016528

> DISCUSSION - APPEARANCE
You admit the POSSIBILITY that it could have been a hallucination, however you weren't afraid, more concerned. You, being as knowledgeable as you are in TRAPPING, explain that it's possible to unlatch and relatch the door with such a simple mechanism.

You also say that some kin here do look kind of mutated, or at least different from normal. Ka Xu then takes a good, long look at you, and remarks that you've basically only seen ASH for the majority of your life, so it's a simple misconception to assume that.

You: Well MIMI and IRAH both are kind of different
You: Like half fur, or with BUTTONS for eyes.
Ka Xu: I'll assume this is just naivete instead of the other option.
Ka Xu: I'm half FUR too, mostly CLOTH though
You: But they, like.
Ka Xu: There are ALL KINDS of different kin out there
Ka Xu: Careful you don't judge them because they look different!
Ka Xu: Maybe there is one like you described
Ka Xu: But remember you can't SEE IN THE DARK
Ka Xu: And MEMORY is a tricky thing,
Ka Xu: Filling in gaps that don't always work.


You consider his words, but still think you saw a figure last night, even if it wasn’t as you described. It bothers you a bit. He comments that he’d be more likely to believe you if what you saw didn’t change when you BLINKED, he says that’s too fast and to be careful not to psych yourself out.
>>
No. 1016529 ID: afe7de
File 163841286107.png - (12.50KB , 500x500 , p84.png )
1016529

> DISCUSSION - SMALL TOY
You ask KA XU about the small toy he got and he pulls it out. The toy is a tiny generic cloth DOLL, no bigger than your hand. It's made of PAPERLING LEATHER, but what's interesting about it is that it's articulated, you can bend it's limbs and they stay. You actually think it's kind of cool. You both gather your gear and head downstairs as the others fill out the lobby. There's chattering about as everyone discusses their daily plans, and random town gossip.

You see DATOR, SVART, and BELLA situated in various spaces. DATOR heads off to the OUTHOUSE. You motion towards SVART, interested in talking to someone and he seems like a good candidate.

> BREAKFAST - SVART INTRO
Before you sits a twitchy little goblin of a man. When they speak, their voice sounds honeyed, almost like he would be good at singing. You can tell that he's a CLOTH-KIN, and see that his hands are creased with use, like he's used to using his hands. You ask if you can sit with him and he squints his eyes before responding.

Svart: Nyeh Heh Heh!
Svart: Sure ya can!
Svart: Welcome to WOODWATER
Svart: Got any SNACKS?
You: Well actually, do you want a BERRY CANDY?
Svart: Do you have some fluffing BERRY CANDIES?
Svart: You know how hard it is to get those around here?

>>
No. 1016530 ID: afe7de
File 163841289221.png - (9.70KB , 500x500 , p85.png )
1016530

You hand him one and he eyes it for a moment before tossing it up in the air, trying to angle it on his mouth. The first toss misses, but he continues unperturbed. The second barely lands on his tongue, sticking out ridiculously to catch it before he begins to suckle on it excitedly. MIMI takes this moment to pop her head out of the door to her room. The fragrance of a slightly warmed sweet and salty tincture batters your senses.

Mimi: Food's done! Just gimme a sec to pour it all
Mimi: That's... 5.. plus me... okay 6 bowls
Bella: Can I get some extra NOODLES,
Bella: That's what it smells like today
Mimi: You got it.
Svart: Mimi makes a great PAPERLING and LICORICE NOODLE SOUP
You: I've never had WARM FOOD
Ka Xu: Oh yeah, there's no SUNSTONE in the CLUTCH.
Ka Xu: It's really great, much safer than using FIRE
Svart: Woah you've seen FIRE?
Svart: How are you alive?
Ka Xu: Well you see-


Ka Xu then goes on to list details about MT. CINDER, one new factoid you learn is that some ASH use the FIRE to make things other than PORCELAIN, one of which is COOKED MEALS. SUNSTONES make it easier, without them you have to transfer HOT ROCKS into a bowl of LIQUID to heat up something since there's not a good material to conduct heat other than STONES and that takes too long. There's a lull in the conversation, food's coming out soon, and you see that SVART seems to really like that berry candy and is opening up to you with ease.
>>
No. 1016536 ID: 96c896

>blinked, was too fast
Could be someone's Ability. Like, to be able to move very quickly when not observed, or to make people fall asleep briefly or otherwise lose track of time when they close their eyes.

Ask SVART if he knows if anyone's got any weird AWAKENED Abilities. An can go without sleep, we know that already.
What's he do in town? Crafter? Miner?
Seen anyone acting suspicious?
>>
No. 1016538 ID: 34dfce

>>1016530
Make a mental note to have a candid conversation with Ka Xu about what is and is not within the realm of normality, and beyond that, within the realm of realistic feasibility(abnormal, but not a monster, deformed, maimed/disfigured, body-modded, or the realm of fiction) regarding the physiology of kin, along with saying that you don't really feel appalled by anyone, nor do you look down on them, they just didn't fit your incorrect ideas of what "normal" was based on past experiences.

Probably better to get this ironed out sooner rather than later especially since we picked the horror quest and probably need to know what actually constitutes a monster in this world.

Maybe also a good idea to bring up the whispers you heard about the cultists stitching up parts into abominations that you overhead back at the inn before we set off. Given how some of the kin here look, "stitching up abominations" almost sounds like racist slang for individuals who are not purely one race. Also make sure to ask if "abomination is a slur"

...maybe also ask if literally stitching up abominations, as in hacking off chunks of kin (living or dead) and sewing them all together into a living being is even physically possible. The answer to that also sort of affects how likely the rumors were just racist comments and not actually about a mysterious cult of necromancers.
>>
No. 1016539 ID: 34dfce

>>1016538
Based on how all of that pans out, we may want to examine all of the information we have so far and reevaluate what our goals are with this quest.(referring to the quest Da Crone gave us)
>>
No. 1016544 ID: e51896

Hmmm. Irah was upstairs last night, but isnt here for the meal. Must have left early or something.

What i want to ask svart is that we know that he moved to the inn ever since his home was destroyed, but how is he paying to stay at the inn since there isnt a lot of ways to make beads? Also, let him know that Mimi told us she was trying to make enough beads to leave town, and ask what will Svart do when Mimi leaves? Suggest maybe he'd like to join us and leave town one day with us as an adventurer? Build our clutch!

(Although it is interesting to note that while she did say she was in the process of making enough beads to leave, she still took the time to paint over the inn sign as her property as if she was staying)
>>
No. 1016580 ID: 34dfce

>>1016544
>clutch
Imo we may want to be a bit more selective with whom we let in. It seems like a big deal. Svart may end up being a good candidate, but it depends on how our relationship develops. Probably should only let in those that we are the best of friends with.
>>
No. 1016589 ID: afe7de
File 163849705012.png - (14.85KB , 500x500 , p86.png )
1016589

> LUNCH - PAPER AND NOODLE SOUP
As you plan where to move the conversation MIMI comes out wielding many bowls of warm, steaming soup. She's using not only her arms, but the tentacles below her waist as well. It's a flurry of motion as she wanders from table to table somehow and delivers her payload of sweet and salty goodness.

You prod your stone spoon into the bowl and lift up a thick noodle. There's a hole boring directly down the inside and it's filled with a thick soup. You slurp it down and can feel the warmth flowing through you. It's fairly juicy, almost like a berry and the stock of the soup gives a more savory sensation then salty that causes the corners of your mouth to rise in a smile. You're absorbed in the meal for a moment as KA XU continues, asking some questions you were actually curious about as well.

Ka Xu: So what did you do here, SVART?
Svart: Nyeh, MANUAL LABOR mostly, worked at the MINE.
Svart: Sang here in the EVENINGS to make some extra BEADS.
Svart: My COTTON-LINE made me proficient at PERFORMING
Svart: But I had to practice my SINGING and STORYTELLING
Ka Xu: Know of any other cool COTTON-LINES?
Svart: Only if you gimme some more of those SWEET SWEET BERRIES
Svart: They’re hard to come by here!
You: *SLURP* So how can you afford the INN since your house is…
Svart: Oh I saved and scrimped forever, barely spent a bead


He then vaguely describes that a lot of kin left IN A HURRY, so he's found other ways to make FUNDS to get by. He remarks he's been contemplating LEAVING as there's no real work here, but he's also LAZY. For a moment there you thought something caught your ear across the room, but the soup has you enraptured, so you ignore it.

You: So you're just going to leave when MIMI heads out then?
Svart: I guess. Probably the moment she packs up that'll be it.
Svart: Jacqueline will probably split,
Svart: Take what remains and fluff off somewhere
Ka Xu: So, seeing as it's on its last legs and all
Ka Xu: See anyone acting a little strange?
Svart: Well, we've all gotta be a little strange to stick around a dying wreck of a town

>>
No. 1016590 ID: afe7de
File 163849706627.png - (12.32KB , 500x500 , p87.png )
1016590

> LUNCH - NEW NORMAL
You: So what exactly IS normal anyway?
You: I mean this is my first time out and I’m just used to seeing ASH basically.
Ka Xu: Please forgive her she’s just uh, new to the outer world
Svart: Eh, we’ve all been there before Nyeh Heh Heh!
Ka Xu: Basically any kin you see with 4 limbs is normal
Svart: Well there are some insectoid kin with more limbs
Ka Xu: I think we can all agree they’re RARE enough though.
Svart: Then there’s the FELT
Ka Xu: Eugh, not a fan, yeah if you see things that look like they’re made of insides
Ka Xu: Just run, don’t talk, just run
Svart: Nyeh that’s pretty close minded
Ka Xu: Well when you’re stabbed as many times as I was…
Ka Xu: Anyway, other stuff, uhhhh
Ka Xu: Weirdly discolored or mismatching patches of CLOTH on their body
Svart: Strange stitching, though that could be just SURGERY and they’re HEALING
Svart: Did you know that a KIN can survive without 4 limbs if the holes are sewn shut?
Svart: Pretty fluffed up!


You and Ka Xu both give him a look of confusion, to which he elaborates.

Svart: There was that one plush, can’t remember his name
Svart: Frankie or something? Had stitching down the whole of his face
Svart: Came with Phoney and that other cloth, uhh Era Chim?
Svart: Before just up and leaving
Svart: Sold me a book on ANATOMY and uh-
You: Phoney?
Svart: Phoneus, sorry, uh.


He stumbles at the last bit, looking like he’s having a hard time just saying the word DEAD. Fortunately, someone else speaks up from across the room.

Dator: Dead Kin.
Svart: Yeah, that, Irah’s KIN
Svart: May the loom bless him.

>>
No. 1016591 ID: afe7de
File 163849707990.png - (8.16KB , 500x500 , p88.png )
1016591

> LUNCH - TALL TALES
Svart then diverts the conversation, but there’s a fraction of a moment where you think you hear RIDICULE in his voice towards the LOOM. It looks like KA XU either didn’t notice, or thought it was normal. After processing that you turn back to the conversation at hand and hear SVART talking about his birth and how he was born in a plasticine log cabin, and that when he was 3 he beat up a paperling on his own. And how he survived several CROSSBOW BOLTS to the chest at 5 in the CHAPEL whilst watching a PLAY back when they had those. He says that you can ask anyone, anyone at all and they’ll corroborate this epic tale. So you ask Bella, seeing as she’s a table over.

You: Is that true BELLA?
Bella: PFFFF
Bella: No.
Svart: Nyeeey! You weren’t supposed to actually ask!
Svart: You were supposed to just accept it and be enriched by the tale!
Ka Xu: PFFF
You: At least it was compelling!


You ponder for a moment, he might have some MEDICAL or SEWING skills, along with being able to provide ENTERTAINMENT. You think about inviting him to your CLUTCH. Ka Xu instinctively looks at you and rolls his eyes. You remember his words from last night.

Ka Xu: Maybe I just worry
You: Worry what?
Ka Xu: That you’ll just add whoever to the CLUTCH while we’re on this journey
Ka Xu: And that you’ll slowly stop considering everyone involved


You ate a warm meal with a PRETTY GOOD QUALITY!
There were elements of WARMTH, SWEETNESS, and SALTINESS inside.
- The effects of the COLD on you have been reduced for the next 6 updates or [1 and 1/5 UNIT OF TIME]
- Your MENTAL stats gain a slight bonus for the day
- Your PHYSICAL stats gain a slight bonus for the day


The NOON is about HALF OVER

You think about your QUEST again. Specifically, DA CRONE asked you to find out what is happening with MIMI and to bring back PROOF. You’re trapped here until the BLIZZARD subsides or reduces enough that you can escape it, but first you need EVIDENCE, even if it’s just a letter from MIMI saying she is greedy for the beady and wants to leave that you can hand off.
>>
No. 1016592 ID: 629f2e

Well, where better to start than by investigating an area we've yet to visit?

We're also probably gonna want to get into the mines if our ancestor's feelings are anything to go by, but convincing Mortifer to let us in will be a tough sell. Our odds would be better if we brought someone with us. It's worth considering for later.
>>
No. 1016627 ID: e51896

The best place to find proof might be in Mimi's room, but she might not let us in. And it'll be hard to just sneak in as she is always around at the inn. Possibility might be if we ask for our free hugs in her room but I doubt she'd let us in even if we ask for hugs. Another idea would be to convince Irah to help us get in since he seems to have a thing going on with Mimi, but I'm not sure how we can convince him as we're total strangers. Third way might be to sneak in late at night. Though we must remember that the place is really creaky.

I was at first thinking about patrolling, but seeing as our ancestors was pointing us towards the direction of the forest and mine, it might be best to take the day to explore that vicinity with Ka Xu, and then maybe take that hidden path Carto told us about to the cliffside peaks to search for stones afterwards, and get a good look at the town from up there. Maybe we'll see something suspicious up there

...

Sorry An.

Before we leave, maybe we should return Dator his flower and told him he dropped it on the road? Not sure if it's a good idea or not though. Consult ancestors if it's a good idea. If so, that yeah return it. If not, keep it.
>>
No. 1016628 ID: e51896

One other place to consider investigating is the barn. It's locked and Plum has the key, but it is interesting that Drift listed the barn as an option to stay at if Plum has the place locked up for her plants. If we run into Drift, we should ask him about it
>>
No. 1016654 ID: 34dfce

>>1016591
Well, lets get Mimi to write that letter then.

We should still snoop around and investigate shit, but once we have the letter, we will at least have something to fall back on if this all turns out to be a bust.

--

Remember to ask Ka Xu about the theory about "stitching up abominations" being racist slang and "abominations" being a slur once you two are outside relatively alone.
>>
No. 1016677 ID: afe7de
File 163859115292.png - (13.34KB , 500x500 , p89.png )
1016677

AUTHORS NOTE: Upon some consideration I will slightly tweak future updates. At the end of every update I will include a section with some POTENTIAL ACTIONS, which I shall flavor as COB'S THOUGHTS. Your [ANCESTOR] and [DESIRE] will also speak up more often now in these segments.

It's my hope that providing this will reduce decision paralysis, allowing some of you suggestors an easier in. And to adapt to this change, you're being given one extra update in this time segment, taking it from 5 to 6, and I'm slowing down events for a brief period to allow for you to adjust.


> INN - A MOMENT OF REFLECTION
KA XU and SVART both continue to lightly banter off of each other whilst you take a moment to collect what you know and want to do. There are certainly places you haven't been to, like the FOREST, CLIFFSIDE PEAK, and the MINES. You also haven't gone deeper into the LABYRINTHINE RESIDENCES, to the FARM, or to JACK'S STORE.

You'd like to visit those places at least once, but you imagine the MINE might be difficult, considering it's probably LOCKED and MORTIFER would have to let you in. But it's also possible with your KNOWLEDGE OF TRAPS that you could break in, but being caught might have consequences you're unaware of.

You could also ignore all of that and try to enter MIMI'S room, looking for evidence directly, but as far as you're aware, she's never far from her room. You think even if you got her permission to enter she'd keep a WATCHFUL EYE over you as the SUNSTONES are kept inside and you imagine they're QUITE VALUABLE, so she'd be worried of THEFT. Talking to Mimi could also be another avenue, trying honesty first as you don't have any evidence of wrongdoing.

Then there's just going on patrol. You listen to the building. It's creaking with a louder intensity, sounds like the storm PICKED UP again and that means traversing will take twice as long. On second thought, maybe you shouldn't.
>>
No. 1016678 ID: afe7de
File 163859116743.png - (11.39KB , 500x500 , p90.png )
1016678

> PERCEPTION - AN RETURNS
The wind is buffeting the walls, you can hear it clearly and hear the creaking of the plasticine boards. You know you're safe indoors, but the way the building sounds adds together to give you a sense of unease. You hear some more floorboards creak as MIMI comes down the stairs, carrying a BLANKET. She tosses it in a hamper that you didn't notice leading to her room. The words LAUNDRY are written over it.

In that moment a very loud SLAM occurs as the front door wildly bashes open. You see a snow covered AN BOREALIA come in, close it firmly, fighting against the wind for a moment. She shakes her body in that way only FUR-KIN can, shaking off the snow that's accumulated. The room was silent for a moment as this occured.

An Borealia: Got real intense out there all of a sudden!

The room goes back to it's chatter, like nothing happened. And AN BOREALIA bounds over to you, you think you have a good idea as to why.

An Borealia: Heya, mind if I sit?
Svart: Sure!
An Borealia: Was going to go on patrol when I saw it
An Borealia: Get really nasty out there, figure if we work together
An Borealia: We can both finish before NIGHT
An Borealia: I could take the RESIDENCES and you could get the rest
An Borealia: Or vice versa and we meet at the LAKE
An Borealia: I could then CARRY you back to
Svart: Ah, yer helping PATROL huh?
Svart: I thought you were out of BEADS.
Ka Xu: Well she offered VOUCHERS and SMOOCHES
Ka Xu: And Cob was interested
Svart: What about SMOOCHES with me COB, KA XU?
Svart: I'm small, I'm cute, I'm effeminate!
An Borealia: There's more than enough SMOOCHES to go around!


The two of them give out some HEARTY laughter. Whilst Ka Xu makes himself as small as possible, his head shrinking into his neck in an almost comical manner as he looks embarrassed.
>>
No. 1016683 ID: afe7de
File 163859237337.png - (64.00KB , 1000x1031 , p91a.png )
1016683

AUTHORS NOTE: In regards to transparency, every UPDATE you get an ACTION and a MOVE. ACTIONS are things like QUESTIONING someone, SEARCHING for anything, MAKING something, etc. Spending a full turn doing an action means you're more effective, and spending a full turn moving means you move 2x as far, but for the most part I take elements from multiple suggestions and make it a cohesive encounter per update. The pace won't really change, I just wanted to lift the veil a bit.

I plan to make your THOUGHTS simpler or full of more personality in the future, sorry if they’re a bit chunky while I mechanically expound upon you.


The following kin are in your immediate area:
- AN BOREALIA
- SVART
- BELLA
- MIMI
- DATOR
- KA XU


Your THOUGHTS on what do do next
A. PATROL WITH AN
(Select a route and meet up at the LAKE)
A1. RESIDENTIAL ROUTE (WELL KEPT, LABYRINTHINE, AND RANSACKED RESIDENCES)
A2. TRAVELERS ROUTE (TOWN SQUARE, ROAD, AND FOREMAN'S HOUSE)

B. GO SOMEWHERE UNEXPLORED
- Travelling to a new place you know the route to requires a FULL MOVE per connection it is away from you due to the INTENSE BLIZZARD
- There is a real risk of GETTING LOST or STUCK in the blizzard, but due to your WARMTH it is significantly reduced for you alone
- The routes you know are indicated by the BLACK LINES connecting each area on the map
- If you are interrupted or see something interesting on your path I will stop you mid movement to inform you, you can then choose to investigate the thing, or keep moving, ignoring it.
- Otherwise you will travel to that spot, noticing whatever you would normally.
- I'll only do this to you if it's significant enough.
- EX1a - You are inside a building in the TOWN SQUARE and want to go to the MINES, leaving the building and entering the BLIZZARD is a free action, going from the TOWN SQUARE to the ROAD takes a full move, going from the ROAD to the MINES is a full move. If you knew how to enter the mine I would then allow it as a free action unless you wanted to do it STEALTHY for some reason.
- EX1b - It would take 2 updates to get there, I would move time up to match, and trigger any events that would occur when you arrive or interrupt you if you see something significant.

C. TALK TO MIMI
- You could try to get a LETTER out of her to explain stuff to bring as PROOF
- You could try to get into her ROOM by feigning shyness for a HUG

D. [DESIRE] Do a thing that lets you get SMOOCHES

E. [ANCESTOR] Not patrolling.

F. OTHER (Write in)

>>
No. 1016684 ID: 629f2e

F. That's right Ed, I suggested you give clearer options on what we could do just so that I could write one in. Get rekt nurd.

I think we should try to convince Svart to help An with her patrol. It's better for everyone if it happens, as they're more likely to find things, so sending someone else out with her is to all our benefit. The incentive is clear: An will give cuddles and smooches to those who patrol with her, and Svart wants to be smooched. You could offer smooches of your own on top of An's if he promises to help out.

That's right Ka Xu, we have learned nothing from all the time we spent talking about this.
>>
No. 1016687 ID: 96c896

Let's get into Mimi's room not by feigning shyness for a hug, but by asking her to teach you how to hug. That'd be really awkward in front of everyone, shy or not.
>>
No. 1016690 ID: 34dfce

>>1016684
Not a bad idea, although maybe don't add our own offer for now.

Could we take a look at An's crossbow? She mentioned it but we haven't actually seen it, and would love to know how it works.
>>
No. 1016710 ID: e51896

>>1016684
Yeah, lets do that.
Svart probably won't be interested in patrolling due to it being a blizzard which is why we should sweeten the deal! convincing him might be easier since we gave him a candy. subtly turn on our warmth when we mention his rewards An would give for doing this like "voucher" "cuddles" "hugs" or "smoochies"

Only offer our own smoochies as a last resort to convince Svart But only if he's still not interested.

Once Svart is convinced and they leave, tell Ka Xu you did this so you and he can spend more time together.

Afterwards, I think we should go to the road with Ka Xu (keep him close and turn on warmth, hold his hand if you have to. Remember to use your whistle if you two get separated for whatever reason.) When we get to the road, try to figure out where your ancestors wanted you to go and go there... earlier, they wanted us to either go to the forest or the Foreman's house stated here: >>1016180 (for some reason I thought it was either the foreman's house or the mine our ancestors wanted us to go, but I was wrong). Maybe we can have AN come with us towards the road so that if our Ancestor wanted us to go to the foreman, we can have an easier time talking to him with AN around during her patrol.

But if it's still vague, go forest
>>
No. 1016725 ID: 0838d6
File 163866071749.png - (13.67KB , 500x500 , p92.png )
1016725

> PERSUASION - HAVE SVART PATROL IN YOUR STEAD
You look at the two and have a conundrum, you don't really want to PATROL right now. But, SVART wants SMOOCHES, and AN is offering them, so you get a wild idea. You turn on your WARMTH, hoping to use your comfort to your advantage, KA XU notices this and gives you a questioning glance, but says nothing.

You: Why not have SVART help you patrol?
Svart: Nyuh?
An Borealia: Huh?
Ka Xu: AN is offering SMOOCHES, SVART wants them
You: It's an easy solution
Svart: But it's cold and BLIZZARDING out there
Svart: And it's REAL COZY here!
Svart: Plus me and AN already smooched a few times already
An Borealia: Are my smooches not good enough anymore for others...
Svart: They're fine, but I've had bunny flavored enough this month


Svart gives An a wink, but you see AN get droopier for a moment before you attempt to coerce SVART into going in your stead a bit harder, the result is mixed at best.

Svart: If you want me to do it instead, I have 2 conditions
Svart: First, I want those BERRY CANDIES, that WHOLE BAG
Svart: Second, I want CUDDLES tonight
Svart: And SMOOCHES
Svart: From either one of you, preferably you COB.
Svart: Since you're the one asking, it's only fair!
An Borealia: Hey I had dibs first!
Svart: Nyeh Heh Heh!
Ka Xu: Gonna VETO myself, I’m NOT on the table
Ka Xu: Cob’s the one operating on a HUG BASED CURRENCY
Ka Xu: I’m content for now with trying to make BEADS
Svart: Aww, fair, but aww.
An Borealia: What about you just get a SMOOCH from COB now
An Borealia: So I can get CUDDLES later...
Svart: That works too I guess
An Borealia: You uh, also don't have to patrol...
An Borealia: I just uh, y'know
An Borealia: Help is nice when it's this bad out
Ka Xu: Let’s negotiate a bit more


With KA XU's help you manage to negotiate down from what it was before. You pout instinctually as you go over the new terms.

SVART will patrol if you give him EITHER of the following:
- Your bag of BERRY CANDIES and a SMOOCH from you or KA XU right now
- A SMOOCH and CUDDLES tonight
Svart: As a Bard I learned a few things, always start negotiations
Svart: At HIGHER then you’ll settle for
Svart: You don’t last as long as I have without learning some tricks o’ the trade!
Svart: Nyeh Heh heh!


AN doesn't want to impose and is willing to let you skip PATROLLING, but asks that you still PATROL at least one more time for her during the BLIZZARD.
- She still is offering SMOOCHES and CUDDLES but only if you want them
- But you will miss out on that other VOUCHER until you PATROL again
An Borealia: Sorry I’m so out of BEADS
An Borealia: I just want to keep my dying home safe
An Borealia: Though I guess soon there’ll be nothing left and I’ll HAVE to move on
An Borealia: Maybe I’m just PARANOID and it really was just an ACCIDENT

>>
No. 1016727 ID: 0838d6
File 163866196623.png - (16.56KB , 500x500 , p93.png )
1016727

> EXAMINATION - CROSSBOW
You need a moment to think, to center yourself after this session of bartering so you reach for something comfortable, something you know. You ask An if you can take a look at her CROSSBOW real quick while you decide, she replies with a cheery "why not" and you get it in your hands. The stock and foregrip of the device is made of a lightweight but sturdy STONE, it looks well worn and used, like it's at least 10 years old. The front limb and barrel are made of a flexible PLASTICINE BOARD of some kind. It bends to allow tension from a rather flexible STRING of unknown make. It reminds you of the string that GYOB uses on his fishing rod, but stretchier.

The groove itself has seen a lot of use, but you can tell AN takes quite good care of this device. You think it'd take you a FULL DAY to make one of these, given the requisite parts. You also know that, should you get [SPECIAL PARTS] again you could make a modified and hidden [HAND CROSSBOW], but that also takes time to produce and would certainly be weaker.

You hand it back to her reluctantly, as the device speaks the language of COMPLEX DEVICES that you know and are EXCEPTIONAL in. The table lulls as the two in front of you await your response in rapt attention.

> THOUGHTS
A. I should pay SVART the BERRIES, I did get them with the intent to use them like this
- Pay SVART with BERRIES and a SMOOCH to get him to PATROL instead of you
B. Though paying in CUDDLES and SMOOCHES means I save BEADS if they’re really that valuable
- Agree to CUDDLE and SMOOCH TONIGHT in exchange for him PATROLLING now
C. I could also just PATROL, but my [ANCESTOR] gives me a feeling of UNEASE to that end…
- Don’t pay SVART, go PATROLLING instead
D. [DESIRE] But SMOOCHES and CUDDLES with AN tonight regardless is tempting…
- Not a suggestion, just a thought you had
E. Maybe I should talk to MIMI when this is done, get a letter and accomplish my task
- Go talk to MIMI when this is finished
F. Or do something else entirely


AUTHORS NOTE: In situations like these, feel free to suggest more than one thing to do, the top-most thing on your post will be treated with the most priority. I’m trying out a more flavorful form of action taking via Cob’s thoughts, BUT if this proves confusing, I can stick to a stricter, less flavorful description of actions that make decision making easier.
>>
No. 1016728 ID: 96c896

>>1016727
A, also D.
>>
No. 1016729 ID: 629f2e

Okay, I have a lot of thoughts to share.

First, let's get Svart on patrol today. We'll pay him with a smooch and some candies. This is basically why we bought these darn berry candies, so we might as well get some use out of them. I'd say a patrol by Svart is worth more than the one bead we paid, it raises the odds that someone finds a clue you can use. Let An know that you'll consider patrolling tomorrow, but that you have other things to check out today.

Second, tell An that you'll come and claim your cuddles tonight. We had better trap the door in our inn room to keep Ka Xu safe from whatever we saw before we leave him there tonight, and you might trap the door to An's house too. Best case scenario, you get a hit on someone. Spreading out to two locations raises the odds that you will. (Also, you just want to be with that bunny.) This is something we'll have to vote on later, but just keep it in mind and leave enough time to set things up.

Finally, after completing this negotiation leave to talk to Mimi. Now's the best time, since travel outdoors will be limited due to the blizzard. We can check out other places later.

TL;DR: A, D, and E, with a touch of F
>>
No. 1016734 ID: a7094b

Note to self, use warmth in colder environments. Using warmth in a place away from the cold just made him want to stay.

A, then E.
Tell Mimi she can badmouth Da Crone all she wants in the letter to let off some steam since it seems like the two aren't on good terms... consider using candied wine as it might be good for one of her snuggle times she has with Irah if my assumptions on her feelings on him are true

I'm paranoid and voting against D, Ka Xu is best fren and It'd be a shame if we snuggle with An, and he's missing the following day. Sorry to be a bore.

Plus we could probably practice our warmth again and level it up with him tonight since it seems close to leveling up.
>>
No. 1016735 ID: 96c896

>>1016734
We can put a trap in the room to secure Ka Xu's door.
>>
No. 1016747 ID: c92a02

B!
>>
No. 1016759 ID: 076735

How about, rather than send Svart to patrol in your stead, patrol with him?
>>
No. 1016775 ID: afe7de
File 163875808604.png - (16.34KB , 500x500 , p94.png )
1016775

> TRANSACTION - SVART WILL PATROL
You hand over your bag of BERRY CANDIES and say that that sounds fair. You hear an excited SQUEAL come from SVART as he gets them and downs another one. He gets up and asks if you want to SMOOCH here or in a ROOM, you don't really have any qualms with it and neither does AN BOREALIA. You look to Ka Xu and he's just under the table.

Ka Xu: I can't watch, this is too lewd!

Across the room you hear an excited BELLA commenting.

Bella: GET WITH THE TIMES OLD MAN
Svart: Ooooh I want EAR and CHEEK SMOOCHES
Svart: Since it's your first time I'll give you some of the same
You: Sure!
Svart: I'll let AN show you some of those MOUTH TO MOUTH ones
Svart: She's really good at them if I'm being honest


You see AN blush at the compliment and mumble something about how maybe kin DO still like her smooches. The two of you enter the same booth but realize it's a little awkward given how SHORT he is, so you sit him on your lap to adjust for it. He embraces you in a hug which you return, not particularly sure of the procedure. He strokes your back in a gentle manner, quite different from how KA XU does it.

You’ve given away your BERRY CANDIES

> SMOOCH - SVART
He whispers to your ear, getting intimately close as he waxes poetic about the ART OF SMOOCHING, about how it is ANCIENT and that there are many parts that go into it. He remarks that a CUDDLE on a bed makes for a more effective one, but that time is of the essence so he'll work with what he gets.

He cups your chin in his rough clothen hands with a gentle but firm grip before gently pecking your cheeks with his lips. As he glides his way across your face and to your ears you feel the fibers of your body come alive with SENSATION and DESIRE. You can feel a PASSION from this CLOTH-KIN in the way he does this, it's PRACTICED, but doesn't seem forced. As he kisses your ears you feel him lick them slightly in a way that causes your porcelain face to turn a VERY bright blue, your blush practically overtaking your face.

Not willing to be outdone by this man, you decide to give your best effort in a retaliatory smooch, assuming this to be a reciprocal thing. Your articulated fingers crook and prod on places on his back that you know KA XU enjoys and he lets out a light moan, stopping his assault on you momentarily. You then proceed to grab his scalp, attempting to ruffle your hands through his hair, but end up accidentally getting caught in it and tugging. You don't notice this as you kiss him in a sloppy but similar simulation of what he was doing. You can feel his breath on your neck as you travel up, slowly figuring out what to do with your lips and reaching his ears.

You give them a kiss, then another, then a lick and a gentle nibble and the man on your lap has to cover his mouth from letting out another squeal. After a few more moments of this, the SMOOCHING has ended and you both hold each other in a moment of comfort. You hear a gasp from SVART before he speaks.

Svart: Holy fluff girl, you play ROUGH and DIRTY?
Svart: I thought this was your first SMOOCH
You: I uh, yes is it is yes.
Svart: How'd you know I like my hair tugged
You: Uh stuck hands, joints uh, ash

>>
No. 1016776 ID: afe7de
File 163875810978.png - (10.05KB , 500x500 , p95.png )
1016776

> INN - SVART AND AN DEPART
You're frazzled for a moment as the two of you seperate, your face is still flushed and AN looks at you with an expression that can only be described as INTENSE DESIRE. After a few more moments of silence and a reserved "Is it over" from under the table the transaction has been completed and you feel like your WARMTH inside of you has gained a bit of EXPERIENCE and is shifting more towards the realm of [DESIRE].

BELLA, SVART, and DATOR all head upstairs around this time. SVART mentions how he needs to grab his CLOAK or he won't survive out there and BELLA mentions how she appreciated the show. After around a minute he returns, bundled up. He looks to AN and speaks.

Svart: You said there was the RESIDENTIAL PATROL?
Svart: And the OTHER HALF?
An Borealia: Yeah, it's this area, the road and MORTIFER'S
Svart: Nyeh. Guess I gotta do it now.
Svart: Hey I got a good deal out of this, so no frowns from me!
Svart: I'll take the RESIDENTIAL area.
Svart: I know where everykin there lives.
Svart: And uh, I don't really like talking to MORTIFER anymore.
An Borealia: That's fair.


The two depart and they both at the same time give you a wink, but then look at eachother and squint their eyes in unison. For a brief moment you could swear you saw sparks between them of RIVALRY but then it passes.

Ka Xu: I'm not that big a fan of PDA sorry
You: Was that too much?
Ka Xu: No, it's really common actually
Ka Xu: Especially if you're in a clutch
Ka Xu: I just have my hang ups


You give your bestie a side hug and point towards MIMI, saying that should be your NEXT MOVE now that you have some freedom. The two of you head out of your seats and waddle towards her, bringing your used plates at the same time.
>>
No. 1016777 ID: afe7de
File 163875812527.png - (8.74KB , 500x500 , p96.png )
1016777

> DISCUSSION - MIMI’S LETTER
You approach MIMI’S desk and deposit your DISHES with her which she promptly stacks in preparation to bring to her room for washing. She looks at you with a gleaming smile as the flush on your face slowly starts to dissipate.

Mimi: Well shucks I didn’t expect you to be such a SAUCY guest
Mimi: Looks like yer blending in with the town quite nice-like
You: Hahahahahah thanks hahahaha


Ka Xu gives you a gentle bump in your chest and you cough, calming down a bit before continuing.

You: So uh MIMI, we had something to discuss with you
Mimi: Shure there shugah, shoot, what can I dew ya fur
You: Well you see, I met DA CRONE and she asked me to check up on you
You: Said she saw something WEIRD at night and fled in fear of her life
Ka Xu: it’s sounding like a bunch of phooey to me though
Mimi: That fluffing-


You see a moment of actual intense anger flicker on her face. Ka Xu doesen’t seem to notice it but you do before she continues, slightly more terse than before.

Mimi: You gotta understand, that woman, my grammy
Mimi: She’s OLD and MISGUIDED, thinks staying here forever will work out
Mimi: Well it wo not, we’ll run out of money when everykin leaves
Mimi: And then we’ll starve.
Mimi: I re-done-did the sign before she left in the hopes that in her AGE RIDDLED MIND
Mimi: She’d see the sign go, oh it’s changed, and be okay with leaving
Mimi: Maybe she saw me come home late from IRAH’S one night
Mimi: I was a LITTLE drunk, don’t tell anyone though, I have an image to maintain.
You: Well, she wanted PROOF of something happening
You: But frankly I just wanted to ask you if you could write a letter to her
You: Maybe badmouth her in it to let her know what’s up
Ka Xu: That’d be kinda funny actually
You: She seemed to have enough money to stay at that INN she was at for a while
Mimi: Yeah, sure I can do that I reckon!
Mimi: Lemme just get some STRING and a PAPER


She heads to the back room, leaving the door wide open as she does and you hear her ruffling around in there.

Mimi: Might be a moment, blast it, where are those letters

> THOUGHTS
A. Now is my chance, I could take a peek into her room and see if I notice anything WEIRD!
- Attempt PERCEPTION to see what’s up, or brazenly walk in and potentially upset MIMI for advantage
B. Did I find anything weird about what she just said?
- Attempt an INSIGHT check and ask QUESTIONS if you find something weird
C. She might be a while, maybe we should visit the GENERAL STORE in the meantime
- Leave and enter the GENERAL STORE [You would make it there in one update]
D. [DESIRE] Hmm, she did offer special HUGS, we could ask for some HUG TIPS
- Ask for HUG LESSONS
E. [???] Or you could SNEAK in and have KA XU distract her when she leaves and closes the door
- Risk of extremely upsetting MIMI but would let you fully examine the room
F. [ANCESTOR] I guess HUGS and SMOOCHES are okay
- Just a thought

>>
No. 1016780 ID: 629f2e

Y'know what, I think the risk is worth the reward.

I say we go with E, or at the very least a brazen A. The worst case scenario is that we deeply upset Mimi, which is only a problem if Mimi is part of whatever shady stuff is going on here. If she isn't, then upsetting her wouldn't be good exactly, but the consequences would probably top off at not being allowed to visit the inn moving forward.

If we get caught and need an excuse, tell her that we thought it was Da Crone's room. We were asked to grab her pillow while we were here, as she apparently keeps something important in it. Apologize, and hope she doesn't hold a grudge.
>>
No. 1016781 ID: 96c896

B:
She assumed the WEIRD thing her gran saw was related to her. We didn't say that, we just said Da Crone saw something weird and fled for her life. That could very well mean she saw the murderer. That means Mimi assumed Da Crone thought she was the murderer. Da Crone did not say she confronted Mimi about it though, and Mimi didn't imply there was a confrontation either.
Also Mimi didn't seem relieved at all from the fact that Da Crone wasn't another victim. She disappeared without telling anyone, after all... shouldn't Mimi have been worried that her gran got killed?

Mimi sus. Don't confront her about the first thing because it's VERY suspicious and then she'll know we're onto her, but asking her why she wasn't worried about Da Crone seems fine. Like, ask if she told her she was leaving.

Also A. Just walk in, look around, ask if she needs help. It's not like you're going in there unsupervised.
>>
No. 1016782 ID: c92a02

B. What were you up to at Irah's that night?
>>
No. 1016793 ID: e51896

There's one contradiction I think we should bring up, When we first met Mimi, the literal first thing she did she made it a point to let us know that her place MIMI'S INN "definitely wasn’t called something else recently" trying to imply that she owned this Inn for quite a while, and now she is saying BEFORE DA CRONE left, she Redid the sign so that DA CRONE would see it and be alright with leaving after it changed... not to mention, she renamed the inn to MIMI's INN... if she renamed it MIMI's INN, wouldn't that make DA CRONE think that Mimi actually WANTS TO STAY, thus make DA CRONE proud of Mimi and keep staying at WOODWATER?

I would bring this up, ask why she lied about the place not being called something else recently because it's making you think that maybe she wants to stay at WOODWATER because of this fact, especially after she renamed it after herself?
>>
No. 1016795 ID: feeb22

E or A as >>1016780 said.

Give Ka Xu the wine bottle, tell him if Mimi makes for her room while we're inside, he should distract her with the candied wine by asking to share the entire drink with her. If she asks where we went, he should say we went to our room to organize things.

If it goes wrong and she catches you, say you'd like to use your free hug for training and wanted privacy since Irah had privacy yesterday in her room. You just assumed because of that, hugs took place in her room.
>>
No. 1016805 ID: ce39da

>>1016781
>>1016793
These are both excellent points - probably good enough for an auto-success on B, which I hope is a free action - but I think we shouldn't have words about any of that without adding a healthy dose of honey to them first.

> WHAT DO
I say (regardless of whether these deductions are a free action we can run in the background) that we go for a Brazen A. I'm sure the proper phrasing will help smooth things over. Walk right on in, knock on the doorframe, and ask if she wants help looking.

Don't react to anything you do spot, of course. And accept her inevitable rejection with as genuine an apology as you can muster.

If Mimi still seems mad after she's finished looking, be sympathetic and agreeable:
"Again, I'm sorry about imposing. I'm sure you're just as eager to HELP us out with clearing up your poor grandmother's confusion, especially since you're still dedicated to holding this place together a bit longer, real heroic stuff. You must have been WORRIED SICK when your STUBBORNLY ROOTED grandma went and disappeared without any warning - nothing but uh... UNTOWARD THINGS would have come to mind if I were in your position, especially what with that HORRIBLE BEAST I've heard tell of. I can't even imagine how RELIEVED you must be feeling now." Watch her reaction as you slip in that innocently worded stealth accusation, of course.

If she proceeds to start writing without consulting you for details or comes to you with an already finished letter, do finish your probing with: "Oh- I suppose I haven't told you what she THOUGHT SHE SAW yet, huh? If you're writing so confidently, does that mean you already know what it was?" She has a chance to SLIP UP here if she preemptively puts her own spin on the encounter without knowing how much DA CRONE actually saw. For instance, she could give an explanation that doesn't adequately explain away DA CRONE's testimony, or she could end up explaining away additional details that she didn't mention. Maybe even consider giving an INCOMPLETE ACCOUNT of what DA CRONE saw if MIMI asks for it. (Again, try not to react if this causes something SUSPICIOUS to fall out.)

I am all for going full COLUMBO on this sus octopus girl. Act the BUMBLING FOOL who seems willing to believe the culprit until they suddenly have her DEAD TO RIGHTS out of nowhere.
>>
No. 1016808 ID: 34dfce

>>1016805
Seconding
>>
No. 1016809 ID: 4240ff

>>1016805
Thirded
>>
No. 1016833 ID: afe7de
File 163885257495.png - (29.47KB , 500x500 , p97.png )
1016833

> INSIGHT - MIMI’S DISCREPANCIES
You take a moment to pause and re-evaluate what you just heard. MIMI certainly jumped to the conclusion that whatever WEIRD thing that DA CRONE saw was definitely her. And it seems like after it happened there was no discussion, only action from DA CRONE. And you also find it STRANGE that she wasn't relieved when she found out that DA CRONE wasn’t another victim. Does this mean that there’s something more to DA CRONE, or does this mean that MIMI expected her to be dead?

Another thing you think about is how when you first met her, she mentioned that the inn “DEFINITELY WASN’T CALLED SOMETHING ELSE RECENTLY.” But you’re alert enough to interpret that more as a JOKE than anything, since it would be extremely easy to verify it’s validity with any of the members of the town. You can also intuit that changing the name was more than likely a big FLUFF YOU to DA CRONE as it seems in character, regardless of her plans to leave. You get the vibe that there was some TENSION between the two even before DA CRONE left.

> PERSUASION - MIMI’S ROOM GETS A SURPRISE GUEST, YOU
Deciding you have nothing to lose, and resisting the urge to SNEAK IN and HIDE like some sort of COMMON THIEF, you decide to enter the room to get a better look under the guise of helping MIMI look for some STATIONARY. You don’t hide your motions, but KA XU stays near the edge of the door. After a few steps in the room MIMI turns from the cubby hole her head was stuck in and looks at you confused.

You: You sounded like you were having trouble
You: Do you need any help?
Mimi: Oh, well thanks ya kindly miss!
Mimi: Uhhhh, hmmm, well normally I don’t let CUSTOMERS into this room
Mimi: What with the SUNSTONES and all. Hold on.


Mimi then gets up and moves over to a grate before slapping a lock onto it, but twisting it so the insides are visible and heating the room. There’s some creaking floorboards above and she pauses for a moment, thinking.

Mimi: You can look around, but please don’t TOUCH anything
Mimi: Sorry but we once had a THIEF come by these here parts
Mimi: Took a blessed SUNSTONE from me thinkin I wouldn’t chase em out of town
You: Sorry to hear that, I’ll keep my digits visible
Mimi: Well aren’tcha just a FUZZY SWEET

>>
No. 1016834 ID: afe7de
File 163885258524.png - (11.00KB , 500x500 , p98.png )
1016834

> PERCEPTION - MIMI’S ROOM
Having Mimi’s permission you scour the room with your eyes and movements. You can’t touch anything, but most of the things in the room are in a visible enough place that you don’t catch anything hidden in plain sight. As a matter of fact, it’s like the entire room is open to you like a book as you bear witness, not a thing missing your watchful gaze.

You see the SUNSTONE VENT, above it a small stone grate where you imagine MIMI puts her POT to cook things. In the grate you see spots for 5 SUNSTONES, yet 2 are missing, strange. Above the vent are several knobs reaching the ceiling, each one has a number attached and you assume it’s a manual control for the vents to each room. Maybe it’s to keep the heat in when cooking?

To the left of the vent you notice a DOOR to the outside, it’s latched shut with two latches and beside it are a few hooks to hang some CLOAKS. You see one cloak up there and it appears to be dry. But when you look down you see a small amount of moisture still evaporating.

Your eyes gaze to the right and you notice two SINGLE BEDS, the one on the left, closest to the vent has a neatly folded blanket covered in imagery of the LOOMINOUS ONE. You see something poking out of the pillowcase and are able to immediately recognize it. It’s a clean, SERRATED DAGGER, with ROCK CANDY encrusted along it, you imagine it's more CEREMONIAL and definitely worth quite a lot of beads. Above the bed is a small window with the curtains pulled open, you can see the FARM from here.

The other bed is also neatly folded, the imagery on these blankets are a bunch of TENTACLES, you assume this to be MIMI’S SIGNATURE, and believe this bed to be hers. Beside the bed you notice a small table with a book on it that just says STUFFIE ANATOMY, there’s no signature, and you recognize this book to be the same one that SVART had talked about.

As you gaze around the room, one thing becomes apparent, this place is practically SPOTLESS, it’s CLEAN, almost TOO CLEAN, like someone was OBSESSED with cleaning it. The LAUNDRY hamper has a few sheets in it, and you notice a basin near it with the various CUTLERY and DISHES, a small sponge made of PLASTIC in the tub.

Your eye continues to travel right to where MIMI is and you see around a dozen square holes, each holding bundles of PAPER LEATHER, CLOTH, STRING, and SEWING EQUIPMENT. This matches your perception that she is not only gifted in SEWING, but also finds it an enjoyable hobby.

You look to the opposite side of the room and see a desk that has some vials of ink, some pens and brushes made of stone and string, and a journal, opened to a random page. Underneath the journal you notice a small stack of blank papers, perfect for your task. You’re about to point this out when you notice what is actually written in the journal.

On the left hand side is a list of FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING, it’s been signed by PLUM, so you assume she did it. It says there that her total amassed savings from various visitors and after expenditures amounts to around 128 BEADS. There’s further calculations about TRAVEL COSTS and EXPENSES scrawled on the right hand page, penned in a slightly sloppier hand.

On the right page you notice several crossed out names, a few TRADE and CARAVAN ROUTES, and some dates that have already passed. It appears to be a record of the frequency that a CARAVAN travels past the STUFFED TAIL, that inn that DA CRONE is at. Two names remain uncrossed, the town of BLANKETBURG and the TOWNSHIP OF PINWHEELS, they both have a star scrawled next to them. But directly in the center of the two you see something else, it’s scrawled in a language you don’t know, or maybe it’s a scribble, you can’t tell what it is or means at all.
>>
No. 1016835 ID: afe7de
File 163885260598.png - (12.86KB , 500x500 , p99.png )
1016835

> DISCUSSION - THE LETTER
Feeling Mimi about to turn around, you gesture that the papers were under this BOOK.

Mimi: Well goodness me!
Mimi: I really need to take some stuffing out of my tenties
Mimi: And shove em into my head
Mimi: Maybe then I’ll think straight!


As she says that, you also notice that a single tentacle is actually missing from her lower half, sewn closed at the point it was severed, but she turns away before you can get a better look at it.

She grabs the paper and string and brings you back outside to the FRONT DESK after closing her door. You see her about to write the letter before pausing, looking confused.

Mimi: What do ya reckon I should write?
Mimi: Sorry I was drunk that one night?
You: Well you must have been WORRIED SICK when your STUBBORN GRAMMY
You: Went and disappeared without any warning
You: I imagine with that HORRIBLE BEAST around
You: You must be RELIEVED to know she’s fine


You see her pause for a moment as you gauge her reflection, there’s frustration in there, but also relief, maybe your concerns were unfounded.

Mimi: You gotta understand, YES I’m happy she’s safe
Mimi: But at the same time we never got along, and she NEVER LEFT THIS BUILDING
Mimi: Not for the past year anyway.
Mimi: So hearing she saw something WEIRD and left, when I haven’t been able to get her leave?
Mimi: It’s upsetting, I was worried she was LOSING HER MIND.
Mimi: Well she’s almost 60, I guess her CORE is FAILING
Mimi: Well I would say that, but she’s DODGY about when she was BORN
Mimi: So it all could be ELABORATE GASLIGHTING
Ka Xu: Oh, im so sorry
You: Uh, what’s this about 60?


Ka Xu then explains to you something you never knew about stuffies. Every stuffie without question, once they reach the age of 60 exactly, has their CORE die out. Some kin speculate if it’s the CORE or if it’s the FUR or CLOTH that’s dying, but no one really knows.

Mimi: Anyway, you know how hard it is to take care of a woman who doesen’t do anything!?
Mimi: Especially when she was riding my tentacles to learn the business from a young age!
Mimi: So yes, when I saw she up and left part of me DID hope she got eaten
Mimi: That maybe that great and gracious LOOM she always preached about
Mimi: Saw it fit to let her finally rest.
You: Oh uh, sorry you had to go through that
Mimi: It’s just life, we don’t pick our parents.
Mimi: That’s why I drink.
Mimi: She say what WEIRDED her out?
Mimi: I assume it’s that because I came back QUITE SLOPPY DRUNK
Mimi: The night before she left


You give MIMI an incomplete account of what happened that night telling her she saw something through the door and fled. Mimi scrunches her face and mumbles something, but you can’t quite catch it. She then starts penning the letter.

It is now the [EVENING OF DAY 2]
> THOUGHTS
A. I can influence what the letter she writes says, or let MIMI write what she wants
- Get her to write something specific, maybe when you get back to DA CRONE you’ll get an extra reward
B. Hmmm, could you run that by me one more time?
- Pick something she said and press for more details, perhaps present EVIDENCE you saw from the other room to corroborate your question or assertion
C. [DESIRE] I really want to see that ANATOMY book
- Attempt to borrow the ANATOMY book
D1. [ANCESTOR] Fluff this stitch, she doesn't respect her ELDERS!
D2. I wonder when the BLIZZARD will calm down, hopefully soon
D3. [???] I want that knife
- Just some thoughts
E. Leave and do something else after you get the letter
- Heading to a place outside of your area will take an update per area moved
- Ex. Heading to the CLIFFSIDE will take [3 UPDATES]
- Ex. Heading to the FARM will take [1 UPDATE]

>>
No. 1016836 ID: c92a02

B - It looks like somebody stole another sunstone!
>>
No. 1016840 ID: 96c896

>>1016834
>evidence of a coat being used, long enough ago that it's mostly dry now
She lied about sleeping in, I think.
>2 sunstones are missing
We know one was stolen. That means the other one is in use elsewhere... I'm guessing in Irah's house. Unless that's the one An has?
>128 beads
Is that a lot?
>dagger
The heirloom! Idk why Da Crone didn't take it with her. Maybe she thought she didn't have time.

>never left this building
I find that very unlikely even ignoring the technicality that the outhouses are outside.

>said she was a little drunk before, now it's sloppy drunk
Contradiction. Though, maybe not an unreasonable one...

B: ask her if she went out last night. Also mention that you saw she's missing a tentacle, when did that happen? I want a confirmed timeframe so that she can't use that as an excuse for Da Crone seeing gpre on her hands.
Also, if she has a drinking habit, why's there no wine bottles in her room?
What happened to the second missing sunstone?
How would Da Crone have seen the changed sign when she never goes outside?

I also wanna do C. That is a cool book.
>>
No. 1016850 ID: ce39da

> Sunstones
If I remember correctly, one was given to MI SNOW, whereas the other is unaccounted for.

> Vents
COB is prolly right about their intended purpose, but the potential for abuse is there; she can probably make a guest vacate their room if she wanted.

> Coat
She lied about sleeping in, it seems. To do what, exactly?

> Interested in ANATOMY and SEWING
Oh, that's not a good look for her, especially since we think we saw a mismatched fellow last night, especially considering PHOENIUS was also interested in it.

> Ceremonial Dagger
That's probably our reward right there... but do you recall there being any Loom ceremonies of that sort?

> Too Clean + Injury
Someone bled in here. Most probably MIMI, based on the missing tentacle. In fact, that may have been what DA CRONE saw; that gore was MIMI's own! Just a theory, of course; if MIMI is GUILTY OF MURDER and/or CRIMES AGAINST MEDICINE, we should start by trying to disprove this.

To that end, I say we PRESS (B), using >>1016840's idea for a closing trap. A missing tentacle is impossible to deny once you point it out, and she probably won't think to use one to explain the other unless she's really good at thinking on her 'feet' (or it happens to be the truth). (Of course, even if she does think to do that, that just opens up even more uncomfortable questions. Maybe dismissing it as something unrelated would be the "easy" solution for her, and therein lies the fruits of our trap.)

Also: PRESS: "Grandma is a Loom fanatic" + Ceremonial Dagger
"So, you said your grandma is a Loom fanatic, then? I suppose she'd have told you how one is supposed to use that creepy-sounding CEREMONIAL DAGGER she said she'd offer as a reward, then? I can't imagine it being too wholesome..."

PRESS: "Drinking at IRAH's house."
"I didn't know IRAH drank, too?"

Finally, getting her to read the letter back to you before sealing it would be a great way to know its contents without breaking it open if we should ever actually want to use it for its stated purpose.
>>
No. 1016851 ID: e51896

B

>>1016840
those are some good questions to ask, though I think a couple could be easily explained

>Also, if she has a drinking habit, why's there no wine bottles in her room?

I think she usually drinks at Irah's place. She did say she has an image to maintain, so she probably hides her drinking habit over there.

>How would Da Crone have seen the changed sign when she never goes outside?

She probably could see it out the windows

And I'm not jumping to conclusions that its the heirloom, but that dagger could have been used during coming of age awakening ceremonies at the lake.

a few things I'd like to bring up:

the anatomy book, tell her we heard Phoenius' friend sold a book like that to Svart before leaving after some kind of argument. We might get more details on that argument and the book. Mention you'd like to read that at some point (maybe she'll let us borrow it?)

Ask where she went to last night, we are just concerned because AN has been telling everyone to stay inside at night, especially because of the vanishings, and Phoenius' death. If she says she didn't go anywhere and was sleeping in, mention that the cloak she has is dry, but the moisture on the floor was still evaporating, which means she went somewhere quite a while ago, and she was cooking most of morning and noon which means she could not have gone anywhere during that timeframe. (this could mean that the figure we saw last night spying at us was not Mimi as the blizzard would have made it impossible for her to move far outside in the night without a lot of time passing, and the morning she returned.)

And now that we were vague about what Da Crone saw, ask about her injury, how and when did that happen? one of my theories is that the gpre Da Crone saw on Da Mimi's tentacles was actually from her injury, and she was probably trying to close the injury up with her sewing supplies with her knowledge from the anatomy book that she could survive her injury by sewing it up (according to Svart).
>>
No. 1016852 ID: 34dfce

>>1016835
>Mimi: Especially when she was riding my tentacles to learn the business from a young age!
Is this just worded weird, or is she saying she is older than Da Crone?
>>
No. 1016853 ID: afe7de

>>1016852
Woorded poorly, Mimi means that when she was young DA CRONE was guiding her on how to run the inn.

Imagine a 5 year old being made to clean laundry and do busywork only it was all day, that kind of scenario.
>>
No. 1016859 ID: f7b1ac

I'd say give her our candied wine, it might make her more open to speak.
>>
No. 1016860 ID: 96c896

>>1016859
Oh that's an intriguing idea. She said she has a drinking habit, so offering wine would test that claim. Hmm, we could even offer to drink with her later tonight... and bring An along. If we can catch her in a big lie when An is there to listen, An will be able to arrest her, and that'll be one problem sorted.

Hmm, someone said that the sack the mine foreman was carrying was most likely filled with beads. Considering the caravans were marked down in the ledger, I'm wondering if this is all about money? Someone's buying the abominations they're creating with the intent of using them as soldiers, and they're being shipped out on the caravans? With the foreman being involved I'm guessing the best place to hide the abominations would be the mines. There might even be secret entrances to tunnels hidden below the town, connected to the mines.
>>
No. 1016868 ID: afe7de
File 163893097714.png - (6.92KB , 500x500 , p100.png )
1016868

> INSIGHT - WHAT WAS JUST SAID AND SEEN
You saw and heard quite a few things, some of which you aren’t sure are contradictions or not. And you can’t exactly discuss them in front of her with KA XU, so you’ve got to do your best to interpret things. First to mark off is the SUNSTONES, you remember KA XU saying that MIMI gave one to MI SNOW earlier, and if you add the missing one that was stolen a while ago it all checks out.

Next, you find it fairly hard to believe DA CRONE never left the place, but there is a window on the second floor that you could EASILY see the sign from, so it’s not impossible for her to go there. You also assume she means that DA CRONE used the OUTHOUSE too, ignoring that as a technicality.

You’re also unsure if that CEREMONIAL DAGGER is the heirloom, or if it’s something else. You might need to talk to someone with knowledge of RELIGION to figure out its purpose. You think BELLA mentioned she was a HISTORIAN, so she might know more, and DRIFT lives in a CHAPEL to the LOOM, so there might be documents there you could check out for corresponding rituals. It’s a shame you never got any SHAMANISTIC TRAINING. You think asking about the DAGGER might not be the best idea right now though, as it was in what you assume to be DA CRONE’S bed.

You’re not sure if [128 BEADS] is a lot, but it’s certainly significant compared to what you have, and if you imagine it’s only a bead to stay a few days here, sans crazy weather, then that means she’s been saving quite a lot for quite a while. You also dismiss the drunk to sloppy drunk comment, the level of drunkenness doesn't particularly matter in this instance you don’t think. The rest you’ll have to discuss and that’s what you plan, but KA XU catches your eye for a moment and whispers to you.

Ka Xu: Hey uh, be careful what you say next
Ka Xu: We still have to stay where when all is said and done
Ka Xu: So try not to upset her more then you already are
You: I didn’t mean to…
Ka Xu: Meaning or not, she’s already irritated thinking about DA CRONE.


You look over to the cloth woman in front of you and do note that he’s correct, she does seem irritable at the moment, so you decide to tread lighter and only ask a few more questions.
>>
No. 1016869 ID: afe7de
File 163893099247.png - (10.58KB , 500x500 , p101.png )
1016869

> DISCUSSION - WHERE WERE YOU LAST NIGHT
You decide to put something to the forefront of your mind and ask that, it could be nothing, or it could be everything. You look to MIMI as she’s attempting to write the letter slowly and open your mouth.

You: You wouldn’t happen to have gone anywhere last night did you?
Mimi: Hmm?!


Mimi looks at you and crooks an eyebrow, fortunately she’s not able to get a read on the purpose of your question, unfortunately, you’re not able to get a read on her reaction either and there’s a pause before she responds.

Mimi: Well duh! I gotta get some SNOW to MELT into WATER
Mimi: And to do the DISHES with!
Mimi: Or do ya think the SOUP ya had this morning came from outta nowhere?


You’re not able to tell if she’s lying here, but at least you know one thing, MIMI went outside for an undetermined amount of time last night or this morning.

> DISCUSSION - MIMI’S INJURY
You: Sorry, sorry, that was real dumb of me
Mimi: I may be CLUMSY and a few stitches short of a skirt
Mimi: But even I know you can’t make something outta nothing!
You: By the way, I noticed you uh, lost a tentacle there.
Mimi: Oh this ol thang?


She slams the stump of her tentacle on the table, the stump is at the base of her waist and you can see where it was stitched back together, first sloppily, then with what you imagine was a WOODEN NEEDLE.

Mimi: Had tuh use my last WOOD NEEDLE to suture it up
Mimi: Learned that word in that ANATOMY BOOK
Ka Xu: How long ago did you get hurt like that?
Ka Xu: An injury like that must have a story!
Mimi: A lady doesn't talk about her blemishes!
Mimi: Heh, I picked up that line from BELLA


It’s in that moment that you hear the telltale creaking of floorboards as an ebony ASH-KIN descends the staircase. Bella waves at you whilst clutching her tummy and rushes to the OUTHOUSE, leaving the three of you behind.

Mimi: She always gets like that when she has the extra noodles
>>
No. 1016870 ID: afe7de
File 163893100821.png - (10.54KB , 500x500 , p102.png )
1016870

> REQUEST - ANATOMY BOOK
You: Speaking of that ANATOMY BOOK, it looks interesting
You: Any chance we could borrow it?
Mimi: Hmmmm, well I’m already borrowing it from SVART
Mimi: But I’m almost done, if you don't mind waiting until TOMORROW
Mimi: You could ask HIM, though he might just try to SELL it to you
Ka Xu: Actually speaking of that, we heard there was some kind of ARGUMENT
Ka Xu: You’re around here, and we heard it happened at the INN
You: Can you tell us what happened?
Mimi: Hmm…
Mimi: Y’alls are a snoopy bunch aren't cha
Mimi: Well it’s none of my business
Mimi: Gotta keep my nose clean
Mimi: Unless ya can make it worth my while to talk more…


> BRIBERY - CANDIED WINE
You decide to offer the CANDY WINE to MIMI, at first she looks elated, but then she looks at the label and notices that it’s BITTER and makes a face of disgust.

Mimi: I HATE bitter stuff, only SWEET OR SOUR LIQUORS for me!
Mimi: IRAH too, ugh, this stuff is SO GROSS, its from the WEST?
Mimi: I’ll take from his LIQUOR CABINET instead, thanks.


She returns the wine to you and shakes her head.

Mimi: No deal, come back with something SWEET and I might reconsider
Mimi: Or a COUPLE BEADS, that works too.
You: What if we came back tonight with AN and all four of us shared a DRINK?
Mimi: Hmm, maybe, depends on how IRAH’S feeling tonight.
Mimi: Speaking of, y’alls gonna be booking another night?
Mimi: You’ve got the room for tonight, but after that will need to pay some more
Mimi: Though maybe you’ll get lucky and the BLIZZARD will calm down
Ka Xu: It’s real bad out there, how long do they normally last?
Mimi: 3-5 days usually
Mimi: Though there’s typically a lull on the 3rd day that you could use to GET OUT OF TOWN
Mimi: Would only recommend it if yer in a rush though.
Mimi: Well, take yer time and let me know sometime tomorrow
Mimi: I gotta do the DISHES in case someone else wants some FOOD.

You have learned of an OPPORTUNITY - LEAVE THE TOWN
- You can attempt to do so at some point during the [NIGHT OF DAY 3]
- Or you can wait until the BLIZZARD fully subsides and you’ve explored the town more


Bella takes the moment to return. She’s holding a book you didn’t notice earlier and heads off to the corner of the inn and parks her legs up on the table to read. You’re about to ask about the letter before she ties it up and hands it to you. The knot is immaculate and done with a flexibility you wouldn’t have expected from a CLOTH-KIN. You could always untie it later to read the letter, but you imagine that it’ll be OBVIOUS to anyone that it was opened and read.

You’ve acquired MIMI’S SEALED LETTER and have put it in your HIDDEN SMALL POUCH for safekeeping
You get the feeling MIMI doesn't want to talk to you anymore unless you have BUSINESS


KA XU leads you over to a booth and the two of you begin planning out your next move.
>>
No. 1016871 ID: afe7de
File 163893102664.png - (65.51KB , 1000x1031 , p103.png )
1016871

Ka Xu: I shoulda sold my tent to the SHAMAN
Ka Xu: S’ a shame that JACK didn’t want any of my STUFF
You: There’s always AN’s place, I’m sure we could convince her
Ka Xu: But you’ll be smooching all niiiiight
Ka Xu: I doubt there’s a side room that’s also heated!
You: I could just promise not to smooch all night!
You: Just part of the night instead…
You: What do you think about skipping town mid storm?
Ka Xu: I’d rather not if I’m being honest
Ka Xu: We’ll have to weather the storm for who knows how long
Ka Xu: Waiting it out is the more pragmatic solution


After a bit of back and forth KA XU suggests a few options of what you could do, and suggests that if you pick an option that doesn't involve MAKING BEADS, that he will split from you to go do that because he wants to continue staying in a WARM PLACE:

A. We could go to the FOREST and you could help me hunt for some HERBS
- Jack is interested in COAGULANTS and SALVES to aid in general medicine
- She’ll pay you 2 beads per bunch, or 5 beads for some HQ ones
- Is rather close by, but has a risk of not finding any
- You also could have a chance to see PHOENIUS’S GRAVE
- [You can reach the forest in 2 updates of time] (2 updates of daylight would remain)

B. We could go up to the CLIFFSIDE, find some STONES, and you could guaranteed make some BEADS
- You’d either be up there ALL NIGHT, or be returning AT NIGHT
- But you’d be nearly guaranteed to find STONES to make HOOKS for [10 BEADS]
- You both have MOONSTONES, so you should be fine if the storm lets up
- [You can reach the CLIFFSIDE in 3 updates of time] (1 update of daylight would remain)

C. We could go to the LABARYNTHINE RESIDENCES to look for LOOT
- SVART mentioned OTHER WAYS to make FUNDS to get by, KA XU intuits this means LOOTING
- Is a good middle ground between the two, you’re less likely to get lost coming back
- You’ll likely finish looking around a bit after dark
- [You can reach the LABARYNTH in 2 updates of time] (2 updates of daylight would remain)


> THOUGHTS
D. Or we could talk to BELLA whose right there and see if she’s willing to help or knows anything
- Talk to BELLA about something
E. I slept in last night, so that means we’ll be fine to stay up ALL NIGHT if we need to
- Just a thought
F. We could also just go to the GENERAL STORE and see what this VOUCHER is worth
- Attempt to trade for things using VOUCHERS or GOODS you have
G. Or we should attempt to talk to someone else in their home
- Head somewhere like the WELL KEPT RESIDENCES to talk to someone there

>>
No. 1016872 ID: c92a02

C! You could learn a lot about the town digging through its ruins.
>>
No. 1016873 ID: 629f2e

I feel like C has the best odds of making money while also finding something interesting, so that's my vote.
>>
No. 1016874 ID: 96c896

>>1016871
C. Let's not forget about the return trip. We can't go to the mountains and get back before dark. Plus maybe we can check out Irah's house...
>>
No. 1016877 ID: ce39da

If we ever head back out to the woods, we'll want to bring some combination of AN BOREALA, MI SNOW, and A SUNSTONE so we can pull double-duty investigating the crime scene. It'd be one of those "dedicate a whole day" projects.

For now, C seems more prudent, at least without any planning. Make a note to check in with SVART tomorrow to find out what today's patrols brought, though.
>>
No. 1016897 ID: e51896

I mainly want A, but will be alright if C is chosen.

only because if innocent people get hurt, we'll have stuff at the store to help heal the townsfolk.
>>
No. 1016899 ID: fb247a

On the way out, try to glance at the title of the book Bella is reading and see what it's called. If she glances back, give a smile and nod of acknowledgement then head out.
>>
No. 1016900 ID: 61735f

I think some combination of A and C if possible.
We could go to the forest first for herbs and on our way back we could split off, with Ka Xu either going to the shop or back to the Inn.

We had the thought that we could stay up tonight so maybe we search the Labarynth (maybe with An if she is free) after looking for herbs. We should be fine for the night and it will give us time to explore more than one area
>>
No. 1016915 ID: afe7de
File 163901383676.png - (12.77KB , 500x500 , p104.png )
1016915

> INN - A BRIEF ASIDE
The two of you discuss and eventually conclude that you should go to the LABYRINTHINE RESIDENCES. You're bound to find something while you're there, even if it's relatively small, you're sure you could sell it to JACK for the few beads you need to rest at the inn.

You look at BELLA as you walk by, trying to see what book she's reading, the cover is blank, but there is a golden trim along the edge. You catch her eye as you pass and she gives you a smile, to which you smile and nod as you leave.

> TOWN SQUARE - INTENSE BLIZZARD
The two of you don your cloaks and head out, you're immediately assaulted by heavy winds and cold snow. The snow itself is starting to get higher than before, reaching up halfway between your KNEES and your ANKLES. This makes traveling to your destination a bit ROUGH, but you huddle together with KA XU, pour on the WARMTH, and attempt to trudge through.

Your steps are slow and there's a moment where you nearly trip, but the two of you carry on. The doors and windows to the buildings you can see are shut and a sense of claustrophobia hits you even as you travel, it's hard to see or hear anything not immediately near you. You firm your grip on your companion as you enter the [WELL KEPT RESIDENCES]

TIME PASSES

> WELL KEPT RESIDENCES - INTENSE BLIZZARD
As you enter the area, you notice that the WIND is slightly lessened, but the snowfall is still quite heavy. You can see the breath in front of your face and a shiver in KA XU's motions. You try to see in the distance but the whiteness of the snow buffeting you is affecting your vision. You take a turn and skip past the houses, your full focus is required as KA XU gets stuck a few times, a clump of snow falling on him twice.

Your thoughts turn to the CHAPEL, where DRIFT and PLUM are allegedly at, you think about paying them a visit when you're done when some snow hits you in the face, interrupting the thought. KA XU pushes the both of you forward, but completely misses a long POLE in front of him, smacking into it and falling over. You rush to him and swear you hear the sound of phantom laughter in the distance, which only adds to the tension you feel.

TIME PASSES
>>
No. 1016917 ID: afe7de
File 163901392824.png - (9.87KB , 500x500 , p105.png )
1016917

> LABYRINTHINE RESIDENCES - ARRIVAL
You waste no time as you get to the area, motioning KA XU into the nearest open building and shutting the door. This building is not insulated, creaks of cold leaking through the cracks in the window and boards, but it's a moment's respite. KA XU rubs his hands together and coughs before turning to you.

Ka Xu: And you wanted to PATROL in that?!
You: Well we made it here
Ka Xu: Yeah, but I feel like the snow was out to get me
You: I was there, you're fiiiine


You take out your miniature map of the area, you know that the further you enter the LABYRINTH, the DENSER things get, considering AN hasn't explored the area, you imagine you might find something. KA XU bumps into a desk and mentions he found something.

Ka Xu: THE LITTLE LYLUK THAT COULD, looks like a children's story
Ka Xu: Hmm, it's illustrated too…
You: What’s it about?
Ka Xu: Some pitiful little creature with no arms
Ka Xu: I think it’s a story about overcoming adversity and finding inner strength
Ka Xu: It's small, maybe worth a BEAD OR TWO?
You: What's that paper tucked in there?
You: Is that a note?
Ka Xu: Yeah, lemme read it


Dearest Kelmp,
My sweet sweet child, we're sorry to leave so early, our worries were great and our wallet dry. Your fathers and I took it upon ourselves to take extra hours at the mine. Fret not young Kelmp, for while we might be gone for a few nights, there is food in the pantry and we have left you this novella, so that it might keep you rapt in attention when you're not at home. Read it at night and pretend we were there, whispering in your ears to lull you into a restful night.

Your Mother - Pu Volde
Your Father - Pu Trefy
Your Other Father - Ess Tufts

The bottom of the page has a small heart inscribed in it.

>>
No. 1016919 ID: afe7de
File 163901401959.png - (11.59KB , 500x500 , p106.png )
1016919

You: This is incredibly sad
Ka Xu: Yeah the book was left here and there’s no date
Ka Xu: must be back before the mine was closed though
You: Ooof
Ka Xu: Ooof indeed Cob, oof indeed.

KA XU pockets the book and note for now.


There is a brief moment, a moment where you look out the window, and the snow splits in the strangest of ways, you’re able to see the building across from you. It’s a hodgepodge of styles and seems like two buildings attached to one. But that’s not the thing that catches your attention. You see a shadow moving across the windows inside that building. And for the briefest moment you see something, or to be more accurate you see someone.

They’re limping and walking with a strange gait and you can’t tell if they’re CLOTH or FUR or ASH, the snow is blocking your view. But there’s one thing that you’re certain of, someone is in that building. And like that, the snow continues to pile down, and they move from view from that window. You’re stuck, staring out the window with a blank expression, not sure how to respond, you’re confident that they didn’t see you.

KA XU continues to look around the place, and upon finding nothing, speaks up without looking at you.



> KA XU’S SUGGESTIONS
A. We should head deeper inside and start searching, might be some better stuff there
- Head one step deeper into the labyrinth and begin your search
- Harder to find loot, but better chances of good loot

B. We could also stick to the outer edges, it’ll make leaving easier
- Search twice in the area around you
- Easier to find loot, but worse chances of good loot


> THOUGHTS
C. [???] I need to get that motherstuffer
- Just a thought, interpret this as you will
D. [ANCESTOR] I should check out that building
- Enter the building across from you and begin to explore
E. [DESIRE] Freak the fluff out, no, don’t keep your composure
- Freak out, for no purposes other then because that was kind of scary

>>
No. 1016925 ID: 96c896

>>1016919
D. Let's find out who that is. Just in case, you could make a trap in the building you're in. Then retreat to the trap if the figure turns out to be an abomination that tries to kill you.
>>
No. 1016936 ID: e51896

E, freak out just a little, it is bad to bottle up your emotions, especially fear.

Once you got that out of your system, A.
>>
No. 1016938 ID: c92a02

Head deeper in.
>>
No. 1016944 ID: 629f2e

D. We have to check that out, even if it's just a fellow looter.

Tell Ka Xu what you saw and bring him with you for support.
>>
No. 1016960 ID: 61735f

Let Ka Xu know what we saw as he is the better fighter and should be prepared. We would like to check out the building(if he will come with us). You definitely aren't scared even a little... nothing scary about seeing a kin of unknown origin creeping around another building during a storm...

Don't forget though we still need to earn beads somehow so maybe we look around before we go check out the other building.
>>
No. 1016968 ID: 0838d6
File 163908566538.png - (12.06KB , 500x500 , p107.png )
1016968

> LABYRINTHINE RESIDENCES - A MOMENT OF FEAR
You barely register KA XU'S words as you feel dread creeping up on your neck, the fear of the moment causing the stitching along your spine to stand on its ends. You tell yourself that you aren't scared, that there's nothing terrifying about seeing a kin of unknown origin in a strange building creeping around another building during a storm.

You're shaking and KA XU approaches you, holding your hand, asking if you're alright. You force your WARMTH to the forefront, calming yourself as you feel the warmth flow like a current through you. You tell him what you saw and it gives him pause, he stares at the window, but the storm makes it hard to see. He suggests that maybe you both should investigate, just to be safe.

You allowed yourself to feel terror
- You're now FOCUSED and are less likely to be surprised
- You're less likely to FREAK OUT from a similar situation


> LABYRINTHINE RESIDENCES - SEARCH 1
KA XU suggests taking a moment to look around for any more LOOT, so the two of you head to a house between the one you're in and your destination. This building is in a worse condition than the one you were in previously, it would not make for good shelter and KA XU notes that it looks like the building collapsed not too long ago. The two of you attempt a brief search, KA XU finds some COTTON STAINED SHEETS, the sheets were stained with the insides of another stuffie. The stains look to be years old, but you don't take this with you. On the other hand, you find a SINGLE BEAD rolled under a crushed bed, you use your THROWING NEEDLE to pull it out from under there.

You've gained [1 BEAD] and put it in your BEAD POUCH

Ka Xu: One more to go and we’ll have a warm bed for the night.
You: hmm, yeah

>>
No. 1016969 ID: 0838d6
File 163908568785.png - (7.71KB , 500x500 , p108.png )
1016969

> LABR. MANOR - FOYER
The two of you quickly dash into the building, taking a look at it from the outside as you do so. The building itself appears to have originally been a MANOR of some sort, but there are additions to it, almost like other, nearby buildings, which were cannibalized to increase its size.

You see a cracked window near the upper floor of this two story manor as you walk in. You turn around and can see DUSK rapidly approaching, it'll be dark before long and you'll have to use your MOONSTONES, but for the moment you're fine. You shut the door and it responds with a rather loud creaking, like it hasn't been maintained in a rather long time.

The place is dark, scattered cracks of light streaking through and barely illuminating the locale. You immediately see a door to your WEST, EAST, and NORTH, with two staircases on either side leading UP. The door to the EAST is off its hinges and the door to the NORTH is wide open. The place also isn't as dusty as you would have expected, probably because of the cracks allowing wind to blow through the place.

The floorboards creak ominously and you're unsure if that's creaking from the WIND, or from that figure you saw. KA XU mentions that it definitely seems like someone's been here recently. You pull out your THROWING NEEDLE and he pulls out his NEEDLE AND SCISSOR, the two of you hope you won't need it, but your paranoia is getting the better of you at the moment.

A creaking and thudding breaks your reverie as the two of you look down the EAST DOOR, it's dark, sans the light you see streaking in from various windows. The two of you can barely make out feline ears and eyes peeking out, looking at you. Unfortunately the stark contrast of light against dark makes it impossible for you to make out their silhouette past these facial features.

A sharp silence fills the space you occupy. Both you and KA XU glance at each other at this moment, then at the figure at the end of the hall, then back to each other. Neither of you move. KA XU remains silent, leaving you to your thoughts.

The [EVENING] is almost over.

> THOUGHTS
A. I should greet the individual
- Say something to the stuffie in the distance
B. [ANCESTOR] I have a bad feeling
- Just a thought
C. [???] Let's just throw a snare trap down right now
- Use your action to place a TRAP in front of the door before they get closer to you
- Will reveal to the stuffie you can make TRAPS
- For list of traps you can look at >>1013816 if you’d like to make a different one

D. [DESIRE] No questions, throw a NEEDLE and attempt to pin them
- Attempt to attack the stuffie and disable them
- Will almost certainly trigger comba
t
E. Let's go upstairs KA XU
- You will get the physical high ground
- You will lose the moral high ground

F. We should pull out our MOONSTONES, it’s getting dark
- You’ll be able to see better in the dark and not be at disadvantage when night comes
- Stuffies out in the darkness will be able to see you better

>>
No. 1016971 ID: 42bfb5

Pull out your moonstone. Whomst goes there?
>>
No. 1016972 ID: 076735

If possible, back away slowly, then set a trap as soon as line-of-sight is broken.
>>
No. 1016973 ID: 629f2e

Alright hear me out.

Let's throw down a snare trap.

If this is a normal stuffie minding their own business, then we'll definitely be impolite. However, given what has been happening in town with kin vanishing, it's at least an understandable precaution. If they aren't a nice kin, then using the darkness to plant a trap between us gives us a headstart on a fight if they choose to start one. A snare won't hurt them, just hold them still so that we can strike back if needed.

Don't pull out moonstones yet. We don't know if they're alone or not, and it will reveal your trap if you do. Do greet them however, and give them a chance to not be spoopy.
>>
No. 1016978 ID: 094652

Put a snare trap down and make a joke.

"Nice night for catching rabbits. Or are you going to put your foot down?"
>>
No. 1016979 ID: 7d9f5e

Smooch Kcuhc! (or at least imagine it)

in any case, Turn off warmth. If they turn out to be bad and get close to you and can sense your warmth, they'll figure out they'll be able follow you by feeling where your warmth is. Turn it back on when you're away from them for Ka xu's sake if he needs it.

Im not sure if chimeras are the ones we should be worried about, but instead if it is the people creating these chimeras we should fear qs they're the ones killing and creating these creatures. I'd say A at least see what they'll do first if we speak up before taking action. Tell them we're sorry for intruding, looking for beads to stay at the inn. But we'll leave if they want us to.
>>
No. 1016992 ID: 96c896

Ashkin are well known for making traps, so all our enemies should assume we can make traps anyway.

C.
>>
No. 1016993 ID: 61735f

Throw down a snare trap and then greet the stuffie. Better safe and a little rude than the next victim.
>>
No. 1017069 ID: afe7de
File 163919344891.png - (17.44KB , 500x500 , p109.png )
1017069

> ACTION - SNARE TRAP
Your hands start moving before your thoughts catch up with you and by the time you're done, few moments have passed and you have a SNARE TRAP in your hands. Your eyes quickly dart around the room and you notice right by the unhinged door that there is a PILLAR. You toss the trap down and loop it around the pillar in a quick motion to anchor the snare to it. The stuffie on the other side of the room continues to give you this thousand-yard stare, it's uncomfortable, so you cough. Their attention, originally between the two of you, snaps towards you with a crack. Feeling the atmosphere tense up you decide to crack a joke.

You: Hey there...
You: Nice night for uh catching rabbits.
You: Or are you going to put your foot down?


You can see through the streaks of light KA XU give you a thumbs up on your joke as the figure walks towards the two of you. You get glimpses of them as they pass a window, their footsteps a mix of dragging and stepping and with each glimpse you catch, confusion begins to pierce through you, you see two, no, three figures, but they're not separate.

The sound of tearing and snapping, like stitching come undone, increases as a groan slowly comes to bare. The groan is husky and strained, like it's coming from the scratchy throat of an ill stuffie. You look to KA XU and ask him if this is normal but he just shrugs, looking as confused as you are, you both take a few steps back, and at that action the figure rushes towards you.

> LABR. MANOR - ABOMINATION
The creature in front of you reaches the light and you notice what was once three stuffies is now one. Two cats and one dog fur-kin, or cloth kin, you're not sure have been stitched together in an unholy mass of plush. Random stitching criss crosses the main figure's torso, their mouth is fraying at the edges as it rips the stitching once keeping it closed open.

To his side lies the other two kin. One's eyes, wide in terror, stare out darting between the two of you and the figure itself but otherwise limp and lifeless. The other seems to be pleading, their eyes sewn as if they're permanently crying. But what disturbs you the most is the mass of limbs moving along the floor, some function as normal, but a few snap and bend at odd, unnatural angles, and while the movement sounds like dragging, and would be rough or even difficult to use, the movements are graceful, calculated, and smooth.

You and Ka Xu were both mentally prepared for a fight, but not for this. You both freeze in terror as what can only be described as an abomination shambles smoothly towards you. It's groan grows in volume as all of it's stitches in its mouth snap open and it lets out a weak, bloodthirsty, and guttural roar. The mass of plush pounces at you.
>>
No. 1017070 ID: afe7de
File 163919346797.png - (14.63KB , 500x500 , p110.png )
1017070

> TRAP CHECK - CRITICAL SUCCESS
The creature smashes against the doorway, cracking it with one of the women's bodies in an unnatural show of strength. You're both parylized with fear for the moment, but your quick thinking earlier ensnares the creature. It's slow, guttural groaning continues even as 4 of it's 6 legs become tangled and dragged towards the pillar.

Your core is beating quickly in your chest, threatening to pop out of your mouth from what you're feeling. You imagine if you hadn't freaked out earlier, you might have been in shock for much longer. You look to your side, finally out of your own head to see KA XU vomiting his lunch out, you pat him on the back and look towards the creature.

It's struggling against it's restraints and trying to drag itself towards you with a near single-mindedness. The snare you made will only last so long if you want to keep it restrained, however it has a limb free and you imagine getting hit by that would hurt significantly. KA XU gets up, noticing that it's getting too dark to see and pulls out his MOONSTONE, illuminating the room.

It's only now, after everything has calmed down that you can hear several things that you missed until now. The first has to do with the OUTDOORS. The BLIZZARD has deescalated in intensity, which means travelling around won't take as long as it did when you left for here. The second, now that the boards aren't creaking and you can take a moment to assess, is that you can hear a faint whispering.

You creep towards the creature, the source of the whispering and you can hear two distinct and feminine voices coming from the two very limp heads of the women attached to the entity that the voices identify as CHU UK. Their eyes are vacant, like anything their vision settles on is being looked THROUGH rather than at.

Canine head: P-p-pwease help us Chu Uk
Feline head: Chu Uk we lo-ve you
Canine head: D-d-don't leave us Chu uk
Feline head: Together
Canine head: Furever
Chu uk: *Gutteral Moans and Grunts*

>>
No. 1017073 ID: afe7de
File 163919355499.png - (20.48KB , 500x500 , p111.png )
1017073

> ANCESTRAL INSIGHT
You take a step back as the Chu Uk monster attempts to make a swipe on you, it misses, but your close proximity to the creature has caused your WARMTH to flare up and your ANCESTOR gives you the clearest message you could have possibly ever gotten.

[ANCESTOR] This one’s too corrupted, they’re core-dead

You look to KA XU and ask if he heard that, he shakes his head, but mentions that he gets the vague feeling that it’s right. The creature struggles as it tries to reach towards you, but can’t understand how to unloop the snare. The sound of fraying rope can be heard as it attempts to use BRUTE FORCE to break through. You get the feeling you have a limited amount of time before it breaks free and attacks you with full force.

After a few moments of contemplation the night falls in its entirety, the darkness closes in as the only light you see is KA XU’S MOONSTONE. The moonlight is entirely blocked by the blizzard and you can only barely make out it’s silhouette in the sky.

It is now the [NIGHT OF DAY 2]
The BLIZZARD has deescalated and you can now travel at a normal pace


> KA XU’S SUGGESTIONS
A. We should bind it further, or PIN IT with your throwing needles
- Attempt to restrain the creature with advantage as it’s already trapped
B. We could also set some more traps to wear it down as it seems SINGLE MINDED in it’s pursuit
- Lay traps and let it fall into them one by one as you bide your time
C. I’m going to be honest, I know a bit about medicine, but not much about anatomy, I don’t know if we can kill this thing
- Attempt to kill the creature
- it might escape if not further restrained if you fail


> THOUGHTS
D. [DESIRE] Those poor kin, I’m so sorry
- Just a thought
E. [ANCESTOR] They no longer have any sanity remaining
- Just a thought
- May also not be entirely accurate

F. I should go get AN, the storm has subsided, she’ll know what to do
- Would take [1 UPDATE] worth of time to reach her
- Once you’re there you’ll have to convince her as well, which will probably take some time
- Ka Xu will attempt to keep the creature restrained or distracted

G. Ka Xu should get AN, I’m better at RESTRAINING considering my toolset
- You will have to restrain or distract the creature until he returns
- You estimate this will take between [2-3 UPDATES]

H. [???] What about you both go FLUFF this and leave, leave the abomination here, go search somewhere else, pretend this didn’t happen
- Go deeper into the LABYRINTH and hope this thing doesn't follow you

>>
No. 1017085 ID: f8a83a

A pin it with throwing needles since it's already trapped (save our traps for later)

Then H

Against any action that seperates us from Ka Xu, there might be more of those abominations that might try to kill us or ka xu if we're alone, or get kidnapped by cultists
>>
No. 1017090 ID: 629f2e

A and G, but don't assume you won't need B.

Firstly, we need to restrain it further while Ka Xu goes to get help. We already have advantage, so the bad rolls have less power over us right now. Let's hope Chu Uk inherits them for a bit. Yes, there's a bit of risk in splitting the party right now, but containing this abomination is vitally important. We need to gather some clues about why it's here, who did this to them, and make sure the townspeople know to watch out for others like them.

Don't assume they won't escape just because you tighten the restraints a bit. You should probably start preparing to set up extra traps as soon as he's down. Take multiple precautions, because even when An and Ka Xu are back you're still going to have to do something about him. Be ready to do what needs to be done.
>>
No. 1017092 ID: 094652

Hit the Chu Uk until he falls unconscious! Try to negotiate with the other two.
>>
No. 1017097 ID: e51896

I'm still against splitting up, but i will say if one of us goes to get An, don't tell her it's a monster or abomination attacking, she'll have a hard time believing it. Instead, tell her it's a pretty strong fur cloth kin that tried to attack us that we caught With a trap, and we need her help subduing them. Will be a lot more believable.
>>
No. 1017100 ID: c92a02

Pin it through the chest.
>>
No. 1017101 ID: 96c896

I know what to do. Kill it with fire.
But we don't have the means to do that right now, so...
A, and G.
>>
No. 1017119 ID: c5008a

A, G

Whisper to and remind Ka Xu we should use our paperling whistles if we are in danger, and try to stop what we're doing to return to each other if we hear a whistle.

Maybe certain kinds of sounds we make with our whistle could mean different kinds of trouble we'd be in to get a better understanding on how to approach things.

Like a long whistle sound means you're lost and need to be found, multiple short whistles in a row means being attacked by a monster, and a pattern of short and long whistle sounds means you're being kidnapped.

Maybe give Ka Xu candied wine to give to An to help convince her to get over here? She seemed to have accepted a drink before.
>>
No. 1017128 ID: 34dfce

>>1017073
I think we should do A. and then take them back to town. Take them to An first thing and put them in jail. As fucked as this whole situation is, we should probably try to be as deliberately naive regarding the real possibilities here as possible. Treat this as if a normal, living stuffie tried to attack you and you bound them and are bringing them to the sheriff. Let the rest of the town come to their own conclusions.

If this plan works, we would have (slightly) less of a target painted on us, plus based on the reactions of the town, we can get an idea of who might be involved.

Also a jail cell is probably the best place for this thing since we dont know how to kill it.
>>
No. 1017129 ID: 96c896

Personally I'd love to see what happens if the stitching between the individual bodies is undone.
>>
No. 1017156 ID: afe7de
File 163933024866.png - (16.46KB , 500x500 , p112.png )
1017156

> RESTRAINT CHECK - SUCCESS
The two of you look around the room, attempting to see what you could potentially use to keep the creature down. You fail to see any chandeliers or easily collapsible parts of the structure near you, but a quick glance around does let you see that in the nearby rooms the ceiling is unstable. Your ENGINEERING knowledge is paying off at this moment. You think that a THROWING NEEDLE tossed at the right angle and with the right force applied could cause a BUILDING COLLAPSE, trapping the creature for a significant amount of time.

You take stock of the situation and perform a twofold assault on the creature. After quickly crafting a ROPE using various debris on the ground that you were quite lucky to stumble across, and use it to catch the free parts of the plush mass in front of you. You then tie this rope, after a struggle involving you and KA XU, to a pole opposite to the creature.

All it's limbs are restrained but you can hear it nearly breaking free of the SNARE, so you toss a THROWING NEEDLE to KA XU and the two of you pin down part of the mass in two precisely aimed shots that hit their target.

The creature oozes an ichor-like substance from its body. You recognize this to be COTTON, but there's something WRONG about it, like it's tainted. The cotton is thick and chunky and even as it leaves the creature's body it stays in an unnatural form, not liquefying at all. It’s also a deep purple with black veiny

The creature and the two limp women attached let out shrill shrieks of pain in unison as they bleed and struggle against their new restraints. You quickly take stock of your supplies before telling KA XU your plan.

> INVENTORY CHECK
You have [1 BEAD]
You have [1 VOUCHER]

MEDIUM SATCHEL
- HQ Tent
- HQ Bedroll
- Tiny SALT jar (6 uses)
- Tiny SUGAR jar (7 uses)
- Rations (6 uses)
- Candy Wine
- Colorful Threads
- Plasticine Rose
- LQ fishing hook
- Paperling Leather Scraps
- Can hold some more SMALL things

HIDDEN SMALL POUCH (OUTFIT) -
- Low Light Moonstone
- Tar Salve (2 uses)
- Paper/Ink
- 3 Plastic Vials
- 1 Stone Vial (filled with water, treat as a waterskin with a day’s allotment)
- Mimi’s Sealed Letter for Da Crone
- Can hold a few more TINY things

HIDDEN TINY POUCH (CLOAK) -
- Empty
- Hari Tomo’s Paperling whistle

> CURRENT MODULES
HIDDEN TOOL POUCH
- Stoneworking tools
- Has room for 2 more sets of tools

HIDDEN HQ TRAPPING POUCH
- 4 Traps remaining
- Refills require a single update due to the EXTREME WEATHER
- But this can be refilled anywhere

WEAPON STRAPS
- 1 Singing Throwing Needle
- 1 Normal Throwing needle


AUTHORS NOTE: Forgot to include your weapons in your inventory during the initial update so I'm giving you 3 normal needles and 1 singing needle, the singing needle makes noise when it's thrown.

These are on your person and don't take up any inventory, imagine them as being on like a scabbard or quiver you can carry 3 at no cost but they will be visible, the rest must be stored in your inventory.

>>
No. 1017157 ID: afe7de
File 163933027093.png - (12.02KB , 500x500 , p113.png )
1017157

> PERSUASION - GO GET AN KA XU
You talk to KA XU, and attempt to get him to go and get AN, she's the town SHERIFF, she'll know what to do right?

Ka Xu: But what if she caused this?
Ka Xu: What if they're all in on it?
Ka Xu: Ugh I can still taste the vomit. *spits*
You: We have to trust someone at this stage, we can't handle this
You: Not on our own, and... I don't know I get a good feeling about her
Ka Xu: Goddess Fluff it I KNOW you're right
Ka Xu: And the longer we wait the more likely whoever made this comes
You: I have a few ideas, I think I can keep this...
You: ABOMINATION contained, it's not smarter than an aggressive paperling
Ka Xu: Yeah, imagine something with this strength and a stuffie's mind


The two of you shudder at the thought, it's struggling and whimpering and whispering making the atmosphere tense and taut.

Ka Xu: I'll go get AN
Ka Xu: Maybe you should trap the area though, just in case...
Ka Xu: It looks like a WHISTLE should be audible since the WIND died down
Ka Xu: I'll send you a message if something happens
You: Be careful
Ka Xu: I should be saying that to you!


You give your companion a warm hug, a bit tighter than normal as he dashes off into the night. You pull out your MOONSTONE as he leaves with his, and plan your next move.

You can say with confidence that the beast will be pinned for a little bit, after that, you imagine it's struggling will intensify and that it might get loose. You need to keep it distracted or pinned until KA XU returns.
>>
No. 1017158 ID: afe7de
File 163933028480.png - (13.87KB , 500x500 , p114.png )
1017158

> INSIGHT - LABR. MANOR
A thought then occurs to you. The creature is in this house, in this abandoned part of town, a place no kin goes. Why? The first thing you think about is that this place is remote, no kin will probably hear much unless they have GOOD HEARING, and it's mouth was SEWN SHUT. This is either standard procedure, or the creature was led here from somewhere, it could even be somewhere closeby.

And then there's how you would even lead it here in the first place, it chased after you and KA XU with a SINGLE MINDED FURY, you imagine whatever made this must have some way to manipulate them, but how?

Then there’s its STRENGTH, you got LUCKY that it got caught on your trap. You imagine fighting more than one would be a fool's errand even with KA XU without intense creativity and use of traps. To successfully combat one of these things you feel that you’d need AT LEAST one more kin then there are of them.

The thought of taking it to the JAIL did come to you, but you’d still need AN for that, there’s 3 stuffies worth of weight on it and it’d be struggling. This gives you pause again, you think it MIGHT be possible to carry this abomination solo if it wasn’t struggling, however the kin would have to be QUITE STRONG.

You look around the room you are in, it's dark, but you think with the restraints in place you could take a brief look around before continuing to deal with the abomination.

KA XU has been gone for [0.5 UPDATES]
CHU UK is pinned and cannot attempt to free itself for [1.5 UPDATES]


> THOUGHTS
A. I should briefly look around the whole manor for anything suspicious
- Takes half the update
- Medium-low chance of finding something
- Low chance of finding something related to the abomination
- Gives you a map of the area

B. [DESIRE] Maybe I should take a closer look at the creature instead
- Takes half the update
- INVESTIGATE the creature, maybe you can figure something out

C. Or maybe I should set up a trap
- Each trap you place takes half an update
- If you wish to HIDE the trap using debris and other things that will take another half an update
- Please describe the type of trap and where you want to put it, Cob will adapt it
D. Or I could restrain the creature further, it's in a pitiful state

- Takes half the update
- Restrain the creature with advantage
- Potentially pinning it for another turn
E. I could also prepare that COLLAPSIBLE CEILING in the [DINING AREA] to pin the creature down

- Takes half the update
- Will guarantee that you can collapse the ceiling at a moment's notice
- Collapsing the ceiling WILL make a lot of noise to the surrounding areas
- Anything caught will be stuck indefinitely if you're successful

F. [???] I'm panicking, let's calm down
- Takes half the update
- Gain advantage on whatever other action you take

G. Maybe I’m looking at this from a completely wrong perspective
- The OTHER option is always available, feel free to suggest something else!
- You can also always specify things like if you don’t want to search for something related to the monster, you can just search for things worth beads


AUTHORS NOTE: Due to the time sensitive nature of this encounter, the time required to complete certain actions will be more limited. You have a FULL UPDATE’S worth of actions still, so feel free to double up.
- EX. You can chose to do something like A and B, etc, or focus on just one thing
- EX2. You could also double up on an action, like search the house twice instead of doing it once with advantage.

>>
No. 1017159 ID: 629f2e

B and E. Prepare the ceiling in case this thing gets free, and get a better look at him now. We should work with the assumption of bad rolls, and think about where our choices leave us if it escapes. Much as I'd like to restrain it further instead of doing the ceiling thing first, if that thing breaks free then we have nothing else set for it. We need something, and the ceiling is our best singular option.
>>
No. 1017161 ID: c92a02

Pin it again and investigate.
>>
No. 1017171 ID: 34dfce

D.
Make sure the thing is as immobile as possible.

C. Sort of
Given they aren't very mechanically sophisticated, and given our knowledge of engineering, could we lash together some downscaled cheval de frise type of cavalry trap out of debris and set them up in the doorways? Just something quick to barricade the doors while also ensuring that nothing would be able to force its way through said barricade (cuz they would be impaled if they tried).
>>
No. 1017172 ID: 96c896

E is very important, because something or someone else might show up and if it's a very strong action.
D seems like a straightforward solution to the immediate problem.
>>
No. 1017173 ID: e51896

I don't know why, but I have some kind of intuition that showing the Plasticine Rose to this chu uk person might do something... Probably too risky, but just a thought.


Other than that, Ka Xu told us to trap the area, so I think that is what we should do. But I want to get a better understanding of what this place is like first before we set traps, we might find potential spots for laying good traps. we should have 1.5 updates to set some traps.

I'm not sure, but I am for any of these two options:

___________________________________________________

option 1:

A: investigate the entire manor for .5 update try to find potential places for traps as well as finding anything interesting

then C: after we're done, lets set a pitfall trap upstairs for the other .5 update, something that will make the monster fall far from the second floor down to the first floor. optionally, we could also once we figure out where upstairs our pitfall trap will be, set one of our needles on the first floor, and have the monster get impaled by the needle upon landing on it after falling in the pitfall trap... though that will cost us a needle and I don't know if that will cost another .5 update.

Next update, we can use the other .5 update we have left to figure out whether we want to hide the pitfall trap, or set up another trap, or do something else like calm ourselves.

______________________________________________________

Option 2:

F. Calm down, deep breaths. gain advantage for our next action

A: search the entire manor for potential trap setups, clues, and stuff.

Next update we can use the .5 update we have left before Chu uk attempts to break free to figure out where to lay a trap.

______________________________________________________

Ceiling trap I think should be a last resort, we don't want anyone who created this monster coming for us, or worse, more abominations.
>>
No. 1017178 ID: afe7de

Forgot to add to your lists that NET TRAPS are a thing you can do since HARI TOMO taught you.

>>1017171
Also you can only set one trap per .5 updates, so you couldnt trap the whole room, but you could trap a doorway or a hallway or a spot, I'll allow some form of flexibility in this, but it will be smaller and like hand trap sized if your idea gets picked, making a regular one would take more time.
>>
No. 1017234 ID: 34dfce

>>1017178
>hand trap sized
So like a singular caltrop? Probably not a very effective idea then...

How long would it take us to just shove random furniture and objects haphazardly to try and block doorways?

Rather than set up any sort of trigger mechanism, could we simply take the net portion of the net trap and just secure it across a doorway to entangle whatever may try to get through (and ofc lacks the intelligence and dexterity to remove it prior to entry)?
>>
No. 1017272 ID: afe7de
File 163943125261.png - (16.57KB , 500x500 , p115.png )
1017272

> RESTRAINT CHECK - LOW SUCCESS
The creature is pretty thoroughly restrained at this point, but you can see the ropes you prepared fraying and about to snap. You’ve already scoured the room for debris to make another rope, so you use another charge of your trapping pouch to make another snare. You set it up so the creature slips its limb into it and the restraints on that particular pillar are doubled. This happens as the old restraint snaps, but you feel it’s slightly looser than the original one. There’s only so much you can do at this stage, but you accept the results as they appear to have bought you even a little more time.

CHU UK has been pinned for an additional [0.5 UPDATES]

> INVESTIGATION - ABOMINATION CHU UK
Seeing as the limbs of the creature are restrained, you decide to risk it and take a closer look. You wander around it and scour the thing to see if you can spot any new information, or attempt to understand the being that now lies in front of you.

The first thing you notice as you wander around it is that the cat you identify as CHU UK is the only one who focuses on you. His head turns to face you no matter where you stand. The other’s eyes all stare vacantly, occasionally glazing over you, or missing you entirely. There’s no focus there, and you don’t think the abomination can see out of them. It’s obvious to you that this stitching was done with a WOODEN NEEDLE, and the thought that anyone with one could do this causes your entire body to shudder. From a distance you thought they were just haphazardly sewn together, but it’s more gruesome than you thought.

The ladies attached to his hip had been cut open, as was he, and the seams were stitched together. You now understand what your [ANCESTOR] was talking about. If you could split them up, they would be dead, even if their cores still function. You can’t tell anything further without cutting open the abomination.

The ladies haven’t stopped whispering, so you listen in again, attempting to decipher what they say. Some names come up and you think they even occasionally mention each-others names. You hear a MARCIE and a RA MONA in there, so you’ll call the dog that and the cat that, just for the sake of simplicity.

Ra Mona: Pwease, ca-l m- Mona, Ra Mo-a
Marcie: Chu Uk… I- still on bus-ness hours-
Ra Mona: Oh, Chu Uk-
Marcie: uy me din-r…?
Ra Mona: Could weally u-e a dwink-
Marcie: why… wh- tha-s so kind!
Ra Mona: -an- contwol -y feelings.
Marcie: -me’s Marcie! -eter than a fre- cream filling!

>>
No. 1017273 ID: afe7de
File 163943129450.png - (18.59KB , 500x500 , p116.png )
1017273

You think about what you just heard, are they reliving their lives? It sounds like they were heavily influenced or enamored by this CHU UK person who you assume to be the main figure in this abomination. You attempt to communicate with them, simple words, names, things like that but they don’t register what you say, almost like they can’t. CHU UK does not respond any differently when anything is said either, you imagine he can’t even hear you.

The last thing you catch before they stop whispering are the names ZAN, PHI SO, and ANGEL AH. You feel like they probably had close ties to the three in front of you, and this gets you thinking, would they have all left without each-other? If this is what remains after their psyches have been rattled and nearly destroyed, all of them must be significantly important to each other. Or maybe it’s just short term and they only met recently, you can’t tell.

You don’t feel ill this time by the things you’re feeling but it does make you slightly distressed. You’re not sure if their whispers are just there to torture CHU UK, or if it’s keeping him going, or if it’s just a byproduct of the whole process. Something that does disturb you however, is that their cotton is still thick and chunky even after this time has passed, and it only continues to ooze out because of the thrashing against your needles. You imagine you could store some in one of your VIALS if you really wanted to.

There’s one final thing you notice that makes you let out a light chuckle. Some text was shaved on to CHU UK’s chest, the fur has grown back and it would be almost imperceptible if you weren’t at the exact angle holding a light, but it says PUSSY. You wonder why that happened, and take the moment of levity to calm yourself as he continues to moan and snarl in your direction and struggle against his restraints.

KA XU has been gone for [1.5 UPDATES]
CHU UK is pinned and cannot attempt to free itself for [1 UPDATE]


> THOUGHTS
A. [DESIRE] I should look around the manor, just in case
- Takes half the update
- Medium-low chance of finding something
- Low chance of finding something related to the abomination
- Gives you a map of the area

B. I should set a trap, just in case it pops up too quickly
- Each trap you place takes half an update
- Hiding the trap takes an additional half update
- Moving furniture around to create obstacles is also a valid strategy
- You can also use your traps to block off doors in a visible manner

C. KA XU should be back soon right? Maybe I should restrain it a bit more
- Takes half the update
- Restrain the creature with advantage
- (you rolled low, but not low enough to fail last time, hence the .5 instead of 1 update pin)

D. [ANCESTOR] Or do I try to kill it… End it’s misery…
- Attempt to kill the creature at disadvantage
- If you fail the creature will get an attempt to free itself

E. [???] But what if I blinded the main body?
- Takes half the update
- Blind Chu Uk

F. Or is there something I’m missing here?
- Do something else, or something suggested in a prior update

>>
No. 1017274 ID: 629f2e

E and then D. Blind Chu Uk, and then make an attempt to put them out of their misery. At least if you fail, he'll be blind and less able to fight back. If there's nothing here we can save, the least we can do is release them from their miserable existence.
>>
No. 1017277 ID: c92a02

Look around the manor, then center yourself. Focus up and then, we'll try to put this stuffy out of its misery.
>>
No. 1017279 ID: f0ea2e

Im for A and B (pitfall trap on the top of the stairway)

Or

>>1017274 sounds like a good combo.
>>
No. 1017280 ID: 96c896

>>1017273
F: First experiment. Test its reaction to stimuli. Try the rose and the wine. Also collect some goop in a plastic vial.
Then E: CHU UK barely reacted to your voice, but charged when it saw you. Blinding it should in theory neutralize it as a threat. Do that afterwards.
>>
No. 1017281 ID: 094652

E) Stitch the main body to Ra Mona and Marcie so they'll have a stronger handle on him. Then string him up so he won't have a foothold to struggle on.
>>
No. 1017310 ID: ce39da

E, followed by B.

Be sure to be quiet after the sack goes on - it didn't register being talked to, but only because it was already locked on to us. We know that it's fully capable of reacting to sound, based on how it responded to our greeting at the start. Of course, only having sound to rely on means your trap will gain an advantage.
>>
No. 1017311 ID: 7a43b5

Important if we blind it: keep warmth off. We set it off when we got frightened by it and it might have felt that. Keeping warmth off wont allow it to search for us by sensing our warmth.
>>
No. 1017343 ID: 076735

I think AN should see it alive first, so don't kill it yet.
>>
No. 1017413 ID: 34dfce

>>1017343
Seconding. We also shouldn't try mutilating it further or trying to experiment until we aren't alone.

I think we should set up some non-lethal traps at as many doors as we can. Maybe also stay vigilant in case someone new tries to shoot you from an adjacent building through a window. It is doubtful, but better safe than sorry (to clarify, this isn't an action in itself, more just something we should keep in mind as something to be wary of).
>>
No. 1017432 ID: afe7de
File 163953429285.png - (10.69KB , 500x500 , p117.png )
1017432

> ACTION - BLIND CHU UK
The situation is tense, but your investigation gives you an idea. You decide to blind the abomination. After gathering some nearby debris, a curtain and a sharp piece of plastic, you create a makeshift bag. The restraints are loosening by the minute so you quickly toss the bag over its head and tighten it. You don’t think it will get that off anytime soon.

> A MOMENT OF HESITATION
You're torn as to what your next action should be, on the one hand, killing it would be the most merciful thing to do in your eyes. But you’ve never killed a stuffie before, and are not sure how it would affect you at the moment. You also think about AN, what would she say, maybe she knows something about the creature in front of you and part of them could be saved. You know this is you grasping at straws in the moment, but you can’t bring yourself to do it just yet.

Instead you bend down and scoop up some of the blood into one of your TINY VIALS, it’s PUNGENT and smells of ROT, not like how normal cotton smells.

You gained a [TINY VIAL OF CHU UK BLOOD] and stored it in your outfit’s small pouch.

> KA XU - RETURN
The creature is flailing now, but randomly, your WARMTH is turned off and you feel the chill, but it can’t seem to find you, so it’s thrashing is reduced. You get the vague feeling it still knows you’re here, but that it will be much harder for it to assault you.

The door then slams open and you see KA XU in the arms of AN. The two walk in and close the door behind themselves. AN BOREALIA looks towards you, and then the creature, and sees the three figures, she’s in shock for a moment before speaking.

An Borealia: RA MONA? MARCIE?
An Borealia: And is that… oh goddess no, is that CHU UK?
You: I uh, I covered his head so it would have a harder time
You: It can’t see from the two ladies' eyes, but they’re whispering.


You reveal the results from your investigation and can see tears running down AN’S cheeks. She sniffles and rubs her eyes dry before sobering herself up and looking around. She asks what you were going to do next and you reply that you were planning on TRAPPING the area, unsure how long they would be. She says to hold off for a moment.
>>
No. 1017433 ID: afe7de
File 163953431833.png - (397.10KB , 500x500 , p118b.png )
1017433

> LABR. MANOR - DISCUSSION
You: An, I… I looked into it and I think they’re dead
You: The stitching… There’s no way MARCIE and RA MONA are alive
You: And Chu Uk is-
An Borealia: I failed
An Borealia: I… I wasn’t good enough
An Borealia: I couldn't… I couldn’t even protect the smallest of what I cared for…
An Borealia: You know, I was always jealous of him
An Borealia: Of *choke* Chu Uk
An Borealia: He made it look so easy, just worming his way into everykin’s life
An Borealia: Come into town, get all the stuffies to forget their woes
An Borealia: You know he taught me how to *sob* SMOOCH
You: I… I’m sorry.
An Borealia: He came after the MINE closed, when there was just small bits of life left here
An Borealia: He made it comfortable, at least for a little
An Borealia: ZAN, PHI SO, ANGEL AH, MARCIE, RA MONA, ANNA SU, HOODE, even me
An Borealia: We all felt a stirring that we hadn’t felt in forever, of someone with a DRIVE


She takes a moment, choking practically, the tears are streaming.

An Borealia: I just thought he left, he was talking about it, with PHOENIUS’S friends
An Borealia: They were convincing everykin that they should leave
An Borealia: That there was work in BLANKETBURG, that their lives could be better there
Ka Xu: Why didn’t you leave too?
An Borealia: I-I w-w-e
An Borealia: I promised my late sister… that I’d watch over the town
An Borealia: At least for a little while longer
An Borealia: I was going to go find him after, but-


Another deep breath can be heard as she heads over to CHU UK, delivering a powerful punch that causes cotton to ooze out from it’s wound. Followed by two softer, weakening punches as more tears flow.

An Borealia: YOU *SOB* AND DIED ON ME
An Borealia: WE TOLD YOU NOT TO DIE ON US, ON ME
An Borealia: WE FLUFFING LOVED YOU CHU UK


The creature seems sluggish after that, still struggling against its restraints but it’s slightly subdued. An takes a few steps back, before leaning against the wall to empty her stomach. You and KA XU both head to her and put an arm on her shoulder as she takes several shaky breaths.

Ka Xu: Sorry to cut this short but…
Ka Xu: Maybe we should
An Borealia: Right *sob* sorry, sorry, haha, life never waits. *sob*


CHU UK will start attempting to free itself in [0.5 UPDATES]

A. Ka Xu: We could restrain it with some more ROPE, imprison it in the JAIL
- Bind it completely with ROPE
- Will use 2 charges of your traps
- But CHU UK will not be able to escape and can be transported by AN

B. An Borealia: We should *choke* just end it here. *sob*
- Attempt to kill what remains of CHU UK
- You will participate in the murder of a former stuffie

C. You: No, me and KA XU have this, take a deep breath AN
- You will take the main role in killing CHU UK
- An will be spared from killing her former lover


> THOUGHTS
D. [???] Alternatively… That collapsable room… AN’s here… why not lay a trap?
- Purposefully trap CHU UK under the collapsable room
- Create loud noise, attempting to attract anyone nearby
- Will give you time to prep for whoever arrives
- May also attract unrelated parties
- You’ll need to provide AN a good reason to do this

E. Other
- The OTHER option is always available, feel free to suggest something else!

>>
No. 1017435 ID: c92a02

C. I hope Phi didn't suffer the same fate. Or cause it.
>>
No. 1017436 ID: 629f2e

C.

You can't ask An to kill her former lover. That's just too much, it isn't something you could expect anyone to just live with. It would hurt her too much. Killing a stuffie is still hard, but... We don't know these kin, and it's clear that they've been dead for a while now. Don't think of it as killing them, we're just letting them be at peace. It'll be easier if you try your best to imagine it like that.

Don't force Ka Xu to join you, but give him a pleading look. This is still... a lot. You don't want to have to do this alone.
>>
No. 1017437 ID: 629f2e

Quick addendum for anyone interested in D: We can collapse the room after they're dead more safely. Anyone who released them here could be drawn by the noise in search of them, and we can ambush them when they arrive. But before that, we need to put these three down for good. If we don't, whoever shows up may have some trick up their sleeve to escape with them.
>>
No. 1017440 ID: 96c896

A. I've got a good reason for this- CHU UK showed a slight response to An, he calmed down a little. That means... there's something still there. We may be able to save him. We may be able to use him as a witness even as he is now. Plus, having the abomination in jail means the townsfolk can see clearly what is happening. That will encourage cooperation. Though it might also incite panic...

Also, if CHU UK was going to leave, then... I think we found the motive. Someone is trying to keep the town alive, and is killing whoever tries to take people away, turning the bodies into "permanent residents".

That sounds oddly like something Mimi's grandmother would do, according to what Mimi said. Maybe the reason Da Crone ran off was because Mimi found out what was going on (Mimi may have killed an abomination, getting her hands covered in gore, and then later glared at Da Crone with that look she described... what better way to lie than to use the truth?), and now Da Crone is trying to frame her for it? Maybe there's some evidence that was planted somewhere. Or maybe Mimi lied about that specific thing because that's HER motive and she wants us to believe the opposite?
I think we need to open that letter sometime soon. Also we need to find out somehow who wants people to stay, without letting them know we're asking around. Though I guess if the abomination becomes public knowledge then it doesn't matter does it?
>>
No. 1017456 ID: 094652

While trapping the room may help capture the mastermind, you have to consider the fact that Chu Uk wasn't restrained by anything except his 'puppet hands'. Whoever left them here wasn't afraid of them. Which means, whoever is left here might be a mere mook. Or a patsy paid to patrol the place. You can't risk killing innocents, while using a dangerous zombie as bait no less.

A) But even so, there's a trace of plush left in Ra Mona and Marcie. If you capture them, you can interrogate them for hints of whoever the hell did all this. You might even be able to separate the three.
>>
No. 1017469 ID: e51896

A.
As we bound it with more rope, have An just talk to Chu Uck to keep him calm.
>>
No. 1017517 ID: afe7de
File 163962451098.png - (16.06KB , 500x500 , p119.png )
1017517

> LABR. MANOR - BIND CHU UK
You can't do it, you can't bring yourself to do it. At least, not now. AN looks devastated by what she now knows, you can't bring her to do it either. Ka Xu continues to not look directly at it, if you continue this state of lull that thing, that... former stuffie... WILL retaliate. You take a deep breath and start doing what you need to do.

You prepare two fairly tough ropes, handing one to KA XU and motioning for AN to get hers out. She wipes off the tears and snot before helping you bind CHU UK. The former man struggles against your actions but the three of you make easy work of fully binding and hog-tying him. You suggest AN talk to him, seeing that he was subdued earlier, and she does, but this only incites him to move harder against his restraints. He screeches and screams as you pull out your needles, his mouth gnashing against the inside of the bag over his head, like he's attempting to eat his way out. One of the needles is bent and completely fractures as you pull it out, becoming impossible to use or restore in the process.

You have [2 TRAPS] remaining
You sheath your 2 LONG NEEDLES and your SINGING NEEDLE
You’ll need to clean off the excess TAINTED BLOOD later



And after a small amount of time, it's done, he's bound. There's only room for him to wiggle, and you've even clogged his mouth to prevent more of the terrifying screaming. You think back to a few moments prior, CHU UK didn't calm down with AN'S voice, more he responded with violence like before. You think he calmed down because he was beaten by her, and wounded, more an expression of exhaustion.

You're not sure what to do with this information as the room returns to relative silence. AN looks outside and speaks.

An Borealia: It's hard to see out there
An Borealia: But... I think it's almost the [MORNING]
An Borealia: I... are we really doing this?
An Borealia: Jailing him in the hope that we can do... something?
Ka Xu: I... I think we can use him as a witness
Ka Xu: Or.. maybe to prove to others something BAD is going on
You: Maybe... Maybe we can interrogate him, get him to talk?

[ANCESTOR] There's nothing left to save

You: Why... why is my ancestor so clear right now?
Ka Xu: You hear something again?
You: It keeps trying to tell me there's nothing left but LOOK
You: How can there be nothing left!?!
You: How can we know if we don't try?!?!
An Borealia: It's it's okay Cob, it's.. It’s okay.
An Borealia: Maybe... Maybe we're just deluding ourselves


You only notice now but there are tears streaming down your face too, dripping loudly against the floor. You didn't give yourself a real moment to process the sheer fluffed-up-ness of this whole situation until now. Just running on sugar at this point. You didn't even know CHU UK but are still upset by it all.

The PRESSURE of the moment has subsided and actions are no longer limited
The [NIGHT] is almost over, what do you do?


A. An Borealia: Lets... let's get him to jail, at least that will keep him contained while we figure all this out...
- Return to the Sheriff's Office
- Lock CHU UK up

B. Ka Xu: I'm starting to get tired... I... I don't think we should stay at the INN, we should stay with AN, it's probably safer.
- Ka Xu is now willing to cuddle in a pile with you and AN
C. [DESIRE] You: Should we... look around first?
- Look around the area
- You will have to carry the body to jail during daylight


> THOUGHTS
D. Who could do this? Why would they do this?
- Just a thought
E. What's going on, did he eat PHOENIUS?
- Just a thought
F. Maybe I should ask AN about those kin she mentioned
- Ask AN questions while you do your next actions
G. Other
- Feel free to suggest something else!
- You can also suggest things like do x and then y

>>
No. 1017518 ID: 629f2e

A and B. We need to get this thing put away now before most stuffies are up, not just because bringing this into town would cause an uproar but because we don't want whoever did this to them knowing that we've encountered them. B because holy shit we may never get another opportunity to cuddle pile with An and Ka Xu, take that shit, take it now. Save the smooches for morning though.

Also, you may want to trap An's door before you go to bed as a safety measure. You can justify it to her as doing it just in case the abomination escapes and is deadset on coming after you guys.

Read An's mood to determine if you should be asking questions right now. You can toss out a few light ones, but don't upset her more. It may mess up potential cuddling pile. And also make her cry more. That would also be horrible.
>>
No. 1017519 ID: 59f3b6

A then B.
>>
No. 1017520 ID: c92a02

C. Search for clues. Was Chuuk alone?
>>
No. 1017523 ID: 96c896

A then B. Transporting this thing during daylight is NOT an option. It'll freak out any innocents that see it, and any evildoers that see it will be alerted to the jig being up.

I think I know why the ANCESTOR is talking so clearly now. The abomination was created with a similar magic, and thus its energies are strengthening your connection. It's undead; your ANCESTOR is a form of undead too. It would also make sense that the ANCESTOR can tell that the abomination is a core-dead undead... On further review it's probably right, since it's not reacting to An. You can't save him. The only reason to keep the abomination alive is to try to get information from its whispers, or to see if there's someone it *doesn't* try to attack-- that would be its creator.
But also, you know, it would be nice to read the anatomy book to be absolutely sure there's nothing we can do.
>>
No. 1017543 ID: 076735

Frankly I'm on the opposite side of the fence here:

Make sure he's seen, to pull the veil off people's eyes, so no one can deny something fluffed up is happening. Perhaps it will help convince them the town is beyond saving and should be evac'd as soon as the blizzard lets up.
>>
No. 1017561 ID: d3ff5a

Ask about blanketburg, from what it is looking like, it seems like that is where the cultists are from, and turning people into abominations. Also ask about Phoenius' friends. You heard there was an argument last week? (I have a feeling the argument was with Da Crone and Phoenius' friends about leaving Woodwater)

Keep in mind that Mimi has Blanketburg labeled with a star on her book. She might be planning on moving there, which if that is the case might be very dangerous for her (unless she already knows about them creating abominations). We might need to convince her to move to a different town that isn't blanketburg.
>>
No. 1017567 ID: ce39da

> ACTION
A, then B. Secure the evidence, and get some sleep. I bet even AN could use it, even if she might have slept recently.

> THOUGHTS - INTO DEDUCTIONS
D: Nothing is done without reason, except brief acts of passion, and this was not a brief act. You cannot imagine that anyone would seek this kind of dreadful result. The CHU UK ABOMINATION was a failed experiment, or perhaps practice for something more refined.
E: Unlikely, as someone seems to have kept him contained in this manor. However, this isn't likely to be the only ABOMINATION that was made, given the rash of disappearances. It's easy to assume that one has gotten loose - one that is intelligent enough to avoid notice by GYOB.
F: "When did kin start 'leaving' without telling anyone?" We need a timeline if we're going to solve our mad tailor's identity. Pen a note to ask SVART when he got the medical textbook from PHOENIUS and when he then gave it to MIMI. (These three, along with PHOENIUS'S brother IRAH, appear to be our primary suspects for now.)

And honestly? PHOENIUS might be our prime suspect regarding the question of the Mad Tailor. If the ABOMINATION that killed him is smart enough to evade the local woodsplush's identification, then it likely had enough awareness to possess an actual motive to kill PHOENIUS. We should also ask ourselves what he and MI SNOW were both doing out there, to begin with, of course.

Bring all these theories and concerns up with the others, of course.
>>
No. 1017584 ID: ce39da

Oh, one more question for AN: "How easy versus hard is it to get one's hands on a WOODEN NEEDLE in this town, and which citizens are known to possess one?"

Come to think of it, making even one ABOMINATION should require a decent amount of thread + needle charges. Under the assumption that this is far from the only one, we should also pen this clue: "Went through a lot of wood?" ... Which is another strike against PHOENIUS, if the foreman's rantings about him being a WOOD THIEF were true... and you should therefore make DIGGING UP HIS GRAVE - if only to see if his body is still there - your next priority.
>>
No. 1017625 ID: afe7de
File 163971497998.png - (14.33KB , 500x500 , p120.png )
1017625

> TAKE CHU UK TO JAIL
It’s decided. AN grabs the body easily with a strength that exceeds yours and hoists him up onto her shoulder. CHU UK’S feeble attempts at struggling are no match for the way you've tied him up. There’s a moment where you look at the two ladies attached to him and think you see tears, but then realize it’s just a smudge of COTTON slowly dripping down her face. You shake off the sensation and walk out, snow blanketing the ground and falling down with a frequency you never thought you’d see before coming here.

An Borealia: We should hurry, the blizzards here typically get VERY BAD on the third day
An Borealia: Maybe we’ll get lucky and it won’t intensify during the MORNING.


Ka Xu leads the way, and since the wind is no longer buffeting him he has an easier time traversing the place. He lights the path and you see no one in the distance, there is no movement other than the sway of trees and the falling of snow. There is no light other than your own and the cresting dawn upon the horizon.

> LABYR. RESIDENCES - DISCUSSION
You look to AN and see a blank expression, she’s looking around feverishly, trying to look at anything other than CHU UK. You think she could use a distraction and decide to talk to her.

You: So uh, I’ve kind of been wondering
You: When did kin start leaving?
An Borealia: Well, a lot left in the beginning, that was around 10 years ago
An Borealia: Then they slowly trickled out, bit by bit every year
An Borealia: There were some 50 stuffies left around half a year ago
Ka Xu: When did Phoenius and his friends come by?
An Borealia: About a month and a half ago I guess
An Borealia: Those two little cloth had a way with words and got around 20 to leave
An Borealia: Convinced them to go to BLANKETBURG or to the TOWNSHIP OF PINWHEELS
You: Do you know anything about them?
An Borealia: I don’t know much about those places other then they had JOBS
An Borealia: …
An Borealia: But Chu Uk got here about half a year ago
An Borealia: And everyone who stuck to him like glue stayed
An Borealia: He almost seemed SCARED to leave
An Borealia: But then they even convinced him too
You: I feel like I heard somewhere that they left without saying anything
An Borealia: They did.


You see tears stream down her face as you walk and talk, but she keeps going, pushing past the hurt to tell the story.

An Borealia: You know I don’t sleep…
An Borealia: my bedroom window gives me a clear shot of the town entrance
An Borealia: I saw them go. *sob* I saw him… look back at me, in the window, watching.
An Borealia: He waved, *sob* and they all left.
An Borealia: Not a word to anyone, except me.
An Borealia: he talked about leaving before.
An Borealia: The night before, he asked me to come, I… If only I went that night maybe…
You: It’s okay AN, you couldn’t have known


You gently touch her shoulder as she rubs the tears away.
>>
No. 1017627 ID: afe7de
File 163971504763.png - (18.42KB , 500x500 , p121.png )
1017627

> DISCUSSION - WELL KEPT RESIDENCES
You: And there was an argument I heard
Ka Xu: Yeah, between PHOENIUS and those two CLOTH
An Borealia: I heard about it, but IRAH wouldn’t tell me what it was about
An Borealia: And MIMI said it was in ANOTHER LANGUAGE
An Borealia: So I just let it drop
An Borealia: I can’t just jail them for having a verbal argument
Ka Xu: Aw fluff, I wonder what it was about?
You: Probably about who to turn into an Abomination, and some disagreements


The two of them pause in their steps and look at you, eyes wide and in confusion. You continue your train of thought.

You: I… I don’t know.. I had this theory that there’s like
You: Some SUPER abomination running around and it killed PHOENIUS
You: Maybe he was a part of something bad and wanted out and those two made one to…
You: Sorry, stupid thought
Ka Xu: No, no, we know nothing so it’s possible that happened
An Borealia: It might explain the weird way his plush was torn


She looks at CHU UK with an expression that can only be read as speculation as you imagine she’s wondering if it was CHU UK that did the deed.

> DISCUSSION - TOWN SQUARE
You near the town square and bring up your next question, this one, you think being the most pressing.

You: How common are WOOD NEEDLES here?
You: And do you know who has them?
Ka Xu: I feel like if we can narrow that down, we might be able to figure out who did this
Ka Xu: This can’t be achieved with just SEWING EQUIPMENT
Ka Xu: You need the string produced when you use a WOOD NEEDLE.
An Borealia: To… To be honest I don’t really know who has one right now
An Borealia: I know JACK sells some just in case
An Borealia: They’re a hot commodity for anyone that gets injured
An Borealia: I might have seen GYOB using some, but he fights fish all the time
An Borealia: And I mean I have one that has [1 charge] left
An Borealia: But it’s for emergencies and if someone in town gets hurt
An Borealia: I… I’m sorry I just… I never thought someone could do THIS… with…


You see AN retch again, but she doesn't vomit, lacking anything in her stomach to vomit out. You reach the Sheriff's office as dawn breaks upon the horizon and sheds it’s light across the land. As the door opens and you turn to follow AN in, you notice something that you failed to catch earlier. Maybe it was too dark, maybe it was because of the blue glow of the moonstone, or maybe it was because you didn’t look at his FEET, but there’s something there. You see dust on his lower limbs.

She moves him towards the JAIL and you’re about to follow when you feel the wind kick up, lightning strikes far behind you and you hear the crack of thunder. The snow starts to pile on and practically pushes you inside the building, you shout for KA XU and he helps you close the door that nearly refused to close. You look outside a window and it’s completely white, you can no longer see a thing.

The BLIZZARD has reached PEAK INTENSITY
You cannot leave your location until it subsides

>>
No. 1017628 ID: afe7de
File 163971506474.png - (12.88KB , 500x500 , p122.png )
1017628

As Ka Xu stares out the window at the intensifying storm you rush to the cell AN is putting him in. She sets the man down, but doesn't untie him. You get closer and see it. With actual daylight you find that it truly is STONE DUST, but that not only that is there. His feet and the parts of the dead women that touch the ground are all torn up, as if they rubbed up against something rough constantly. And there’s a small, nearly wiped off layer of BROWN DUST. You take a closer look and grab some to take a closer look. There’s a small amount of resonance with your core, and, surprisingly, with your necklace. This is WOOD DUST, but why would there be wood dust on him?

You step out of the cell, AN locking it behind you. You examine it and see that it is quite secure, it’s made of plastic and high quality stone, but you imagine that even CHU UK would have a hard time breaking through it’s reinforcements. You share your findings with your companions and it gives them pause.

Ka Xu: Does that mean he was in the MINE?
An Borealia: But the MINE is closed, only MORTIFER can get i-
An Borealia: Hold on.


AN takes a moment to think, so you place an ALARM trap at the front and only entrance to the Sheriff's office. If anyone comes in, you’ll know. You head back and it appears she’s finished thinking.

An Borealia: He… He told me something
An Borealia: Well we fought and he broke things
An Borealia: But he… It must be him!
An Borealia: He must have used Chu Uk and sold the mine!
An Borealia: He told me he sold the mine and was leaving after the BLIZZARD
Ka Xu: Are you saying he… he… took revenge on the townsfolk
Ka Xu: Took their BEADS and their lives and is leaving
An Borealia: I… I don’t know… Maybe I’m off base here, sorry.
An Borealia: I KNOW he has some wood left, so I just thought with some of what you said
An Borealia: That it all, I dunno, fit.
You: Well, the storm just got REALLY BAD, so we’ve got a lot of time to think
Ka Xu: I… can we sleep on it, even if it’s just for a little, do you think it will last that long?
Ka Xu: I’m sorry but I’m just so tired, today was…
You: Me too… Ka Xu…
An Borealia: Me three…


An guides you over to her bed, a large and round pile of straw, blankets, and plush, there’s a few throw pillows here and there, but you all just get in a pile and hug each other for warmth and comfort. AN places her small sunstone on the balcony, it heats the room well enough, but you also pour out your aura of COMFORT and everyone de-tenses for a moment.

The BLIZZARD has frozen the positions of all characters in the town of WOODWATER
You get the feeling this will be the last time you can safely rest until the end of the quest.
You will get an opportunity to PREPARE before the BLIZZARD decreases in intensity.
Your TRAP supply will restock after you rest.


A. An Borealia: Lets.. Let’s talk about something lighter, I know bad things are happening, but maybe a moment of levity will help us de-stress.
- Pick something lighthearted to talk about
- You can make up minor backstory elements about the cast

B. Ka Xu: I could tell a story, something fictional, I did find the book too
- Have Ka Xu tell a short story
- Please suggest a story for him to tell

C. You: Silence is okay too sometimes, just… feeling each others presence, light touches…
- Say nothing and dream about something
- What do you dream about?


> Thoughts
D. [DESIRE] Oh goddess I’m so close to An she smells so good help oh goddess oh why
- Just a thought
- You will smooch the bun when you wake up

E. [ANCESTOR] The re-lit wick is reaching it's end.
- Just a thought
- You’re not sure who your ancestor is referring to

F. Other
- The other option is always available
- You can chose to not rest here but will suffer penalties in your remaining time here

>>
No. 1017629 ID: 629f2e

As much as I'd like to hear Ka Xu's story, we've been putting off dreams for a while now, so I'mma go with C, silence.

Straight to sleep, enjoy your dreams, wake up to smooches!
>>
No. 1017630 ID: c92a02

D-liberate and think soft thoughts.
>>
No. 1017634 ID: e51896

F. Share your candied wine with everyone before you sleep. Drink from same bottle. Might help you all destress and sleep. (Second hand kisses)

And/or

C. Dream about being a tiny cicada and saving thousands of lives... and chirping. (Might help us feel inspired against the hopelessness when we awaken)
>>
No. 1017637 ID: ce39da

"... He's dying? My ancestor considers CHU UK to already be dead, so who're they referring to?!" Bolt upright for a moment. "I'm pretty sure we weren't close enough to any 'him' for them to sense anything alarming... unless-"

Check KA XU for goopy cotton infections or what-have-you. If nothing turns up: "Then, did they put something together based on what we were talking about? A fallible deduction, then-!"

> "I saw CHU UK leave."
> "MORTIFER said he sold the mine and plans to leave after the BLIZZARD lets up."

"Is it MORTIFER they're scared for? Is it because trying to LEAVE is what the non-abominable attackers are watching for, based on what happened to CHU UK?"
>>
No. 1017651 ID: 96c896

>Mortifer must've done it
Hold up, that evidence points towards something else: CHU UK somehow got to where he was without anyone else seeing him, despite him being in the mine. That means there must be another way into and out of the mine, likely somewhere near where we found CHU UK.
It does strongly implicate Mortifer, of course, but he can't have acted alone. He's a Furkin. He doesn't have the dexterity to use a wooden needle. Either a clothkin or an ashkin created the abomination(s). It's also possible, though relatively unlikely, that the culprit never used the front entrance of the mine and Mortifer never checked the deeper tunnels, so he's completely innocent. I think the most likely situation is that Mortifer has been taking bribes to let the culprits in and out of the mine. Also... who did he say he sold the mine to? Another possibility is that the people who bought the mine are responsible.
Also I don't think CHU UK killed PHOENIUS. CHU UK doesn't have hands to rip apart a victim, he can only bludgeon. So there's at least one more abomination somewhere.

>he's dying, you know
Gotta be referring to CHU UK. The ones that are considered already dead are the ones sewed to him. CHU UK is "core dead", but not dead-dead.

C, dream of your Ancestor, and having a full conversation with them. Find out what they know.

(also yes smooch An)
>>
No. 1017661 ID: 12b4ae

Dream what it would of been like if you participated in the [POPULARITY CONTEST] and/or took the job to watch over the [SPAWN OF TYRANNY]
>>
No. 1017671 ID: b89999

Another idea to dream about, a raven in a weird pink hat (just to see how Tippler draws her)
>>
No. 1017687 ID: 094652

C - The horror of pulsating undead constructs has opened your mind to new hallucinations of insanity. Your subconscious attempts to dream of happier times with Hari Tomo. Of success. Of marriage. But... why is she grappling you by the torso? Why are you only hugging with your legs? Why is she repeatedly bashing you with her kneecaps? Why is your face so twisted in pleasure, as if you had just smooched a splintery pile of wood? And then, a strange amalgamation between wood and corrupted plush springs forth from her loins, stabbing you in the arse, over and over!
Eeeew! What are you witnessing?!
(Sex, but in PG-Vision)
>>
No. 1017696 ID: afe7de
File 163980245897.png - (19.85KB , 500x500 , p123.png )
1017696

> AN'S BEDROOM - SILENCE
You suggest that the group of you sit there in silence, just feeling each other's presence. You're too mentally fatigued to talk. You feel Ka Xu wrap his arms around you with a firm hug. An's plush hand interweaving with yours. There's a moment when all three of your heads touch gently. And for a moment you feel secure, you feel safe.

Your throat feels parched, and you remember it's been a bit since you've had something to drink. You fumble over and grab it, the CANDY WINE, and take a few glugs. You pass it to AN and she nods, taking a drink for herself, a bit more than what you drank, before passing it to KA XU. He drinks some for himself before handing you the bottle, it is now emptied.

A moment later the warm and fuzzy feeling of a BUZZ hits your mind and you feel light. You're lost in a sea of thoughts, thinking about how soft AN'S hand is, how warm KA XU feels against your chest. How she smells faintly of paperling jerky with a hint of bitter plastic fruit. Time passes and your eyes feel droopy, your eye contact with AN fades and you fall into a gentle slumber.

You've drank all of the CANDY WINE
You gain an empty WINE BOTTLE


> DREAM - POSSIBILITIES
For the first night in a long while, you dream.

You see a town packed to the brim with stuffies, several hundreds of them bustling about excitedly. Banners streak the streets with various kin illustrated on them. You wander through the town, Ka Xu and An Boralia beside you. But An looks a little different, her body is that of an ash, and she has a green streak on her ear, as if she was substituting HARI TOMO. You think nothing of it and continue down.

You reach a theater where two groups are in rapt debate. To the right lies another kin, another CLOTH, one in a pious robe, extolling the virtues of heading to the nearby MOUNTAINS to look for a WOOD MINE, helping the economy.

To the left lie two kin, one cloth-kin fiercely arguing for their point whilst being protected by a large fur-kin. The cloth kin has poofy black hair, glasses, ears like a fur-kin, and an air of hope to them. The fur-kin is a large feline with several pieces of green jewelry on her ears, her eyes are protective over her charge as he pontificates over the necessities of hug brothels in this economy.

A third figure approaches, walking out from behind the curtain carrying some sort of box, steam rising from it. The two look to the figure in confusion, as he looks back at them, then at his body, then back to them before giving all the audience members a resounding "AWW FLUFF"
>>
No. 1017697 ID: afe7de
File 163980247571.png - (13.04KB , 500x500 , p124.png )
1017697

> DREAM - A CINDER
But before you could find out what happens next, everything freezes. Your companions stop in their tracks, yet you remain mobile. You take a step forward and notice a flicker, a weak flame seated next to you. The flame expands vaguely and gestures for you to sit, you do so, trying to look at them, but they're too bright, and you fail to see anything.

[ANCESTOR] One of many potentialities
[ANCESTOR] A simpler path in some ways
[ANCESTOR] More complicated in others
[ANCESTOR] Similar amounts of death
[ANCESTOR] But different implications
You: I... who?
[ANCESTOR] You have questions?
[ANCESTOR] My ember has grown larger as of late
[ANCESTOR] And you seem to prefer the [OTHER ONE] anyway
[ANCESTOR] Another flame, but not the same
[ANCESTOR] After all, the world has changed
[ANCESTOR] And you're attracting some... fame
[ANCESTOR] I can give up a part of my flame
[ANCESTOR] Till it grows back again


Your [ANCESTOR] currently has [3 AP]
If they fall to [0 AP], they will fall silent for the remainder of your quest
If they fall to [1 AP], they will weaken by one step
If they fall to [2 AP], nothing will happen
How much AP do you spend?
And on what?


A. [ANCESTOR] What is your question?
- Each question you ask costs [1 AP]
- The more specific your question, the more vague the answer

B. [ANCESTOR] Or do you wish to enhance the [OTHER ONE]
- Enhancing [DESIRE] costs [1 AP]
- [DESIRE] will gain a SPECIALIZATION making it more useful

C. [ANCESTOR] Or would you like to give stability to the one seeking your attention
- Costs [1 AP]
- [???] will manifest itself based off of your actions so far
- This can also be influenced by what you think or say right now

D. You: Or I could forge a path different from what you’ve lain forth
- The other option

>>
No. 1017698 ID: c92a02

Specialize desire. When I grow up, I want to be the best tracker there is!
>>
No. 1017700 ID: 629f2e

B, and nothing else.

We want to upgrade our DESIRE, probably towards LUST if we're being real. We've already laid out the ground work to do just that with all these cuddles, smooches, and experimenting.

As nice as it would be to ask a question, or bring in a third opinion though, the sacrifice seems to be diminishing the voice of our ANCESTOR, possibly even silencing them permanently if we do all that we can.

They may be a stick in the mud about some things, but I don't think we should undervalue how nice it is to have a more experienced voice feeding us advice. We don't always have to listen to them, but their wisdom is certainly more valuable than getting an answer too cryptic to help or bringing in good ol' question marks. Hell, we'd probably be trying to rez the abomination's components without them stepping in and making it clear that those stuffies ain't coming back.

So yeah, I think we should keep our guardian angel of sorts with us for now. I'm almost tempted to suggest doing nothing to see if keeping all three of their points gives them the boost, but the DESIRE buff is too...

Okay it isn't important, but I want it too much to let it go.
>>
No. 1017703 ID: 96c896

Spend 1 AP.
[???] has been giving some clever advice... I say manifest it.
>>
No. 1017704 ID: e51896

"Fame? But I don't wanna be famous! All I did was patrol a little, and asked Mimi for a letter" *pout*

Whatever we do, give Ancestor a hug, show them that it's not THAT bad... should be fine to touch flame in a dream, right?

(I'll vote later
>>
No. 1017724 ID: ce39da

C - their advice seems to be the most sound in the realm of DEDUCTION (where we're currently knee-deep in with all these questions), and possibly B - trending towards CHARISMA.
>>
No. 1017727 ID: e51896

mainly only C for me. I'll be fine with B as my secondary choice. But whatever we vote, I only want one to keep ANCESTOR at 2 AP, they're helpful.
>>
No. 1017738 ID: 34dfce

>>1017727
Absolutely seconding this. We may be listening to desire more than our ancestor, but they are still a valuable resource we have used.

--

I vote C.

--

Moving forward, we should try to separate our thoughts more. Sort of dissociate from hard feelings so we can be more pragmatic in the moment, and then switch back to them when we have the luxury to process.
Particularly, when we restart laying out what we all know with An, we should try to stay as pragmatic as possible. Take breaks intermittently to talk about the emotional side of things so nobody gets overwhelmed though.
>>
No. 1017765 ID: afe7de
File 163988247790.png - (16.68KB , 500x500 , p125.png )
1017765

> DREAM - A NEW MANIFESTATION
[ANCESTOR] You choose to give the fame seeker a chance?
[ANCESTOR] So be it, but be aware
[ANCESTOR] Our vessel cannot hold more seekers
[ANCESTOR] Should you choose to accept another in the future
[ANCESTOR] One must leave, or our vessel must grow
You: How would it grow?
[ANCESTOR] You did not choose a QUESTION
[ANCESTOR] Therefore my silence shall be your answer


You pout in response to that, you're not really sure you get what this ball of flame means by fame. You never sought fame, you just patrolled, and asked for a letter! You let out a sigh as you feel a warmth from your core and see your [ANCESTOR] visibly dim.

> TRAIT GAINED - [INSTINCT]
There's a pause as you feel something slot into your porcelain head. It's not anything physical, but instead more like a void you had not considered existing being filled.

You feel your vague thoughts from earlier coalesce into something more tangible, more focused. Your prior choices and actions leaned heavily on [DESIRE], however that's not to say that it was the sole influencer. You call this your [INSTINCT] and know that like the other thoughts, it may be wrong at times, but it has shown it's use even in it's previously nascent form.

[???] has now become [INSTINCT]
Your INSTINCT will occasionally chime in, leaning towards CURIOSITY, PRAGMATISM, and COMPANIONSHIP in it's suggestions.


> DREAM - A HUG COULDN'T HURT, RIGHT?
You thank your [ANCESTOR] as you see them dim and you reach out to give them a HUG, it's a dream after all. And to show some appreciation. It's only a bit too late, after your arms are wrapped around them, that your [INSTINCT] kicks in and you get a bad premonition.

At first, you feel a sharp warmth, then you feel an intense heat surrounding your body, then the burning, the unholy burning. You scream as you're set on fire and wake up in a cold sweat, sitting up, panting.
>>
No. 1017767 ID: afe7de
File 163988266236.png - (14.70KB , 500x500 , p126.png )
1017767

> AN'S PLACE - SMOOCH MORNING
An looks at you, eyes wide as you sit up quickly, there's concern in her eyes, but you can also tell that she seems far more well rested then she was the prior days.

You: Its uh, not a bad dream but the ending was scary
Ka Xu: hbmfmgmmm 5 more minutes Eflume
Ka Xu: I don't want to work today...
Ka Xu: *snrrk* ah, oh, morning


The group of you sit up, still bundled in the blankets and enjoying the warmth when the sound of grumbling bellies breaks out from the three of you. AN mentions how she actually is out of food and KA XU offers her a ration that she takes gratefully.

There's a certain... air in the room as you occasionally glance at AN, whose eyes look away from yours with a blush and as you do the same. You pout a few times in jest and she giggles as Ka Xu rolls his eyes but doesn't look as frustrated as he was the other day.

Your [DESIRE] hasn't been emboldened, but coupled with your [INSTINCT] you can tell that there is some [DESIRE] in AN too, or maybe it’s something else? You look outside the nearby window and can see that the BLIZZARD is in full force, still as intense as when you fell asleep a bit ago.

These feelings push you over the edge and you lean in towards AN, cradling her cheek before you press your maw against hers. You can taste the sweetness of the ration she just had on her lips as she looks at you with surprise, then with something more carnal. You mistook what you now understand to be [LUST] earlier for [DESIRE]. Ka Xu politely steps out of the room as you form a tangled mess of limbs and plush. You grope along her back as she takes you into a deep and passionate embrace. There’s slobber along your neck and your cheek, but you can’t help yourself from sampling her lips and tongue once more.

Minutes pass and you haven’t even realized that you’re on top of her, breathing heavily, passion there like a recently lit flame. You feel emboldened by this act and also like the stress is bleeding from you at a noticeable rate. She blushes and covers her face while you place a gentle peck on her ear and tell Ka Xu he can enter the room again. He enters and has a seat, acting as if your display of carnal desire had not occurred at all.

It is now the [NOON OF DAY 3]
You have consumed a RATION, you have 5 remaining
AN has given you the resources to restock your TRAP supply.


A. Ka Xu: Let’s talk strategy and figure stuff out.
- Ask questions, make plans, and discuss
- This is a free action you can do whilst doing other things

B. An Borealia: I may not have WEAPONS, but I do have JUNK, you could look through it for something useful…
- Attempt to search for something in AN’s pile
- You can suggest potential things to find as well

C. [INSTINCT] You: I should really clean off my Needles
- Remove the tainted cotton from your needles


> THOUGHTS
D. [DESIRE] Hmm, I’d like another SMOOCH
- Smooch An until the blizzard ends
- You feel like something GOOD might happen if you do
- Finish preparations

E. Or maybe I could do something else?
- What do you do instead?

>>
No. 1017770 ID: c92a02

Show An your JUNK. Maybe if she rubs it, something good will happen.
>>
No. 1017777 ID: 629f2e

Fluff the needles, smooch that bunny and get all the good things that may come of it! SMOOCH! (you can still use cotton covered needles, they'll just weird people out. It's so rare to find a good smooch opportunity though, we've gotta take what we can get, especially when good outcome are being advertised as a reward.)

Ka Xu can totally search for anything useful in the junk while you do that to distract himself. If he rolls well, maybe he gets something useful An's got like some treats she stashed away (Sweet or Sour preferably so that we could trade with Mimi). If he rolls like crud, then he just finds a pillow with lipstick stains that she very clearly practiced smooching on in the past. Not helpful, but at least it will make for some excellent teasing.

For A: Ask An about her patrol with Svart the other day to see if they found anything.
>>
No. 1017778 ID: ce39da

Definitely C, then E: Check on CHU UK. You need to know if it was "him" that your ancestor was warning you about being on death's door last night.

If there's time for A as you walk and talk: "The way I see it, there are one or more plushes who were/are targeting plushes who try to pass through SOMEPLACE on the way out of town. The culprit(s) somehow got this ABOMINATION into the estate without anyone noticing. Furthermore, it was likely BUTCHERED and ASSEMBLED in a third place, somewhere in the MINES, based on the stone and wood dust I spotted on its legs. At this point, if the entrance to the mine that MORTIFER is watching turns out to be the only one, I'll eat my needles because this sequence of locations is just plain IMPOSSIBLE otherwise!"

"XU, remember that place the cartographer told us about? I reckon the place where they get their victims is between his lookout spot and the town entrance. I bet if we went to the MOUNTAINTOP, we could get a good look at that general area."
>>
No. 1017783 ID: e51896

Eh, fluff it, I'm changing my vote.

Still Split the work! That's what Ka Xu is here for

Cob will do D, smooches with An, If only to get SOMETHING GOOD to happen. Practice your WARMTH while doing it, it is so close to leveling up. Focus on PASSION as you practice WARMTH and smooch An. (Accidentally tell her you love her in the heat of the moment)
("May your passion incite change")

Meanwhile, Ka Xu will do B, look through An's stuff for anything useful
ideas for items that can be found:

a music box that plays a calm melancholy song
a painting of An and her late sister,
calandar (might have some important dates listed, reveal month symbols .)
Special materials and/or A new module slot (make hidden trap maybe? This might be a stretch tho)
Some stone figurines that Cob can turn into tools.

And A, right now ask An if Dator speaks the same language as Phoenius' friends as he might be from there. What is with his flowers too?

And yeah, suggest exploring the mountaintops.

Also, let An know about Mortifer (specifically this >>1017651)
>>
No. 1017784 ID: 96c896

I think we can do all those things. B+C by splitting work, A is free, D can happen after the work is done.

As for plans... I think we should just go hard. Drum up a posse of people An trusts. Then go to the mine, arrest Mortifer on suspicion of multiple counts of murder, throw him in jail, then investigate the mine, and other places of interest. Strength in numbers should see us through, so long as we know nobody in the posse is a cultist. Absolutely do not let Mimi join. Maybe throw her in jail too, even.
OH, tell An all about the results of investigating Mimi!

Other things we could do:
Cob saw papers in SVART's collapsed house, before. Maybe they're important?
IRAH is also suspicious since he's the only one living in the labyrinthine residences, where we found CHU UK. I don't think we have enough evidence to arrest him, but maybe we could search his house.
If we can find DATOR, we could return his flower. Though to be honest... he's a little suspicious? Did anyone see him at the inn where he claimed to be staying? Maybe he's actually staying at the mine...
We could investigate the manor more thoroughly?
>>
No. 1017801 ID: e51896

Another item idea: certain plants Ka Xu can use to make medicine with (An has been keeping them as decoration)
>>
No. 1017901 ID: afe7de
File 164002470702.png - (10.72KB , 500x500 , p127.png )
1017901

> AN’S PLACE - DISCUSSION
You all engage in light conversation as Ka Xu goes through the junk pile. You lean your head against AN’S as you talk.

You: How was PATROL last night?
An Borealia: Oh, right, I totally forgot to talk about it!
An Borealia: So, Mortifer and I got into an argument and he broke a lot of things in his foyer
An Borealia: After we finished and I was about to leave I heard him breaking more things
An Borealia: He’s not happy…
You: Did he say who he sold the mine to?
An Borealia: No… He wouldn’t say anything other than it was someone IN TOWN
You: So someone who lives here bought it? Why?
An Borealia: I dunno, but most kin here are pretty broke, except for JACK I think
An Borealia: Maybe Jack’s the culprit…
Ka Xu: Wow, I’m finding literal garbage in here
An Borealia: Ah sorry, I’m a little messy heh heh
Ka Xu: Did you practice smooching on this pillow? There’s slobber stains and-
An Borealia: YES YOU CAN PUT THAT AWAY THANKS
An Borealia: Aaaanyway, SVART’S half was pretty normal too
An Borealia: He said that DRIFT heard some noise in the [LABR. RESIDENCES]
An Borealia: But when he checked it out he just found
An Borealia: 2 fully collapsed buildings that broke recently
An Borealia: He said that he thinks they broke from the SNOWFALL
An Borealia: And when we walked by I could confirm the buildings he marked on my map


An Pulls out her map and shows you the buildings, you walked past them and didn’t notice that they were any different from the others.

You: So he missed Chu Uk entirely?
Ka Xu: Maybe Chu Uk caused the collapses and Svart moved him to the manor?
An Borealia: I dunno, that guy is really lazy
An Borealia: It would have taken TIME to do that in the blizzard
An Borealia: And he caught up to me rather punctually
An Borealia: He’d have to be QUITE FAST
An Borealia: otherwise he wouldn’t have been able to do all of that in time!
An Borealia: I get the feeling he wouldn’t have brought it up if he wanted to lie…
You: Hmm, maybe we should talk to both of them just in case?


> AN’S PLACE - THE DEATH OF A CAD
You feel restless, deciding to take a small break from the conversation you wander downstairs to the jail cells. Your feet have brought you here before you even realized it and there’s a pregnant pause where you can only hear the wind buffeting against your building. You’re snapped from your reverie as you realize that CHU UK is not breathing anymore, you get the others and open the cage to find that he’s no longer moving.

He was already dead according to your ancestor, and AN doesen’t cry this time, but you still feel remorseful that there was nothing you could have done. The silence is broken as Ka Xu moves towards CHU UK’S remains and he closes their eyes. The purple blood leaking from his wounds loses the slight purple luster it had last night, but still remains thick and chunky. You poke the body a few more times, just in case and confirm that he is truly dead, at least, as far as you can tell.

Ka Xu: Rest in peace Chu Uk
An Borealia: You too, Marcie and Ra Mona
You: We’re going to find out who did this


> AN’S PLACE - THEORIES
AN puts a blanket over CHU UK’s body and closes the cell as the group of you head back out and KA XU tries his luck at the junk pile again. He finds a few torn up illustrations, but they’re all worn down and their contents are illegible. He sighs and sits on the pile saying he couldn’t find anything before slipping and falling on a single bead. AN apologizes and lets you have the bead.

You gained [1 BEAD] and put it in your BEAD POUCH
You now have [2 BEADS]

You: What if there’s some stuffies guarding the way out of town
You: Like, they’re capturing kin who leave, have you gotten letters from anyone who left?
An Borealia: No, no one’s sent any letters and we haven’t gotten any post in months
An Borealia: But that’s not surprising, most kin who cared about each other left with eachother
An Borealia: So there’s no reason to write…
Ka Xu: I also don’t know how likely I find that unless there’s like a secret passage
Ka Xu: To the town somewhere a little ways out of town, but I do think there might be a TUNNEL
Ka Xu: Or something somewhere
You: Maybe there’s a hidden entrance to the MINE?
You: Could be in the [LABR. RESIDENCES] maybe…
An Borealia: What if they carried the uh… abomination…
An Borealia: And moved like me
An Borealia: Though I don’t know why they would leave him there
Ka Xu: Could there be someone else In town we don’t know about?
An Borealia: It’s possible if they snuck in through the forest
An Borealia: At the very least I haven’t seen any newcomers other then you two
An Borealia: And Phoenius’s crew of course.
An Borealia: I saw you both come into town, but was dealing with Mi Snow, so I didn’t say hi immediately


The conversation then turns to one of where you could go to search for information. You could confront another stuffie and ask them something, or you could head somewhere. Immediately a few places come to mind as search-able locations.

THE LABR. MANOR - Chu Uk was there, maybe some clues remain
THE MOUNTAIN OVERLOOK - It’s a good place to get your bearings and check for anything suspicious
MORTIFER’S PLACE - You probably need to confront him at some point
THE MINE - There’s Wood Dust on Chu Uk, this could only come from one place


Ka Xu: What about SHORTCUTS, or HIDDEN PATHS?
An Borealia: I uh, sorry, I would just HOP to places quickly
Ka Xu: Ah right, like how you carried me, can you carry COB too?
An Borealia: You're both light, I think that's reasonable
An Borealia: But I couldn't carry anykin else

AN BOREALIA can carry you to locations twice as fast now.
AN will lose this ability if she gets injured
AN will need a break in between trips

>>
No. 1017902 ID: afe7de
File 164002472826.png - (17.06KB , 500x500 , p128.png )
1017902

> AN’S PLACE - I WOULD LIKE ANOTHER SMOOCH PLEASE
Seeing as the conversation has died down, you go over your options. While you COULD clean your needles, you don’t really feel like it right now. Plus you get the idea that having them be kind of gorey could lend you an INTIMIDATION factor against anyone in a fight. You’re definitely coming up with excuses to justify your next actions, no way. Your fingers find their way to An’s soft, plush hand and you give them a firm squeeze.

She looks at you and tilts her head, but sees your amorous expression. You really enjoyed that previous smooch and want a second helping. You lean in and lift up an ear before whispering how you wouldn’t mind smooching for just a little bit longer, and about how your cotton is practically boiling with PASSION. AN gives you a mischievous look and hops you up on her shoulder before taking you back to her room. You give KA XU a thumbs up as you are carried up and he just rolls his eyes.

Time passes as you embrace the rabbit, giving her rear a few gentle squeezes and receiving a few in turn. There’s a moment where you think about the “L” word, but then pout and scrunch your face. You tell your [DESIRE] to cool it, you have to take time to know someone before you can say that! The two of you slobber, bite, smooch, and tumble on the bed. She’s fairly gifted at what she does and you relish her body as she does the same for you. The climax comes when the two of you hug each other tightly, twisting your arms and legs together as you take one final, long, breathless smooch.

When you finish you feel completely refreshed, like you were able to forget all the bad things that happened and align yourself more accurately. You also feel a stirring inside of you, in your core where you produce your WARMTH, like a qualitative change has occurred.

Due to your extended efforts in the field of PASSION your WARMTH has grown!
Your COMFORT can now slightly stir another kin’s PASSION
The range of your WARMTH aura has gotten a bit bigger
You feel like the next failed skill check you make will be rerolled with advantage

>>
No. 1017903 ID: afe7de
File 164002474901.png - (13.98KB , 500x500 , p129.png )
1017903

> AN’S PLACE - A PRESENT?
As the two of you split there’s a brief flicker of light near the corner of your eye, you turn your head to look and see a small box, the box itself appears to be made out of some hard paper of some kind and you head over to it.

You: Hey AN, was this here before?
An Borealia: Uh, no, no it was not, is that your name?
You: Yeah it says to KA COBBLER on it, are you sure you didn’t get me a present?
An Borealia: I uh, no, that’s really weird, and no one broke in
[ANCESTOR] A gift from afar
An Borealia: Is this my present for that gift I sent months ago?


You open up the package, inside are around 20 finger-length cylinders made of a material that you can’t quite recognize. Some kind of stone? And to the side is a palm sized cube, a glass disk resides on it’s front and it blinks ever so gently. You grab the cube and examine it. It’s heavier than you expected, but not by much, and there’s a lot of small, intricate details and parts that are far beyond your level of comprehension, even with your advanced knowledge of traps and devices. You call everyone over and they remark that when they look at it it looks almost as if PORCELAIN and STONE were combined. There’s also a small letter attached that states that this device is a SEWING MACHINE, and that it can automatically stitch anything you request into it, but that it has a LIMITED POWER SUPPLY, and that those little finger sized cylinders are called BATTERIES and are used to charge it. You’re not really sure what that means, but you assume it means you have to FEED it these things and then it’ll work.

You’re elated! This device could function as a SEWING KIT, you desperately needed one of these, unfortunately you lack any SPECIAL PARTS or RESOURCES to use it at this time. One last thing you notice is that the NEEDLE is made of this same strange material, it’s silvery, extremely hard, and when you touch it you feel something different from it. Almost like it’s alive, not like what you feel when you touch wood. You get the distinct impression that this needle will produce its own string, similarly to a wood needle, but you’re not sure why. You also believe that it might be possible to swap in a wood needle, should you so choose.

The note also says something about WHISPERS, but it’s currently OFF and without any BATTERIES, so you don’t hear anything, though you wonder how, if it needs power, the light is blinking, is it some kind of MOONSTONE?

You shrug, pout, and shove it away in your TOOL POUCH where it snugly fits, almost like it was meant to be there.

You’ve gained an AUTOMATIC SEWING MACHINE and 20 BATTERIES
You store it in your HIDDEN TOOL POUCH for safekeeping
Cob does not understand the ramifications that this gift will have on the world.
Cob loves her gift, thanks for the gift Luvi!

>>
No. 1017907 ID: afe7de
File 164002493819.png - (60.07KB , 1000x1031 , p130.png )
1017907

You can see that the blizzard is dying down now, you think you’ll be able to travel next door to the [GENERAL STORE] if you’re quick before the blizzard dies down in full and you can move normally again.

An extra [UPDATE] of time has passed
The [NOON] is about 3/5 over.


A. Ka Xu: We can’t really afford anything, right now, but we could try to claim that IOU and talk to JACK.
- Go to the General Store
- The Blizzard will deescalate when you finish your business there

B. An Borealia: It might be more prudent to just rush somewhere instead, considering everykin was stuck and all…
- Rush to a location
- An can carry the two of you to any location in one update
- An will need an update of rest before she can shuttle you somewhere else
- The Blizzard will immediately deescalate

C. You: Maybe I can get An to show me her junk one more time…
- Search through the junk pile one last time
- The Blizzard will immediately deescalate


> THOUGHTS
D. [INSTINCT] As much as I want to go to the mine, it’s probably LOCKED and it would take time for me to figure out how to break in, I’ve never done that kind of thing before.
- Just a thought
E. [DESIRE] See, smooches were helpful in the end!
- Just a thought
F. [ANCESTOR] Yes, yes, a useless upgrade to warmth right now, what about Mortifer, I say we investigate him posthaste
- Just a thought
G. The longer we take, the more things happen in the background, so I should choose my destination wisely, maybe even splitting up?
- Feel free to suggest something else!

>>
No. 1017912 ID: 96c896

Let's rush to Mortifer. He's upset, which means he's far more likely to let something slip. We can tell him about CHU UK, and show the purple gore on the needles as proof. He will then have reason to give us the name of who he sold the mine to.
He can also probably get us into the mine to investigate.

What did An argue with him about, exactly?
>>
No. 1017915 ID: d4467b

Go see Jack. We may not have found anything useful in the junk pile, but maybe something can be found in the store instead to help us to make up for it. We can ask about her relation with Da Crone as well since she didnt seem all that happy with Jack... even if it's for petty reasons. (Plus she's like the only character we haven't met face to face yet.)
>>
No. 1017973 ID: e51896

Hmm... very tough choice, but i say lets B hop over to the mountaintops with the path we learned about from Carto, get a good view of the town and maybe find some stones there.

Who knows, we might find someone doing something suspicious somewhere in town. Maybe we'll see other places too? With things about to get crazy, this might also be our only chance to get stones and make tools to prepare for whats to come and make An some nail bolts for her crossbow. She said she needed some.

With everyone coming out soon due to the blizzard slowing down, it might be a good chance to see where everyone might go and what they would do asap...

Perhaps we'll see someone take a hidden shortcut too? Maybe look towards the direction of the outhouses? (Speaking of which, we should probably get our business taken care of)
>>
No. 1017974 ID: 96c896

>>1017972
Oh, hmm, if we can see through the blizzard enough, taking a bird's eye view for watching movements in town might give us some good evidence, yeah, and it'll let us prep An better for combat. I wouldn't be opposed to that idea, but I do think we need to go confront Mortifer soon.
>>
No. 1017976 ID: 629f2e

A, I also want to see Jack at least once before we head out. Not just to redeem our IOU and sell anything we may have found well out searching (we did have that book worth a bead or two), but to get some information from them. What was their beef with Da Crone? Are they the ones who bought the mine? Has anyone purchased wooden needles recently? See what info you can draw out of them.
>>
No. 1018115 ID: 61735f

>>1017973
I agree, we should take this time to gather resources.
>>
No. 1018128 ID: 0838d6
File 164022267681.png - (18.12KB , 500x500 , p131.png )
1018128

> INDECISION - LISTEN TO YOUR THOUGHTS
You feel indecision creep up on you as you debate where to go next. The CLIFFSIDE would let you get an OVERVIEW of the town, as well as let you find some STONES to craft some things with. But JACK could have info you need, and you haven't met her yet. It's a tough call, so you listen to your THOUGHTS to find your way.

[INSTINCT] Gut response says go to the CLIFFSIDE
[DESIRE] Window shopping AND asking for info sounds good right???
[ANCESTOR] Failing going to Mortifer’s, the CLIFFSIDE may illuminate those wandering where they should not be.


> BUNNY HOP - TO THE CLIFFSIDE
You decide that the CLIFFSIDE holds too many curiosities for you to avoid going there any longer. As the three of you gear up and put on your clothes, you look outside and see that the blizzard has calmed, reaching the lowest intensity. Your travel will not be impeded. AN grabs her SUNSTONE and puts it in her bag, remarking that it might be more useful to have it then not.

You step outside without a moment to lose, letting AN BOREALIA grab the two of you and lift you both up on her shoulders.

An Borealia: Hold on!
You: WAIT! Let me use the outhouse real fast!


AN points you to her personal outhouse and you all take a moment to relieve yourselves. She grabs you again and your body is violently jerked towards AN'S as she takes to the skies with a powerful leap. You see the imprint left on the ground from her powerful bunny legs, she's taking large leaps and bounds, letting you leave the area with haste.

The trees grow in thickness and density as you enter the deep forest, skipping right past the farmhouse. AN vaguely recalls where the brambles were located and leaps to the location. After a few moments of searching you see the path CARTO described and AN lets you off, stating that it might be DANGEROUS to hop along this route given all the brambles.
>>
No. 1018136 ID: 0838d6
File 164022374455.png - (12.26KB , 500x500 , p132.png )
1018136

> CLIFFSIDE PEAK - SCENIC OVERLOOK
You begin your ascent, which does not take as long as you might've expected, however you do spook some sleeping PAPERLINGS. They dash out of their warren, diving into some nearby snow, hoping to escape you and any nearby predators.

As you climb you notice that the Blizzard's intensity is getting less and less pronounced. It's still quite cold, and it's still snowing, but strangely enough you can actually see through the blizzard here with much more clarity than you could in the town itself.

The view of the town is breathtaking, it's a sprawling expanse of plastic buildings blanketed in white. There are patches of green that can be seen from the surrounding forest and the sun is cresting high in the sky, giving it an ethereal feel. Unfortunately you don't have the time to appreciate the sight much more as you reach a roughly flat area and AN BOREALIA begins to speak.

An Borealia: *PHEW* I... Haven't done the climb up here in a while
An Borealia: Who'd have thought there was a route to here still
An Borealia: We used to hold CEREMONIES up here
An Borealia: Twas a beautiful sight, I AWAKENED up here!
Ka Xu: The view is just beautiful
You: Yeah, look at how tiny everything looks!
An Borealia: I can't believe we can see everything so clearly here
An Borealia: I never came up when there was a blizzard before
An Borealia: So what's the next move?
Ka Xu: One of us should watch the town while the others search the spot
Ka Xu: I can't imagine that there's nothing here given it's like...
You: It's like the perfect spot to spy on everyone and see when they're isolated...
An Borealia: Woah yeah, if it's like this all the time then anyone up here could.


AN BOREALIA is currently TUCKERED OUT and will WATCH THE TOWN so that she can recover her energy. You can ask her to do something else, but she won't be able to recover her energy unless she engages in light to no activity for an update. She also recommends that unless something big happens, maybe you should spend at least [2-3 UPDATES] here.

The [NOON] is almost over.

A. Ka Xu: I think we should look around for anything weird, it looks like there's three main areas to search.
- Search the area for CLUES and LOOT (you can specify which if you like)
- The area is divided into the following:
= THE CLEARING - where ceremonies were held
= ROCKY OUTCROPPING - A rougher area above where you're at
= MOSSY CLIFF - There's plastic moss growing here somehow


B. You: there's so many rocks here, and even some HIGH QUALITY ones! There's no need to look, I can just make something now!
- Only you can take this action
- You will get a perception roll on the town at disadvantage since you’re busy
- Make a STONE WEAPON in 2 updates
- Make AMMUNITION in 1 update
- Make SMALL and TINY Things in 1 update
- Everything made while you are up here will be more durable, stronger
- Ex. You could make An's Bolts in a single update
- Ex. You could make the Fishhooks in a single update
- Ex. You could make another throwing needle in 2 updates
- Ex. You could make a group of CALTROPS in 1 update


C. An Borealia: You know, I heard stories of SPECIAL ROCKS falling from the sky up here before, but I haven't seen one myself.
- Look for SPECIAL ROCKS
- Special rocks include but are not limited to Sunstones and Moonstones


> THOUGHTS
D. [INSTINCT] Hmm, I could help AN watch the town, maybe I'll catch something she won't
- Join the watch
- You can specify a specific area to look at to gain more info there
- AN is currently attempting to get an OVERVIEW of the town and is not focusing on a specific location


E. [ANCESTOR] Maybe all of you should search one area at once, there MUST be something up here...
- Have everyone, including AN, search an area
- Your [ANCESTOR] feels like something MUST be here somewhere…


F. [DESIRE] Special rocks! What if there's a SPACE ROCK there?
- Just a thought


AUTHORS NOTE: You can assign anyone in your party to any task, and can even double up in roles to give advantage to the task. Assigning 3 characters to one task will give you three rolls as well.
>>
No. 1018137 ID: 629f2e

First off, let An rest! She just carried out butts up here, she deserves it. She can watch the town and holler if something happens.

Ka Xu should check out that mossy cliff. Clues aside, he may find some herbs or seeds that he's been looking for.

And Cob should check the clearing. That seems like an obvious place to find cult stuff. It warrants investigation. We'll have more time to search for special stones and do stonecrafting after giving this place a sweep.
>>
No. 1018139 ID: c92a02

Check the rocky outcrop.
>>
No. 1018143 ID: 094652

Look for rare rocks while your friends gather all the regular rocks.
>>
No. 1018176 ID: e51896

Ka xu will check the mossy area mainly for clues and also since he is good at finding herbs for medicine, he might stumble upon some herbs.

Cob will check the rocky outcrop for clues, maybe we'll find an alternative entrance to the mine even? Something might be there since it feels like a place less traveled. She might find some rare stones along the way at the rocky outcrop considering she is good at perception in looking for stones... it is ROCKY after all (but don't make rare stone finding a priority, just mainly look for clues)

An will rest and check the village. Tell [Ancestor] you all would of gone searching together, but An is TIRED, and that they should
consider how other people feel, cant search well if you're tired. Sorry, but plz Cut her slack, [ancestor] *pout*


I think we'll make tools after we search the area (update 2)
>>
No. 1018227 ID: afe7de
File 164031139086.png - (15.80KB , 500x500 , P133.png )
1018227

> ROCKY OUTCROPPING - SEARCH
You decide to head to the ROCKY OUTCROPPING and you send KA XU to check out the MOSSY CLIFF. The area is rough, but you know a lot about stones, some might say you know too much about stones, but you know that you don't know enough... yet.

You’re so preoccupied looking for something cool you notice absolutely nothing in the area. You’re about to head back when the thought of AN’S smooch comes to your mind. It tickles the back of your neck and all the other places she smooched and you feel INSPIRATION, refusing to give up, you search again!

At first you think your search is fruitless, as you don't find any clues in the area, however as you wander the area you notice a subtle WHISTLING, not from a kin, but as if it was from a breeze. You follow the sound up the outcropping until you nearly reach the peak. You spot something in between two giant rock slabs and stick your hand in, feeling wind resistance as you reach forward and pull it out.

The stone in your hand is green and crystalline, it's a bit larger then fist sized and weighs practically nothing. You give it a tight squeeze and a gust of wind erupts, completely displacing all the snow near you. You think you've heard of this before, they're called GUSTSTONES. You think it was formed by being hit by so much wind at such high altitudes, they're pretty rare, and you think it might help you walk around in the BLIZZARD, but that other kin might get TOO COLD when using it. It's a good thing you have WARMTH!

You found a SPECIAL ROCK - GUSTSTONE
- When you are alone you can travel unimpeded in LOW and HIGH intensity of the BLIZZARD.
- Others can use it too, however they will become numb after [1 UPDATE] due to the already present cold, requiring them to HEAT UP for an update or suffer penalties to their actions

There is nothing else to find in this area



> AN BOREALIA - ON WATCH
An sits on the mountainside and watches along the horizon, you look over to her as you return from your search and she seems wistful, melancholic even. Her eyes are distant as she pants slightly, recovering her energy.

You: Find anything?
An Borealia: No, it's really quiet out there.
An Borealia: I can't make out any lights, but it is bright out still
You: Where do you think there might be movement?
An Borealia: If I had to take a guess... I'd say...
An Borealia: The southern half of town, so areas like
An Borealia: The [WELL KEPT RESIDENCES] and the [TOWN SQUARE]
An Borealia: But I don't know where to focus.

AN BOREALIA has found nothing on her watch
AN'S INTUITION has struck, and thinks something might happen in:
- The [WELL KEPT RESIDENCES]
- The [TOWN SQUARE]

She suggests focusing on one

>>
No. 1018228 ID: afe7de
File 164031142044.png - (12.98KB , 500x500 , P134.png )
1018228

> KA XU - A SIGNIFICANT FIND
KA XU rushes in a moment later, practically panting and gets the two of yours attention, he's holding something.

Ka Xu: Look!!!
Ka Xu: It's a ton of WEED!
You: Like that stuff you gave to DA CRONE?
Ka Xu: YEAH! And I found some seeds oh and
Ka Xu: I found some RUBBER EXTRACT, you can make WATERPROOF GLOVES with this!
An Borealia: Wow, that place must be a treasure trove!
You: I can't believe you found two things!
You: I just found a GUSTSTONE
Ka Xu: Yeah well I figured where there's moss there's stuff
Ka Xu: It was all kind of around the entrance to this cave and-
You: Wait did you say cave?
Ka Xu: Hmm, yeah but these plants are perfect speci-
You: We need to investigate that
An Borealia: I agree!
Ka Xu: I just wanted to have my moment...


KA XU has found a bushel of WEED
- When consumed it makes you SLEEPY, but will heal your wounds quickly
- You will be high after consumption and might have weird dreams
- Comes with 7 charges
KA XU has found some WEED SEEDS
- He can grow his own WEED plants now
KA XU has found RUBBER EXTRACT
- It’s just enough to dip over a single pair of gloves to make them waterproof
- You’ll need to make or find a pair of gloves first
- He stores it in one of your TINY VIALS which you shove back into your pocket
KA XU has discovered a new location - [CLIFFSIDE CAVE]


It is now the [EVENING OF DAY 3]
The sun is cresting over the horizon, heading to dusk.


A. [INSTINCT] You: So we should explore that cave, right now.
- Explore the cave
- Who do you bring?
- The more kin you bring, the easier it will be to search it


B. An Borealia: But one of us should stay behind to watch for irregularities in the town right?
- Do you leave anyone behind to watch the town?

C. Ka Xu: Did you know that this WEED has medicinal properties and some stuffies even SMOKE it? Crazy right! Filling a room with burning WEED just to get enhanced effects when you breathe it in!
- Ka Xu keeps talking after this but you filter it out
- [DESIRE] Get high with Ka Xu


> THOUGHTS
D. [ANCESTOR] If I might be so bold, all of you should search the cave
- Just a thought

E. I could also do other things or search other areas…
- Feel free to suggest something else

>>
No. 1018232 ID: 629f2e

Gonna have to side with ANCESTOR on this one. Sorry DESIRE, but the Weed will still be around when we're done. I think we should all go into that cave, leaving nobody to watch over the town. If there's something big in there, we NEED to find it. And if we run into a combat encounter, then we really need to have everyone there and ready to tussle.
>>
No. 1018236 ID: 22496c

Hug Ka Xu for finding the ca- I mean the wee- I mean the ca... for finding stuff. He wanted his moment, reward him with a hug.

All of you go inside that cave. Be sneaky and quiet, we might hear somebody, Carto said there were signs of someone being at this cliff.
>>
No. 1018261 ID: f96c5c

An stays here and watches the village. Recommend that she checks the town square.

Cob and Ka Xu enters the cave.
>>
No. 1018263 ID: 076735

Search the cave together, no splitting the party.
>>
No. 1018293 ID: 96a9a8

Sounds like whatever happens, other people are gonna see it too. Might as well just go search the cave as a full group.
>>
No. 1018344 ID: ae9bd9

Search the cave as a full group
>>
No. 1018363 ID: afe7de
File 164047697498.png - (14.71KB , 500x500 , p135.png )
1018363

> MOSSY CLIFF - THE CAVE
You decide to head into the cave, bringing AN with you, rather than having her watch the town.

You: We don’t know what’s in there, could be nothing, could be a horde of abominations
An Borealia: I just get the feeling something is going to happen in town soon
Ka Xu: I’m sure that someone will be around to see it, there’s kin at the INN after all
Ka Xu: If anyone leaves we could just ask MIMI or whoever is around.
An Borealia: Hmmm, can’t fault that logic, I uh, don’t have a moonstone
You: It’s okay, we do.


You and Ka Xu both take out your moonstones and head into the cave with AN. The cave entrance is covered in moss and dirt. The place looks like it’s been visited within the past few weeks, but you’re unable to tell exactly when.

> THE CAVE - KA XU’S DISCOVERY
The cave itself isn’t too deep and there’s a variety of mushrooms growing along the edges. Ka Xu points out that a few of these can lead to paralytic effects when ingested or when they enter one’s cotton stream, so he takes a few. While you and AN continue to search the cave.

KA XU has found some PARALYSIS MUSHROOMS, he’ll need to process them so they’ll be of any use.

> THE CAVE - AN’S DISCOVERY
The two of you reach the farthest wall of the cave and there’s signs that at least 2 other stuffies were staying here, and their stay wasn’t brief either. There are imprints on the ground of some kin’s bedrolls having been here, they’re no longer recent, but the duration of their stay must have been at least a month.

An Borealia: And look at this, there’s a rock here
You: What about the rock?
An Borealia: Doesn't it seem… I dunno, strange?
You: Let me take a look.


You get closer to the rock and nothing about it appears strange, but you do notice some scratch-marks on the floor, like it was dragged or moved at one point. Using An’s strength the two of you lift it up and notice a pocket was dug out, and in that pocket lies a STONE IDOL and a SMALL NOTEBOOK. The idol is shaped like a mass of tentacles that seem to have stitching criss-crossed over them. There’s an eye perched on top. You’ve never seen something like this before and wonder if it’s the symbol for some sort of Cotton-line, you question why someone would make an idol for it as you hand it to AN and open the journal.

Inside are dozens of pages of what looks to be a journal written in another language. Each entry is dated in a way that you can read, with the most recent entry being approximately 2 weeks ago and the oldest entry being from around 3 years ago. You skim through the pages and there are various diagrams and illustrations. Some of the illustrations match that of the Idol you found, but the most frequent thing you see as a depiction of that Iris. It reminds you of the month of the Iris, the 10th month of the year, and the symbol that appears on the moon during that month.

You skim to the last few pages and see a diagram for a horrific monster, it’s joints are segmented and you can’t tell what it’s made of. You assume there’s a lot of porcelain in the design and as an ASH-KIN this causes you to shudder. You think trying to decipher any of this will take you a fairly significant amount of time and research, but you can’t shake the feeling that you’ve seen this language before, there’s a word that comes up frequently that just seems familiar. AN gestures for you to hold onto it, stating that she doesn't have any room in her SATCHEL since her CROSSBOW takes up a lot of space.

You gained the CRYPTIC JOURNAL
You gained the IDOL OF THE TENTACLED IRIS
You store both in your hidden tiny pouch, filling it up.

>>
No. 1018366 ID: afe7de
File 164047711530.png - (15.14KB , 500x500 , p136.png )
1018366

> THE CAVE - PERCEPTION - CRITICAL SUCCESS
At first you think you’ve found all that there is to find in this place. There doesn't seem to be anything else of significance in the area, and the cave just appears to be a cave, a dead end. But you know stones, you know architecture, and you get the distinct feeling that there’s something more here. AN and KA XU watch as you search the room with an almost manic fervor, just when KA XU was about to reach out to ask if you were okay, you push slightly on the wall near the where you found the journal and idol, and the wall moves.

You’re shocked before urging your companions to assist you in moving the facade to the side. It was sealed nearly perfectly, and there’s even a LATCH on the other side. You got LUCKY that it was unlatched or you never would have found this, yet, against all odds, you did. You find a tunnel, just big enough to squeeze into if you bend over, leading down into the mountain itself.

Ka Xu: What
An Borealia: The
You: Fluff


The three of you look at each other in shock at this discovery before Ka Xu gestures for you to leave the tunnel and speak in the cave itself.

Ka Xu: I can’t believe I was right, there really is…
You: A secret passage…
An Borealia: So I don’t know a lot
An Borealia: But if I guessed correctly, judging by where we are…
An Borealia: That leads straight to the mines
Ka Xu: You think whoever stayed here knew about this?
You: Maybe they were the ones digging it?
An Borealia: Maybe it’s been around for a long time?

A. [DESIRE] You: We HAVE to explore this, how can we not
- Enter the cave
- Declare your marching order
- By default it will be You, An, then Ka Xu


B. Ka Xu: It might take longer, but maybe we should try to SNEAK
- Will take an extra [UPDATE] of time
- But will give you all advantage on your group stealth check


C. An Borealia: I but… do we check on the town, I’m sure stuffies are moving now
- Check back on the overlook
- Prepare weapons and paralysis shrooms


D. You: We could also trap the FLUFF out of this passage
- Lay as many traps as you like here
- Keep in mind you won’t be able to restock your traps for free until tomorrow or unless you spend [2 UPDATES] on a short rest should you use them all
- Suggest other things for your other party members to do in the meantime


> THOUGHTS
E. [INSTINCT] There’s something down there
- Just a thought

F. [ANCESTOR] I sense something WORSE than an abomination…
- Just a thought

G. Maybe we should leave, make preparations first…
- Do something else like PREPARE some paralysis mushrooms or make a weapon, etc.


AUTHORS NOTE: It’s quite possible you start finding out just who the mastermind or masterminds or antagonists are very soon. So for the sake of my own personal curiosity, I’d like any of you who are interested to fill out this brief survey:

https://forms.gle/UFhYV8HtRw24niMo9

WHODUNNIT?

>>
No. 1018369 ID: c92a02

Prepare a weapon, but head down that passage soon, in default order.
>>
No. 1018372 ID: 629f2e

D, G, and C.

Let's set up a bunch of traps at this passage to capture the stuffies using it. Let's stick to DART and NET traps, as they seem like the best fit for these purposes. NETs will probably be more effective than SNARES against more cognitively capable (not thrashing around like a wild animal) targets, and DARTs can easily be aimed towards the entrance to strike where we know they'll have to be standing when they open it. We can coat the darts with the PARALYZING MUSHROOM extracts, which Ka Xu can prepare for us. This is way safer than going down ourselves, and is much more likely to catch the culprits off their guard.

Let's have An watch the city while this is taking place, just so we don't miss anything big.
>>
No. 1018374 ID: 094652

>>1018372
Agreed, we've found their hiding spot, now all we need to do is trap the hell out of it and they'll come to us.
>>
No. 1018376 ID: 96a9a8

>>1018366
The secret door was unlatched and the rock was moved to hide it, which implies someone came OUT recently. Can't latch it from this side! Trapping the tunnel will be pointless, unless we specifically lay them out so they can cover a retreat.

C. Watch town, make a needle and paralysis poison. Ambush whoever comes up to the summit.

I kindof don't want to go down there without translating the journal first. Wasn't there a language like that in MIMI's documents? It's certainly more evidence against her. I wonder if Bella can translate it, since she's a historian and might know some extra languages. Reaching at straws a bit there though.
Who else in town would be strong enough to move that rock? Strong enough, while also being able to fit into the tunnel? Can't be very many suspects left. What about if there was more than one?

Wait a second, someone was sleeping up here? So, not in town? That implies the culprit is someone that went missing about a month ago. Also, DATOR was gathering flowers up here, I wonder if he does that regularly enough to have seen who was here?
Ask Ka Xu about the flower DATOR dropped. What can be made from it?
>>
No. 1018386 ID: ae9bd9

>>1018366
There is probably nobody in there at the moment or they would have latched the door.

Lets go with C. and prepare as best we can.
>>
No. 1018415 ID: e51896

C. Gotta be specific where we look. Have An watch the town square while you and Ka Xu check over the Well kept residents from time to time as you both work on preparing weapon and paralysis poison. An had an intuition some stuff will happen at those locations.
>>
No. 1018450 ID: afe7de
File 164056588938.png - (13.18KB , 500x500 , p137.png )
1018450

> CLIFFSIDE PEAK - POISON PREPARATIONS
You decide to have the group hold off on doing anything for now. You think about setting some traps, but think that if the latch was undone, that means someone had to have left there last. You close it nearly shut and get the group out to the cliff-side to watch.

KA XU gets to work on making some PARALYSIS POISON, he says he’ll have [3 CHARGES] when he’s done

Ka Xu: This stuff is pretty potent, but a little slow acting
Ka Xu: Expect it to take [AN UPDATE OR TWO] to fully hit on someone my size
Ka Xu: Maybe longer for someone like AN
Ka Xu: But if we can catch them before that then they’re as good as got
An Borealia: Though if they have a SPECIAL CONSTITUTION it might still be hard
Ka Xu: Yeah but what’re the chances of someone with a COTTON-LINE like that appearing here
You: How long does it last?
Ka Xu: ¼ of the day, or [5 UPDATES] give or take a bit


> CLIFFSIDE PEAK - AN’S WATCH
AN BOREALIA takes up perch and watches the TOWN SQUARE with rapt attention.

An Borealia: Things look quiet for now
Ka Xu: I’m a little distracted but I don’t see anything either
An Borealia: I get the feeling someone went into my house
An Borealia: The sheriff's office I mean
An Borealia: But I can’t tell if that’s just the dusk-light on the windows or not
An Borealia: But I do get the feeling that there’s going to be some movement soon
An Borealia: It’s almost dark, so kin will have to be out with MOONSTONES
An Borealia: If we stay out all night and don’t go into town we might learn more
Ka Xu: I dunno about that
You: Yeah, that’d be the same as leaving them to reign free
You: Especially since you haven’t been on patrol all day
An Borealia: AAAAAAAAAAAAA I FORGOT!!!!


> CLIFFSIDE PEAK - STONECRAFTING
This leaves you with a bit of time to prepare some weapons. You’ll be working minimum until the end of [NEXT UPDATE] , which means you have [2 CRAFT POINTS] to spend on making something right now. You’ll gain another [1 CRAFT POINT] for every update you spend crafting things. What do you make?

[1 CRAFT POINT] - MAKE A SMALL OR TINY THING
[1 CRAFT POINT] - CLEAN YOUR NEEDLES
[1 CRAFT POINT] - HQ STONE BOLTS x4
[1 CRAFT POINT] - HQ FISHHOOKS x3
[1 CRAFT POINT] - HQ SET OF CALTROPS
[1 CRAFT POINT] - Gather 2 CRAFT POINTS of HQ stones and store them in your bag for later
[1 CRAFT POINT] - UPGRADE YOUR TRAPS, GIVING THEM BONUSES UNTIL USED
[2 CRAFT POINTS] - HQ STONE CHAIN
[2 CRAFT POINTS] - HQ THROWING NEEDLE
[2 CRAFT POINTS] - HQ STONE WEAPON (write in your idea)

The [EVENING] is about half over.


> THOUGHTS
A. [INSTINCT] Maybe replace your supplies, I’m not good at long term planning, sorry.
- Spend [1 CRAFT POINT] on upgrading your supplies
B. [DESIRE] MMMM Steal some stones for later, you’ll need em to make a good CROSSBOW
- Spend [1 CRAFT POINT] on gathering stones
C. [ANCESTOR] A chain.
- Spend [2 CRAFT POINTS] on making a stone chain
D. Other


AUTHORS NOTE: Here’s a handy pastebin with your inventory

https://pastebin.com/vfJ7ckpV

The TLDR is that your hidden pockets are basically full but your backpack still has room for stuff.

>>
No. 1018452 ID: c92a02

Make a really nice needle. Make it so shiny you can use it for light in the cave.
>>
No. 1018453 ID: 629f2e

This is simple enough. Our Ancestor seems to be the most aware of what is down there, and they're recommending a chain. Let's spend our Craft Points on a High Quality Chain.
>>
No. 1018457 ID: 629f2e

Oh btw, if Ka Xu is finished with the mushrooms, let's have him check out the one area we haven't looked at yet. He should check The Clearing.
>>
No. 1018462 ID: e51896

Lets make stone chain. I have a feeling Ancestor has seen that stone idol before, or whatever it is supposed to represent, and a stone chain might be what is needed. We do already have weapons and traps, just need something to capture the abomination or the one responsible with.

Keep watching the town with An and Ka Xu while you're busy.
>>
No. 1018467 ID: ae9bd9

>>1018450
Make the chain.
>>
No. 1018473 ID: 96a9a8

A chain will be needed to tie down anything particularly large, and... I think we're about to have to deal with exactly that. Our strategy for a big boss fight would be to hit it with poison then run away until it's paralyzed, then tie it down with the chain and stab it to death.
>>
No. 1018475 ID: e51896

We could probably slather An's ammo with Ka Xu's poison. That'd be a good way to take down the enemy, poisoned ammo. Our weapons too, but probably not the ones that are not clean yet
>>
No. 1018540 ID: 0838d6
File 164064716560.png - (16.25KB , 500x500 , p138.png )
1018540

> CRAFTING - HQ STONE CHAIN
You decide to make a stone chain, heeding the advice of your [ANCESTOR]. You get the feeling there might be something BIG coming up, but you're unsure. At the very least you could use this in a trap to make something that'll be pretty hard to break out of even if it has the strength of a CHU UK ABOMINATION or two.

You've never made a chain before, but the process isn't too difficult with your current tools and access to tons of stone. It takes a bit but you get around 5 meters of chain complete due to the deftness of your porcelain hands.

Unfortunately, due to the complexity of the process you're not able to spot anything as you work.

> KA XU - PARALYSIS POISON
KA XU finishes up the poison and wraps it in some plastic leaves before handing a charge to you and AN.

Ka Xu: So you just open this up and slather it on your weapon
Ka Xu: It won't work on those bloody needles though
An Borealia: Why haven't you cleaned those yet?
You: I... I dunno for the INTIMIDATION factor?
You: We've been busy okay!!


You pout and grumble as your two companions tease you. You've still got the one clean singing needle, it'll make noise when you throw it, but it's better than nothing.

You’ve gained a single charge of PARALYSIS POISON
- Your companions will automatically use it when they think it’s a good idea
- You can also direct them to use it when you think it’s best


> CLIFFSIDE PEAK - TOWN OBSERVATIONS
You're too distracted to notice anything, however AN and KA XU speak up, believing they've spotted something.

Ka Xu: Hmm, I think I see some figures moving around MORTIFER'S place
Ka Xu: But I can't tell who it is, or how many there are
An Borealia: Hmm, I think I see some kin ENTERING
An Borealia: But also some kin LEAVING
You: What about you, An?
An Borealia: Hmm, well I see movement
An Borealia: Or maybe not, if it's some stuffie they're wearing white
An Borealia: Or maybe there's more than one
An Borealia: I THINK someone left my house
An Borealia: Sorry, I have BAD EYESIGHT...
Ka Xu: We should get you some glasses or something
You: Hmmm, so to summarize...
You: Movement near Mortifer's
You: Potential movement near the sheriff's office
You: And the cave passage.


A. [ANCESTOR] You: Should we go into the cave? Seems like kin are bustling about now, so if we discover something and pop back they'll be on our side right?
- Explore the cave
- You will sneak at default
- You can take an extra update to gain advantage on sneaking


B. An Borealia: Hmmm, I'm just now realizing that MIMI might be freaking out because you're not at the INN, what if she went to the jail and saw the corpse too...
- Head to the INN

C. Ka Xu: Stuffies walking around Mortifer's place makes me suspicious...
- Head to MORTIFER'S place


> THOUGHTS
D. [INSTINCT] We should sneak wherever we approach, what if everyone turned into an abomination last night!
- Just a thought
- You can suggest to sneak before you enter a location
- Choosing to sneak AND take an extra update will net you advantage


E. [DESIRE] We've never been SPELUNKING before!
- Just a thought

F. Or we could keep watching and preparing
- Do something else

>>
No. 1018541 ID: c92a02

Let's go into the cave. If Mortifer's holding a cult meeting then nobody will be in the cult hideout.
>>
No. 1018542 ID: 629f2e

Let's go into the cave, but don't sneak. We don't have the time, and the odds of rolling shitty twice are about the same as rolling shitty once with our luck. Save the extra update and take the gamble.
>>
No. 1018556 ID: 5cc714

Time to go spelunkin'
>>
No. 1018574 ID: b9b886

Sneak in this cave, listen closely too.
>>
No. 1018659 ID: afe7de
File 164075878142.png - (13.31KB , 500x500 , p139.png )
1018659

> CLIFFSIDE TUNNEL - DESCENT
You decide to leave the town and descend into the depths. You can hear an eerie wailing on the wind as you enter and take slow, methodical steps. You march in the front holding a moonstone, An behind you, her crossbow at the ready, while Ka Xu brings up the rear.

A gentle dripping can be heard as you descend deeper into the depths, the incline is slopes at jagged angles and winds unexpectedly quite frequently, like part of it was dug out but they found a natural cave system in the middle. You don't see anything special on the walls, other than that some of them are VERY HARD, no secret murals, or splitting passages but the sense of unease you feel grows with every step.

Eventually you reach the end of the tunnel, the sounds of stone hitting rocks and the shuffling of bodies can be faintly heard. You crest a corner and can even see a warm orange glow. You reach the edge and notice that your exit is rather hidden in what looks to be a side room. Upon further inspection you also realize that it's in a darker part of the room behind a single plastic crate.

Unless someone was purposefully looking for it, no one would have discovered this secret passage. You thank your luck and put away your moonstones for now, blending with the shadows and taking in the environment you now find yourselves in.
>>
No. 1018660 ID: afe7de
File 164075894781.png - (11.52KB , 500x500 , p140.png )
1018660

> THE MINES - ???
This place is dark and slightly damp, but there are a few scattered moonstones lighting up the walls. This immediately tells you that someone’s down here, as no one would replace the moonstones otherwise. The sound of stone being crushed and hit can be heard from deeper in the depths, but you're not able to see the source of it yet. A hear a vague moaning and grunting eerily caresses your ears causing your stitching to stand on its end. You vaguely get the feeling that it sounds something like the Abomination you heard before, only there’s more. You can't tell the exact number, but imagine that there's at least 2 of them.

You're about to step out and explore when the sound shuffling gets louder and louder, you assume it’s an approaching figure. You all duck back into the darkness, hiding behind the crate when you see a stuffie appear. This stuffie at first appears to be a normal Fur-Kin but as they continue forward you see their figure has been similarly distorted, but is more refined, almost as if CHU UK was just practice.

Excess stitching criss-crosses her form as you see a Rat Fur-Kin with massive glasses that have been pinned to her face enter. Her original pair of arms appear to be intact but below them lie another pair, these are discolored, but are moving in tandem with her others. Their form is slightly emaciated and very thin, you wonder if they were always so skinny, or if the process that was used on this particular Abomination had a similar result.

An Borealia: Is that... Zan...
An Borealia: Oh great loom why, are those Amles’s arms


You see that AN is shaking a little, but is taking steadying breaths.
>>
No. 1018661 ID: afe7de
File 164075896229.png - (13.77KB , 500x500 , p141.png )
1018661

> INSIGHT - ZAN
You shrug silently as there's no way for you to know. But something peaks your interest, this abomination at least feels... different.

[INSTINCT] Is she conscious?

These motions are vastly different from what you saw before. When the abomination first entered the room it was sluggish, haphazard, and their expression was blank. But now that it's here, it's looking around in a panic, a distinct sense of fear evident in her expression. You think you can hear her mumbling something, but the sounds of what you can only imagine to be mining are drowning her out.

A. Ka Xu: Shoot first, ask questions later
- Have AN paralyze her
- You all will attempt to restrain her
- Has a significant chance of alerting anyone nearby

B. An Borealia: I... It's her, please she looks like she's aware, we should talk to her
- Attempt to talk to the abomination
- You’re not sure what will happen if you fail

C. [INSTINCT] You: Just let it do it's thing, wait it out
- Wait for the abomination to leave before continuing your exploration
- Time will pass until they leave


> THOUGHTS
D. [ANCESTOR] …
- Just a thought
E. [DESIRE] She's got 4 arms, imagine the HUGS she could give
- Just a thought
- [ANCESTOR] is displeased by this thought

F. Or maybe I do something… unexpected?
- Do something else!

>>
No. 1018664 ID: c92a02

E. Reassure her with a bearhug, and listen in on what she's whispering. Shh. Everything's gonna be ok.
...The decision on whether to suplex her is pending.
>>
No. 1018665 ID: e51896

Probably a bad idea, but F and/or B.

Turn on the passionate warmth, it has been upgraded to give other kin COMFORT. This should calm An down, and the abomination that is panicking. Might help with negotiations with it for lesser chance of failure. Whisper and ask if it needs help, who did this to her?
>>
No. 1018667 ID: e51896

Also, no hugs. (Not until we gauge things) have An help you talk to her since she knows her more
>>
No. 1018668 ID: 96a9a8

>>1018661
Ah, I think I know what's going on. The Abominations are being controlled somehow, but it's local. She wandered away and has enough consciousness to be aware that she's been kidnapped. She only has one core, she's not core-dead! She's just been modified.
...the motive here is clear. Mortifer refused to give up on the mine, and has been forcing stuffies to work in it by turning them into mind-controlled abominations. He probably found a wood vein, is keeping it secret, and is selling the wood via Mimi's contacts. That means... sheesh, a LOT of people are in on it. Mortifer, Mimi, maybe Irah since he's with Mimi, probably Phoenius and the two cloth-kin, maybe Plum since she should be aware of any inconsistencies in Mortifer's finances... maybe Bella since she was working with Mimi's finances too. Or did Bella only work with Da Crone?
...I wonder if that purple goop is part of the control? That means if you stabbed someone with a dirty needle they'd be vulnerable.

B, make sure she sees An first. You and Ka Xu are strangers and might make her panic. If you can take her out of the mine and back to town, then we can bolster our numbers. We'll probably need to, considering how big the operation is.
>>
No. 1018676 ID: 8483cf

I'm not liking our chances. Let's listrn to INSTINCT and choose C.
>>
No. 1018677 ID: ae9bd9

>>1018661
Voting C. Even if they are still conscious, our best bet of saving them is to keep going and take out whatever is in charge here.
>>
No. 1018678 ID: 076735

Seconding >>1018665

Turn on WARMTH, attempt to contact her.
>>
No. 1018682 ID: 629f2e

Gonna go with the majority here. Turn up the WARMTH and try to talk to her.

Maybe have Cob and Ka Xu ready their weapons in the back though, just in case.
>>
No. 1018747 ID: afe7de
File 164083511702.png - (12.58KB , 500x500 , p142.png )
1018747

> ZAN ABOMINATION - CONFRONTATION
You gesture for AN to try talking to her. You and KA XU keep your weapons drawn in the shadows and you push your WARMTH to its limits trying to reach her from cover. She seems to calm down briefly and doesn't shriek when AN BOREALIA turns the corner, instead, her eyes widen and you hear her speak in a quiet, husky tone. Her voice is raspy, like she hasn't had water in far too long.

Zan: An?
Zan: No, I'm hallucinating again
Zan: But It's not Amles...
An Borealia: I'm not a hallucination
An Borealia: What... What happened to you?


Zan falls to the ground, crouching and holding herself before mumbling something in a barely audible voice.

Zan: I always hoped for the supernatural
Zan: Always dreamed of excitement
Zan: Kekekekekeh..
Zan: Is the trap in my mind now…


An takes a firm step towards Zan, who doesn't move and remains still in response. She’s laughing in hysteria and shaking. An touches her and you can see an expression of shock appear on Zan's face. Her shaking stops and she relaxes as An picks her up and takes her into a massive hug.

Zan: You're real...
Zan: This is real...
Zan: I never praised the loom before but just this once… thank you…


There are tears streaming down the abomination, no, woman's face, as she calms down.

Zan: How... how?
Zan: All the exits are sealed
Zan: The foreman's gate is trapped and-
Zan: How?
An Borealia: I made some very perceptive friends.

>>
No. 1018748 ID: afe7de
File 164083513027.png - (12.37KB , 500x500 , p143.png )
1018748

She gestures for the two of you to pop out of the corner, you do your best to stand tall, but keep your needle raised. Ka Xu does the same with your Scissor and Needle. She looks directly at the two of you.

Zan: Secret... passage... well… fluff!
You: Uh hi
Zan: Okay... Okay... I... I think I can function...
Zan: Just…


She looks off into the distance, towards the mining noises and towards a room where you can faintly hear snoring.

Zan: We.. We don't have time... HE just fell asleep
Ka Xu: Who?
Zan: Phoenius, well not exactly
Zan: Listen I've barely been conscious, in a vague haze
Zan: If you caught me earlier I wouldn’t even be able to speak
Zan: They, he, did... something to us
Ka Xu: Uh yeah, you have an extra set of arms
Zan: I keep expecting someone to just be like
Zan: Hey, gotcha, it was a prank!


ZAN takes a deep breath before poising herself, attempting to put up a veneer of normalcy over what is obviously traumatic for her to discuss.

Zan: I... up until a little bit ago, maybe half a day,
Zan: Maybe a few hours, I can't tell.
Zan: I was in a fog, like I was in the happiest dream
Zan: It was... I had no control, I had to wrest my own sanity back
Zan: It was wrong, Chu Uk would never be that nice to me
Zan: Would never act in that way
Zan: And I realized it wasn't him, it was Phoenius but... not him
Zan: And then there’s like… something else… Something horrifying…
Zan: I'm so thirsty…


You hand her your water and she downs it like a plush that has been stuck in the desert for far too long. You can tell she’s had some time to put herself together but is still in bad shape mentally and possibly physically.

KA XU informs you that it is now [NIGHTTIME]
He says that he'll try to keep everyone updated with the time.

Time is of the essence, what do you do?


A. An Borealia: I… We have to get you out of here, gather the town… This is crazy
- Leave with Zan
- You can also tell AN to do this while you and KA XU act separately

B. [ANCESTOR] You: I… I need to take a look, I need to see this
- Actually look at Phoenius
- There’s a chance you might get caught

C. Ka Xu: I have so many questions
- Ask Zan Questions
- You can ask 1 question no matter what
- Choosing to ask more than one question locks you into a conversation, taking the whole update
- You can also suggest moving somewhere before talking to reduce the likelihood of being caught


> THOUGHTS
D. [INSTINCT] We should lay some traps, whoever leaves will get injured, then we’ll know…
- Lay a trap at the exit to that room
- Or lay a trap somewhere else

E. [DESIRE] I’m weirdly sad that I’m not getting in on that hug
- Just a thought
F. Other
- Do something else!

>>
No. 1018750 ID: 629f2e

C, Only one question we need to ask, and it's an obvious one. "Who did this to you?" We can talk about more once we get outside. (We're probably tempted to ask about Phoenius, but given her current state she probably won't be able to give us a clear answer on whether or not he's conscious like her. We can come back with the entire town later for the one we leave behind now, but we need to make it out safely first.)

A, Get the fuck out of there.

And D, Set a trap for the next stuffie to come down here. A SPEAR TRAP specifically, we want to leave a big obvious injury on whoever comes here.
>>
No. 1018757 ID: 96a9a8

Yes, we definitely need more people to face this. Finding out from her who the baddies are will allow us to form that posse and storm this fort.

Once we get back up to the secret door in the cave, sabotage the latch so it won't lock. Do nothing else. If the cultists find out for sure that we used the exit, they'll set up fortifications and make it much more difficult for us to assault the mines from this direction. Just taking Zan out is risky enough.
Sorry Ancestor, but we can see Phoenius later, when we kill him.

Also I can take a stab at what else is down there. The idol we found... the real thing is down there.
>>
No. 1018768 ID: e51896

Mainly A. Zan made it clear we don't have a lot of time, so we'll need to leave asap and bring Zan to safety. forget about making a trap, it will take an update, which we could probably better use to get to town quicker instead especially since it's night now. Plus if we make a trap, and someone gets caught in it, they might thoroughly investigate the area wondering how someone got in the mines, and discover the secret entrance/exit sealing it up. (we can finally use some time clean our weapons when we get back too.)

agreed on asking Zan who the ones responsible are, would be a good idea to know who our enemies are to get a better idea who is potentially friend or foe (and yeah, keep it only one question for now, we'll ask her more questions when we get back to town).

if any traps do get placed (which I'm against) set it at the secret entrance instead of the vicinity where we're at currently. But like I said, we gotta help Zan, get some questioning done, and gather the town.
>>
No. 1018776 ID: ae9bd9

>>1018748
Can we do C, but have An take Zan outside and wait for us by the cave entrance? An is kinda big, plus getting Zan out should be a priority.

Otherwise, I will just vote A. We should grill Zan on the appearance though cuz our Ancestor seems to have an ominous hunch about something.
>>
No. 1018778 ID: c92a02

Look, later, desire. For now, lay a trap and get out of here. You have to know - this means it is time to go.
>>
No. 1018855 ID: 0838d6
File 164091252685.png - (15.58KB , 500x500 , p144.png )
1018855

> THE MINES - ???
It's a tense moment and you're torn between a few ideas. The others look to you, ostensibly as the leader. Ka Xu already deferred to you, but AN is in a tender state, seeking your guidance. You're not sure if you're ready to make the tough calls, but you've been doing that most of the night.

You: Let's.. Let's leave for now.
Zan: Please... I... Wait...
Zan: Let me just…


Zan gets up and after looking from side to side steps out of the room for around 2 seconds before coming back with something cradled in her second set of arms. It looks like a chunk of WOOD ORE.

Zan: Let's go.

> TRAP CHECK - SABOTAGE THE LOCK
You're tempted to trap the pathway back up, but don't want to expose what you know of the passageway to anyone that might use it. If you leave something in the main area, then they'll know something is amiss and upon inspection of an untriggered main entryway, would know their escape route is exposed. Instead what you do, as you reach [THE CAVE], is break the latch that allows them to lock this secret door. You do it in such a way that makes it LOOK like the passage will lock, but in actuality it won't. You pump your fist in excitement as you're finally getting to do some COOL TRAP STUFF.

After a moment you close the door and see that AN has pulled out her sunstone in an attempt to warm up Zan and she's voraciously eating one of Ka Xu's rations, like she's been starved for days.

You pump your WARMTH aura out as you approach ZAN and she slows down, pacing herself.

You: Can... Can I ask something?
Zan: *gulp* Yeah, I feel like I'm eating for two kin though...
You: Who... Who did this to you all?
Ka Xu: Mmm yeah, do you know who is bad? Who can we trust?


Zan pauses for a second and grips her head with her two free arms, dropping the ration, but still holding tight to the WOOD ORE.
>>
No. 1018856 ID: 0838d6
File 164091253968.png - (11.92KB , 500x500 , p145.png )
1018856

> DISCUSSION - WHO DID THIS?
Zan: I... It hurts...
Zan: Remembering...
Zan: I don't know how long it's been since I woke up, but...
Zan: I saw MI SNOW in there, mining
Zan: Some of the old crew, but like me, distorted, stitched
Zan: I feel like there were others, but they all weren't there
Zan: And I saw PHOENIUS, but... it wasn't him
You: What do you mean?
Zan: I... When I look at him, I see *GAH*


You see her holding her arms tightly to her head, you're trying to comfort her as best as you can and it appears to lessen her pain. You rest a gentle hand on her shoulder and after a moment she calms down.

Zan: Sorry... it just... whenever I think about it I feel pain
Zan: Its... It's his brother, but it's also not
An Borealia: You mean Irah?
Zan: *GAH* Yes ow, fluff, but, it's not him, but it is
Zan: They're both there, but they're not
Zan: Separate, yet at the same time together
Zan: Bound, yet unbound
Ka Xu: Do you think that Irah-
Zan: *GAH* please, don't say his name, it hurts!
Ka Xu: Sorry, uh… that "He" was that vague feeling you had about
You: What I don't get is why Phoenius
You: Isn't the name that causes the pain...
Zan: It's him but it's not him, I…


Zan takes a deep breath and tries to clarify her thoughts when Ka Xu interjects, so she takes the moment to bring the food to her mouth and continue eating it.

Ka Xu: Are you saying that when you look at Phoenius
Ka Xu: You see the body of... "HIM" and vice versa
Zan: YES! That! But I... I know it's wrong and...
Zan: And "HE"... doesn't look like Phoenius anymore
Zan: Please... I can't describe it

>>
No. 1018858 ID: 0838d6
File 164091258958.png - (12.01KB , 500x500 , p146.png )
1018858

> DISCUSSION - WHAT HAPPENED
You: What about who did this, what happened?
Zan: It was... The memory is hazy
Zan: We all left town that day
Zan: But there were constant delays
Zan: And we had to camp not far from town
Zan: I... we were bound and taken somewhere dark
Zan: An attack in the night
Zan: I heard a voice like Frankie's and Chu Uk's
Zan: And a voice like "HIS"
Zan: A struggle.
Zan: And all I remember is the pain
Zan: Not the good kind.


You look outside and realize that the Blizzard is still in a calm state.
You realize it’s only a matter of time before it escalates again.

What do you do?


A. An Borealia: I... what do we do? I can only carry TWO of you...
- AN can BUNNY HOP to another location with speed
- AN can only carry two of you at a time
- AN will need to rest after she arrives at a new location this way
- You can also suggest to just WALK to a destination, or send her ahead
- Time will pass until you reach your destination or something interesting happens mid-way
- Where do you go if you do this?

B. Ka Xu: It might hurt, but could you describe what "He" was doing in the mine?
- Ask more questions
- B1. What were they doing in the mine?
- B2. How did you regain your sanity?
- B3. Can we get an exact number of Abominations?
- B4. How much wood did they find?
- B5. Are we all unstitched beyond comprehension?
- B6. Other - ask any question

C. [INSTINCT] You: I'm going to check on the town
- Scout out the town at disadvantage due to the nighttime
- You will guaranteed be able to see anyone wandering with a MOONSTONE

D. Zan: Whatever we do… “He” is waking soon, He awoke… briefly… before
- “He” will likely wake up soon
- This sounds ominous and you’re not sure what it means
- You don’t know how long “soon” is either


> THOUGHTS
D. I want to look at it...
- Head down and try to take a peek at that room with “Him” and Phoenius
E. "He" is asleep... but can't be looked at? Hmm...
- Just a thought
- Your [ANCESTOR] Thinks it's only Zan that can't look at him

F. [ANCESTOR] I get the feeling there are abominations in town right now...
- Just a thought
G. [DESIRE] Maybe I should store that wood in my bag for later
- Store the wood so Zan stops cradling it
- You really want to touch the wood

H. I think Zan wants more food
- Offer her another ration

>>
No. 1018862 ID: 629f2e

Many thoughts.

B3: Let's try to get a handle on how many abominations were made, and B2: How did Zan regain her sanity. Have An ask the questions and get the shortened version from her.

C: Scout out the town. Knowing where people currently are and where they're going could help us out a lot. Have Ka Xu check with you for some advantage, and use that information to plan your next moves. If you spot any large groups of stuffies, you could head over to them, or if you spy someone in immediate danger you could use An for quick traversal, etc. Get the information, and then make the call.

H???: Consult Ancestor and Instinct to see if feeding a stuffie who probably hasn't had much to eat recently needs to be done delicately. Like if too much food too fast could make them sick.

You can also try G, as she'll be less helpful with her hands full if we run into something, but only worry about that if we have the time.
>>
No. 1018864 ID: 96a9a8

Take a full turn spending 2 move actions to get to the Farm in one update without hopping. It's a good location to fortify! Also I think we can trust Glum Plum since she gave us useful info and a cultist wouldn't do that.

If we can talk to Zan at all during that, B2 and B3 are good questions.
>>
No. 1018865 ID: 96a9a8

B2 is the first priority btw. If we can figure out how the abominations can break free, we can free more of them, and taking them away from enemy control is a big advantage, even if they can't help with the final battle.
>>
No. 1018869 ID: 96a9a8

Oh hell I just remembered, MIMI has a view of the farm from her window. If the cultists see Zan with us, they'll know we got into the mine. Zan either needs to hide in the forest, or approach the farm from a direction that MIMI won't be able to see her before she gets inside. If that's possible, then all three of us should do that.
>>
No. 1018872 ID: 094652

Eject from the mines. You can use your windstone to take the slow path back.

Don't ask too many questions, Zan's reprogrammed mind might not be able to handle it. But ask how many abominations there are so you can get a handle on it later.

Ask for a small shard of wood. You might be able to unlock some powers or something.
>>
No. 1018920 ID: e51896

(Wait, I just realized C. means looking at the town from the cliffside. We probably don't have time for that since Irah will awaken soon. I'm changing my vote a bit.)

Some thoughts, Could that wood ore be the one that Mortifer claims to have been stolen from him by Phoenius? Also from the sounds of it, I'm getting the speculation that Irah and Phoenius had recently been fused into a powerful abomination, maybe having an awakened innate ability that could mind control the abominations? if so we gotta get Zan far from the mines as possible

Hiding her in the forest probably a bad idea with the blizzard about to escalate. We'll need some enclosure to hide Zan.

G. I think asking Zan for the wood ore would be a good idea, only because I remember our wood charm necklace resonated with the wood dust on Chu uk earlier. we should try seeing what would happen if our wood charm contacted the wood ore or something. do some experimentation. Maybe something good will happen...

B2. I'm pretty sure it has to do with "HIM" being asleep, and awakening might mean Zan could lose her mind again if she is close by. I'm kinda tempted to show the stone tentacled idol and ask if she knows anything about it, but I think that can wait until we are somewhere safe. Only ask this one question so we don't get locked into a conversation

A. Let's head towards the farm, walk there. Overall, we gotta get Zan far away from the mines. Yeah, Mimi will probably find us, but she's probably asleep.

Also remember, the farm is locked from what we were told, but there is a window up top. When we get to the farm, An can bunny hop us up there, and cob can use her ability to open the window and open the door for everyone. might be able to be able to do this without Mimi seeing us if we're high up.
>>
No. 1018942 ID: 0838d6
File 164098592213.png - (14.58KB , 500x500 , p147.png )
1018942

> TRAVEL - HEAD TO THE FARM
You decide your best bet for now would be to travel on foot to the farm, there's too many of you for AN to carry and you'll likely see any stuffies wandering about town as you head there.

You travel through the night, moonstones out to light your path as Zan finishes her ration. You can hear her stomach growling, like she needs more food and get an idea. You attempt to channel your [ANCESTOR] in this moment to ask them a question.

[YOU] Uhh, is feeding her more now bad?
[ANCESTOR] …


You guess your [ANCESTOR] doesn't want to talk right now, that or they don't like when you ask directions and only want to just give their thoughts, but not banter with you. So you're going to follow your [DESIRE] instead.

You: Hey umm Zan?
Zan: Hmm?
You: Trade you this ration for that wood
Zan: Yes, please, I'm starving
You: They do anything to that wood?
Zan: I dunno, when I woke up I had it in my hand
Zan: I think I was mining


You hand her a ration and take the wood into your hand. It's rough and jagged and suffused with an energy that you feel quite strongly. There's something LATENT inside of it, unfortunately, you know next to nothing about wood other than you can make NEEDLES out of it.

You: Do any of you feel anything when you hold WOOD?
Ka Xu: No, unfortunately...
An Borealia: Uhhh, I feel tingles when I hold a needle?
Ka Xu: That's normal though
Zan: I almost feel a sense of comfort holding it? And Energy?
You: Hmmm...
Ka Xu: Could be you both have latent SHAMANISTIC capabilities
Ka Xu: Cob does hear from our [ANCESTOR]


You pause at the thought, that could be kind of neat, learning WOOD MAGIC. But that might mean having to spend a lot of time with the SHAMAN, blugh, you still dislike that rather disciplinary swindler.

You have [4 RATIONS] remaining
You add a chunk of [WOOD ORE] to your inventory
Your inventory is full, but you could probably squeeze a few more TINY things in there


> DEEP FOREST - DISCUSSION
You reach the forest, skipping past the brambles and you see ZAN finish her meal, looking more content, but shaking furiously from the cold.

Zan: S-s-s-o C-c-cold
Zan: I wish I had my coat or something…


You use your WARMTH aura and it heats her up a bit, whilst AN takes out her SUNSTONE, making it more tolerable.

Zan: I should ask Phi So to make me a new coat
Zan: For Amles’s arms…
Zan: Oh... Right…


She looks down at the arms, they're cradling her chest, almost like they're holding something. You intuit that this is an involuntary motion and see Zan get a little saddened, so you try to distract her with more pointed questions.

You: Can we... Ask a few more questions?
Zan: Yeah, just.. nothing about "HIM" okay?
Ka Xu: I've got one. How many Abominations are there?
Zan: They're my friends.
Zan: Well, they might not be anymore.
Zan: …
Zan: There were 3 that were mining
Zan: And if I had to guess there were likely 2 more
Zan: Not counting Phoenius and "HIM"
Zan: I... I don't want to think about all the missing bodies…

>>
No. 1018944 ID: 0838d6
File 164098599022.png - (14.61KB , 500x500 , p148.png )
1018944

> FARM - DISCUSSION
You see a harrowing expression on Zan's face, from what you've heard from AN they left in a much bigger group than just 5, including her. You decide to push a bit more as you crest a slick and icy corner, arriving at a clearing covered in frost and snow leading up to the farm.

You: So, how did you wake up?
You: Regain your sanity?
You: Maybe we can help the others?
Zan: I tried.
Zan: I have a very strong sense that the others are...
Zan: They're too far gone
Zan: The collar that chains them is manacled around their cores
Zan: Even eliminating the source wouldn't save them
Zan: I can… FEEL the rot inside them, the corruption
Zan: I can feel it inside me too…
You: [ANCESTOR] They’re core dead…
Zan: Maybe MI SNOW is salvageable...
You: But do you remember what happened?
Zan: I... in the haze.. we were in a town
Zan: It was like this one but not
Zan: We were like ourselves, but not
Zan: We couldn't leave and it felt like life was repeating
Zan: You ever have a dream, one that lasted so long
Zan: It was like you lived another one, no, two other lives?
Zan: It was like that.
You: I can't say I have...
Zan: I Hope you don't, it's harrowing.
Zan: There was… so much pleasure, but so much restraint…
Zan: If CHU UK wasn’t there I wouldn’t have felt so much
Zan: He died in my dream you know…
Everyone: …
Zan: There... There was a secret... something under the city
Zan: We... some of us went down there...
Zan: They found nothing, but I... I saw SOMETHING
Zan: A crack in the facade, the monsters behind their sheets
Zan: So I ran, I left.
Zan: They told us the house was safe but I knew it was a prison
Zan: I ran through an expanse of nothingness and woods
Zan: I saw my friends try to stop me but I ran anyway
Zan: I think two others died but I’m unsure…
Zan: I had enough of the collar around me, around my mind
Zan: And then I came to a cave, I saw "HIM", and I woke up
Zan: I...
Zan: No more questions.
An Borealia: I'm so sorry Zan...
Zan: I have two rules.
Zan: Nobody gets hurt
Zan: And I only prank the kin I like
Zan: And I plan to break both of those rules.
Zan: Violently.


There's a grim determination in this stuffie's gaze. You can tell that there's a passionate desire for [REVENGE] inside of her. You stop in front of the barn and see that it is still locked, AN mentions that PLUM has the key. The group of you look over to the town square and see lights and movement from the INN. The room you now recognize as Mimi's has the most movement, you think she's in there and is also shouting to the other kin inside. You're not sure if they've spotted you. As you get closer Zan reacts and looks towards the inn with a wide-eyed expression.

Zan: There's something there, in the INN
Zan: It’s like a lighthouse in the storm
Zan: That same feeling of comfort and a haze
Zan: That I fought so hard against
Zan: I'll be fine if we go in, I won’t be ensnared a second time.
Zan: I’ve seen through the lies.
Zan: But… It’s weird


Zan looks towards you before continuing

Zan: I feel bits of CHU UK when I look at you
Zan: Like a little part of him is with you
Zan: And this weird comfort…


KA XU informs you that the [NIGHT IS HALF OVER]

A. An Borealia: We should get to the INN, it’s warm, there are blankets, she can rest.
- Head to the inn and confront the stuffies inside with Zan
- How do you confront them or introduce Zan?

B. Ka Xu: Bad idea, they’ll freak out, we should go to the SHERIFF'S OFFICE
- Head to the Sheriff's office and let ZAN rest
- You confront the other stuffies separately

C. [DESIRE] You: I think I could pop the lock on this farm, or on that window
- Attempt to crack open the lock
- You think it will be EASY (80% chance) to open it
- You can lay a trap at the entrance if you enter successfully in the same move

D. Zan: If I get closer I could probably tell where that feeling is coming from
- Zan wants to get inside the INN
- She can vaguely sense the presence of something important there


> THOUGHTS
E. [INSTINCT] This is an emergency, of course MIMI would let us stay without paying
- Just a thought
F. [ANCESTOR] This one will live a miserable existence, what a pity
- Just a thought
G. We should tell her about Chu UK
- Tell Zan about Chu Uk’s condition
- Tell her you have his cotton

H. What are we missing, what am I missing?
- Suggest something else!

>>
No. 1018945 ID: 8483cf

D. Let me inn

LET ME INN
>>
No. 1018946 ID: c92a02

I don't think Zan and Chuuk in close proximity is a good idea, head to the inn and prepare to confront stuff.
Can she sense something from the foul cotton?
>>
No. 1018947 ID: 076735

I'm iffy about the inn, but maybe the time for playing it safe is over. Time to crack the bubble open.
>>
No. 1018950 ID: 629f2e

Zan will probably figure it out if you avoid the question, so it's better to be straight with her about Chu Uk's fate.

Take her to the inn, and hope Zan's senses are good enough to track whatever it is. An will probably stay close to her to keep her safe even without us asking, so you and Ka Xu can probably move around the room to help calm people down and help them acknowledge Zan as the person they once knew instead of a monster. It shouldn't be too difficult, two extra arms is far from the worst we've seen. Make it clear that this was done to her against her will, just to ward off any dumb accusations, like Zan stealing Amles' arms.

Get ready to make insight checks on the reactions of every single stuffie present.
>>
No. 1018972 ID: 1fe87a

>>1018944
Inn time. Sounds like people are trying to lynch Mimi. We need proof. For all we know Irah lied to her.
And yeah tell her you found Chu Uk. And the other two. All three are dead now. The thing she senses is the vial of purple goop.
It might be wise to clean the needles using our action this turn since we don't need to double move.
>>
No. 1019092 ID: e51896

D and A are pretty much the same. Zan and An both want to go in, so the votes are outnumbered. D, get inside the inn, try to listen into what the shouting is about. Plus Mimi is our main reason for being here whether or not Mimi is good and shouting for help or bad and shouting for anger, we'll need to see her for proof. and with abominations probably being out and about, the time for playing safe is probably over since it seems like the enemies are now taking action, especially since we have Zan with us now, we'll be bound to be found out sooner or later. Best to reveal Zan on our terms and with people who could potentially be friends. We'll also need to find out what that important thing is that Zan senses.

Better let Zan know about what happened to chu uk. let her know that as she pointed out with the other stuffies that turned, he was too far gone and continuiously tried to attack us. We tried pinning him to capture him, and was hoping to find a way to get him back to his senses, but he passed away the next night...

Also explain to her that the comfort she feels is your warmth. You hope it'll help keep other kin level headed in these frightful times or explain certain situations. You've been keeping it secret since you've heard rumors of cultists. (be relieved that you turned off your warmth before walking past Irah on the first day here)

If anyone freaks out over Zan, use warmth for comfort as you explain she's still Zan, and this was done against her will.
>>
No. 1019113 ID: afe7de
File 164108272157.png - (8.20KB , 500x500 , p149.png )
1019113

> DISCUSSION - CHU UK
You all decide to head to the INN, and you feel the necessity to be forthright about the situation, so you come clean to ZAN about CHU UK’S condition.

You: We tried to save him
You: CHU UK… He, we, we captured him
Ka Xu: We bounded him in rope and locked him in the jail
An Borealia: But… He didn’t make it… He died sometime before NOON today
Zan: He died just before I woke from my dream…
Zan: I was too late.


You think Zan’s about to cry, but instead her expression becomes more stern and collected. She accepts his loss and something seems more firm about her posture and composure than before.

You: And there’s something else
You: Well… What were their names An?
An Borealia: Ra Mona and Marcie
You: They were… well… grafted to him
Ka Xu: It was really gruesome, just…
Ka Xu: Like they were trying not to let go of him
Zan: Those sick fluffs
Zan: Why would… who would…


There’s a pause as you find your next words, deciding to come as clean as possible to her in the moment. You share your WARMTH capabilities with her and continue.

You: And well… I have a jar of his cotton, it’s on my needles too
Zan: That’s… odd.
An Borealia: Why?
You: It… it’s still congealed, like, it’s thick and chunky
You: And PURPLE, I felt like it would be worth studying later
Ka Xu: Cotton usually only stays like that briefly when inside a stuffie
You: Exactly, but this has been separate from him for a while now
You: And its a jelly-like chunk
Zan: Hmmm…
Zan: Maybe this means I can sense them or something
Zan: Since I can vaguely feel CHU UK on you
Zan: I didn’t consider it when I was in the mine…

>>
No. 1019115 ID: afe7de
File 164108279016.png - (17.83KB , 500x500 , p150.png )
1019115

> INN - CONFRONTATION
It’s at this moment when the three of you reach the entrance to the inn, you debate cleaning your needles and as you go to take one out the door slams open towards you. Inside you see a rather frightened MIMI, holding the ceremonial dagger you remember seeing before in a reverse grip. She’s in front of DRIFT who’s holding a MOP vaguely in your direction. To their side and holding the door open is a frowning GLUM PLUM. In her arms is a pitchfork, one typically used to move around large amounts of grass, you can even see some dirt and grass residue on it. The three look terrified for a moment as you see their eyes adjust and they look you over before plum speaks up.

Plum: …An?
Plum: I… where have you been?!
Mimi: Why is there a bundled up corpse of Chu Uk, Marcie, and Ra Mona in the jail!?!
Drift: She killed them!
Drift: I told Svart something weird was happening in the LABR. RESIDENCES!!!
Drift: You didn’t believe me!
Plum: Calm down, we don’t know what happene-
Svart: Unholy stitch
Svart: ZAN is that you?


You all turn around and see a slightly dirty SVART standing behind your group, footsteps leading from the residences towards where he is standing. On his back is a rather sizable SPIKED BAT made of plastic and stone, you don’t see any cotton-stains on it. You’re surprised by his appearance as he didn’t even make a sound on approach, but he is holding a moonstone.

You feel time nearly stop at this moment as your cotton-line is pumping. Everyone seems to be looking at different kin at this moment. You feel like this moment is INCREDIBLY important. You can do an insight check on ONE stuffie with advantage, on TWO normally, or on EVERYONE present individually with disadvantage. Your allies will attempt to do the same, however they may not be able to share what they find, or might not want to share what they find while you’re surrounded.

Who do you perform INSIGHT checks on?

A. GLUM PLUM
B. DRIFT
C. MIMI
D. SVART
E. ZAN
F. AN BOREALIA
G. KA XU
H. EVERYONE (7 rolls each at disadvantage)

Or, do you instead, do something else in this split second of a moment?


> THOUGHTS
1. [DESIRE] Force your way through with ZAN, find the thing
- Attempt to strong arm your way past anyone standing in the way of you finding what you’re looking for
2. [INSTINCT] Where is everyone, hold on I need to survey the area
- Look at the area AROUND you instead of at someone’s expression in particular
3. [ANCESTOR] Draw your weapons and back away, this situation is too dangerous
- Draw your weapons and back off
- What do you say to the others when you do this?

>>
No. 1019116 ID: 629f2e

Insight on Mimi, and nobody else.

Checking Ka Xu and An wouldn't contribute anything of value.

Zan is probably still just trying to sense whatever she was sensing.

Plum is pretty openly trying to make everyone calm down so that they can hear us out.

Drift is stupid and any insight into his mind is a waste of our own braincells.

Svart is probably focused on Zan being alive too much to have any other interesting thoughts.

Really, Mimi is the one we want to check out. We need to know if we're dealing with a plush who really thinks we're behind some awful shit, or who is trying to pin the blame on us because she knows the truth. Our approach may differ depending on which it is.
>>
No. 1019117 ID: 8483cf

Insight Mimi!
>>
No. 1019118 ID: 96c896

>>1019115
Insight on DRIFT and MIMI. His accusation makes no sense. The jail is no place to hide a body.
I don't suspect Plum or Svart at all.
>>
No. 1019140 ID: e51896

Waaaaait, I might be overthinking this, but I think Drift just did a slip of the tongue there. Why would Drift immediately connect the weird things happening in the Labryinth he told Svart about during his patrol (which Svart mentioned to An as Drift hearing something weird in that location according to An earlier) to Chu uk's death when accusing An?

He could of said "She killed them! she was hiding them in her jail after all" But instead he immediately connects Chu uk's death to the labyrinth by mentioning weird things happening there and telling Svart about it presumably during his patrol. If An killed Chu uk, that could have happened between when Chu uk left a long time ago to the discovery of his body, or anywhere else besides the labyrinth. Why would he specifically mention the labyrinth as if people already knew Chu uk was there? nobody should know about him being there besides the people responsible, or the ones who discovered it (An, Cob, and Ka Xu).

Insight on Drift! Only Drift.
>>
No. 1019150 ID: 629f2e

>>1019140

^This is a good point.

Changing my vote to Insight on Mimi AND Drift. Both are too important to leave out imo, so I'd like to roll for both and take the gamble that we get neither (though if that happens, advantage wouldn't have mattered in the first place).
>>
No. 1019200 ID: 076735

While this is happening, speak. Say you (plural) managed to rescue Zan, but you were too late to save Chu Uk and you're sorry for that.
>>
No. 1019256 ID: afe7de
File 164116343702.png - (14.42KB , 500x500 , p151.png )
1019256

> INSIGHT - DRIFT
Your core is pumping and your ashen palms are slick with moisture from slightly melted now. You decide to pay attention to two kin that have garnered your attention, DRIFT and MIMI.

As you look at drift you find it hard to get a read on him. You’re not sure if it’s the glasses, the way he’s shaking, or the terrified look on his face, but you have no idea if his apparent look of terror is genuine or not. You think it might be, but you’re also highly suspicious of what he just said, it plays back in your head.

Drift: I told Svart something weird was happening in the LABR. RESIDENCES!!!

Did he know that CHU UK was there or something? Is he the mastermind? Does he have an amazing poker face? You don’t know the answer to this, but you can follow his gaze and see that he’s NOT staring at ZAN, he’s looking at your cotton covered needles.

> INSIGHT - MIMI
Your eyes then dart to the stuffie immediately to his right, MIMI. You’ve had your suspicions for some time now, and you think that this moment of shock should put a crack in her facade. The first thing you note, before even checking her gaze is that she’s wielding that knife like she’s used it before. A novice would never hold a knife in a reverse grip with a straight back unless they had confidence they could use it successfully.

You look at her expression and it is not shock, nor is it surprise. You instead see what you interpret to be a mix of JEALOUSY and DISDAIN from her looking directly at ZAN, and more specifically, ZAN’S arms. She does NOT look surprised to see the extra pair.

This gives you pause, why would she be disdainful towards someone who left the town. Did she have a falling out with Zan earlier? And why would she be JEALOUS? Is she jealous that ZAN is a more complete abomination? Or that she’s with all of you who are close to cracking this case? You don’t have a moment to think this through any longer as you feel time continues to pass as normal.

There’s a few moments of silence, but you can hear the wind begin to increase in intensity ever so slightly. Plum takes this moment to speak up, suggesting everyone head inside. Everyone tentatively agrees, but Svart stays at the edge of you all, and when the door closes he’s the closest to it.

Mimi, Drift, and Plum all still have their makeshift weapons out, but they’re lowered slightly, you can sense that they’re not sure how to proceed in this situation.
>>
No. 1019257 ID: afe7de
File 164116345868.png - (13.13KB , 500x500 , p152.png )
1019257

> INN - INTERROGATION
There’s tension in the air and no one’s sure how to react. You look over to your group and see KA XU looking back at you, you can immediately tell he learned nothing. AN BOREALIA is looking at ZAN with concern, occasionally her eye darts to the door and back. And ZAN seems to be trying her best to hide her glances towards SVART.

Ka Xu: It’s almost [MORNING].
Mimi: Who cares! Explain yourselves!
Mimi: I may be an idiot, but y’all disappearing and then a body appearing is mighty sus’
You: I…
Mimi: And ZAN why are you HERE?
Mimi: I thought you LEFT
You: We were too late to save CHU UK
You: We’re sorry about that
Ka Xu: But we managed to rescue ZAN!
An Borealia: At least she’s still in her right mind
Zan: Yeah I’d call paranoia and stress my right mind
Mimi: What about BELLA and DATOR huh?
Mimi: Did you KIDNAP them?
Mimi: Their rooms were cleared out along with yours!
Svart: I didn’t see them when I looped the town trying to find AN


The [NIGHT] is almost over, and tensions are high

The BLIZZARD has intensified as wind batters against the creaky boards of the building.
- PERCEPTION checks while out in the blizzard are at disadvantage
- MOVEMENT is unimpeded
- You get the feeling the blizzard will INVERSE those traits in a little while

What do you do?


A. An Borealia: Someone… stitched together MARCIE, RA MONA, AND CHU UK in the LABR. RESIDENCES
- Come clean about CHU UK
- Do not focus on ZAN for now

B. [DESIRE] You: We suspected there was a secret tunnel to the MINE in the LABR. RESIDENCES
[DESIRE] You: And we found ZAN in the mines, bringing her out before… SOMETHING woke up
- Lie by omission
- Admit you found ZAN in the mines

C. Ka Xu: Wait, you didn’t see anyone when you looped around town?
- Press SVART about Mortifer’s mansion
- Ka Xu remembers seeing movement there during the late evening

D. Zan: It’s in this room.
- Let your companions lead the conversation while you try to secretly work with ZAN
- Roll perception in an attempt to help ZAN find the source of that strange feeling
- You can pick a person or part of the room to examine
- Picking the right spot will net you advantage


> THOUGHTS
E. [INSTINCT] MIMI seems kind of hostile to ZAN right now, why?
- Attempt to get Mimi or Zan to talk about the other
F. [ANCESTOR] Be careful not to accrue too much SUSPICION
- The more off topic you go, the more likely the situation might escalate
G. I distinctly remember that Mimi told us it was possible to leave the blizzard tonight…
- Shift blame claiming that the true villain could have left town by now
- This is pure speculation and will be a deception check
- This will rely on MIMI supporting your recollection of her thought

H. [PERCEPTION] PLUM seemed to look at DRIFT for a split second when they mentioned BELLA
- Just an observation
I. Other


AUTHORS NOTE: No matter what you do, feel free to attempt to ask questions to everyone else, or attempt to ask for clarification on what some of your party members saw, it’s up to if they find it appropriate to share with everyone, whether or not they will.
>>
No. 1019262 ID: 629f2e

D. Let your allies manage the conversation, and have Zan look at Mimi's Ritual Knife.

There is a scary cult knife right there being held by a suspicious person who only became more suspicious after that insight check, feels pretty likely that that's the source of it.

Besides, given that we're the one with cotton-coated needles, it's probably best we let our allies calm things down with the others.
>>
No. 1019263 ID: 8483cf

D. Play our cards close to the vest.
>>
No. 1019266 ID: c92a02

D. Look at Svart. Just a hunch.
>>
No. 1019276 ID: 96c896

>>1019257
>DRIFT is staring at the needles, not looking at ZAN
I think he's thinking "She's dangerous, she beat CHU UK". The terror is real. He's scared you'll win.

>MIMI is jealous of ZAN
Yeah she's guilty too. She wants to be an abomination, I think. Or maybe it's the hugging motion the arms are doing? Well, in either case, her not being surprised is clear evidence of guilt.

A. They don't seem to know that CHU UK is an abomination. Maybe him being covered up means nobody could see that? This will convince the innocents here that something big is going on, and you were justified in defending yourself. You can also tell them you don't know why he died. You pinned him with your needles but those wounds shouldn't have been fatal, right? ...well, you didn't treat the wounds, maybe he was more fragile than you thought.

>SVART didn't see anyone at the mansion
Well, obviously someone went into the secret passage there.
>PLUM looked at DRIFT regarding BELLA
I'm guessing she saw them together. Might want to ask her about that.
>>
No. 1019282 ID: e51896

(edited my post a bit)

>>1019266
I don't think Svart would be the thing Zan senses. She had felt a sensation coming from the inn, and Svart wasn't at the inn during the sensation Zan felt.

Speaking of Svart, We do know that Svart does not like Mortifer and prefers to stay away from him, which is why he sent An to meet with him while he went off to do his rounds in the residential area during his patrol with An. So that brings up the possibility that he didn't check Mortifer's place when he was searching for An just to not deal with him and missed the movement that Ka Xu saw going on late evening.

A. I think the best way to stay on topic is to talk about how we found Chu Uk and what his fate was. As we discuss it, we can press Drift as to why he connected Chu Uk immediately to the labyrinth before anyone revealed where Chu Uk was found. We can ask Svart more details as to what weird things Drift heard later to see if anything relates to Chu Uk at all that would give Drift the idea that Chu Uk was there. But then why wouldn't he tell anyone about Chu Uk being there in that case, and him staring at the corrupted cotton blood on our needles might imply he seen the corrupted blood before, and him not being shocked by Zan's appearance means seeing an abomination might be a normal sight for him for some reason.

depending on how things go, we can later bring up Plum glancing at Drift with the mention of Bella earlier and if he knew where she went once people are suspicious of Drift.

I think we should hold off on D for now until some things get straightened out. If we do D. It'd have to be checking Mimi. I do remember Da Crone saying she had something that looked like gpre on her tentacle. that could be partly what Zan sensed. might be more on her knife even. blood is after all very hard to wipe away, there can still be residue even if you clean it that one might not be able to see.

>>1019276
they know he's an abomination. Mimi mentioned a "bundled up corpse of Chu Uk, Marcie, and Ra Mona"

I wonder if An forgot to lock the prison door after putting a blanket over Chu uk's body though.
>>
No. 1019283 ID: 612fb1

>>1019276
>>1019282
Good points. Support A.
>>
No. 1019340 ID: afe7de
File 164124724737.png - (9.71KB , 500x500 , p153.png )
1019340

> ASSISTED INSIGHT - MIMI
You tap one of ZAN’S arms while everyone is distracted with AN, gesturing for her to check out MIMI. She looks at you and then nods as you also examine her. MIMI is deep in debate with AN but you don’t really catch the words that are being said, you’re trying to FOCUS.

Your eyes alight on the dagger, it’s the most suspicious thing you’ve seen tonight that points towards cult-like activities. So that HAS to be it, right. You ask ZAN if that’s it but she shakes her head. There’s shock in your expression, it HAD to be the knife, what else could it have been. No, you’re thinking is wrong, it HAS to be MIMI, there’s no way it’s not. You look again, this time trying to look for anything amiss, any small detail that you didn’t see on her before and you notice a small bulge in her chest pocket. It’s nearly imperceptible and seems vaguely coin-shaped. You lock eyes with ZAN and nod at each-other, knowing that that coin-like object HAS to be what you’re looking for.

You start to think for a moment before another question arises, does she even KNOW that the coin is related, did she find it, did Irah give it to her as a safety measure, what does it even do? No, her expression implies guilt, that she knows about Zan, about abominations. Unless she’s actually some incredible genius hiding behind a veneer of stupidity. Hmm wait, stupidity, you could use that.
>>
No. 1019342 ID: afe7de
File 164124741277.png - (12.11KB , 500x500 , p154.png )
1019342

> DEFENSE - AN COMES CLEAN ABOUT CHU UK
You turn your attention back to the conversation happening, AN comes clean about how you found CHU UK, what you did, and why he was bound in the jail cell. She’s known by the stuffies in town, and while they don’t distrust her words, they find the story incomprehensibly unbelievable.

Drift: You’re telling me those noises I heard was CHU UK breaking down the buildings
Ka Xu: As much as we can surmise, yes
Mimi: Why would he break the buildings though?!
Mimi: You said he was mindlessly seeking you out
An Borealia: There’s no way to really know…
An Borealia: But he was VERY STRONG, it took all three of us just to detain him
Svart: I can confirm that there were broken buildings, but they were covered in snow
Svart: It was also storming hard at the time so I didn’t get a closer look
Plum: Uh… sorry I didn’t believe you Drift…
Drift: I HAVE GOOD EARS
Svart: If you have good ears you should have heard something else while I was looking around town


The group pauses as they all look to Svart, who has moved away from the door and closer to the discussion.

Svart: Did anyone see where these four went or came from?
Mimi: Me, Drift and Plum did
Plum: They… they came from the farm…
Plum: I… was supposed to go check if they didn’t come to the inn immediately…
Plum: I drew the… shortest straw…
Svart: So where did they go?
Svart: There’s one spot in town I walked by, but didn’t go in.
Drift: Where?
Svart: I want to hear what they say first, what if they adjust their story based off what I say?
Ka Xu: It’s quite possible that you’d do the same
Svart: It’s pretty easy to prove where I walked by, if we all went there you’d see I wasn’t lying
Svart: But I’ll say this, it’s a place that was within EARSHOT of Drift
Svart: And I also find it suspicious that HE didn’t hear anything
Drift: HEY! I was with Plum and-
Plum: Just us…
Svart: So, where did you go, where did you find and rescue ZAN from?
Svart: If you did indeed rescue her.
Plum: She’s been awful quiet…
Mimi: And where the fluff is JACK, why isn’t she back yet?

It is now the [MORNING] of day 4

A. You: We went to the cliffs
- Do not explain how you got into and out of the mines
- There’s a significant chance they will press you on specifics
- Your success will improve if you give a good enough lie or tell the truth
- Feel free to tweak this into “we found a cave” if you prefer

B. An Borealia: We found a secret passage in the cliffs
- Explain the secret tunnel
- Come clean about everything

C. Ka Xu comes towards you and speaks in Clutchspeak, no one else can understand him
Ka Xu: We should make a break for the door, I don’t trust any of them
- Attempt to flee
- The storm is hard to see through right now, you’ll likely be met with success
- There’s a fixed chance that you’ll get separated
- AN and ZAN will follow whatever decision you make
- Where do you flee to?

D. Zan: Is that… Are these really the stuffies I know?
- Zan is looking around wildly at some of the stuffies in the room
- Zan thinks that some of the kin here are not who they seem to be
- Zan wants to accuse MIMI of cult shenanigans and point out the coin-like object
- You’ll need a good argument to accuse her with


> THOUGHTS
E. [INSTINCT] What was Drift about to say?
- Press Drift on his prior words
- Failure to discover anything relevant will increase suspicion on you

F. [DESIRE] I want two things, A hug and that coin
- Attempt to get a hug from someone
- If you attempt to get a hug from MIMI you could steal the Coin-like object
- Or, ask MIMI to show the coin

G. [ANCESTOR] The situation has not escalated to an ineffable point
- Suspicion is at the same level
- You will need to DEFLECT, ACCUSE, or REVEAL info to shift their attention

H. I could present some EVIDENCE, something to shift the topic
- Present an object from your inventory
- https://questden.org/wiki/Plushquest_statistics

I. I’m sure there are other solutions, something I missed
- Other

>>
No. 1019344 ID: 629f2e

A, I, E, and F if you have the time.

Explain that you found where you think the kidnappers' base of operations is at the cliffside peak. Don't mention the Mines at all, because that's not information the others need, and pretending that you never went there may confuse anyone involved with the abominations. Plus, it kind of sounds like that's what Svart's baiting you into saying you were at the mines, which may be a trap of some sort. Better to avoid the topic altogether.

Show off the CRYPTIC JOURNAL and IDOL OF THE TENTACLED IRIS as evidence that you found some spooky cult shit. It may push the remaining skeptics into trusting you. That'll be helpful, because after we establish our own credibility we're gonna want to start questioning others'.

Ask Mimi about the coin first, there's definitely something up with it. Don't go in with any hard accusations at first, but wait for her to give a statement about what it is and where it came from before letting Zan mention that she's sensing something from it.

If that doesn't spiral out into its own thing, and/or something else doesn't interrupt our chat, talk to Drift and Plum about who they were with and why Plum stopped Drift from saying it. Absolutely don't accuse these two of anything, it's probably less they're hiding their own shady dealings and more somebody asked them not to mention their presence. Just try to clear things up. Better yet, set Ka Xu and An to ask them about it while you and Zan turn your attention to Mimi, naturally splitting the conversation and allowing you to do both!

Also, Plum likes Ka Xu, so he's probably the better stuffie to talk to her anyways.
>>
No. 1019345 ID: 96c896

>>1019342
Tell SVART you won't reveal where you got ZAN from, because you intend on going back that way to fight those responsible and they could block that entrance if they know you used it. If someone here is involved, they could escape and warn the others. It's also possible someone is listening in.
Also, accuse DRIFT of knowing too much. He knew CHU UK was in the LABR. RESIDENCES before anyone told him that, and he's been staring at your needles. Ask those present what they think this purple stuff is.

Tell ZAN if she has some evidence that someone here is an impostor, she should tell you. It's clear now that bodyparts can be sewn onto someone... someone here could be wearing someone else's face.
...double check your memory to make sure everyone has the correct clothes on and is the correct height.
>>
No. 1019346 ID: 076735

B but ask Svart to write down his location first.
>>
No. 1019347 ID: 96c896

Oh, one thing an impostor can't fake is their cotton-line. Do we know what their cotton-lines are supposed to be?
>>
No. 1019458 ID: e51896

(edited my post)

Svart might be an imposter if they altered their appearance... he hasn't done his signature "Nyeh" catchphrase. Maybe it's because this is a serious situation, but lets see how things go.

yeah, definitely tell Svart to write down the spot in town he walked by, but didn’t go in before you reveal anything to everyone, and place it face down on the middle of the table where everyone can see it. we'll flip it after we talk about where we were. That way, nobody can change their story. (do we still have our cob log? we can tear off a paper and let Svart write on that if he needs pen and ink. It's not listed in the statistics, but I don't think we lost it.)

A Talk about how you all were at the cliffs. Talk about how after the blizzard calmed down, you went to the cliffsides as that seemed to be a spot for any signs of activity for proof as not much stuffies that you are aware of would go up there due to the brambles, and you remember hearing about there being some signs of activities up there. Also a good spot to get a view of activities in town. As proof you were up there show off THE WEED! Let people marvel at how amazing it is!

...

oh, and the gust stone and rubber extract too I guess. we can mention we were also able to make some chains up there after hearing Glum Plum talk about stones being at the peak, so we could probably show that off too and mention we made it because after that incident with Chu Uk, we wanted to make something that could hold a tougher abomination like Chu uk just in case. Show the gust stone as proof as An mentioned, there were sometimes rare stones that fell from the sky there and we found that on the rocky outcropping. It was making a whistling sound too before we found it towards the end of noon yesterday. Point out that Glum Plum should probably be able to confirm these items as she said she used to go up there from before the brambles tore her up a little and got her sick,

Lastly talk about how we believe we found the cult's location of operation up there and show off the culty stuff (stone idol and journal) and found Zan up there imprisoned and starving but had regained her memories, so we brought her back to the inn for further treatment after making sure she was fed and questioning her. IMPORTANT: Don't mention the cult's hideout was a cave unless they press for more details what exactly the hideout was, but make it clear first that you want to be able to know who to trust first before you reveal the hideout's location in the cliffside, but you'll reveal it on majority vote from Mimi, Drift, Plum, and Svart with that in mind. mention the cave if majority votes of them wanting them to know wins (but do not mention the secret passage)
>>
No. 1019476 ID: 0838d6
File 164132876539.png - (10.52KB , 500x500 , p155.png )
1019476

> DEFENSE - WHERE YOU WERE
You're not fond of where the conversation is going without your input, so you decide to interject.

You: We... we can say where we were, it's not a problem
You: But we've been working hard trying to figure out just...
You: Just what happened, so here's an idea.
You: Everyone write down where they were on some paper
You: Then we all reveal at the same time.
Mimi: Well I was here, but I can write that down I guess


Everyone nods and they scribble down where they were just before you arrived. After a few moments everyone has finished borrowing your ink and paper, holding their notes close.

You decide to talk about the destinations first before revealing where you were.

You: We were at the CLIFFSIDE and we have PROOF
You: Ka Xu, show em
Ka Xu: I FOUND WEED!


Ka Xu then proceeds to pull out a bushel of weed and starts talking about how there were a few plants of it up on the cliffside. A few of the stuffies present have no idea what it is, but you see SVART look a little shocked. You also mention you made some CHAIN using the stone up there, which you have to thank PLUM for pointing out.

Svart: Could I... nyeh have some WEED...
Svart: For a friend! For a friend! Not me!
Ka Xu: ... Maybe... Later.
Ka Xu: Okay, now everyone else's turn


PLUM and DRIFT claim to have been at the CHAPEL, DRIFT'S home. MIMI claims to have been right here, but that she briefly ran to check on AN after she saw that no one was here. That was when she saw THE BODY. SVART claims after he came back to the INN that MIMI was freaking out and claiming everyone was missing, he went to look for AN and circled her patrol route.

Svart: And the place I was talking about was MORTIFER'S
Svart: When I walked by the place looked... Ransacked?
Svart: Like someone smashed a lot of stuff.
Svart: Now I'll admit I'm a coward, I didn't go in
Svart: But also that guy has a HUGE anger management problem
Svart: That was actually the first thing I was going to bring up but
Svart: Uh, yeah I saw Zan and blanked
Zan: …

>>
No. 1019477 ID: 0838d6
File 164132878535.png - (13.17KB , 500x500 , p156.png )
1019477

You check the papers and it looks like everyone's story checks out. But before you can enjoy your moment of respite, MIMI speaks up.

Mimi: Okay, y'all were at the cliffside
Mimi: Assuming we believe that, considering all the thorns
Plum: Yeah... How'd you get past them...
You: We met this guy CARTO right before we got here
Ka Xu: He told us about a secret path, so we took it.
Plum: I'm jealous...
Drift: Okay, so, what? You found Zan up there too?
You: She's not talking because she's a bit traumatized
You: But we're not fully sure we trust everyone here
An Borealia: It's clear whoever did this either knew the kin here
An Borealia: Or is someone in town
Ka Xu: It's possible someone in this room is an accomplice
Drift: How do we know YOU didn't do this and it's all just...
Drift: All just some big BONER, I mean RUSE, you're trying to mislead us!
Zan: Hah, wait do you guys not get it?


You're about to pull out both the Idol and the Journal, but the journal gets stuck in your pocket. You fumble with it for a moment before you get a rather clear message from both your [INSTINCT] and [ANCESTOR].

[INSTINCT] You’ll lose it if you do this
[ANCESTOR] Bad idea, what if it’s a KEY ITEM to the cultists


So you just pull out the Idol for now, hoping that's enough.

You: We found this, it's weird and culty and looks like-
Plum: That looks like the IRIS, like the MOON...
Mimi: But there's a lot of tentacles, like me!
Mimi: It's so pretty!
Ka Xu: It's culty and suspicious.


This seems to have shifted suspicion off of you for now, but the room is still tense and now, instead of the heat being directed towards you, it's spread towards the whole room. You leave the Idol on the table for now.

You're about to check who is looking at what when the door SLAMS open. Everyone jumps in shock and holds out their weapons when a large figure enters.
>>
No. 1019478 ID: 0838d6
File 164132881092.png - (16.55KB , 500x500 , p157.png )
1019478

You immediately recognize them as Gyob, they look slightly beaten up and are holding their bat, but as they walk into the room they're no longer silhouetted by darkness and instead you can see that he is completely covered in purple gore. He tosses something on the ground which elicits a shriek from everyone not in your group. You look at the object and see that it's a limb, a limb from a fairly strange Ash-Kin. It’s oozing that thick and viscous purple cotton you recognize, but the limb itself is warped and wicked, each of it’s fingers end in a blade, like they were shaved to a point.

Plum: That’s…. Phi So’s arm!
Drift: HE MURDERED PHI SO OH MY GODDESS!!!!


Plum smacks Drift on the head, briefly silencing him

Plum: Calm the fluff down…
Plum: He wouldn’t just come here after committing a murder and then uh…
Plum: Kill us all… right?
Mimi: Gyob… What happened?!?!?
Gyob: Well I heard somefing weird at the MANOR
Gyob: Went in and at first I found jack all
Gyob: Just broken stuff, like a fight happened
Gyob: But also like a temper tantrum happened
Gyob: I thought nothing of it and then I turn the corner and I see MORTIFER
Gyob: But this fluffer wasn’t mortifer, he-
Gyob: He was cut in half diagonally and stitched together with other stuffies!
Gyob: So I beat him on the head and tried to run because he pounced at me!
Gyob: I ducked, then 2 more appeared!
Gyob: I tackled this one through a window, bashed it to submission
Gyob: This arm fell off, so I took it
Gyob: I got some scratches but I’ve been in rougher scraps
Gyob: What a RUSH
Svart: So… You just killed her
Gyob: She was screeching like a paperling and attacking me, so yeah
Zan: She probably was too far gone…


The room looks at Zan, waiting for her to continue, but there is no continuation, only silence. There’s a lull as everyone looks between Zan and Gyob. You had plans to accuse Drift of knowing too much, using cotton-lines to determine imposters, and splitting your focus, but you’re satisfied that at the very minimum, thanks to your efforts, you’re now not the most suspicious group in the room.

A. An Borealia: Who… Who else was turned into one of these…
- Ask for specifics on what abominations he saw
B. Ka Xu: I could just nibble on this WEED, it’s stressful right now, no I shouldn't..
- Ka Xu isn’t saying anything helpful right now
C. You: Now that the heat is off of us, time to ask about that Coin-thing
- Press Mimi on what’s in her pocket
D. Zan: That could have been me…
- Zan has lost her train of thought and is staring at the limb, transfixed

> THOUGHTS
E. [INSTINCT] Hmmm… That distraction could have been a good moment of subterfuge…
- Run Insight on something that was said or on a kin you saw
- Doing Insight on just one stuffie is done at advantage
- Doing it on two is done normally each time
- Doing it on the whole room is done at disadvantage each time
- You could also do a general perception check on the room

F. [DESIRE] Woah, we could get claw hands…
- Just a thought
G. [ANCESTOR] At least we know Gyob isn’t on their side, or do we…
- Just a thought
H. We’re wasting time, we need to move, NOW.
- Have your party head somewhere
I. Or should I rethink this…
- Other, do something else

>>
No. 1019479 ID: 96c896

>>1019478
The cultists wouldn't waste all that purple shit and a weaponized hand on a distraction. GYOB is absolutely on our side. Also he only cares about fishing, why would he join the cultists?

C. The moment is past for an insight check. MIMI should be off balance from GYOB busting down the door like an absolute chad, so this is the time to strike.
>>
No. 1019483 ID: 629f2e

Give Zan a nudge, and start asking Mimi about the coin in her pocket. You don't have anything substantial to accuse her with regarding it yet, so you'll need to rely on Zan's senses to justify it being important to the others.

Ka Xu isn't being helpful, and we don't want sleepy Ka Xu right now when things are going down. Don't let him get high, but let him know that he can have some before bed tonight. Maybe give a charge to Zan rn, give her some reprieve from her trauma.
>>
No. 1019630 ID: e51896

did... did the eye on that stone idol just... MOVE?!?!?! (or was that just an art joke?)

I. Gotta get Gyob cleaned up I think, and a change of clothes.

E. insight on when Mimi talked about when she "briefly ran to check on AN after she saw that no one was here. That was when she saw THE BODY". If I remember, An said when she was checking the town square, she thought she saw some stuffies wearing white, and then someone leaving her house (which we now know is Mimi). Did Mimi see those stuffies in white when she left? If so, who were they?
>>
No. 1019698 ID: afe7de
File 164143605443.png - (9.82KB , 500x500 , p158.png )
1019698

> CONFRONTATION - MIMI’S COIN
Now that the aggression isn’t on your side you take the moment to nudge Zan, letting her know you’ll need her help on this coming discussion. You mention that GYOB should probably get cleaned up but he shrugs, saying that he’ll do that once the situation is fully resolved. You get Mimi’s attention, but she’s just been staring at the idol this whole time before she snaps her gaze back to you.

You: Hey Mimi, what’s in your pocket?
Mimi: Huh?
You: You’ve been kind of pawing at it a bit, can we see it?
Mimi: Oh this? It’s a LUCKY CHARM.
Zan: I think it’s important that you show it to us
Mimi: Now why are y’all getting up in my business!
Mimi: First you come into town interrogating me for a letter
Mimi: Now you want to see mah LUCKY CHARM?


The crowd was originally just chatting about different theories for what’s happening, why Zan has Amles’s arms, and how much of a chad Gyob is, but their attention slowly turns to the three of you.

You: If it has nothing to do with what’s going on then I’ll apologize
You: But as you can see Zan’s changed
Zan: Can you just pull it out and get this over with?
Mimi: See this is why we never got along, you were always so nosy
Mimi: Always with Chu Uk
Mimi: Always ignoring me!
Zan: Those two things don’t…
Zan: I’m sorry if we never got along
Zan: but I thought you didn’t care about us?
Zan: You and… “HIM” were always just so holier than thou about us
Mimi: Who? You mean IRAH?
Zan: GAH


You see Zan clutch her head in pain and both you and An go to her side, assuring that she’s alright. The crowd looks at each other confused as you continue.

You: Listen if that lucky charm is nothing we’ll drop it
Mimi: I don’t want to
Mimi: Irah told me to keep it safe and hidden…
Zan: GAH PLEASE Don’t say his name

>>
No. 1019699 ID: afe7de
File 164143618485.png - (17.78KB , 500x500 , p159.png )
1019699

> INN - A NEW ARRIVAL
You’re about to continue when the door opens and a stuffie you don’t recognize walks in. Her voice is deep and husky, her coat is weaved from plastic with an inner layer of paper insulating it fairly strongly. On her back you see several different weapons strapped to her. There are needles, scissors, half shears, and a few other things you don’t recognize. She speaks directly towards the room in a rather strange cadence.

Jack: A woman walks into the room, the crowd turning to face her.
Jack: She shuts the door, shaking the accumulated slush from her form.
Gyob: It’s about time!
Mimi: Where were you?!?
Jack: The woman describes how she previously was tending to Gyob’s wounds.
Jack: She took her time cleaning up the mess before arriving, curious as to what has gone on.
Jack: And to prepare weapons.


She walks towards Gyob, who’se standing there expectantly. She puts an arm around his shoulder and gives him a light squeeze.

Jack: The woman looks to her companion and sighs before addressing the room.
Jack: The woman exclaims that she agrees with the other ashen one, whose name escapes her memory
You: Cob, and you’re Jack?
Jack: The woman nods, and points towards Mimi, requesting the farce ceases and she reveals the item


You can tell that Mimi is terribly frightened by this woman, you’re not sure if she’s frightened by the weapons, by her stance, or because she has to reveal the thing in her pocket, but nearly everyone is looking at her expectantly and no one is objecting.
>>
No. 1019700 ID: afe7de
File 164143620807.png - (7.16KB , 500x500 , p160b.png )
1019700

> EXAMINE - MIMI’S COIN
She reluctantly pulls out the coin and shows it to you all, what immediately strikes you about it is that it’s made of a putrid and dark rotten wood that is as smooth as stone. Zan hisses as the coin comes out, you can vaguely see that eye you see on top of the idol on one side of the coin, and imagine a tentacle or two is on the back.

An Borealia: So you’re one of them, one of the ones who did this?
Plum: Mimi… what?
Drift: SHE KILLED THEM? Wait I thought it was those four, I’m confused now.
Ka Xu: You said “HE” gave you that coin?
Mimi: Yeah! One night after drinking.
Mimi: Why does this coin mean I’m one of them?
Mimi: It’s a present, a PRESENT.
Svart: Mimi, if you’re innocent then why are you backing away?
Svart: As a Bard I learned that this kind of action is called a TELL
Svart: After all, it is just a coin nyeh?
Mimi: Svart I-I you
Mimi: Uh
Ka Xu: The coin and the Idol are too similar
An Borealia: Even if you are innocent that’s too much of a coincidence right now
Mimi: IRAH gave it to me, IRAH, HEY IRAH, oh stitch that’s right he’s miss-
Mimi: WAIT, OKAY, How do we know they aren’t framing me!
Mimi: They could have kidnapped IRAH, and I don’t know made that sick idol
Gyob: Cob did say she could make things
An Borealia: I was with her the whole time when she found it
An Borealia: And I’d never hurt anyone in town
An Borealia: I don’t think she would just sneak up there and plant this
Ka Xu: Yeah it’d be convoluted for us to have come and then gone and then pretended to be in town
Ka Xu: Just to frame you
You: We only came here to check if something was wrong with you on DA CRONE’S behalf anyway
Mimi: Da Crone is a stitch and we all know it!


You don’t have to do an insight check to tell that she seems quite guilty. But it still looks like there are stuffies around the room that still don’t think or don’t want to think she’s a culprit. A thought occurs to you, what if MIMI was responsible for CHU UK, the hack job, like an experiment. And someone else, maybe Irah, was responsible for Zan, showing the difference in quality and the cruelty of the combination.

You briefly glimpse around the room and see that no one is moving, but Mimi is slowly backing up towards her counter out of fear. Of all the kin in the room, you think that SVART has the sternest expression. You look at Mimi one more time and see a pleading look coming from her to no one in the room in particular.

A. Svart: I say we throw her in JAIL for now
- Gyob and Jack agree with this course of action
B. An Borealia: There’s no need to jail her, just taking away her WEAPON and that COIN is enough
- Confiscate her possessions
- Plum and Drift agree with this course of action
- [DESIRE] Wants to steal that coin

C. [INSTINCT] You: I think some of us should head out and look for the missing others
- Mimi, Drift, and Plum do not want to leave the area
- Svart says he could watch over them
- Gyob and Jack would like to join you if you do this
- Where do you go if you do this?
- C1. The Cliffside secret passage
- C2. The Manor
- C3. The Patrol route

D. Ka Xu: If only we had some fluffing evidence to prove this, we could get a confession…
- Do you have any evidence that can seal the deal and get her to reveal what’s really going on?
- Present some evidence or fabricate something convincing

E. Zan: It’s hazy, but I feel like I SAW her in the dream, her with HIM
- Zan is convinced MIMI is guilty
- Zan wants that coin and to hurt MIMI
- If you give Zan permission she will attack

F. You: I’ve got another idea
- Convince the others to do something else
- Success is based off of how much they want to do what you suggest


> THOUGHTS
[ANCESTOR] We’re only missing Irah, Dator, and Bella if we consider MI SNOW and MORTIFER have been turned…
[INSTINCT] You know, PLUM and DRIFT were hiding something… Maybe they know where she is?
[DESIRE] I don’t know about you girls but this… is… a… RUSH!

>>
No. 1019706 ID: 629f2e

C. Fellow suggestors, it's time to pull out all the circumstantial evidence we can remember. We may not have anything definitive, but if it looks sus, acts sus, and says sus things, then they're probably sus.

Reveal Da Crone's full story about seeing Mimi with GPRE covered arms, and how there was no stuffing residue anywhere the next day. Bring up the TOO CLEAN room, an observation others could make if instructed to check themselves.

Next, mention the ANATOMY BOOK she borrowed from SVART, and link the timing of her getting her hands on it to the amateurish nightmare surgeries you've seen in town. Chu Uk died in the middle of the night because it was a hack job, as if someone with only the barest grasp of anatomy was responsible.

Finally, mention the calendar, and the tracking of routes. Not too suspicious for someone running an inn by itself, but when you factor in that many of the people getting stitched up were ones who tried to leave town...

(Don't present the journal, INSTINCT and ANCESTOR both agree that's a lose condition rn, but you can also bring up that you saw some text in another language up at the cave, and tie it back to the text on the calendar written in another language.)

It all comes together to paint a rather clear picture of just how involved Mimi is. Present all of this and demand a confession of what she's done, and what all she knows.

Make sure to block off her escape routes before you do, and protect yourself from possible attacks. Cornered prey are the most dangerous after all.

Mimi might be totally evil, but if her demeanor is even remotely honest she may just be an idiot who got roped into some messed up stuff. Don't hold back your accusations, but hold some of the harsher words you might have for her depending on how she reacts.
>>
No. 1019710 ID: 094652

A) Tensions are high. Locking Mimi up isn't just for your safety but hers, especially since Zan wants to turn her into sashimi. Ask the others for a vote, though.
>>
No. 1019711 ID: 96c896

>>1019700
She just repeatedly said IRAH's name. After being told not to. She thought it would turn ZAN back into a mindless monster to cause a distraction. She's been playing dumb.

FIRST PRIORITY is to confiscate her things.

>evidence?
Well, we can experiment with the purple fluff and the coin. I'm thinking that the coin is a ward against abominations. It keeps her safe. If the fluff is repelled by the coin, then that proves... well, it proves IRAH wanted to keep her safe, not that she knew about it. Damn.
Hmm. Maybe we can open the letter? She wrote it, if there's something incriminating inside, then that's that.
We can also check her anatomy book, and her sewing supplies. If she was using the book to make abominations then it might have notes written in it about that. Similarly, the sewing supplies might not have been cleaned as well as she thought. We could also check her drain. If she's been washing away the purple gore, then it could still be down there. It doesn't decay, after all. If there's wood dust down there, or on her person somewhere, then that's proof she's been in the mines.
We could check her windowsill, to see if there's evidence of her climbing in and out of it to sneak off during the night. We could check her coats for evidence of wood dust.
We could also point out that her lucky coin looks so similar to the Idol but she didn't mention that when we pulled out the idol. Not exactly proof but VERY suspicious.
...is it safe to pull out the journal now?

At the very least, pressure her to tell you what her boyfriend has been doing, because there's no doubt that he's involved. Also that if she says his name one more time you're going to let Zan beat the stuffing out of her.

I'm still suspicious of DRIFT but there's nothing solid aside from him talking about the labyrinth residences before he should have. It's possible he just leaped to conclusions about chu uk being there, or knew that our group was there before Chu Uk showed up in the jail. The thing he and plum are hiding is probably that they've been hugging or even smooching.
...still makes me want to throw all three of them in jail...
>>
No. 1019740 ID: e51896

We'll deal with Plum and Drift after we're done with Mimi. They've been kinda hush hush about Bella like they know where she might be, or at least where she went. But it might not be the best time to change subjects.

>>1019706
D. I think Himitsu has the right idea, but I would change the orders of events to first talking about the anatomy book with the sewing equipment in her room along with her room being very clean, too clean, as if cleaning up a mess from an abomination experiment. then the trade route book second, and then finally reading whatever Mimi wrote to Da Crone for anything incriminating and then revealing the full story about the weird thing being gore.
I think revealing the gore first might be a bad idea and should wait until we mention the other two first since there are still some stuffies who are skeptical or not want to believe Mimi did anything and that is just word of mouth from us. Letting them know about the other two things will help show more proof of Mimi's guilt before we drop what Da Crone said.

I like the idea of experimenting with Chu uk's blood and the coin too, just to see what happens.
>>
No. 1019747 ID: e51896

I also had this idea: since Mimi is backing away from us, she might be far enough away from us to use our warmth and not have her feel it but have others near us feel it. So whatever evidence we reveal, especially about what Da Crone said, use our warmth around people near us to make them feel comfortable about what we say and believe us, but not on Mimi to help get them on our side of our accusations. Warmth was said to helpful for negotiations after all. It's finally time to put that to use. Let passion see us through!
>>
No. 1019748 ID: 96c896

Oh hey I have a COOL IDEA! Let's do a bleed test.

ZAN had the feeling some people here weren't who they seemed to be. DA CRONE said the reason she ran away was that MIMI gave her a look that was completely out of character for her. We know that abominations are unnatural, like it should have killed them to be put together like that- perhaps the purple stuffing is how that is done? Maybe MIMI is actually someone else, in a very well-made abomination without the mind control that ZAN suffered from. Let's see the color of MIMI's stuffing. And everyone else's as well, since the test is so simple.

A clean needle can be used to cause a pinprick wound. We have that tar stuff if needed, and I feel like if the wounds are small enough we won't use much of it to heal them.
>>
No. 1019749 ID: 96c896

Oh, and if it's safe to take out the cultist journal now, we could do a handwriting comparison, using the letter or the ledger. If MIMI's handwriting matches that of the journal's, then that proves she's involved. I kindof doubt it will, though. It might match the foreign language samples in her ledger though. We could do that without letting anyone see the journal, maybe...
>>
No. 1019777 ID: 96c896

And one more thing we could check is her stitching. She stitched up her stump, we can compare the stitching technique there to CHU UK. Or threaten to, because moving there is a waste of time.
>>
No. 1019789 ID: afe7de
File 164151740456.png - (12.73KB , 500x500 , p161.png )
1019789

> INTERROGATION - YOUR EVIDENCE
You take a deep breath, you’ve got a hazy picture of what’s been going on in your head. The rush of this whole situation is causing your core to beat wildly. You feel a sense of PASSION and JUSTICE flow through you as you attempt to lay out your case against Mimi in the hopes of getting a confession. You gesture for AN and KA XU to block off her exits while you begin to speak.

You: Mimi, I think we have enough evidence to prove that even if you aren’t the main instigator
You: That you are in fact involved
Mimi: Evidence? Fine, Prove it to me!
Ka Xu: First off, there’s that ANATOMY BOOK, the one on your counter over there
Ka Xu: Quite convenient you got it off Svart and a bit after we start seeing…
Ka Xu: Should we keep calling them abominations? I feel like that’s a bit rude?
You: Just roll with it for now, we can workshop a better name later.
Ka Xu: Anyway, that we start seeing THE STITCHED after
Mimi: Well it’s HIS book, I was just borrowing it!
Mimi: Couldn’t HE have done that?


The crowd looks to Svart who kind of stands up straighter under the scrutiny.

Svart: Huh, yeah, I mean, it’s POSSIBLE
Svart: But I got it from uhhhh Frankie? Era Chim?
Svart: One of Phoenius’s guys
Svart: So by your logic it could have been them too.


For a split second on Mimi’s face you see the look of a betrayed woman, Svart looks at her with a sad coldness as you look towards the talking stuffie. Ka Xu briefly walks over and snags the book, flipping through it before shaking his head.

Ka Xu: There aren’t any notes in it, but it’s still very suspect
Mimi: This proves nothing! Why are you being so mean to me!
Plum: Mimi… did you… do this?
Drift: I don’t know who to trust anymore, Why did we even leave the house!
Plum: Food you stuffhead…
Jack: The woman nodded, agreeing to prepare some supplies during their next free moment.
You: Next would be your SEWING EQUIPMENT and ALL TOO CLEAN ROOM
You: When I was in there helping you find the letter supplies I saw an unreasonably clean place
You: Almost like it was covering up for something
Mimi: Its-thats just a habit, he’s big on things being perfectly tidy…
Mimi: I picked it up from Irah to be that neat
Zan: *GAH* I’m going to rend her plush if she does that one more time
You: Don’t say his name again Mimi, this is your last warning or I won’t stop her

>>
No. 1019790 ID: afe7de
File 164151742939.png - (16.44KB , 500x500 , p162.png )
1019790

You point out how she didn’t respond that the coin and idol looks similar, almost like she was hiding something. You talk about how she was monitoring the trade routes, to which she responds she has to to know when merchants are coming to get supplies or for when she plans to leave, how she has aspirations of fleeing this place. A few in the crowd nod at that, and you’re unsure if you’re making good progress with this. You have an idea to check the stitchwork on her stump versus the stitchwork on Chu Uk but imagine that not only would that take a lot of time, but you’re not even trained enough to be able to tell distinctions and similarities between that. The idea to do a COTTON-TEST on those present comes to mind, maybe some kin here also have the purple blood.

As that idea rears it’s head on you, you notice now that you’ve subconsciously been pouring out your feelings into your WARMTH this entire time and the crowd seems to be on your side even if you’re only using circumstantial evidence. Mimi is on the floor, you can see her crying. You realize now that the effect of your WARMTH is driving at least a few stuffies out of inaction and passivity. Plum attempts to walk towards her, to comfort her, but Drift holds her back, shaking his head. Svart steps up and takes firm, confident steps towards her. He gives out a sigh as she looks up at him.

Mimi: You’re still on my side right?
Svart: …
Svart: Mimi… what happened?


Mimi’s expression turns absolutely harrowed, going from guilt to terror to guilt to fear. She looks down at her knife, back to Svart, to the crowd, and back to Svart before slicing her blade towards him, narrowly missing his figure, barely clipping a bit of his hair, her face still covered in tears.

Mimi: NO! I, no “HE” is in the right!
Svart: Unholy Stitch what?
Drift: SHE’S LOST IT AAAAAAAAA

>>
No. 1019792 ID: afe7de
File 164151786485.png - (10.69KB , 500x500 , p163.png )
1019792

> INSIGHT - MIMI’S ACTIONS
It takes barely a second for the rest of the group to detain her and strip her of her weapons and the coin. An holds onto the dagger, hands you the Coin, and also hands you a set of keys. Mimi is bound shortly but is wearing a face of indignation. You think over the previous encounter, and you feel like you nearly imagined it, but there was a split second where Mimi seemed to have gotten something. An insight of some sort. And her last words, they seemed… rehearsed almost. You almost missed it and everyone else seemed to be caught up in the moment, but it almost seemed like REALLY bad acting, and you can’t shake this feeling that Mimi is actually smarter than she puts on.

Plum and Drift look on as their friend is detained, An getting assistance from Svart whose wearing a frown, attempting to coax information out of Mimi, but there’s no response. You absentmindedly go and lock the door to her room, just so no one can get in to examine it while you decide your next move. You see the statue is still there, so you pick it up, shoving it in your pocket. You overhear Svart muttering something to An about how he couldn’t believe his bluff worked.

You’ve gained MIMI’S KEYS
You’ve gained the CORRUPTED WOODEN COIN
You’ve stored the IDOL OF THE TENTACLED IRIS
Your inventory is [FULL]
- Ka Xu can still hold some things, feel free to hand stuff off to him.
Your INVENTORY has been updated:
https://questden.org/wiki/Plushquest_statistics

An Borealia: We’ll take her to the jail
Svart: Looks like it’s hard to see through the Blizzard right now
Svart: But not hard to walk through
An Borealia: Think about our next moves

Ka Xu Remarks that it’s about ⅗ of the way through the [MORNING]

A1. Ka Xu: Maybe some of us should go to the jail with them… just in case…
- You can get anyone present to join An and Svart
- Stuffies present:
= YOU
= AN BOREALIA (Going)
= DRIFT
= GYOB
= JACK
= KA XU
= PLUM
= SVART (Going)
= ZAN

A2. You: If I join you, maybe I can try to interrogate her
- Mimi does NOT want to talk to you so you will be attempting an interrogation at disadvantage
B. You: I think I should take a look around this place some more
- You can now access the following locations:
= Bella’s Room
= Dator’s room
= Irah’s room
= Mimi’s room
= Svart’s room
- You and Ka Xu can look through two separate rooms or one room together for advantage
- Or you can have someone you trust do this

C. Zan: I HOPE she’s guilty
- Zan is FURIOUS at MIMI
- Zan is currently useless for doing tasks and is slightly unstable
- You could spend some of this time calming her down
- Please describe how you calm her down.
- After she’s calm you could also talk to her about the CORRUPTED WOODEN COIN

D. An Borealia: I wonder if… anyone else here is problematic
- Just a statement
- An looks shaken by the turn of events

E. Svart: Nyeh, you can keep that Anatomy book I guess
- Svart: I’m uh, getting bad vibes from it right now
- You can spend your action thoroughly examining the Anatomy book

F. You: Maybe I should do something else
- Do something else!

> THOUGHTS
[INSTINCT] I… why does this feel like the result we wanted but… wrong?
[DESIRE] You know… Mimi does have a stock of sunstones, what if we just… took them?
[ANCESTOR] This coin… feels like an inverted candle, a candle made of rope with a wick of wax

>>
No. 1019796 ID: 629f2e

A1, B, C.

Let's start with Zan. Have Ka Xu give her some weed, and ask Plum to look after her. She seems like a good kid, you can probably trust her with this.

Also, maybe offer some to Drift as well? He seems stressed, moreso than usual! Help him take the edge off.

So it may just be me, but Svart is sus af rn, and I feel like if we let her go alone with An that Mimi will escape and An will be wounded at best, so let's maybe not do that. I'll even place a specific guess on what'll happen: An abomination attacks the group, and Svart uses the distraction to let Mimi run off, claiming deniability.

Why distrust Svart? Here are a few reasons:

1: Phoe and his friend who had the anatomy book seemed sus, and Mimi was sus, so why are we assuming the middleman between those two wasn't also suspicious?
2: Mimi looks betrayed when he doesn't defend her. Svart is oddly cold, kind of a change from how he seemed before. Cracks in a facade?
3: Mimi misses. She attacks Svart and misses. She may have just rolled poorly, but our intuition tells us that her desperate attacks were really just an act. What if she was never trying to land the hit, just make it look good? She came close enough to shear a few hairs, yet just barely missed?
4: Svart is volunteering to take her to jail with An. Just those two. No other help needed. Coincidentally, would we like to send anybody else with them, no worries if we don't want to.

So yeah, let's avoid that mistake.

I say that Cob, Gyob, and Jack should all join their trek. You can cite the roaming abominations as a reason to be so cautious about traveling. Ka Xu can stay safe with Zan, Drift, and Plum at the inn. Coincidentally, a place that we're more free to investigate now, having Mimi's keys. Pass those off to Ka Xu (maybe give him Mimi's letter and the town map to clear up more space while you're at it), and let him scope out the inn while you're gone.

You can try to interrogate Mimi while you're out, but don't expect to get anything out of it. Keep your focus on Svart and any other stuffie who may be acting suspicious. Don't let An's plush rump distract you, RESIST THE TEMPTATION!
>>
No. 1019804 ID: 96c896

Throughout this, SVART seems to have been leading the conversation. Also, he offered to stay behind. If he was involved, then his actions make a lot of sense as a way to settle an accusation towards MIMI in a way that feels dramatic and "right" to the villagers (the knife swipe and "confession" were rehearsed), while also giving him a chance to set her free afterwards, and to control what direction the accusations take. That thing about DRIFT's whereabouts was likely a trap to make us admit how we got into the mines. The information he gave us before... might be false. Or irrelevant at this point. Also MIMI reacted as if she was being betrayed... which strongly implies SVART indicated she was to be the fall guy.

I no longer trust him. We're not bringing him with and we're not leaving him behind in a situation where he could set MIMI free. Too bad there's no real evidence, just... a terrible theory that fits too well.

JACK or GYOB, or both, should go with them to lock MIMI up. AN must keep the key to the jail; do not leave it with SVART, and she is to double check that she's still carrying it when she leaves. The key's going with us when we confront the cultists-- if we fail, then they'll get the key and release MIMI, so she won't be trapped or anything. If we win, we can return to serve justice.

We should go investigate IRAH's room with Ka Xu. Give Ka Xu the ore for now. Actually I wonder if we can give the ore to JACK and have him make some needles? More medical supplies would be nice just in case.
...tempting to investigate SVART's room too. If we find proof of his involvement there, then we won't have to leave a cultist behind where he can make trouble.
>>
No. 1019820 ID: c92a02

That just means you've got to flip that coin turnways.
C. It's not just Mimi probably. Someone else is behind this and we have to focus until we can stop him from killing again.
Apply warmth and a healthy measure of hugs.
>>
No. 1019827 ID: 96c896

...I kindof want to read the anatomy book too. Maybe next time block.
>>
No. 1019831 ID: e51896

WAAAAAIT! before we do anything, outhouse! gotta go! now! (see if your perception can catch anything while your in there)

once you get that taken care of that... hmm...

A1. The stuffies that goes to put Mimi in jail with Svart and An are: Cob, and Jack. Just those two. Jack seems intimidating enough toward Mimi to help.

we can probably read Mimi's letter on the way there... just be careful not to walk into poles.
------------------------

meanwhile, as for Ka Xu: C. While we deal with whatever will happen at the cell, Ka xu will stay with Zan, Drift, Plum, and Gyob. Before you leave, whisper and ask Ka Xu to share the weed with everyone, especially Drift and Zan. Should calm them down.

BUT: B. Tell Ka Xu to resist taking some himself until after he finishes investigating Bella's, Svart's and/or Irah's room to see what he finds, and have Gyob help to split the work.

and F when the two are done, have them question Drift and Plum about their knowledge of where Bella went as they might become chill enough from the weed to give him answers and not in the right mind. Tell him that they seemed to have been pretty secretive about where Bella went, and would like to see if Ka Xu can get something out of them. Mention to him how Plum glanced at Drift when Mimi asked where Bella went, and that Plum interrupted Drift when he said he was with Plum and... something or someone (maybe Bella). Also have him ask Drift what he heard because we remember while we were at the cliffside, there were some stuffies in white in the townsquare around the time Mimi left An's house which is probably within Drift's range of hearing, and remind him of movement near Mortifer with some kin entering and leaving. Tell him if anything happens to either of us to use the whistle. reason why I asked for Gyob to be there is to act as a witness when Ka Xu interrogates Plum and Drift.

-------------------

as for items, Don't give wood ore, it'll probably reveal we've been inside the mine if we pull that out in front of everyone.

Give Ka Xu Mimi's key for exploration, Tiny SALT jar and Tiny SUGAR jar to help make the weed more appetizing.
>>
No. 1019891 ID: afe7de
File 164161600813.png - (11.99KB , 500x500 , p164.png )
1019891

> DECISION - SPLIT THE PARTY
Something's off. Your mind feels like this is all going far too smoothly. You imagine a scenario, Svart walking with AN to the jail, but an ABOMINATION comes out of nowhere, wounding AN, Mimi and Svart nowhere to be seen. You refuse to allow this to occur.

You: I think me and Jack should join you to the JAIL.
An Borealia: Are you sure?
An Borealia: It's really close by
Svart: I mean there could be more of those uhhh STITCHED you called em?
Svart: Plus the BLIZZARD is kind of hard to see through right now
Jack: The woman nods, gesturing that her lover should stay behind
Gyob: Yeah yeah honey, love you too.


You call Ka Xu over to you and hand him some of your things. Trying to make room in case you find something you need to take. You also take the [ANATOMY BOOK] from him, curious about it's contents.

You've given Ka Xu the following:
- MIMI'S KEYS
- JAR OF SUGAR
- JAR OF SALT
- COB LOG

You've gained the following:
- ANATOMY BOOK

>>
No. 1019892 ID: afe7de
File 164161606064.png - (10.56KB , 500x500 , p165.png )
1019892

> KA XU - DIRECTIONS
You: I think you should search some of the places here at the INN with GYOB
You: He seems trustworthy
Ka Xu: And STRONG, but yeah, you be safe okay
Ka Xu: I'll probably give ZAN and DRIFT some WEED
Ka Xu: Calm them down a bit...
You: You're not allowed to have any until this is over
Ka Xu: Awwwwwww


Plum wanders over to Zan, offering her a blanket as Mimi continues to look down at the ground, dejected. Svart's about to snag her when you slide between them and gesture for AN to grab her. He shrugs and gives you a look. You, Jack, An, Svart, and a bound Mimi then set off on a short journey to the JAIL. The wind is blowing harshly as snow buffets you all, you can't see too clearly and Svart speaks up.

Svart: What're we doing next, is someone going to guard her?
Svart: Do we just leave her?
Jack: The woman wonders the same, if the decision is wise.
You: Let's figure it out after we interrogate her.
Mimi: …


You make it to the Sheriff's office and walk towards the cells, Chu Uk's body remains where it is, however the cloth that was previously put on him was uncovered. Mimi is locked in the cell beside it and she remains silent.
>>
No. 1019895 ID: afe7de
File 164161621505.png - (9.57KB , 500x500 , p166.png )
1019895

> JAIL - FAILED INTERROGATION
You attempt to coax any information out of her, but there's no luck. You expected JACK being there to help the process, but MIMI just stares at the woman, terrified. You slide up to An and periodically check to make sure her key to the cell hasn't been stolen, she pats your shoulder and, seeing that you're so concerned about it, hands it to you for safekeeping.

You've gained [MIMI'S JAIL CELL KEY]
- You've placed it in your most secure pocket

Jack: The woman knew certain... medical procedures.
Jack: Ones used in a time long ago, used to help... loosen the lips of others
An Borealia: Woah Woah Woah no torture
Svart: Uh, yeah, how about no on that
You: ...


You're about to say something in response when you hear a gravelly and deep sound in the distance, it’s ROARLIKE but… wrong. It's nearly hidden by the sounds of the blizzard outside, but EVERYONE ELSE in the room has heard it before, even Mimi, and they look towards the north knowingly.

Svart: Is that the sound of Mortifer
An Borealia: Isn't he... Isn't he turned?
Jack: The woman reminds the others that her lover mentioned as much
Jack: The woman suggests that perhaps there is still hope


There's an incongruous feeling riling deep within you at this moment, like you're playing in the palms of some game that you weren't meant to be a part of. You get the distinct impression that you're missing something, something crucial, like if you could just find the last piece to this puzzle it would all make sense. Is Mortifer’s roar a mistake, or is it a trap?

The [MORNING] is almost over.
Your INVENTORY has been updated

https://questden.org/wiki/Plushquest_statistics

A. Jack: The woman will gather her companion and rush there posthaste
- Jack will collect GYOB and rush to the sound's location
- You believe it came from MORTIFER'S MANOR
- Do you join them?
- [ANCESTOR] If you go, maybe you can save some of them, but are they lives worth saving…

B. An Borealia: The INN! We need to make sure everyone's safe!
- An will rush back to the INN and protect everyone
- Do you join her?
- [INSTINCT] I want Ka Xu to be safe, do I trust AN and him to protect themselves?

C. You: ... This all feels too convenient
- Do you stay behind and guard Mimi?
- You get the feeling Svart will stay and talk to you
- [DESIRE] If I’m right he knows something, maybe I can find out what REALLY is going on

D. Svart: Oh Stitch...
- Svart does not declare what he's doing
- But you can tell from his expression that he wants to talk to you, alone.

E. Other
- Break the chains that bond you, do something else!
- Attempting to get An or Jack to not do what they’re planning will take a good argument


> THOUGHTS
[ANCESTOR] If we remain here, it's likely we'll face "HIM" since we assume he cares about MIMI
[DESIRE] I want to not die and if we see a big monster I want to run
[INSTINCT] Maybe I should tell AN to send KA XU over here when she gets there....

>>
No. 1019896 ID: 094652

Stay here and ask for Svart's 'help' to trap the front door for when 'he' stages a jailbreak.

While he's distracted, stab Mimi, get his reaction, and trigger the trap remotely if he treats her as a companion.
>>
No. 1019898 ID: 629f2e

We're not going to stop An. As much as I'd like to, we're going to need some time alone with Svart if we want to get answers. Plus, this is her home, it's her job to protect the stuffies that live here, so we should let her keep the inn under her watch. The inn isn't too far away, just ask her to send Ka Xu over as soon as possible, quietly telling her that you're like 90% sure Svart is about to stab you in the back and go on a villain monologue the second you're alone with him.

Once you're alone, Svart is either going to talk or attack you. If he's in the attacking mood, draw your needles and fucking end his existence. If talking, start coating your singing needle in paralysis poison in anticipation of the combat to come. Don't build traps yet, that requires too much focus, and if your eyes are off him for too long he may get off a sneak attack.
>>
No. 1019905 ID: e51896

Ka Xu should be safe, he hasn't used his whistle yet.

Stay. And if we can have An stay to keep an eye on things just a tiny bit longer while we get a trap ready for "Him" at the door, do that. But if she wants to leave immediatly, then forget the trap.

But for an argument to have her stay until trap is done, tell her that if she bunny hops, maybe she'll make it to the inn at the same amount of time if she bunny hopped after the trap is built just as if she were to leave now. Remind her that Gyob is strong and so is Zan presumably and Ka Xu is a fighter, so if anything happens in the inn, they should be able to handle it until the trap is done and Am returns. Let her know that you have a way of knowing if Ka Xu is safe or not.
If we build trap, Whisper to An to give you a secret knock to her door so we know it's her. Tell An to bring Ka Xu back here a little later.

(Will think of a trap later Or might change my vote if something happens)

Not sure if we should do this, but Should we give Jack the guststone to make travel there easier? Maybr she has a sunstone to keep her and Gyob warm from the guststone.
>>
No. 1019909 ID: c92a02

A, can't be everywhere at once to protect everyone but what we DO know is how to hunt.
>>
No. 1019911 ID: 89649e

C - for there's something about the likelihood of being lured away otherwise...!
>>
No. 1019912 ID: 629f2e

>>1019905

Y'know what, I like this more.

Convince An to stay. Make it clear that Ka Xu can hold the fort, and that he'll whistle if things go wrong. An is needed here, because Mimi's collaborators WILL be coming for her, if they aren't already here...

Sure, loan Jack the Guststone. Tell her to grab a Sunstone from the Inn before they go, Mimi keeps them in the back room.
>>
No. 1019917 ID: 96c896

>>1019895
This is an opportunity! If the cultists are attacking, that means there are less abominations in the mines.
Don't go with anyone for now, tell Jack that it's a mistake to rush in. Every stuffie lost is another body they can use to make an abomination. We must strike with overwhelming force or by bypassing their defenses, anything else would likely just make the cultists stronger. You have a plan. You can't tell him in earshot of MIMI though.

Take everyone to the peak. Once you're through the first secret passage, lock it behind you. Make sure it can't be opened from the outside. That will force any pursuers to go around.
Recommend anyone who stays behind to not use the inn for shelter. There are too many ways for abominations to get in, the locks are sabotaged somehow considering you saw an abomination peeking through your door the night you stayed there, and it will be the first place cultists will look anyway. Instead, go to the farm. Plum has the key, right? They can block the doors with heavy equipment.

I kindof want to spend a turn heavily trapping the jail, to make "HIM" pay a high price for rescuing his waifu. If that's possible, we can talk to SVART too, and maybe get MIMI to explain what "HE" wants. She said he was in the right, what did she mean by that? There's no harm in revealing that information at least.
>>
No. 1019932 ID: cdd66b

As for trap, i'm thinking either spear or pit trap, based off of what zan said, irah might have become an abomonation with phoenius, so something that can cause damage could work. Leaning towards the spear trap, Use our poison with our trap. But maybe instead if it's possible, we can put something sharp inside the pit trap like spikes from the spears (poisoned)?

If we catch him and poison him enough, we could chain him up once he's weakened enough with our chains we made.
>>
No. 1019978 ID: afe7de
File 164169692191.png - (12.77KB , 500x500 , p167.png )
1019978

> TRADE - GUSTSTONE
You ask both AN and JACK to wait a moment. You pull out the GUSTSONE And toss it to JACK who catches it, confused, before enlightened. She looks at you with curiosity before you reply.

You: To make the journey there faster
You: [DESIRE] I want it back later, so don't die.
Jack: The woman nods and accepts the object
Jack: The woman remembers that she owes you something as well
Jack: The woman tosses you one of her remaining WOOD NEEDLES


You grab the tossed WOOD NEEDLE from the air and examine it, you feel that there's at least 3 charges in it, should you get too injured it will come in handy. JACK leaves moments after, you assume she's smart enough to know to snag a SUNSTONE from the INN to prevent the ill effects of the GUSTSTONE.

You've gained a WOOD NEEDLE
You've lost your GUSTSTONE


> PERSUASION - CONVINCING AN TO STAY
You turn your attention to AN and try to reason up your most convincing argument as to why she shouldn't go. Why she's needed here more than with the others, how Ka Xu can handle it, so you try to speak.

You: Could you uh, wait a second?
An Borealia: We don't have a second, what if they're being attacked right now!
You: Me and Ka Xu have a way to communicate and he hasn't used it
An Borealia: I'm sorry but I failed the others by not being there
An Borealia: I HAVE To be there for the few that remain
An Borealia: I'll send Ka Xu over after he’s done with his search


You don't really get a moment to convince her, she's firmed her mind over this matter, but she tosses you something, a small rabbit-shaped whistle.

An Borealia: Whistle if you need me and I'll HOP right over.

She leaves moments later, assuming time is of the essence. You look to the goblin next to you, who starts to move his hand behind him, towards his weapon, before turning naturally to scratch his nose and taking a seat on AN'S desk, looking at you. He seems to bear no hostile intent, which confuses you even more.

You’ve gained AN’S WHISTLE
>>
No. 1019979 ID: afe7de
File 164169709466.png - (10.56KB , 500x500 , p168.png )
1019979

> DISCUSSION - SVART
Svart: Phew, finally alone huh?
You: You seem to have something on your mind...
Svart: Well I WOULD have liked to talk to you in private earlier
Svart: Give the whole recruitment speech
You: So I was right, you are with them.
Svart: Oh totally, everyone’s so gullible here, gotta say you caught onto stuff pretty quickly
Svart: Got a good head on your shoulders
Svart: What I REALLY wanted to do was recruit you
Svart: An Ash with your skills and core, man, the possibilities would be crazy
Svart: But stitch got ugly and you don't seem that interested anymore
You: …


Svart pulls out a deck of cards and starts playing with them, shuffling them, sorting them, splaying them out, and flicking a few before catching them. You think he's trying to show off. As he does, his voice changes slightly, from the higher pitched and goofy goblinoid to a more somber and subdued neutral voice.

Svart: You've got questions, and quite frankly I kind of find you hot
Svart: In mind and body, also one hell of a smoocher
Svart: Here's the deal, no bull stitch, you get three questions
Svart: I answer anything that's not too big of a deal
Svart: Then I tell you something, and you decide what you're going to do
Svart: I'll tell you this right now, I won't be letting her out of there
Mimi: HEY!
Svart: I totally could even without a key, but...
Svart: Let this be a punishment for your hubris doll
Mimi: FLUFFING ASSHOLE!
Svart: And I don't have any intention to hurt YOU
Svart: Or anyone in the INN really, it'll be up to what you do NEXT
Svart: “He's” smart, but it'll take him a little while
Svart: Before he figures out where we're at
Mimi: OH IRAH IS COMING
Mimi: He wouldn’t leave me behind…


Your mind is running a hundred paces a minute, you've confirmed that he's in on it, but why this opportunity, why not just beat you down, why offer MORE information, it doesn't make any sense! You were planning on making a trap, but are shocked into pause.

It is now the [NOON] of day 4
The BLIZZARD has calmed down, navigation and perception has returned to normal.
Your inventory has been updated:

https://questden.org/wiki/Plushquest_statistics

A. [ANCESTOR] What happened to the real SVART?
B. [DESIRE] Why did you turn all those stuffies into THE STITCHED?
C. You: Why are you acting like you've already won?
D. You: How did you control THE STITCHED
E. You: What does this COIN do?
F. You: I can whistle for backup at any time
- You can call for KA XU or AN at any moment
- You get the feeling SVART won’t stop you either

H. Other
- Do/Ask something else
- Feel free to ask any lingering questions you have!

>>
No. 1019987 ID: 629f2e

F: "Well if you have friends coming, it's only fair..." Pulls out Hari Tomo's Paperling whistle and signals Ka Xu.

After that: A, D, and E. Don't ask about his motives, they suck. We don't need to give him the chance to gloat about how he's actually doing the right thing, if it could really sway us he'd tell us anyway, no point wasting a question on it.

Establish what happens to the body-stitched, and inquire into the mechanisms used to control them. Also the coin, it'd be good to know if that's important.

We could ask about ratio of stitched to untouched in town, but that might skew towards too big. And without knowing who is who, it'd only inspire paranoia.

Since Svart doesn't seem to give a shit about what we're doing, start preparing a Dart Trap (using your one charge of Paralysis Poison) and a Snare Trap that you can set up for Irah after Ka Xu arrives. Might as well use our time wisely.

Let's hope Ka Xu has enough WEED left for both of us tonight.
>>
No. 1019992 ID: e51896

H for SHARDS and CATALYST reasons, ask about the stone idol, what exactly is it supposed to represent... other than being a symbol of the moon of Iris. (it reminds me too much of the thing that killed Saba (especially in the eye), and I want to know exactly what it is so that maybe we can figure things out in Saba's death.) It looks like some kind of godlike thing or guardian

after that, D, and E.
>>
No. 1019994 ID: 96c896

>>1019979
He's doing this to delay you. IRAH will be here very soon. Call KA XU. You're probably going to want to get a little bit of info and then either take him down or flee.

Since he doesn't have dextrous hands for lockpicking but can still open locks without a key, that must be his Awakened ability. I'm 90% certain he's the entity you saw at your door that night. Maybe that's what he looks like under the mask... I *think* that's a mask made out of SVART's face, anyway.
We already know the answer to A, he's dead. You don't steal someone's face and leave them alive afterwards. Well, maybe SVART's an abomination now, but that's about the same as being dead.

B because understanding their motives will give us an idea of what they're likely to do from here on. Being able to predict your enemy is extremely useful.
E for obvious reasons
and "Can THE STITCHED be cured?"
>>
No. 1020006 ID: 094652

Get the juicy, fat choice of paper-burger. Pander to her ego with your questions.
"What is the purpose of the stitched? I mean, the amount of torture and suffering involved - you could capture slaves and some of us would even turn a blind eye. Now even the corrupt have to hunt you down, they can't continue existing if they ignore this."
"Who's who? Is Mimi really Mimi or is she some random wearing Mimi's face? Same goes for you, your colleagues, your puppets, your boss, etc."
"So: what is the meaning of life, anyway? I figured you and the cult know something if you're willing to go this far, kill this many people, to achieve some greater goal.
Really, the only reason I'm standing firm against the job offer is because this all looks like one big slavery ring, and not an attempt to usurp the gods. It's petty monstrosity.
Well? Clock's ticking, you haven't sold me."
>>
No. 1020008 ID: ce39da

Start with the big one: "What could possibly be worth all of this death and suffering? If this is what he produces, I don't know if you should be helping this god of yours."

Meanwhile, he's definitely buying time, but I believe him when he says neither you nor those at the inn are in danger; he made no promises for those who were headed out.

If we get a break between each question, fine, but if it's all being punched in here, I say we call both our allies after the one question and head off to save the couple who went to Mortifer.
>>
No. 1020059 ID: 96c896

Oh shit I just realized IRAH might hear the whistle and get here earlier.
Since IRAH just wants to get to MIMI, you could take not-svart into a different room, not in the path IRAH would take to the jail. We can't face IRAH yet, he's obviously the final boss and we still don't have a silver bullet or enough brute force available.
>>
No. 1020061 ID: e51896

Yeah, i was thinking of waiting until after the decision Svart(?) is going to offer before we whistle. Remember we can still make traps for Irah's arrival afterwards but it depends on the decision we'll be given.

>>1020059
He'll recognize An's whistle, but he most likely won't recognize Ka Xu's whistle since his and our whistle sounds like a FLYING PAPERLING in disguise
>>
No. 1020069 ID: e51896

But yeah, if we decide to call An and Ka Xu, only use Hari Tomo's Paperling whistle
>>
No. 1020095 ID: afe7de
File 164177836277.png - (12.58KB , 500x500 , p169.png )
1020095

> QUESTION 1 - THE COIN
You hold out the coin, one side an Iris, the other side a mass of tentacles. Both symbols that could be seen on the moon, albeit in different seasons, but the wood itself is twisted, gnarled, and dark.

You: What's the purpose of this
Svart: Oh, that's a charm, it's been... altered slightly.
Svart: You fought CHU UK and his companions right?
You: ...
Svart: Well it makes him see you like they see each other
Svart: You gotta understand, it's not an EXACT science
Mimi: Are you just gonna tell her EVERYTHING?
Svart: Just what she asks, she's earned that much I reckon, nyeh.
Mimi: IRAH WON'T BE HAPPY!
Svart: Doll, pumpkin, bimbo, he won't CARE.


Svart then briefly explains how it allows you to blend in with other Abominations, they won't assault you unless you assault them.

> QUESTION 2 - HOW DID YOU CONTROL THE STITCHED?
Svart: Hmmm, that one is more of a core secret I'd rather not say
Mimi: At least he has some sense
Svart: Here's what I will say, there's a material, GLASS, it's like WOOD
Svart: Research into that later when you're free, if you survive.
Svart: And secondly, if you're like me
Svart: You just have to be... CHARISMATIC enough
You: You just talk to them? Chu Uk just attacked when we tried.
Svart: Well, you're not like me, are you?


So there's something fundamentally different about Svart then, that he's stolen a body if that is truly what he's implying. Maybe he has the purple goo instead of cotton inside of him? This is frustrating. You reach into your coat and pull out your paperling whistle, about to blow it when you stop, a thought occuring.

Plum mentioned that Paperlings hibernate for the most part during this weather, that means a paperling noise would be highly suspect and draw attention, making you get found much quicker. Same for An Borealia's whistle, only it'd probably be less subtle. You put it away and the smirk wipes from Svart's face.

Svart: Aw darn, I was hoping you'd blow that.
You: ...
Svart: It would have been kind of hilarious, but again.
Svart: This is why I think there's value in you.

>>
No. 1020096 ID: afe7de
File 164177837788.png - (8.89KB , 500x500 , p170.png )
1020096

> QUESTION 3 - WHY DO THIS?
You: What about this, why'd you turn them all into… into THE STITCHED?
Svart: I kinda like that name, we just call them PUPPETS, but that has...
Svart: A better ZING to it.
Mimi: UUuuuuughhhhh Svart how about not answering this one?
Mimi: For dear old Mimi
Mimi: Sweetie, pleaaaase
Svart: Oh now I WILL answer it
Svart: First, because we found wood, though you found Zan so that's
Svart: Incredibly obvious, still don't know how you got in though...
Svart: Second, because of her.


Svart points towards MIMI casually and you look back, she's glaring needles at the goblin. Mouthing that he shouldn't dare.

Svart: She HATED that CHU UK’S crew, they refused to leave, were annoying, blah blah blah
Mimi: It's more COMPLICATED than that
Mimi: Did you know Chu Uk is a notorious thief yeah he's killed some stuffies too!!
Svart: Did you know in a past life I worked with him
Svart: He tried to escape to here, start anew
Svart: But as always, after too much contentment he gets...
Svart: Restless started falling back to his old ways
Svart: Managed to convince quite a few of the ladies here to pick up a...
Svart: Well I don't remember the details but they were gonna clear out
Svart: SOME town, honestly I don't know how he convinced them
Mimi: I SWEAR, he never told us his COTTON-LINE but he was just...
Mimi: You couldn't NOT listen to him
Svart: An was the only one who couldn't be swayed, thank the stars
Svart: Stitch is a fuckin bomb ass kisser
Mimi: SVART YOU'RE NOT SUPPOSED TO SAY THAT WORD
Svart: The long and short of it is that there was a common grudge
Svart: And she REALLY detested him, so Irah showed her a few tricks
Svart: Would have left him alone, if he didn’t cause the death of a few kin I care for
Svart: Honestly it's such a waste the way she did them dirty
Svart: Such a waste of RAW RESOURCES
Mimi: ...
Svart: Anyway, to your question, easy labor that barely tires, and practice… for her.
Svart: That the limitations of PLUSH HANDS can be overcome
Svart: It just takes a lot LONGER and more EFFORT, but you can get close
Svart: To what an ASH like yourself can do.


You don't know how much of that you believe, how much is truth and how much is falsehood. You pout, this time a more frustrated one, your eye twitches as you hate this feeling. You keep thinking about putting a trap down, but this guy would probably let Irah or whoever comes in just KNOW about it, so you’d have to do it out of line of sight from him. Svart watches you for a moment before clapping his hand, gathering your attention.
>>
No. 1020097 ID: afe7de
File 164177841363.png - (13.62KB , 500x500 , p171.png )
1020097

> DISCUSSION - SVART TELLS YOU SOMETHING
Svart: Well, thanks for indulging me, now you've got a choice
Svart: You could come with us, learn what we do, and then leave
Svart: No strings attached
You: What abou-
Svart: No An, no Ka Xu, just you.
Svart: You could also leave, go to the Inn
Svart: Toss Mimi's bag of stuff outside, and wait.
Svart: We'll be gone, and you can live your life
Svart: I'll even give you a hint as to where we're going
Mimi: Svart what the FLUFF are you doing?
Svart: What better CATALYST for CHANGE and EXCITEMENT
Svart: Then having a REAL competent rival capable of foiling your plans
Svart: She's but a bud, a sapling
Svart: And ripened fruit tastes sweeter
Mimi: Or that fruit could be poisoned!
Svart: And what sweet poison it would be
Svart: Or you could even attack me and Mimi
Svart: Maybe you'll even kill us
Svart: But know this, if she dies, no one in this town will be spared.
Svart: That's not a threat, it's a PROMISE, not even by me, but by IRAH
Svart: And I guarantee you that if you go to the INN
Svart: No one else has to die!
Svart: That’s a promise elected from MIMI to IRAH!
You: How do I even know that’s true?
Svart: I swear on my core that no one inside the INN
Svart: Shall come to harm, should you do as requested
Mimi: As do I
Svart: I also swear that so long as you follow our instructions you’ll only be hurt the REQUISITE
Svart: Amount during the learning process, should you join us.
Svart: It’s not painless.


You feel a VERY slight rattling coming from your necklace and what almost feels like a link form between you and the two stuffies in front of you. You have no idea what this means or represents, but you get the feeling that they aren’t lying.

Mimi: I hate the theatrics of this
Svart: Darling you'll learn, trust me.
Svart: And with that, my part in this is done, I’ll elect to watch what everyone else does

Svart gets a little close to you and you shift back out of reflex, he whispers something to you.

Svart: I won’t stop you if you really want to kill her, but it’s a bad idea…
Svart: So, what'll it be? Nyeh?

The clock is ticking and you feel your journey nearing its conclusion.
What do you do?


A. [INSTINCT] You say nothing and walk out
- Head off to the inn, spiteful and protective
- Svart will give you a hint of where they’re headed next

B. [DESIRE] Say nothing and stab at Svart
- Initiate combat
- You’ve got a feeling he’s going to be hard to hit
- Maybe you should come up with a TRAP-BASED way of assaulting him

C. [ANCESTOR] A part of me is curious how this truly works
- Abandon your companions
- Join Svart’s team
- [INSTINCT] and [DESIRE] are incredibly confused by this declaration

D. Go help Jack and Gyob
- Trust in your companions and attempt to get the best fighters on your side
- You hope it won’t take too long
- You’ll likely join mid-combat

E. You: I have another question
- Ask another question
- Or say something else
- Time will pass

F. You: Fluff the choices put in front of me!
- Do something else
- Maybe there’s something in your inventory that could be useful?

https://questden.org/wiki/Plushquest_statistics
>>
No. 1020098 ID: 629f2e

C, but ACTUALLY B.

Look, let's be real, we're a level 1 adventurer going up against someone we can't beat. If we just pull out our needle and start attacking, that's not gonna end well. And even if we had traps prepared, we can't exactly set them right now.

So let's just trick him instead.

Pretend that we're up for joining him, and let Mimi out of her cell. Svart has been clear that Irah is coming for her no matter what, so we want to cut that possibility off by letting her leave. She'll probably run off to wherever Irah is, meaning Irah won't have any reason to stop here. The only person who will be coming then is Ka Xu, who we asked An to send over. After that, we just have to keep Svart from leaving.

Put paralysis poison on your lips and smooch him.

No, really, we can weaponize our DESIRE for smooches. The thing is: Svart doesn't know we have paralysis poison at all, and it's such a dumb idea that he'd never see it coming. What he does know is that he loves getting smooched, so he'll gladly accept as long as we don't draw a weapon or anything suspicious.

We'll smooch, both of us get knocked out, and then Ka Xu will find us both here and take care of things for us while Svart is immobilized.

How's that for a TRAP-BASED form of assualt?
>>
No. 1020103 ID: ce39da

F: "... You're only making promises for those staying at the INN, of course. I'm willing to let the three of you leave for now - I realize now that we're physically outmatched, overall - but JACK and GYOB are risking their lives out there, DATOR and BELLA'S fates are unknown, and Zan thinks MI SNOW isn't beyond saving, despite you clearly getting to her recently. I'm going to need some convincing before I resolve to just do nothing for any of them."

If Svart can actually list good reasons for all of them - obviously, abandoning Gyob and Jack will be the hardest sell - then yeah, I say we proceed with A, but otherwise, D. (Getting them to leave MI SNOW behind would be the Magical Christmasland outcome, of course, assuming she can be saved. (If she can, negotiate with the WOOD CHARMS you have if need be - no stuffie left behind!))
>>
No. 1020108 ID: e51896

I want to do C, make Cob evil (and finally meet Irah)

but I also really like Himitsu's idea too to turn ourself to a trap. if we do this idea, and it doesn't take an action, tell them you need to use the outhouse to think this over so that we can apply the poison in secret (we haven't used the outhouse yet after the new day started) unless lipstick exists in the plush world and we can apply the poison playing it like lipstick, or do it in secret. Afterwards, let Mimi out, tell her to leave and run to her lover Irah so you can have privacy to makeout with Svart as you'll be joining them. Use warmth to make yourself more appealing and convince him to makeout with you for a little while before the two of you head out.

One thing I do wonder is what if we put Dator's rose between the cracks of the door in An's sheriff office.

I also think I remember that the poison effects short people faster than larger people. Svart is pretty short, shorter than us so we might have time to wipe the rest of the poison off our lips after makeouts, and use our high quality chain to bind Svart as he weakens before we pass out ourself and wait for Ka Xu.
>>
No. 1020114 ID: 088b5b

Comment that Svart's explaination doesn't explain why they turned Mi Snow or Mortifer(?) into stitched.

After that go with your namesake and go C (with the intention of betraying them of course)
>>
No. 1020125 ID: b78c95

C. Let us join them.
>>
No. 1020133 ID: e51896

>Svart: I also swear that so long as you follow our instructions you’ll only be hurt the REQUISITE
>Svart: Amount during the learning process, should you join us.
>Svart: It’s not painless.

Something to point out, this is probably why part of Mimi's tentacle is chopped off. Her learning process probably involved amputation
>>
No. 1020135 ID: 1a1d89

>>1020097
This will probably be against the grain, but I vote C. Our Ancestor's response seems to indicate that there could be more to it and things aren't so black and white; good and evil. The connection we feel is also curious.
We can always go rogue later once we know more.

Plus, if we could make zombies out of, say, paperlings, that could actually be pretty awesome.
>>
No. 1020142 ID: 96c896

Pretend to join, smooch to get him to lower his guard, then steal his weapon and beat him with it. Also if possible coat the stone hook in the paralysis poison, and stick him with it just before stealing his club.

If he lets you leave to use the bathroom, you can set up a trap or two outside the room with the intention of leading him into them during the ensuing fight.

Best timing to start the fight would be just as KA XU arrives. Oh, probably shouldn't put the traps somewhere where KA XU would bumble into them.
>>
No. 1020148 ID: 076735

D, A: Let's save everyone we can save!
>>
No. 1020149 ID: 094652

F) Pretend to join their cabal... then set the jail on fire and bar the door.
D) Head to the others and finish this.
>>
No. 1020189 ID: c92a02

Fug dis! Pull out the paperling whistle and call for reinforcements. It doesn't matter whether it actually works or not, you're literally blowing the whistle on Svart.
>>
No. 1020206 ID: 96c896

...hmm, there's one way I'd accept joining them. If he agrees to release control of the STITCHED that don't deserve their fate. CHU UK was apparently a murderer, a thief, and was abusing mind control. What about the others? Surely not all of them were as bad as he was.
It wouldn't be so bad if we ethically sourced all the "raw materials"... from criminals, or from the recently deceased.

Body splicing has a lot of very interesting potential applications beyond creating slaves for menial labor. People would pay handsomely for simple cosmetic changes, but think of how valuable it would be to replace lost limbs, or add extra ones. Especially if you could give stuffies ASH-kin limbs. It would change the world. Drastically. Far more than what would happen if the only thing it's used for is making zombie workers, because once word gets out that someone is doing it, the cultists will be hunted down and their research destroyed. Or stolen by those in power and use only for war.

I'm wondering if you could tame paperlings via whatever method of control they're using, resulting in easier access to meat? If stuffies keep paperling pets you could even stitch together some custom designs and sell those.
>>
No. 1020223 ID: 1b9b8b

>>1020206 agreed. Let them know you'd rather target bad stuffies like bandits or murderers if you join, not innocents. Zan, didnt deserve it, and ask them to set mortifer and mi snow and bella if shes there free and youll join.

Otherwise, i still like Himitsu's idea, especially since mimi called us poison
>>
No. 1020230 ID: 78e56f

>>1020098
>>1020142
These
>>
No. 1020233 ID: 61735f

>>1020206
>>1020098
F because its kind of a mix between B, C and D... Leaving KaXu behind or doing something to betray his trust is a hard no. The idea of stitching and is many more useful and less evil uses are quite intriguing. But some of these stuffies just didn't deserve this and we cant just walk away now.

I think we should try and buy time to answer while we use the poison, hopefully we can get it off before it affects us too much. It shouldn't be too hard to get all warm and smoochy with Svart (its kind of hot having a nemesis who is actually so cunning). Pretend to join his side, once we have him taken care of we should leave Mimi locked up an trap the areas leading to her, Irah will definitely be coming for her hopefully we can at least maim him if not stop him all together.
Then we need to join up with the others/ meet up with KaXu
>>
No. 1020235 ID: 0838d6
File 164193695230.png - (9.50KB , 500x500 , p172.png )
1020235

> INDECISION - THE CHOICE
Your mind slows to a crawl for a moment as the gravity of this situation foists itself upon you. As your ancestor encourages you to learn about this, your feelings of DESIRE shift slightly, inclining you towards this measure. But you're unsure, part of you still wants to lie and betray him immediately with a practically insane idea that you're sure is almost guaranteed to work. Svart notices your pause and he crooks an eyebrow whilst tilting his head and looking at you.

Svart: Wait, are you actually considering my offer?
You: ...
You: I am.
Mimi: Huh?
Svart: Woah really?!


There's a glint in his beady cloth eyes as he looks at you with genuine excitement. His shock is not feigned as his mask of smugness slips for a moment.

You: But I have questions and a condition
Svart: SEE MIMI, SEE, THIS, this right here is what im talking about
Svart: Someone who actively recognizes the value in this
Svart: Instead of just petty revenge.
Mimi: It's not petty...
Svart: *AHEM* I mean we've got time to kill, so sure.


> QUESTION - MORTIFER AND MI SNOW
You: Why turn Mortifer and Mi Snow?
Svart: Mimi, you wanna take this one?
Mimi: Mortifer abused his workers for years
Mimi: Yeah he provided jobs but he contributed to the accident
Mimi: Which is why he lives alone and in guilt in his manor
Mimi: Mi Snow abused her brother so much he left for FLUFFSENUFFS
Mimi: I think his name was MI MARY?
Svart: They were also isolated and had problems of their own
Svart: I don't expect you to get it now, but MOST
Svart: Of our targets were guilty of something
Svart: Some slip through the cracks or fell in with the wrong crowd
Svart: And sometimes there are accidents
Svart: Not pretending to be a saint or anything
Svart: I only feel the smallest bit of remorse over it
Svart: I’m not IMMUNE to feeling guilt
Svart: IRAH and MIMI made the choices of who to do this to here
You: Could you set them free?
Svart: They already are in a metaphysical sense
Svart: But to be more specific, we can only keep them in "THE DREAM"
Svart: And they're to be abandoned
Svart: If they leave the dream is up to them, like with ZAN, she left on her own
Mimi: How'd that happen anyway?
Svart: Irah must've let her slip through the cracks, he was busy after all
You: So it's about their WILLPOWER?
Svart: Something like that, many of those miserable souls were barely living
Svart: At least now they're in a blissful dream
Svart: You’ll go through it too, albeit a less intense version
Svart: You’ve got the SPARK so you’ll be fine unless… well I can’t talk about that part


> QUESTION - GYOB AND JACK
You: What about GYOB and JACK?
You: Why don't you want me to help them?
Svart: You can help them, I never said not to
Svart: Just that I couldn't guarantee your safety if you went anywhere else
Svart: Gonna work on your naivete too if you join
Svart: You'll need to know how to lie and sus out lies
Svart: I could be lying through my teeth right now
Svart: I'm not, because I'm making a genuine effort, but I could.
Svart: You could give that COIN to your companion, have him help out


> QUESTION - PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS
You then briefly ask a few questions, can these skills be used for cosmetic changes, can you STITCH paperlings, can you ethically choose the targets for your experimentations, since you assume you'll have to do as much.

Svart: Yeah there's a bit of that involved, learning the trade
Svart: You can pick your targets yourself
Svart: Or you can pay others to get them for you
Svart: Not everyone in the cult has the same principles
Svart: But those two things, COSMETIC ADJUSTMENTS and PAPERLINGS
Svart: Well, the Cosmetic stuff I can't talk about
Svart: Let's just say there's a lot of research in that right now
Svart: And no one's thought of using PAPERLINGS yet, at least not since
Svart: We were last at-
Mimi: COME ON SVART
Svart: Right right, you gotta join to know that part.
Svart: But you could make your RESEARCH TOPIC that
Svart: You'll see Irah's soon if you join.

>>
No. 1020236 ID: 0838d6
File 164193699308.png - (14.16KB , 500x500 , p173.png )
1020236

> THE MOTIVE
Svart pauses and smacks his head before continuing.

Svart: Okay now I’m the bimbo, I didn’t even tell you why we do what we do
Svart: I’m genuinely sorry, trying to recruit you without giving you even a basic reason
Mimi: HAH you fluffed up!
You: Yeah, I’d appreciate that.
Svart: Our core tenant is [CURIOSITY]
Svart: We want to know how the world works
Svart: What happens when we do certain things and use the tools available
Svart: And one day, a new COTTON-LINE was found
Svart: The first disciple of the [TENTACLED IRIS]
Svart: They could commune with someone like an ANCESTOR
Svart: Uh do you know what that is?
You: I'm familiar with the concept
Svart: Well they had someone like that, but different
Svart: And that being or beings... exists in what we call THE DREAM
You: The dream that THE STITCHED are in?
Svart: The same, And that being can grant us KNOWLEDGE of things...
Svart: You can't imagine it, I'm sorry, it's to be experienced...
Svart: And it's hungry for knowledge, for what we learn and do
Svart: But does not unduly punish
Svart: Not like THE LOOM and their worshippers
Svart: Their light of purification *spits* their desire to rule and cleanse
Svart: They take and twist the word of the loom, of the-
Mimi: I think she gets the idea
Svart: Suffice it to say we're more open about certain things
You: So you worship an entity that everyone in your group can talk to, beyond cotton-lines?
You: And it just wants knowledge, and these experiments are contributions
Svart: Mimi took forever to connect those dots, that's very accurate.


> THE CHOICE
Svart: That's about all I can share
Svart: Still interested?
Svart: If you join you can have a bit to say goodbye to everyone
Svart: We'll have to make a detour for you but it won't be too long
Svart: Oh, and after INITIATION and a few other things you'll be free
Svart: You can fluff off and tell everyone where our base is
Svart: Rejoin your companions
Svart: Literally whatever
Svart: Though I doubt you'll want to do the former

This choice weighs on you, heavy on your core.
You get the feeling this choice is a COMMITMENT that cannot be un-done.
What do you do?


A. Willingly join the Cultists
- You will get a chance to say goodbye and exchange items
- Your companion's reactions will vary
- You will learn more about the cult behind it all
- Svart will tell you their next destination, allowing your companions to be there in wait
- [ANCESTOR] wants to do this


B. Betray Svart
- You will lie, pretending to accept Svart's offer
- You will then excuse yourself to the outhouse, allowing you to confirm your plan
- The cultists will treat you as an enemy going forward
- Svart will tell you their next destination, allowing your companions to be there in wait
- [INSTINCT] thinks joining the cultists is too risky and wants to do this


> THOUGHTS
[INSTINCT] Even if we betray him we can just say, oops changed our mind right and leave…
[ANCESTOR] This is a path I haven’t seen before, I’m interested in it’s outcome…
[DESIRE] I can see validity on both sides, im… I’m confused, so I abstain…
[DESIRE] But, after all is said and done can we kill Mimi? Even if we join with her?


AUTHORS NOTE: Binary choice time! The vibe was ACCEPT/BETRAY so those are your options, you'll be committing to them and the consequences surrounding them even if others try to convince you otherwise. Gotta admit I was NOT expecting the support for these two options, though I bet you were not expecting justifications for their actions.
>>
No. 1020237 ID: 629f2e

B

Look, we already have one boomer in our head to deal with, we don't need another. No wonder ANCESTOR was pushing for this...

For real though, I won't pretend that this other god doesn't sound interesting. There are benefits to joining them, I'm sure some people will want to. But frankly, looking at the followers he's gathered doesn't leave me very convinced.

I don't care how long they got away with this for in this town, we were here for like three days and figured them out. This is literally our first mission and we've managed to identify every member of this cult in town (presumably). That's how good they are at keeping their secrets. For all that KNOWLEDGE they boast about, two nobodies from out of town really did roll-up and ruin everything for them in a matter of days. The only reason they weren't found out sooner was because everyone else was too paranoid about themselves to really try digging into the others. This is a losing team, and we can do a lot better than them.

Svart, Mimi, and Irah. If we choose this path, those will be our new companions. No chance in hell An's gonna stay a friend, and I have major doubts about Ka Xu coming with. So just imagine that these will be the main people we associate with if we pick evil team.

They don't even seem like they enjoy being the villains. Svart and Mimi have been bickering with each other right in front of us this entire time. These guys are allies, this is what we're coming into the middle of if we go along with them. An may prioritize the town more than us, and Ka Xu may be a wimp, but they're both good people. We've had such nice conversations with each of them, and we've learned so much by being with them. We may not always be with them specifically, our paths may part ways, but Svart and Mimi are a terrible replacement.

If we're going to be evil, we'll be evil! That doesn't mean we have to be evil with these clowns. Fuck them, fuck their god, fuck their knowledge, and fuck An (but in a good way :smirk).
>>
No. 1020238 ID: 61735f

>>1020237
THIS so hard, I couldn't have said it better.
>>
No. 1020241 ID: 076735

B. These guys are complete tools.
>>
No. 1020242 ID: 031458

B, but we steal their dark knowledge afterword's. This god of theirs is intriguing, and could be worth while to follow. But not with fools.
An active god deserves competent followers.
Like us, not them.
>>
No. 1020244 ID: 629f2e

B

I think it's in your best interest to burn this bridge soon
>>
No. 1020246 ID: 96c896

A. Mostly to commune with the eldritch god, not necessarily to help this group of cultists. I expect if we go the route of betrayal it'll be very difficult to perform the ritual. Though maybe not impossible with the journal.

>>1020237
Your logic is flawed.
Yes, we figured them out, but our argument only held weight with the villagers due to finding the coin, which we only found because we had ZAN, and that was pure luck. We also had zero evidence on SVART, just a feeling that his performance was pre-planned.

Their biggest mistake was CHU UK. He was just wandering around in the manor, easily spotted from outside, and was probably their least dangerous STITCHED due to him not having any arms. But hey, that's exactly why MIMI and not-SVART are bickering. They aren't complete fuckups. Even if they were... we could just help them not be so terrible at it!

They're also NOT EVIL. They are doing it pretty much how we would do it- claiming those who have sinned and then not even treating them that badly. Remember, the STITCHED are not suffering- their dreams are pleasant. The eldritch god they worship isn't evil either.
I'm guessing CHU UK only attacked us on sight because he was ordered to. It's not that they're feral, they're being controlled.

That said, I think MIMI is the most dangerous one among them. She is probably smarter than she lets on, and is planning to use IRAH and the cult for her personal benefit. What she did to CHU UK was cruel and based on a personal grudge.
>>
No. 1020258 ID: 094652

B) Agreed, they're all buying into a black hole, no matter how intelligent they pretend to be. But that comment about the Loom - they know about the other cults. That is information you will need going forward.
You're also intrigued by forbidden rituals. Despite the general wrongness of turning people into zombies, they have their niches.
>>
No. 1020261 ID: ce39da

Yeah, we're going to be burning bridges either way; might as well make it B on account of the whole "endangering innocents" thing on top of all the scientific ethics violations, especially since we might already have everything we need to become self-taught once the dust settles. (Looking at you, book, evil goop, plus idol and various charms for reference.)

Regardless of which path we take, though... I think it's prudent that we warn SVART about MIMI acting dumber than she is. It could make our betrayal sting a bit less for him, regardless of the outcome, and in the event that they both escape, I'd want him to put a stop to whatever's going on with her because I have a feeling it's somehow gonna be worse than what they've already been doing.
>>
No. 1020268 ID: e51896

B
I think with that information, we got enough information to give to Da Crone once we leave.

But consider secretly researching into the anatomy book, and the journal once we get out of here. I see Cob interested in making abominations, but only on her own terms, not theirs. The secret santa gift might be able to help with that.
>>
No. 1020270 ID: 96c896

If we're leaving not-SVART alive after betraying him then yeah I'll agree with warning him about MIMI.
>>
No. 1020272 ID: c92a02

We want to kill Mimi that hard? Weren't we sent here to make sure she's okay? Ideally, we break up the cult and her brainwashing.
>>
No. 1020277 ID: 96c896

>>1020272
You're a bit confused. DA CRONE sent us here to get proof that MIMI was up to no good.
MIMI was responsible for stitching CHU UK and his two girlfriends together. There's no way she's brainwashed.
>>
No. 1020279 ID: 1a1d89

>>1020236
I am very interested in this. I pick A. I feel like the group itself may not be evil itself, we just happened upon evil followers of the group. Honestly, Svart is not good, but I am not sure he is really evil either given what he has said. Mimi on the other hand is absolutely rotten, and it seems like most of this mess was caused by her using the cult's knowledge and resources for revenge rather than the cult itself.
Even if we do eventually betray Svart and such, that doesn't mean we have to betray the rest of the cult, which is implied to be much bigger than just three or four individuals.
>>
No. 1020375 ID: 2f68c3

Betrayal through poison kisses seems like a fun way of doing this. Just let mimi go first so that she can distract Irah while Ka Xu can save us (An said she is sending him)

If we tell Svart about Mimi being dumber than she looks before betraying him, just make sure to tell him AFTER we free Mimi so she doesnt hear.
>>
No. 1020390 ID: 0838d6
File 164211074915.png - (10.68KB , 500x500 , p174.png )
1020390

> DECISION - BETRAY SVART
Your moment of indecision has passed, after learning more you couldn't be more clear-headed about the situation. You won't be joining them. You think about this situation for a moment.

At first you were going to mentally claim that they were all idiots if you, a random stuffie, could figure this all out in a few days. But this actually isn't true, you don't know everything about this situation, and their biggest mistake was actually leaving CHU UK out there for someone to find. Even then you feel like this move should have had a purpose behind it, something you don't quite get. Perhaps it was even a challenge or due to a disagreement within the ranks of this group.

And then you think about your companions, you think about Ka Xu and then An and her very attractive butt, huggs, and smooches. Yeah, you won't be getting anything like that with them. You'll admit Mimi is physically attractive, but you despise her at this point. She's more malicious and full of malice than you first realized. You even worry that she's trying to manipulate the cult for her own purposes. You take a deep breath and speak, ready to lie through your porcelain lips.

You: I... Accept... for now.
Svart: Fluuuufff yeah!
Mimi: Uuuughhhhh but you suck so hard
Svart: Actually you suck pretty hard Mimi
You: I uh, need to use the outhouse though, gimme a sec?
Svart: Oh, yeah, sure.
Svart: Damn, I might get a bonus out of this.
Svart: Well, our next destination is BLANKETBURG
Svart: You can tell your buddies to meet you there if you want.
Svart: Might be a while though.
Svart: Though we'll be making a stop somewhere hidden first for you two


He points towards you and Mimi before smiling smugly to himself. You see Svart has completely fallen for your lie as you step outside, the Blizzard has nearly subsided as you see the snowfall become gentler. You see Ka Xu in the distance talking to what looks to be BELLA. Beside her is something you were definitely not expecting, it's a PAPERLING HOUND. It looks similar to that one paperling you caught as a child. You shake your head and pace over to the outhouse, emptying your bowels as a knot of anxiety forms in your stomach.

Do you make any preparations?

A. INFORM KA XU AND BELLA
- You could walk over and let them know the situation
- You can BRIEFLY say something to them without alerting Svart
- A [BRIEF] statement is about 6 seconds of words
- The longer your statement to them, the more likely he'll be suspicious
- What do you tell them?

B. IMMEDIATELY RETURN
- Increases your odds of success
- Svart will have his guard down
- You could also sneak in another question or statement

C. OTHER
- Suggest some other preparation

And how do you betray him?

1. SMOOCH AND STUN
- Apply the PARALYSIS POISON to your lips and SMOOCH Svart
- Due to the nature of the poison and your act you will ingest some too
- You will have [1 UPDATE] to act before you become parylized as well
- Svart may try something in the moment if he realizes he's being tricked

2. SNEAKY POISONED NEEDLE
- Attempt to sneak attack him with a poisoned needle
- If you miss you will start combat
- You get the feeling Svart will be hard to hit
- You get the feeling Svart might try to flee
- You get the feeling that there will be consequences should you fail

3. CALL FOR BACKUP
- Get Bella and Ka Xu over there and attempt to blitz Svart
- You will have the numbers advantage
- This will make noise, potentially alerting Irah to your location

4. THE QUITTER’S WAY OUT
- Pop in briefly and say you've changed your mind
- You get the feeling Svart will be disappointed
- You get the feeling Mimi will carry a grudge
- You can then go do something else

5. SOMETHING ELSE
- Suggest something else to do
- Some suggestions wanted to free MIMI as well as doing other actions


> THOUGHTS
[ANCESTOR] I'm disappointed in you
[INSTINCT] Oh thank stuffing we didn't do that
[DESIRE] This feeling in our stomach sucks...
[INSTINCT] It's called Anxiety
[DESIRE] Well I'm ANXIOUS we won't get more smooches if we fluff this up

>>
No. 1020392 ID: 629f2e

Option 1 feels like our best choice for catching Svart, because its success is based entirely on him accepting a smooch from us. Poisoned needle would be a sneak attack, and honestly I just don't trust our odds of us beating his perception. Calling Ka Xu and An would put the action economy in our favor, but none of that matters when Irah showing up could be an instant loss condition, one that could even result in our allies getting seriously hurt since they haven't been warned about how strong Irah is yet. If An or Ka Xu tried to attack him or Mimi, we could walk away with a rather grave loss.

We're about to be unconscious, which means if there's anything Ka Xu and Bella need to know, we have to tell them now. It's tempting to tell them about the coin, but they're probably going to be too busy with us to swing by the cave and help Jack and Gyob in a reasonable time frame. If they have the chance and are willing, they'll go coin or not. So instead, I suggest keeping it as brief as you can.

"Svart's Mimi's ally. Gimme'a minute."

Apply poison to lips, and get ready to smooch. Feel free to take your one update before it kicks in really starting to snuggle with him, insisting that if shit's gonna get serious when Irah shows up that you get to enjoy your time until then. It's only fair, he traded for smooches earlier, so now you're demanding affection for joining his group.
>>
No. 1020400 ID: 6a0701

A. "Gimme cob note, need you in there next [update]. Cant explain now."
(Point to an's when you say you need him there next update)

1. Smooch and stun, become the trap. Use warmth to make him not expect a thing and keep him ignorant. (Maybe let Mimi leave so that she can go distract Irah.)

Next update we'll leave a note for Ka Xu and bella to tell him to take Cob and captured Svart and the others out of town and we'll use that remaining update to try to bind Svart up with the hq stone chain until we pass out. Afterwards it is out of our hands.

Oh yeah, use warmth to calm your anxiety, and maybe to not make Ka Xu worry too much.
>>
No. 1020402 ID: 96c896

>>1020390
A, 1.
A: Tell them "I've exposed Svart, wait for me to poison him"
>>
No. 1020494 ID: 0838d6
File 164229030828.png - (10.25KB , 500x500 , p175.png )
1020494

> PREPARATION - POISON AND TALK
You take one deep breath, then a second. You use your WARMTH to calm your anxiety. You hope this works. You reach into your bag and pull out the paralysis poison, after being treated by KA XU it's this thick and viscous substance. Just enough to coat the edge of a blade or, in this case, your lips. The poison is a brilliant tint of YELLOW and you wonder if you could just get some sort of LIPSTICK in this color later. You carefully apply it to your porcelain lips and after a moment it's done. You're careful not to ingest any and test saying a few words, confident you won't consume it. Unfortunately you understand that you WILL be poisoned as soon as you start making out. It's inevitable, and it's a sacrifice you're willing to make.

You confidently stride towards your companion, who notices you and walks over with a guarded BELLA and a somewhat excited paperling. You approach and Ka Xu is about to speak when you put your finger to your mouth and he closes his. You've thought this over carefully, so you briefly speak.

You: Give me the Cob Note.
You: Svart is on Mimi's Side.
You: Come inside next [UPDATE].


He hands you the notepad and pen and you dash to the Sheriff's office. You kept it brief and quiet, hoping no prying ears nearby or inside there heard you. You pray for a miracle to no one in particular as you step inside, confident about the next step of your plan.
>>
No. 1020495 ID: 0838d6
File 164229032161.gif - (24.12KB , 500x500 , p176b.gif )
1020495

> BETRAYAL - SMOOCH AND STUN
You open the door with confidence in your stride and you look at Svart. He looks back at you with a smirk and you pull out the key to Mimi's cell, as you slowly walk towards it.

You: There's a hatch or that window over there,
You: Bella and Ka Xu are outside the inn, so you might want to be discreet
Mimi: Wait you're letting me go, you're really joining
Svart: Hot damn!
You: You owe me smooches Svart, right now.
Svart: Uh
You: You're making me give up on the rabbit and she's fluffing hot
You: You OWE me


Your WARMTH aura is practically bubbling in this room, affecting those around you, to feel just the intensity of your emotion. You let Mimi out and she quickly dashes out the window, looking at Svart with pause.

Svart: I'll catch up, you're the priority here apparently
Svart: See Nyuh in a few days


Mimi nods and sticks out her tongue at Svart before dashing away into the night. You think you hear thumping in the distance as she closes the window, but disregard it before heading over to Svart. You wiggle your eyebrows at him, signaling your lustful intent towards him. The two of you pounce at each other lips to lips, hands to supple plush. You notice Svart quirk an eyebrow but you tug on his hair as a distraction, you know he likes that.
>>
No. 1020496 ID: 0838d6
File 164229033953.png - (13.71KB , 500x500 , p177.png )
1020496

> POISON - TRAP SUCCESS
You have to admit he is a good kisser, and part of you DOES think he's kind of attractive even if he associates with MIMI and is a bit heavy on the theatrics. Maybe in another life you could have been companions. You start to feel a little sluggish, and notice the Svart starts to as well, he breaks away from the smooch, panting, much like yourself.

Svart: Woah, I've never felt... lightheaded like this
You: Me... neither
Svart: Fuck, Mimi was right you were a… poisoned fruit


He collapses on top of you and you feel a sharp pain in your chest, you look down and see that he's pierced you through with... something, it hasn't gone very far in, so you use your remaining strength to yank it out. It's a small stone nail, the tip is slightly smudged purple, you don't really feel anything and push Svart off of you, onto the floor, he's panting and speaks briefly before passing out.

Svart: You... smart... stuffing... ass...
Svart: I... think... I... love... you...
Svart: Welcome... to... the... team…


Your vision feels slightly shaky, you can feel the poison taking effect, but you're hanging on, your size coupled with your ASH-KIN biology is making the poison take longer to affect you.

You're going to pass out after you do ONE thing.
You can hear Ka Xu and Bella approaching.

The [NOON] is almost over.
What do you do?


A. WRITE A NOTE
- Your hands are shaking
- The more you write, the more illegible it will be

B. TIE UP SVART
- Use your deeply ingrained trapping skills
- You know how to make easy knots even with such little energy

C. FLEE
- Exit the Sheriff's office
- Maybe you can belt out 3 or 4 words before falling unconscious

D. BLEED
- Widen the wound left by Svart
- Ka Xu might do something drastic to Svart if he notices it
- There’s a fixed chance that you’ll remove whatever he jabbed into you

E. OTHER
- Do something else

> THOUGHTS
[ANCESTOR] Hmm...
[INSTINCT] Uh oh, did we get spiked with STITCHED blood?
[DESIRE] Is it fluffed up that I found this to be kind of hot?
[ANCESTOR] Yes
[INSTINCT] No

>>
No. 1020497 ID: 491b17

Bleed the zombie poison out
>>
No. 1020498 ID: 629f2e

D, Let's bleed this junk out.

Mainly I just want to see what Ka Xu will do to Svart if he sees us injured and unconscious. It'll be good to know that the friends we chose over Svart's gang are willing to kill to avenge us. Plus, it undermines Svart's final act against us, and I'm down to take away all this dude's wins.
>>
No. 1020500 ID: 96c896

>>1020496
I bet the purple stuff is needed to commune with the Entity. Let it happen. Not-Svart said it would require some pain, and so you probably can't just swallow it. Plus he just welcomed you to the team.

A: "Purple is good, tie svart up"

My plan is to commune with the Entity then talk to Svart when you wake up. Try to convince him to join you in a splinter group, to get away from Mimi. He can also help you control the remaining STITCHED, to keep them docile and see if you can help the more innocent ones break free. Not sure what to do with the scumbags, tbh. Might want to ask An about that.
>>
No. 1020504 ID: 34dfce

>>1020500
Seconding. Also write Mimi is EVIL and underline evil.

>>1020497
>>1020498
That's kind of a terrible idea. Firstly, it may not work (we could even end up pushing whatever it is further in). Second, we don't have steady hands at the moment, we could end up killing ourselves.
>>
No. 1020511 ID: ce39da

>>1020500
And that's a thirding. Maybe cross out "good" and write "not bad" underneath.

Write "MIMI is smarter than she acts," tear that part out, slip it into SVART's pocket.
>>
No. 1020512 ID: 629f2e

>>1020504

The chance of us killing ourselves is very low, considering it wasn't even enough of a possibility to be listed with the choice. We should have enough control to possibly expel the liquid from us.

If we go with the note, let's write to Ka Xu and Bella instead of Svart. Those two can actively act, whereas Svart is out for the count for the moment. If we want to tell him anything, we'll have the chance later when he's restrained. Just some simple instructions should suffice

"Got infected, tie up Svart"

Let's not call the purple junk good yet until we know exactly what it's going to do, but just let them know that it's in us in case it causes us to do act strangely.
>>
No. 1020515 ID: 34dfce

>>1020511
I don't think we should write that last part. Kind of verbose, and we can probably tell him ourself either when we wake up with him bound, or when we find ourselves in some dreamlike state talking to eldritch gods in Apocrypha.
>>
No. 1020520 ID: e51896

>You think you hear thumping in the distance as she closes the window
I think that was Irah coming over. Thankfully we let Mimi go to distract him just in time to get him to leave like Svart ordered.

We probably just got initiated, like it or not. But luckily we don't have to join them now that Mimi and Irah left. Svart did say we'll catch up with them in a few days, so whatever happens to Svart here, Irah and Mimi won't know and won't attack the town as they head to Blanketburg unaware of what we did to Svart for now. Don't be surprised if you start hearing the tentacled iris talk to you now and get you curious about certain things.

What do? write the note: 'Tie svart up, get people at inn, svart, and me out of town.'

I want to take Svart prisoner as we leave town if possible. We should have enough people keep an eye on him so he won't escape his bindings with his skills as we get him to a more secure prison out of town.

I don't think we need to write Mimi is evil, the town already knows that as we already jailed her earlier, so it's just a waste of time writing that. We don't really need to talk about the purple cotton blood, at least not until we wake up.

After you write whatever, use your remaining strength to throw the HQ stone chain at Svart for Bella and Ka Xu to deal with, It will be out of your hands afterwards. lastly, turn on your warmth to help comfort you as you go unconscious. Use that as your beacon to reality in case you get caught in the dream svart talked about.
>>
No. 1020521 ID: ce39da

>>1020520
Probably want to include any survivors not in the inn, if we're going with this version of the note.
>>
No. 1020524 ID: 96c896

We know the inn is safe though, why tell them to get people to leave it?
>>
No. 1020525 ID: e51896

>>1020524
Mainly for safety reasons. If stuffies stay in town, and Irah at some point suspects the town imprisoned or killed Svart, he could one day attempt revenge against the villagers. This place is pretty much a ghost town anyway and no longer safe now with abominations walking around. Plus it is safer to have multiple people watch over Svart as we leave woodwater to Da Crone as they decide what to do with their lives, and we dont know how long we'll be out with us being poisoned, or when the blizzard will pick up again to prevent us to leave

Tho if inn is really safe with Irah and Mimi gone, we could probably write instead "Tie svart up, take us to inn, keep eye on Svart."
>>
No. 1020532 ID: 96c896

>>1020525
Oh in the long run sure, we'd want people to leave. That wouldn't require a note.
Svart's absence won't be considered suspicious for a few days, since he told Mimi he would be delayed.
>>
No. 1020571 ID: 34dfce

>>1020520
>They know Mimi is evil
The reason we underline evil is to emphasize that she is the only truly evil one. The cult doesn't seem evil per se, even if they are our enemy right now.
>>
No. 1020574 ID: 6d3d09

>>1020525
We dont really need to tell them to take us to the inn or out of town, pretty obvious thats what they should do without us wtiting that.
>>
No. 1020625 ID: afe7de
File 164246489194.png - (12.46KB , 500x500 , p178.png )
1020625

> SLUGGISH ACTION - WRITE A NOTE
Your knees are weak, your arms are like licorice, you can feel a faint pulsing in your head, like needles are being jabbed into it. You let out a weak grunt as you grab your COB NOTE. Your arms are shaking but you get the first line out quickly and sloppily.

TIE SVART UP

It’s legible, you think. You fall to the floor on your rear. You think you hear a large crash and shouting, but you can’t focus. Your breathing is slowing, there’s not much time. There’s a rattling near your chest, something vibrating, you vaguely feel some foreign energy in your body. You rely on your [INSTINCT] to write the next part, ignoring this feeling.

GET STUFFIES AT INN, OU-

You drop the pen, picking it up again, you try to finish your thought, but just can’t. The only real words that are legible are STUFFIES and INN. You hope Ka Xu can interpret this as your body falls lifeless, crashing the rest of the way to the floor. You see a panicked Ka Xu rush in, you gesture to the note and he looks at it. He looks like he’s yelling, but you can’t understand him. You black out.

> PARALYSIS - “THE DREAM”
You feel… flashes of moments, glimpses of themes and ideas, but as they enter your mind, you forget them.

ONE…

Time passes and you begin to… feel… yourself, but it’s not yourself. Your porcelain is hard, but it’s got a crunch to it, and is more plated. You’re flying through the air. You’re small, nearly the size of what you remember being your pinky at one point, and you are aimless.

You feel something, something off in the distance, you fly off to it, it’s loud, rumbling, and made of a reflective and terrifying material. You recognize it as your enemy, as the one that slaughtered your kin. You CHIRP, and it feels RIGHT, like this was the sound you were meant to make, like this was what you were meant to do. You dive into the machine and heat suffuses your surroundings, shards of this hard material eviscerate your surroundings, and you die.

TWO…

You see yourself flying towards that same device, only this time you remember what happened. You remember what you did. You CHIRP towards your companions, but they ignore you, so you CHIRP at the skies, screaming in the only way that you know how and stop to the side, confused. Awareness begins to suffuse your being. An awareness that an insect should not have. A figure approaches, at first you assume it to be an ASH-KIN, but this figure is different, fleshy like a PAPERLING, but blurry and indistinct.


???: Well you woke up faster than expected
???: It even looks like you’re aware
???: [CURIOUS]


You don’t know how to react to this being, their form blocked out by the sun, this sun, more a true sun than your world’s. You see them lift an appendage and place it under their head. You understand this to be them pondering something.
>>
No. 1020626 ID: afe7de
File 164246495339.png - (12.62KB , 500x500 , p179.png )
1020626

> THE DREAM - A FRIENDLY CONVERSATION
THREE…

???: Hmm, the connection isn’t stable
???: I can only do so much, but let’s get your brethren to help give you a VOICE


Your mind is small, yet bursting with awareness as you slowly realize exactly where you are. THE DREAM, as Svart called it. But what kind of dream is this? What’s going on? You feel a slight prick to your being. It feels like the prick is near your core, if you had one in this body, but also not, like it’s not really there. But in a few moments several of your current kind come near you. You intuit them to be CICADAS, your kin. They chirp in unison as you sing the song of your kin.

You: CHIRP CHIRP CHI- You pause for a moment
You: Wait, You pause, no I pause
You: Wait, what?
You: I can hear myself?
???: Great, it worked!
You: You can see an intense fervor in the man in front of you, his eyes staring at you
You: Not with greed, but with curiosity, a purer curiosity than any being you’ve ever seen
???: Your internal monolog is in the second person?
???: That’s WILD
???: I didn’t even have to intervene and break you from the cycle!
???: You must be some special bug, sorry, plush
You: You can’t see- I can’t see your form-
???: It’s okay to speak however is the most comfortable to you!
You: You thank the formless being in front of you and consider your next action

You get the feeling that time both has no meaning here.
And yet, that your time here is brief.
Time will pass with each action you take.
The being cannot hear these words.
What do we do?


A. You: Should you take a closer look, so as to appreciate it’s form?
- You will see what the figure in front of you looks like
B. You: Should you ask the figure a question, so as to properly understand your situation
- Ask a question
C. You: Should you leave, returning from whence you came
- You get the feeling you will be leaving soon anyway
- There might be hidden benefits to doing this

D. You: Should you look around, it appears that you’re no longer in a forest
- Look around, your environment has changed without your knowledge
E. ???: Or we could introduce ourselves, it’s only polite after all
- You get the feeling the being will ask you some questions as well
- You feel compelled to answer

F. ???: Or we can get you a proper body, it usually takes your kind a bit to pop out
- Adjust your form to something more useful and familiar
- There might be hidden benefits to doing this

G. ???: I have so many SUGGESTIONS and IDEAS, you must be SPECIAL
- Other, do something else

> THOUGHTS
[INSTINCT] -No response-
[DESIRE] -No response-
[ANCESTOR] -No response- And is quite upset about it

>>
No. 1020627 ID: c92a02

F. Shape your dreamself!
>>
No. 1020628 ID: 629f2e

F and then A!
>>
No. 1020631 ID: 34dfce

F.
Then E, and G, if we can.
>>
No. 1020632 ID: ce39da

A! New dream, who dis?
>>
No. 1020635 ID: 96c896

>>1020626
F, E
B: Why do you remember being a bug?
>>
No. 1020641 ID: 0764c5

F, and A mainly. E If we have time
>>
No. 1020700 ID: 96c896

Oh oh oh!
REALLY IMPORTANT THING:

Ask to let Ancestor see what's happening.
>>
No. 1020702 ID: e51896

(Why do I get the feeling this figure can actually hear us suggestors? And not just Cicobler?)
>>
No. 1020703 ID: 629f2e

>>1020700

If we wanted to bring any stat into the realm of perceiving things, I think Instinct might be more inherently useful. None would be super helpful though, as they likely don't have enough context to tell us what's up.

That's assuming they can't see what's going down, could just be they can't talk right now. We can get their feelings after the fact in that case.
>>
No. 1020704 ID: 96c896

>>1020703
I'm not sure I'd call Ancestor a stat.
Besides, it's not because of Ancestor's usefulness, it's because they want to see, really badly.
>>
No. 1020712 ID: c20620

I personally don't want Ancestor here, at least not until they apologize for saying they were disappointed in Cob during a very emotional moment. >>1020390
>>
No. 1020714 ID: 629f2e

>>1020712

Yeah, Ancestor's a brat who whines when we don't appease their curiosity. He literally just tried to convince us to team up with Svart and Mimi because it seemed "interesting", and got pissy when we didn't. Let him stew for a bit to think about the quality of his advice.
>>
No. 1020716 ID: ce39da

>>1020704
>>1020712
>>1020714
I'm sure ANCESTOR would change his tune real quick once we hammer it through his thick, ethereal skull that it was a calculated move and that we don't actually need to align ourselves with those ass-clowns to get at that sweet forbidden knowledge.
>>
No. 1020751 ID: afe7de
File 164263712411.png - (7.63KB , 500x500 , p180.png )
1020751

> THE DREAM - BUILD A BODY
FOUR…

You: Your mind wanders as you consider what kind of body is “proper”
You: You feel at home as this insect, as this cicada, but you also find it to be lacking
???: Ah that’s actually pretty normal
???: Let me help with that
You: You hear the snapping of fingers, it’s sharp, but different from a chirp, you wince
You: Pain assaults your senses for the briefest of moments, and then it’s gone
???: There, that’ll probably help with the Dysphoria
???: And with the uh, forceful exertion of your thoughts


Your thoughts have returned to their rightful place, inside your mind. Each individual bit seems to flow a bit easier than before, however, your INSTINCT, DESIRE, and ANCESTOR are still quiet. You wonder briefly if they ever were your thoughts before discarding the notion and examine your new body. It’s like an Ash-Kin, but with some tweaks. Your two arms have turned to four, with smaller ones underneath. Your porcelain mask remains the same, but you feel small nubs sticking out of your head, antennae? The rest of your body is part plush, part carapace, a strange mixture, but it’s not unwelcome. And the last addition, a pair of wings, gently flitting behind you.

You: Thanks.
???: Anytime, you have to WANT it or I can’t really do much anyway
???: This is YOUR dream after all

>>
No. 1020753 ID: afe7de
File 164263716229.png - (9.16KB , 500x500 , p181.png )
1020753

> THE DREAM - INTRODUCTIONS
FIVE…

You: So what do I call you?
???: Hmmmm, well your kind likes to call me by a more descriptive name
???: Quite a few of them know me as the [TENTACLED IRIS]
???: But I like to be called [STEVE], that first plush kind of made it a *BIG DEAL*
Steve: To call me that, so it stuck, it’s not even my honorary name
Steve: Though I theorize it’s likely to do with mental corruption more than anything
Steve: I still don’t know how things translate to your [REDACTED]


You look at Steve, tilt your head and crook an eyebrow in confusion. You think he just said something, but it sounded like a rocky waterfall. He moves a limb to his head and apologizes.

Steve: Sorry, sorry, you can’t comprehend some things yet, you’re still quite young!

You pout at that, you’re an adult, how old do you have to be even. You slightly grumble before your curiosity starts to get the better of you. You actually need to FOCUS to look at Steve, so you start to do so and speak. Steve’s form sharpens and what appears in front of you is a plush, well, not a plush exactly, there’s something wrong about them. Their arms and hands appear normal, but if you focus just right, you can see that he’s actually made up of writhing tentacles. Your mind tingles in a painful manner as you look at him, so you get a glimpse of everything else before stopping your ogling.

Steve’s head isn’t actually a head, it’s a mask, made of some material, porcelain you think, and on it is an eye, that same eye from the idol. It blinks occasionally, but you can see that there’s something behind the mask, hair? A Head? It’s hard to tell. The last thing that you notice is a bright orange shirt, with some strange symbol on it.
>>
No. 1020754 ID: afe7de
File 164263717235.png - (5.62KB , 500x500 , p182.png )
1020754

> THE DREAM - A (FRIENDLY?) WARNING
SIX…

The world around you starts to shake as you feel a brief pain coming from your chest, Steve’s eye frowns, which is a strange thing to say because it’s just an eye.

Steve: Aww, I thought we’d have more time
Steve: Guess you gotta wake up
Steve: Well you know how to talk to me now
You: I uh, no, I don’t!
Steve: Wait, you weren’t chosen by them?
Steve: [CURIOUS]
Steve: I like you kin, I’m sure you’re destined for greatness
Steve: Oh and one last thing


Steve gets closer to you as you feel an ominous tension in the air. The formerly jovial Steve now has a more stern eye towards you that gets closer before stopping before your face.

Steve: Do not trust the remnants of [PURIFICATION]
Steve: They find souls like yours to be [DELICACIES]
Steve: Okay byeeee!

>>
No. 1020755 ID: afe7de
File 164263718876.png - (10.17KB , 500x500 , p183.png )
1020755

> INN - RUDE AWAKENING
You awake to a start, your body moist for some reason, but you’re warm, you’re safe. You see KA XU, AN, and ZAN huddled around you, looking concerned. The sound of lips smacking fills your ears and you look to the side only to see DRIFT and PLUM making out with reckless abandon and BELLA just watching excitedly from the side.

Ka Xu: COB! COBBLER! OH THANK THE LOOM!
An Borealia: We were so worried!
Zan: Were you there? Did you see anyone?
[ANCESTOR] Did you see anything? What happened?
[INSTINCT] Something obviously happened
[DESIRE] I want to know too…


Your mind’s a little jumbled at this point, you vaguely remember what happened, poisoning svart, getting jabbed with purple gunk, having a dream with a weird eye guy. You touch your chest, your wound is bandaged, but you feel something gooey on your chest. You stick your hand down your inner shirt and pull out what you assume to be the remains of your WOODEN CHARM. It’s become a gnarled and slimy black wood that you immediately discard.

You guess it took away that purple stuff, and maybe it did something else too. You get your mind together and scope out the situation. Gyob and Jack defeated THE STITCHED and only sustained moderate wounds. Your GUSTSTONE has been returned to you, and they’re packing their things, leaving at NOON, which is coming up soon. Svart’s also tied up using your HQ CHAIN, but is unresponsive, even to stabbing, which apparently was tried at least once by one of your companions.

Ka Xu: Now that you’re awake, we can set off, first to DA CRONE, then to goddess knows where
You: Yeah, yeah that sounds good
You: Think we can get anything out of this
Bella: Actually yes
An Borealia: We’re all leaving, no one’s staying in town after this.
You: Oh, and An
An Borealia: Hmm?
You: I want Mimi’s dagger, I have a feeling it will be VERY important.


An hands you the confiscated dagger, which you immediately put away. Bella then steps forward and provides you with some OPTIONS. You get the feeling you should leave as soon as possible, so as to not let them get back to Svart, at least not before you can interrogate him.

A. An Borealia: We could take a look around the [LABR. RESIDENCES] I know of a few spots I haven't checked
- Roll twice on the loot table, gaining 2 guaranteed loot
- Roll one search check to see if you find anything else

B. Bella: There’s also the SCHOOL, I have some books there, information is sometimes better than beads
- Visit the school and collect some books
- You’ll find AT LEAST 1 useful book there

C. Ka Xu: So I talked with some kin and there’s ALCOHOL in MI SNOW’S, but IRAH’S stock was cleaned out
- Get a few bottles of alcohol
- Everyone will probably get drunk later

D. Zan: Or we could leave early, I don’t feel like it’s safe here
- Leave early
- Forgo extra loot for guaranteed safety
- Svart will not have a chance to escape

E. You: Or maybe we should do something else
- Other
- You cannot interrogate Svart as he is unresponsive


> THOUGHTS
[ANCESTOR] What happened? Cmoonnnnn telll meeeeeeeeee
[INSTINCT] What if it’s not something we need to know
[DESIRE] I just want to know because that’s my thing
[YOU] Do I tell them?

>>
No. 1020757 ID: 629f2e

Tell the stats the warning so that INSTINCT can watch out for them and DESIRE doesn't set its sights on them, but don't reveal the rest. Honestly just because I want to bully ANCESTOR.

D: GTFO. Fuck discarded loot, GUARANTEED SAFETY! With our shit rolls, we gotta take whatever chances we can get to not have to make more of them. If we stay for anything, we're either gonna roll bad on the loot, Svart staying restrained, us not running into trouble, or more likely all three. And if we roll bad on loot then we don't get anything for our risk.

(The fact that it's guaranteed SAFTEY specifically implies that there may be something particularly dangerous waiting for us if we roll bad, probably a pissed off Irah when they catch onto our treachery after Svart doesn't show.)

We don't need booze, we already have WEED.

Books are tempting, but not worth running into Irah on our way out.

And as much as I'd like to smooch An and Ka Xu, we'll have all the time in the world for that after we get out of here. (Though a quick peck with both of them shouldn't take any extra time).
>>
No. 1020758 ID: 96c896

>>1020755
>Gyob and Jack defeated THE STITCHED
Wow, I was sure they were dead. How many Stitched were there?
Speaking of which, did anyone see a really fucking big one? It seems likely that Irah and Phoenius are... merged.
Did any of the cultists see Svart being taken to the Inn? If not then they won't think it odd that he's late; he told Mimi that he was staying behind! We're actually pretty safe.
Has anyone seen Dator in the past couple days? He might be a cultist, or he got stitched... or he ran away, maybe.

>the other entities inside your mind want to know what just happened
Hmm. Okay how about you make a deal. They tell you what they really are, and you tell them what you just saw.

>what do
Ask if Svart bled purple when he was stabbed. Tell your friends that he's not actually Svart, but one of Phoney's cloth-kin friends wearing Svart's face. Also that his awakened ability is being able to manipulate locks at will so it's going to be difficult to keep him imprisoned. Additionally, tell them he can control THE STITCHED, and drop the bomb on them that THE STITCHED can be saved; they are trapped in a "dream" that takes willpower to wake up from. If any of the defeated STITCHED are still alive, keeping them that way would be the most humane thing to do.
Lastly, bring not-Svart with you. He'll wake up soon I expect.

If you can talk to An and Ka Xu in private, tell them about the Tentacled Iris. You just met him, and he's not evil, just very curious and otherworldly. Possibly amoral. You plan to meet him again later, once you find out exactly how, and use the cult's research for more ethical experimentation.
Like, for instance, the contents of the journal that we need to translate.

>where to go?
B. The school. Maybe we can find a translation guide for the language of the journal? Also, we can loot some of the more valuable books to sell elsewhere for beads!

How come nobody suggested revisiting the mine? There's wood ore there for sure and maybe the cultists left something behind. Fess up about the secret entrance at the peak. Shame we couldn't use it to ambush the cultists but it looks like we did as much as we could anyway.
>>
No. 1020761 ID: c92a02

Hell yeah, loot time!
Don't reply to the voices in your head. Except for us. You can trust us. We are your only real friends.
>>
No. 1020762 ID: 96c896

>This is YOUR dream after all
OH! I figured out how the STITCHED Dream works. They're in Irah's dream! I'm guessing that the purple stuff can be attuned to a specific person before injection. The stuff Svart injected you with wasn't attuned to anyone, so you got a dream where you are in control.
We really need to find out how to make it. Glass is involved, huh...? If only not-Svart was awake.
>>
No. 1020764 ID: ce39da

> GYOB & JACK about to leave.
Definitely talk to them before they go:
"I uh... take it you didn't get through to MORTIFER?"
"Er... Did MI SNOW show up, for that matter?"
"Come to think of it, has ANYONE seen DATOR? It'd be one thing if we knew for sure he was LOST, but his fate's completely UNKNOWN to me as of now."
"And you're sure you're okay, now? Nothing WEIRD happened? It's fine to tell me - if nobody else."
Sure, there are decent odds that their answers will be predictable, but I think there's a chance that they'll let something INTERESTING slip.

> What do.
Well, there's some easily bootable stuff in the INN that shouldn't take any time, really: there's the ANATOMY BOOK and SUNSTONES, just off the top of my head.

Other than that, yeah, I say we bug out as soon as we can. We do NOT want to have an encounter with IRAH, I imagine.

> Tell the voices?
'Long story short; we don't trust anyone who worships [PURITY] to a significant degree. Like, more so than KA XU's casual faith, I think.'

'Also, calm down, ANCESTOR. Part of the reason I chose to betray them is that I am, like, 90% sure we don't actually need to align ourselves with them to access what they know. Think about all the stuff we got from them - the BOOKS, the DAGGER, the IDOL, all that GOOP!'
>>
No. 1020765 ID: 96c896

>>1020758
>Lastly, bring not-Svart with you.
Clarifying this: I mean have An carry not-Svart around, so he's not left alone to pull some escape artist bullshit and run off.
>>
No. 1020777 ID: e51896

D. Get outta dodge! But not before everyone here who doesnt have one takes a sunstone from Mimi's room. The travel back is gonna be cold. We should probably take Mimi's journal with the travel routes for further proof for Da Crone and further information.

As for Ancestor, tell them that you were deeply hurt by their comments of being dissappointed in you, and would like an apology before you consider letting them know what you learned.

Maybe let someone borrow a page from your cob log to write and leave a brief note for Mi Snow's brother Mi Mary in case he decides to return and see's the town empty while we take the sun stones for us and the other stuffies to keep (maybe plum can write the note)
>>
No. 1020782 ID: e51896

Oh yeah, give Jack the pay voucher and tell her it's for the needle she gave us (since she gave us back our gust stone)
>>
No. 1020784 ID: 629f2e

>>1020782

It's just a piece of paper with a bead scribbled on it. I don't think she'll need it back, it seems like something she hastily wrote to give you some indication of value.
>>
No. 1020790 ID: e51896

>>1020784
I know, but I think it'd be a goofy thing to do anyway to make the group smile and have a laugh. (clears up some space too)
>>
No. 1020893 ID: 0838d6
File 164280962212.png - (15.92KB , 500x500 , p184.png )
1020893

INN - LEAVE ASAP
You get up, your body rested and have a small meal with everyone that was prepared with some supplies. You suggest leaving as soon as possible, glancing over at Svart occasionally. You're not sure what you're going to do with him other than keep a close eye on him until he's ready to speak.

You know there's things in town that could be worth some beads but your safety is a priority. You go to snag the rest of the SUNSTONES but KA XU already beat you to it, having handed them out to those kin that need it, he hands you an extra one, keeping one for himself. Plum takes the SEWING SUPPLIES, and KA XU snags a few WARM BLANKETS. Zan bemoans her lack of funds and needs to start over, making a simple cloak with your help to hide her arms.

Eventually [NOON] rolls around and everyone has their supplies. Plum has gotten her gear and is wearing a small satchel. Drift has a rather large bundle of things, Bella has some food and books, and Jack has appeared with a small wagon being towed by Gyob. You can hear the jingling of items inside. As you look at the wagon, you turn and look past it, at where the general store was.

> TRAVELING - A CONVERSATION WITH JACK
You see, instead of the plastic boards of a house, a splintered mess. The building has been torn asunder by something or someone with rather great strength. You point at it and ask what happened. Ka Xu and Bella give eachother a look and say they'll talk about it on the trip.

As you begin your journey you opt to talk to jack. You were told that they only sustained moderate wounds, but she's absolutely covered in bandages and stitching made by a wooden needle. You're surprised she's even conscious. Gyob is similarly damaged, but pulls the cart anyway.

You: How many were there?
Jack: The woman counted four and sighed
You: The two of you took on FOUR of them?!
Jack: The woman nods, tired.
Jack: Asking if the Ash in front of her needs something.
You: Did you... Did you manage to save anyone
Gyob: We did what we had to


Your face grows ashen and an expression of helplessness threatens to rear its head. You hoped for someone, anyone, to survive, but maybe that was too much to expect. The wagon hits a bump in the road and you swear you hear a groan from inside the wagon, but you shake your head, thinking you imagined it. You hand Jack the IOU and a smile cracks on her face. She takes it and thanks you, shaking her head and laughing slightly.
>>
No. 1020894 ID: eedbeb
File 164280982262.png - (12.10KB , 500x500 , p185.png )
1020894

> TRAVELING - A CONVERSATION WITH KA XU AND BELLA
A day passes and you've cleared most of the snow. Ka Xu and Bella both approach you and drag you away from your smooching session with An to talk to you.

Ka Xu: So we saw something
Bella: Yeah we saw what broke the GENERAL STORE
You: was it Irah?
Ka Xu: Not exactly, it was like...
Bella: Imagine an Ash-kin one and a half times your size
Ka Xu: Now imagine it had like 8 limbs, all made of PORCELAIN
Bella: And there were like... strings attached to it's limbs like a PUPPET
Ka Xu: On it's back there was like a ribcage
Bella: And I could have SWORN I saw Irah in there, like normal Irah
Ka Xu: And the face, it was like an ash... but wrong, with a shattered jaw
Bella: And it's voice... It sounded like a kid
Bella: Not like Irah at all, more like Phoenius than anything
Bella: I think that was his face, but I couldn't tell
You: That sounds terrifying
Ka Xu: We got you out as soon as it left
You: Ugh, well I guess it's good we didn't fight it
Ka Xu: *shudders*
You: What about SVART, did he bleed PURPLE when you stabbed him?
Ka Xu: No, it was darker than normal cotton, but no.
You: Hmm
You: I really think he's not Svart, but someone else


You had a theory that the cotton inside a stitched or replaced stuffie would be purple but that might not be the case, that or he's suppressing it somehow. You let out a sigh as the journey continues, your companions left to ponder on that thought.
>>
No. 1020895 ID: eedbeb
File 164280983836.png - (11.36KB , 500x500 , p186.png )
1020895

> TRAVELING - DISCLOSURE
You move inward, walking in deep thought as you try to actively commune with your thoughts. They feel... different now, or is it you that feels different now. Before they kind of felt jumbled, but now it's almost like you have a sense of self that's seperate from these thoughts. It's a strange sensation, and you feel a strong affinity towards [DESIRE] and [INSTINCT] but a slight repulsion from [ANCESTOR]

You think briefly about telling them what you saw, about telling your companions what you saw too, because telling your companions would be the same thing as telling your thoughts, but first you want an apology, and for your [ANCESTOR] to calm down.

[ANCESTOR] You did not chose wisely
[ANCESTOR] It is in the flame's nature to disclose its displeasure
[ANCESTOR] In my nature
[INSTINCT] We made the right call
[DESIRE] I just want smooches okay
[YOU] Then I guess you don't want to know what happened
[ANCESTOR] This ember is deeply apologetic for their actions
[INSTINCT] So quick to change sides…


You're not sure how you feel about this, but talking directly to [ANCESTOR] gives you a feeling that it's a little afraid of you. It's almost like your internal monolog was strengthened in that dream. You decide to share some information, gathering up AN BOREALIA and KA XU to save time. They listen as you describe the dream, but do not tell them the name of the being, that you formed a new body somehow, or about the warning out of caution.

You: So I think it's not an evil entity
You: Just... really weird
You: I'll need to figure out how to speak with him again
Ka Xu: Be safe about it Cob, this all is weird
An Borealia: What if you turn into one of them?
You: I get the feeling I won't somehow…


There’s silence for a bit, everyone’s tired, but glad to be out of the town. You keep a constant eye on Svart and even swear you sometimes see a smile on his face, so you kick him a few times, but his expression remains mostly neutral.
>>
No. 1020896 ID: eedbeb
File 164280984948.png - (9.62KB , 500x500 , p187.png )
1020896

> THE STUFFED TAIL - DA CRONE
You make it to the STUFFED TAIL, the place is a lot quieter than before, most of your group takes a seat in a booth and you spy DA CRONE who looks at you expectantly. She seems to be looking through your group for someone, probably MIMI. Ka Xu motions for you to talk to her, you were the one who was given the QUEST, so you should be the one to finish it. He says you could probably get one of them to back you up if you needed help, but no more than one.

You’ve gained a SUNSTONE and a WARM BLANKET
Your inventory has been updated


> THE STUFFED TAIL - THE LAST CHOICE
Plum grabs your sleeve as you get up and tells you that DA CRONE is actually quite old, likely dying soon. She never revealed her age, but Plum saw through the documents and could guess that she would die within the year.

You think about all the things you learned, you think about all the kin you’ve met, the deaths, and body-stitching, and the stress. It’s weird that this is going to be genuinely over soon. Well, not the cult business, there’s still so much to do on that front. Your time in WOODWATER went by so quickly, but it felt like months.

Who do you bring with you?
A. Ka Xu
B. An Borealia
C. Zan
D. Plum
E. Drift
F. Bella
G. Jack
H. Gyob
I. An unconscious Svart

What do you say?
1. [DESIRE] The truth
- Present the IDOL, MIMI’S NOTE, your account of the events, the PURPLE BLOOD, and anything else you think might be relevant.
- Da Crone will believe you and live out her remaining days in deep depression

2. [INSTINCT] Lie
- Present just MIMI’S NOTE, and her version of the events
- Da Crone will live out her remaining days in ignorance

3. [ANCESTOR] Both
- Present a mix of lies and truths to her
- Results may vary


DA CRONE will reward you no matter how you respond, but the thought comes back to your mind that she is an old woman, likely to die soon. Does she deserve the truth, or to live out her final days ignorant but otherwise unaware?
>>
No. 1020898 ID: c92a02

She wanted to know what was going on, so tell her the truth. Bring Zan.
>>
No. 1020900 ID: eb82ff

"So, uh... Mimi snapped.
There was this serial killer in town, and he tortured Mimi before she managed to kill him and she lost her mind, so she joined up with a cult that was hunting the killer down, and then they found out the mine was still chock-full of wood, so they zombified half the town to make mining slaves. We're posting a bounty on her head, for the safety of others.
You, uh... you can stab her cult recruiter a few times if you want."
>>
No. 1020902 ID: 629f2e

D, Bring Plum. She's someone Da Crone clearly knows and likes given her description of the young stuffie at quest's start. Beyond that, Plum seems like a smart kid, and may know how best to comfort Da Crone (or if lying wins out, she seems reasonable enough to not contradict you or spill the beans).

1, We have to tell Da Crone the Truth.

It's going to hurt her. Telling her this truth will result in her spending her remaining days depressed and despairing.

But this is her granddaughter, a stuffie that she likely spent a fair bit of time raising given that we never heard mention of Mimi's parents. Da Crone noticed quickly when Mimi began to change, and came all this way out to find the truth of what happened to her. It's clear that despite all of the hateful things Mimi had to say about Da Crone, Da Crone loves Mimi. We should respect her feelings and hold nothing back.

If we asked Da Crone if she wanted to hear an awful truth or a happy lie, I truly think she'd choose the truth. You take the good and the bad with love, and I think we should respect Da Crone's feelings above what would be best for her.
>>
No. 1020904 ID: ce39da

>>1020902
Agreed with this.

Also, maybe actually confront GYOB & JACK afterward about who or what you heard groaning in the cart. If they try to lie unconvincingly: "It's fine, I'm sure you have your reasons for hiding them. Could you give them this when they come to, at least?" Hand them a folded bunch of COB NOTE PAGES you quickly wrote in. "It contains a PRIMER on what I've learned about the CORRUPTED COTTON and the GOD its bearers allegedly hold communion with - I got the info from NOT-SVART's attempted recruitment pitch when I was alone with him and MIMI."
>>
No. 1020910 ID: 96c896

>>1020896
1, kinda 3. Basically, the truth, but lie about Mimi's motivations and moral fiber.
Tell her about the cult, but that Mimi seemed caught up in it out of love for Irah. Also that their victims were apparently bad people, in some way or another, but maybe some of them were merely associated with bad people. You don't know the town's history after all. Ask her if she knew anything about the people who got turned into Stitched. What did they do to deserve it?
It's possible she's ignorant though so you can at least tell her what Svart said.

Speaking of which, Svart is 100% pretending to be unconscious. Do not leave him alone for a second. At some point you're going to want to try to talk to Svart in private, see if he'll drop the act if he thinks he can sway you.

Bring: Ka Xu, An, Bella, Svart.
>>
No. 1020936 ID: 96c896

Oh, and if we're confronting Jack and Gyob about the wagon, we need at least An with us. They might be dangerous.
>>
No. 1020956 ID: e51896

I kinda want to just lie, let her know that Mimi set out for blanketburg for better opportunity with Irah, and then everyone else left because she was pretty much the only one giving people food and warm rooms.

If we tell the truth, make sure to tell her for what it's worth, Mimi is making a name for herself, and potentially going to make huge changes to this world.

Important: whatever we tell Da Crone, use your warmth throughout all this.

Going with Glum Plum on this, she seems to be the most likable person in Da Crone's eyes. An as a second place if not Plum.

>Zan bemoans her lack of funds and needs to start over

hmm... maybe we can sell the wood ore Zan had, and split the beads with her to help get her back on her feet? unless... does she want to join our clutch? An as well? I guess it depends on what they want to do with their lives after what happened. Be sure to ask Ka Xu if he is alright with the idea of building our own clutch. It'd be cool to have a team with one ash (us), one cloth (ka xu) and one fluff (an and/or zan) If they join us, we can use the wood ore for when we train to be a shaman potentially or something instead of selling it.

As for Svart, we should probably find some authority figures to turn him over to a higher grade prison. let them know what happened, and warn them of his escape artist abilities,

perhaps do this after we interrogate him for answers for lingering questions we might have
>>
No. 1021035 ID: 34dfce

>>1020896
Go with 3, but only lie through omission if possible.
>>
No. 1021116 ID: afe7de
File 164298331625.png - (13.62KB , 500x500 , p188.png )
1021116

> DA CRONE - WHAT HAPPENED
You decide to bring PLUM with you, she’s a credible witness who DA CRONE is familiar with and has probably worked with for years. You also assume from how much she knows that they’re familiar to an extent. You briefly talk to PLUM about the game plan, planning to tell the truth… MOSTLY… You decide to only lie by omission from a few key details so as not to leave her spiraling into a terrible amount of depression or worse, but you both agree that she deserves to know what happened.

You begin to weave a tale, a tale both about you, and the town. Of a small town girl with big aspirations, of one caught up in love. About a woman corrupted, associating with bad stuffies, and eventually falling into the wrong crowd. Plum suggests that she might not have known it until it was too late. You see DA CRONE droop at this but continue on. Plum chimes in periodically to provide details you couldn't have or to soften some of your more direct words. You tell her about the murders, and how she participated in at least one, but then ask a question.

You: Were uh, were Chu Uk’s crew, Mi Snow, and Mortifer bad kin?
Da Crone: *sob* They weren’t ALL bad, PHI SO and ZAN were alright.
Da Crone: Even if ZAN was a bit horny, but who hasn’t been there
Da Crone: I blame myself, I was too promiscuous while I raised her
You: What about Mi Snow and Mortifer?
Da Crone: I never talked to Mi Snow
Da Crone: But Mortifer… Is… is he dead?
Plum: *nods*
Da Crone: It’s almost a relief
Da Crone: I… We… I did him favors…
Da Crone: Just to keep the inn running


You decide to change tracks, not wanting to delve deeper into something that you can tell is slightly traumatic for her. Instead you continue on, mentioning that PHOENIUS’S crew were the ones responsible for the mess, and that there were in fact cult things going on. You show her the Idol and hand her Mimi’s letter. She pockets it, promising to read it later.

[YOU] CMON!
[DESIRE] I wanted to read that
[INSTINCT] WHY
[ANCESTOR] Sigh.


You skip over describing her mutilating or modifying others, thinking that’s a bit too much, but don’t hold back on that there were ABOMINATIONS wandering around. She gasps and you can almost see relief on her face, relief that she got out.
>>
No. 1021117 ID: afe7de
File 164298334103.png - (16.49KB , 500x500 , p189.png )
1021117

> DA CRONE - YOUR REWARD
You end your discussion by explaining any questions she has, going into detail about what the STITCHED were and what you found out about their creation, but at the moment you’re unsure on most of the mechanics. Just that they were sewn together with wooden needles and something was injected into them. She asks about how they could do this and you also describe that you theorize that some of them SWAPPED BODIES somehow, but you can’t confirm how that happened either, or if it’s something more concrete. She sighs and looks both stressed and interested, but grasps her shoulders to calm herself. Your WARMTH comforts her, but this seems to be something your warmth can’t fully take care of.

Da Crone: I… I don’t have long…
Da Crone: I’m sad to hear my little boy, I uh, girl is going down a DARK PATH
Da Crone: But I trust they know what they’re doing
Da Crone: Even if it’s terrible and terrifying

You scrunch your face at that and give Plum a look, you’re both a little confused at how okay she is with the situation after hearing all of that but don’t interrupt her.

[b]Da Crone: The LOOM works in mysterious ways, stitching our paths with purpose
You: …
Da Crone: Thank you for helping, here, your reward and then some extra.
Da Crone: I don’t need much anymore anyway


Da Crone hands you a small plastic box and a bag. Inside the bag is 50 BEADS and a single WOODEN COIN with the symbol of the loom on it. You expect it’s worth at least 20 BEADS, but aren’t sure if it’s magical.

Inside the box is a necklace made of fine stone chain, it's of EXQUISITE quality, probably the best stone you’ve ever laid eyes on and your mouth even waters a little bit at it with DESIRE, well it is yours after all. You nearly failed to notice that attached to the chain, with a hole drilled inside, is a transparent sphere. It looks like a bead, or like it’s made out of ROCK CANDY, but seems to be both harder and more fragile. You tilt your head, pouting, and ask what it is to DA CRONE.

Da Crone: I’m not sure, someone in the family used to know, but we were told just to protect it
Da Crone: And that it was PRICELESS. I always assumed that was a joke.
Da Crone: It looks like ROCK CANDY but has no flavor
Da Crone: I would have given it to MIMI, but… she was never really mature enough for it
Da Crone: *SIGH* and now this has happened. No, you take it, as thanks for…
Da Crone: Indulging an old hag like me…


You’re pushed away as Da Crone sits there in silence, waiting for you to be out of eyeshot before opening her letter. You curse again, wanting to know what was even on it.
>>
No. 1021118 ID: afe7de
File 164298336850.png - (18.67KB , 500x500 , p190.png )
1021118

> PLUSH QUEST - FINAL QUESTIONS
You decide to head over to GYOB and JACK with AN, planning on asking, just to be sure, if they had a living STITCHED in their wagon. You’re stopped as you approach by GYOB.

You: So, did you capture one alive?
Gyob: I think it’s best if you don’t push that line of thought
Gyob: Listen, we were the ones who dealt with them
Gyob: And we were in the town longer than you, well, not An
An: Is- Are they okay?
Gyob: No.
You: We… We can help!
Gyob: Thanks, but please don’t inquire farther
Gyob: Jack got hurt in more ways than one
Gyob: Please trust her.


You absolutely do not trust this, but are tired from all of this, so you drop it for now. You’ve got Svart and Zan anyway, you doubt you’d be able to handle one more STITCHED anyway. You sigh and leave, booking a room with ZAN, AN BOREALIA, and KA XU. You shove a tied up Svart in the closet and tie up the closet, just to make sure he won’t escape. Part of you is wondering if he’s going to be alive with how he ‘s eaten nothing, but another part of you says fluff Svart, if he needs food he’ll wake up and say something.

> PLUSH QUEST - FINALE
The four of you lie in bed and just talk for a while. Occasionally you can hear An or Zan crying, and sometimes you join in. After a while Ka Xu offers you all some WEED just to calm down and you all indulge. You pour out your WARMTH and DESIRE, making everyone feel better and so you pose a question to the group.

You: Want to build a CLUTCH?
You: Us and whoever we slowly grow?
Ka Xu: I think they’re good stuffies, I got to know Zan a bit too, and she’s super cool
Zan: I’m really not
Ka Xu: See, denial means that she’s totally a badass
An Borealia: I… I don’t have anywhere else to go, but you’re WARM and NICE
An Borealia: And I don’t want to say goodbye like that again.
Zan: We won’t. I Won’t and I will find them
Zan: You said it was BLANKETBURG?
You: That’s what he said
Zan: I… I want to go there
Ka Xu: And we still have to deal with Svart over there
You: Maybe the book has more in it
Ka Xu: You know, BELLA is a historian, she might know that language
An Borealia: Oh right, yeah, and failing that she might know where to find out how to read it
You: Tomorrow, we’ll worry about this tomorrow
You: But I just want Cuddles and Smooches
Zan: Same
An Borealia: You’re speaking my language
Ka Xu: I could be convinced to smooch a bit


And then they did.

> PLUSHQUEST - INVASION OF THE BODY STITCHERS - END
> THANKS FOR PLAYING!
>>
No. 1021119 ID: afe7de
File 164298339192.png - (14.80KB , 500x500 , p191.png )
1021119

> AFTER-WORD - THOUGHTS FROM THE CREATORS
EDMANGO: Wow, unholy shit, we made it everyone! PLUSH QUEST - INVASION OF THE BODY STITCHERS ended with a text count that’s a bit bigger than CATALYST PART 1, but still managed to finish. It’s been a wild 3 months, nearly exactly!

EDMANGO:My intent with this was to make a sort of enclosed story that could be read and enjoyed independent of future PLUSHQUEST threads, and I also experimented with a lot of new mechanics I had in mind last year whilst I made CATALYST and SHARDS. I look at PQ as a sort of refined shards, taking [TIME POINTS] and using them in a more defined manner like DND.

EDMANGO:There were a lot of moments that I wrote a ton of planning and ideas and then kind of scrapped and rewrote things, at least during the initial prolog. I was trying to figure out exactly WHERE plushquest would go, and in the end, I think it went somewhere magical, not-quite-horror yet still with tension and lots of mystery. I think I have a thing for making mysteries and murder mysteries.

EDMANGO:There are some open threads I left to be teasers and plotlines for the future, but I tried to at least wrap /some/ of the stuff you could find out by the end. Enough to keep you interested, but not enough for you to yell at me (lol) for not finishing.

TIPPLER: Wow, it feels like it’s been a long time since we started this collab and I’m glad we got a strong finish. Getting to see behind the scenes was entertaining and all in all it was a good experience.

EDMANGO: Now we get to the fun part

> SHITPOSTS AND THE AFTER QUEST DISSECTION!
That’s right everyone, I’m going to answer questions for stuff you want to know, and I’m also going to disclose how I ran things, as well as other stats like hidden locations, etc.

EDMANGO:And all the while our good old fish Tippler is going to make shitposts based off your requests.

EDMANGO:Want to know what it’d be like if Cob actually talked to Irah? Request it and he’ll make a goofy doodle! I’ll be using those images as filler for the just MASSIVE infodump I’m going to do, revealing spreadsheets and other ideas, but keeping just a few secrets so as to tease you.

> THANKS FOR READING!

>>
No. 1021121 ID: 96c896

>>1021119
What if we went further into the mines?
>>
No. 1021122 ID: e51896

You said once on discord an enemy rolled a 20, and caused stuff to happen early on the second day. Who was that, and what happened?
>>
No. 1021124 ID: 629f2e

Shitpost: Draw Zan's newfound cuddling potential by having her hug two stuffies at the same time! That potential is of course not actually all that great, since due to arm placement the arrangement they have to use is actually pretty awkward.

Questions: (apologies, I have many)

-What were Plum and Drift hiding in that last convo at the inn?

-What has Hari Tomo been doing this whole time?

-Can you tell us at what points different stuffies were taken?

-Why was Chu Uk in the abandoned residences anyways?

-Was Zan waking up scripted or luck?

-Who snuck into our room at the inn and what were they doing?

-What was the coolest thing we missed out on?

-Why was Dator on the roof that one time?

-Why the fuck did Ancestor tell us to make chains, what did he think we were going to do with stupid-ass chains?

-What would have caused us to lose the journal if we showed it?

-What were some of the most interesting behind the scenes rolls that we didn't directly see the results of but definitely made an impact? Like improbable odds being beaten or something

-What would have happened if we stuffed our pants? Fuck bathrooms, they're suboptimal
>>
No. 1021127 ID: e51896

shitpost: Mi Snow and Mi Mary interaction.

one other question: some of the characters were based off of other characters you and rml made and others were created by other artists. may you explain which characters were based off of whom, and which artists did character designs for others (if they're comfortable with you sharing of course)
>>
No. 1021128 ID: 6c227a

WHO WAS ROOF?
>>
No. 1021134 ID: ce39da

Man, we didn't get to see who it was JACK & GYOB held onto. I do wonder if asking about that is in poor form due to it being a suspenseful future thread-hook (pun intended), but I'm also [CURIOUS]! At first, I thought it was MI SNOW because MORTIFER would have been harder to hide, even in all that, but given DA CRONE's extra spicy testimony about MORTIFER's relationship with at least one local business owner (and the assumption that MI SNOW was only a true monster to her brother alone)... (In fact, given she was a former employee, I wouldn't be surprised if much of her destructive amount of STRESS was caused by the very same...) Of course, this is assuming they're the only two who could have survived - DATOR could be a "war-crime" character himself, for all we know.

Heck, if it isn't too spoilery, it might be interesting to know exactly which four STITCHED got mega-deaded by the happy couple.

>>1021124
Most of these questions are good, too.
>>
No. 1021138 ID: 96c896

I wanna see what Phi So looked like...
>>
No. 1021181 ID: ab4d45

What if ashkin had highly articulated feet instead of hands?
>>
No. 1021187 ID: 98b832

>>1021181

Better yet, what if they had highly articulated tongues instead?
>>
No. 1021230 ID: 8dd3d4

At the start of the body stitchers story, we saw Irah shivering in the cold, but we turned our warmth off before we walked past him to talk to drift. Was Irah shivering a baiting method to get us to use our warmth on him, whether we decided to talk to him, or have our warmth on while we walk past him? What would have happened if we kept our warmth on on our way to talk to drift? Would he and the cult spy on Cob more and see if her warmth had potential for an abomination experiment? Did we dodge a bullet by turning off warmth at that time?
>>
No. 1021279 ID: 0838d6
File 164314188629.png - (10.19KB , 500x500 , p192.png )
1021279

> What if we went further into the mines?
I had a mini-dungeon planned for you, where it was a series of rooms to explore. It'd be mostly a stealth mission where you could find the remaining stitched that were there, find the wood stash, and potentially deal with IRAH and PHOENIUS early on.

Though you completely skipped the whole dungeon and ended up right next to the boss room, so it was feasible if you had a good strategy to actually confront them.

> You said once on discord an enemy rolled a 20, and caused stuff to happen early on the second day. Who was that, and what happened?
So there were a few Nat 20s that happened on day 2, but the one that caused interesting stuff to happen was that JACK and GYOB had made a secret tunnel from the lake to the general store. There were 2 secret paths, that one and the one from the mountain to the mines.

Another nat 20 was on Plum trying to get Drift to not try to run out of the city and cause a scene.

> What were Plum and Drift hiding in that last convo at the inn?
They knew where Bella was, she was hiding with them at the chapel and wanted to be kept hidden because she overheard Mimi and Irah making evil plans

> What has Hari Tomo been doing this whole time?
Hari Tomo had a whole adventure in the election, but otherwise has been playing bodyguard to the shaman. Hari Tomo is actually a not-secret badass. I wanted to write them as a sort of like reformed assassin, has the big hunting skills and finds all this trivial because they're used to literally hunting other stuffies, but their backstory is still in flux.

> Can you tell us at what points different stuffies were taken?
Absolutely! I tried to do around 1/night but that fell off after I had to figure out logistics and because you clumped everyone up together and found Chu Uk, causing plans to drastically change.

At the end of DAY 1 [NIGHT 5/5] Mi snow was taken by a cultist that was terrified by Chu Uk and some cultists
At the end of DAY 2 [NIGHT 5/5] Stuffies snuck into Mortifer's place and enacted a plan to capture and STITCH him

Then you kidnapped Zan, found Chu Uk, and the blizzard stopped everyone from moving, so no more actual kidnappings happened

> Why was Chu Uk in the abandoned residences anyways?
Because the cultist who used Chu Uk to capture Mi Snow couldn't carry both Mi Snow and Chu Uk, so they dropped him off there until someone could snag him. Which would have happened if you took any longer to find him and bring him back
>>
No. 1021280 ID: 0838d6
File 164314190829.png - (11.52KB , 500x500 , p193.png )
1021280

> Was Zan waking up scripted or luck?
Half and half. I rolled sanity checks for everyone a few times on the quest, all but one failed, and I made the one that succeeded Zan because I'm biased and like Naz, fight me, she's the best.

> Who snuck into our room at the inn and what were they doing?
Svart, he was testing your perceptiveness and if you'd wake up. Funny thing is you BOTH failed your perception and sneak rolls, so you thought it was something weird, and he thought he wasn't seen

> What was the coolest thing we missed out on?
Hmmmm, this is a toughie. Missing out on talking to Irah at all. Not getting to see monster Phoenius is probably the biggest thing I'm sad you didn't get to see. Oh, and the fight at Mortifer's when he was being captured.

> Why was Dator on the roof that one time?
He was watching you... [CURIOUSLY]

> Why the fuck did Ancestor tell us to make chains, what did he think we were going to do with stupid-ass chains?
Chains are a useful trap component and are strong enough to hold a stitched and maybe even something bigger for a round or longer. [ANCESTOR] thought it was a good preparation that never panned out, hence why he's always disappointed.

> What would have caused us to lose the journal if we showed it?
Svart + Mimi didn't know you had the journal, nor did they know where you got the idol. But if they knew you had the journal, there's an 80% chance they would not let you leave with it as it's kind of a *big deal*. Fun fact, the journal does not belong to Irah, Mimi, Svart, or Phoenius.

> What were some of the most interesting behind the scenes rolls that we didn't directly see the results of but definitely made an impact? Like improbable odds being beaten or something
And now we get into the SECRETS!!! Here is a doc with every action taken by everyone in the game. I'm going to have to let you know that there are SPOILERS for certain things in it. Like what DATOR was really up to, so read at your own risk!

https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1MMfT23-ttSbO7T-c1Hg9RzB3abio10ZKj8eXKlzduTU/edit?usp=sharing

I've notated a lot of stuff up to day 4, day 4 was a little more straightforward so notes were less needed

> What would have happened if we stuffed our pants? Fuck bathrooms, they're suboptimal
Gross question, pass.
>>
No. 1021281 ID: 0838d6
File 164314193653.png - (79.48KB , 500x500 , p194.png )
1021281

> Some of the characters were based off of other characters, who made what?
Mortifer was made by Pawn_01
- Angry foreman man
Mi Snow was made by Detective Caillou
- They were also intended to be alt Rain from SHARDS
Irah was made by Poltergeist Ethanoic Acid
- They were also meant to be alt Iraphena from CATALYST
Carto was also made by Poltergeist Ethanoic Acid
- He was meant to be the hint guy!
Ame Gyob was made by Tippler
- But I named him as a joke
- The joke is his name is BOY GAME backwards but I misspelt it
Glum Plum was made by Himitsu
- I asked permission before shipping plum with Drift
Mimi was made by my friend Toni
- His twitter is @polygonheart
- He makes nsfw art
Svart was made by my friend Deady
- He just wanted to have a flirty goblin boi in there
Zan/Chu Uk/Phi So/Marcie/Ra Mona all originally belong to RML
- I just kidnapped them, swapped their names around, and stitched them together
- Zan is here to stay in PQ
- Yes I'm unfairly biased

Everyone else was an original creation of mine, or a rework of some other character from a quest to fit a role.

Fun fact, everyone had an archetype I tried to have them follow, stuff like THE JOCK, THE ACADEMIC, THE FOOL, etc.

> WHO WAS ROOF?
Pre Dator, [CURIOUSLY] watching

> Who was in the wagon, I HAVE TO KNOW, PLEASE
Mi Snow! I think she's going to cause the most drama later, more than a Mortifer would anyway, Mortifer's a depressed angry, Mi Snow is a drunk and aggressive angry. All other "THE STITCHED" have been eliminated.

> What if ashkin had articulated x instead of hands?
Please chose your answer from the following helpful statements:

What you like feet? You some kind of bean connoisseur? Pervert!
What you like tongues? You some kind of smooch connoisseur? Nice.
>>
No. 1021282 ID: 0838d6
File 164314194671.png - (11.50KB , 500x500 , p195.png )
1021282

> Was Irah a secret genius bating you to use [WARMTH]
Nope! He was just cold and walked outside conveniently at the right moment! You did dodge a bullet because he would have been the one stuffie to be like oh shit thats a useful cotton-line.

I'm real sad you never got to talk to the little chihuahua man, just this squeaky voiced gangster. I wanted to get you guys to talk to the main antagonist at the VERY beginning just so I could mess with you, but alas.

> How did PLUSHQUEST mechanically function
Wow thank you planted member of the audience, I'll happily explain!

Plushquest mechanically handled like a game of dnd in a lot of aspects, after the first half of day 1 I switched to a d20 system and handled rolls that way. Where it differed from a normal quest, just me doing the events I had planned, was that everyone had 2 actions a turn, an action could be a move, or doing a thing, or engaging in a conversation. And I had a hard rule of having to write 1-2 updates in advance of what you were doing, only able to tweak things if you interrupt someone else's action.

https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1MMfT23-ttSbO7T-c1Hg9RzB3abio10ZKj8eXKlzduTU/edit?usp=sharing

That doc actually breaks down everyone's actions so you can see what I did. It was like I was playing a game of delayed chess against you all, moving 2 other units while you moved yourself (and sometimes ka xu or an). Everyone had a thing they were GREAT, GOOD, and BAD at. I didn’t give Cob a thing they were BAD at though because your die rolls were bad.

I got 2 actions to move npcs an update, and got 2 free moves to do whatever with per update, be it weather or moving someone not moved by my actions. It was totally a lot of fun!

I had made the enemies TOO GOOD in some respects, so I started having them make small mistakes, but it turns out that was unnecessary and you found a secret tunnel and the best hidden items in the game, so whatever! Screw planning, accept chaos!

Also, I randomly rolled everyone’s alignment at the beginning of the game to shuffle things around. Originally I had set up BELLA to be an antagonist, but I decided to randomly roll for everyone instead. After the roles were assigned then I got to work! Fun fact, there was 1 acolyte (mimi), 3 cultists, and 1 Phoenius! Everyone also had a favorite item and you gave SVART his favored item, which was why he liked you so much!

Mimi was a level 1 adventurer like you, but the other cultists had varying levels and stats, it was meant to be hard for you, and it turns out it did in fact make some things harder.

> How did Phoenius work?
This wasn’t a question that anyone asked but I wanna talk about it. Phoenius is in fact alive and thinking and can move, but he’s still waking up and finds movement very hard. Irah is piloting him like a giant robot using strings. Irah’s like one of the few stuffies in this quest that can use magic and has an actually useful cantrip. Unfortunately, I can’t reveal what it is unless you wanna be SPOILED. DM me if you cant contain your curiosity.

> How did BODY STITCHING work?
While the exact mechanics are hidden due to plot reasons, there is a procedure that lets you swap cores with a body, thus taking them over. It’s an annoying procedure, and you can use it to make new bodies and go into them. Fun!
>>
No. 1021283 ID: 0838d6
File 164314196931.png - (10.47KB , 500x500 , p196.png )
1021283

> PLUSHQUEST -INVASION OF THE BODY STITCHERS- FINAL STATS
> Total images - 185
> Average Images per update - 2.46
> Total Unique Suggestions - 526
> Ave suggestions per update - 7.1

> Most common "Trait" - [DESIRE]
- This basically means you MOSTLY did things following with DESIRE
- This was calculated by my checking the vibe of everyones suggests
- And then what action you took, and comparing it to a list

> Second most common "Trait" - [COMPANIONSHIP]
- Picking to go with your buds in the end swayed this off of [CURIOSITY]
- But the difference is by like 2 points

> Posts with WEED jokes - 6

> Smooches gained
- Svart
- An
- An again
- Svart poison smooch
- An while you were travelling
- The cuddle pile (+3)

> Secrets Missed
- General Store Secret tunnel
- What Dator was up to
- At least 2 instances of glass objects
- The cultist's old base in the abandoned labr.
- Gyob's Cabin interior
- Mortifer's bead vault (completely emptied out)

> Total pages in google doc 412 (including final posts)

> YOUR FINAL RANK
I'd score you at a [B] ranked, you did better than average due to some rolls and the most stuffies survived, but you didn't defeat the main antagonist, and Mimi got away. You would be at a C rank, but you caught Svart and rescued Zan.

Your rank is [SWEET YET POISONOUS COPSTITUTE] because you didn't really antagonize anyone other than MIMI, and had a good play, with a bit of venom when you need to, oh and “fuck stitches, become copstitute” was a hilarious line I still think about
>>
No. 1021284 ID: 0838d6
File 164314198794.png - (13.01KB , 500x500 , p197.png )
1021284

> WHAT’S NEXT?
Well, Next is CATALYST. I’m going to have Tippler draw images for Catalyst updates now, and we’ll go from there. We’re looking at an *every other day* schedule, similar to what the end of PQ did, starting next month. My plan is to work with tippler to get through to the end of this arc in CATALYST and put it on a hiatus.

SHARDS will continue to be updated on days that I’m free (typically 1x a week) and once CATALYST is over I’ll evaluate my next project. A proper LUST QUEST quest is on my mind, as well as an SCP-like romp in an interdimensional Wal-Mart. Either way, my plan is for the thread to be half the length of what PQ was, I want to focus on shorter stories with shorter text per update. A future PQ installment might also be on my mind, but it will certainly be lighter and way less heavy on the mystery aspects because I just obsess over them haha.

Once again, thanks for reading everyone!
>>
No. 1021321 ID: 8483cf

Congratulations on capping off another AWESOME quest!!!
>>
No. 1021322 ID: ce39da

Another question: Will ZAN and MI SNOW get to have their own introductions to [STEVE], or did IRAH'S dream-prison nonsense make them miss out on that opportunity?
>>
No. 1021325 ID: 96c896

I wanna see Phi So!

Also: I don't know why jack and gyob are keeping Mi Snow a secret from Cob... Maybe Jack has the same idea we do- to use the cult's secrets for her own gain.
>>
No. 1021326 ID: 89649e

Congratulations on completing a fine quest so stuffed with ideas, threading the needle to have your audience in stitches!
>>
No. 1021327 ID: 34dfce

>Pre Dator
ohhh,

so does that mean there could be an Al Yin in the future? lol
[Return] [Entire Thread] [Last 50 posts] [Last 100 posts]

Delete post []
Password